Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

CORPORATE LAW CORNER

1.  Shweta
Vishwanath Shirke vs. Committee of Creditors
[2019] 109 taxmann.com 30 (NCLAT) Company Appeal (AT) (Insolvency) Nos. 601,
612, 527 of 2019
Date of order: 28th August, 2019

 

Sections 12A and 29A of Insolvency and
Bankruptcy Code, 2016 – The directors / promoters reached a settlement with the
CoC – More than 90% of voting shares of the CoC approved the withdrawal of
corporate insolvency resolution process – NCLT should have accepted the
application of withdrawal especially when the settlement was being made by
promoters in their individual capacity and not by using the proceeds of crime –
Section 29A would not apply when examining an application u/s 12A

 

FACTS

About 90% of the Committee of Creditors
(CoC) approved the withdrawal of S Co from the Insolvency Resolution Process
and filed an application u/s 12A of the Code. National Company Law Tribunal
(NCLT) rejected the application on the ground that since the promoter was not
eligible to file a resolution plan u/s 29A it could not have filed an
application for withdrawal u/s 12A of the Code.

 

Andhra Bank, which was on the CoC, also
challenged the order of NCLT on the ground that section 29A would not apply to
an application filed u/s 12A which has been approved by more than 90% of the
CoC.

 

The Enforcement Directorate, SEBI and CBI
were also investigating the matter against S Co. The ED submitted that the
assets of S Co were based on the proceeds of crime and, accordingly, they could
not be given to anyone.

 

The matter for examination before the NCLAT
was whether section 29A of the Code would apply to the applicant, if he intends
to withdraw the petition u/s 7 or 9, if the CoC approves a proposal with 90%
voting share in terms of section 12A.

 

HELD

NCLAT examined the provisions of section 29A
of the Code which provides for persons not eligible to be resolution
applicants. It was observed that if any person including the ‘Promoter’ /
‘Director’ was ineligible in terms of any one or more clauses of section 29A,
he / she was not entitled to file any ‘resolution plan’ individually or jointly
or in concert with another. Section 12A, on the other hand, dealt with
withdrawal of the application filed by an ‘applicant’ u/s 7 or section 9 of the
Code, if the CoC with more than 90% voting share approved the proposal.

 

The NCLAT, relying on the observations of
the Supreme Court in the decision of Swiss Ribbons Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of
India (2019 SCC Online SC 73)
held that promoters / shareholders are
entitled to settle the matter in terms of section 12A and in such case, it was
always open to an applicant to withdraw the application under section 9 of the
Code on the basis of which the Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process was initiated.
Thus, section 29A would not apply for entertaining / considering an application
u/s 12A as the applicants are not entitled to file an application u/s 29A as
‘resolution applicant’.

 

NCLAT held that since the application u/s 7
was filed by Andhra Bank and the application for withdrawal was approved by
more than 90% of voting shares in CoC, it was not in the purview of NCLT to
reject the application for withdrawal. The order of liquidation passed by the
NCLT was, accordingly, set aside.

 

It was further held that if the ED concludes
that the assets of S Co are based on the proceeds of crime, it could exercise
its powers under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 (PMLA) and seize
those assets.

 

As the
settlement with creditors was to be paid by the directors / shareholders in
their individual capacity, from the funds held in their accounts and not from
proceeds of crime, the application for withdrawal was approved by NCLAT. It was
further held that the order would not amount to interference with any order
passed by the ED with regard to the assets of S Co. Proceedings under PMLA will
continue against S Co in accordance with the law.

 

It was further directed that the fees of the
liquidator and the resolution professional would be determined and paid by
Andhra Bank on behalf of the CoC and it may adjust the same with the members.

 

2.  State
Bank of India vs. Moser Baer Karamchari Union
[2019] 108 taxmann.com 251 (NCLAT New Delhi) Company Appeal (AT) (Insolvency) No. 396 of
2019
Date of order: 19th August, 2019

 

Section 36 of
Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 – All sums due to an employee or a workman
from the provident fund, pension fund and gratuity fund do not fall in the
ambit of the liquidation assets and accordingly cannot be a part of waterfall /
distribution mechanism laid down u/s 53 of the Code

 

FACTS

Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process was
initiated against M Co and an order for liquidation was passed on 20th
September, 2018. Pursuant to the judgement by the National Company Law Tribunal
(NCLT) the workmen stood discharged u/s 33(7) of the Code.

 

The liquidator, vide email dated 5th
December, 2018, denied the payment of the gratuity fund, the provident fund and
the pension fund preferentially and included the same for payments under the
waterfall mechanism provided in section 53 of the Code.

 

In January, 2019 the Moser Baer Karamchari
Union (MBKU) filed a prayer for exclusion of provident fund, pension fund and
gratuity fund from the waterfall mechanism and payment of their dues as they
did not form a part of liquidation estate. NCLT upheld the prayer. SBI, the
secured creditor, filed an appeal to the National Company Law Appellate
Tribunal (NCLAT) against the order passed by the NCLT.

 

SBI submitted that waterfall mechanism
provided under the Code included the contribution to provident fund. Reliance
was also placed on Explanation below section 53 of the Code which suggested
that the ‘workmen’s dues’ shall have the same meaning as assigned to it in
section 326 of the Companies Act, 2013. MBKU highlighted the provision of
section 36 of the Code which defines liquidation assets. It was submitted that
in terms of section 36(4)(a)(iii), liquidation assets specifically excluded all
sums due to any workman or employee from the provident fund, pension fund and
gratuity fund.

 

HELD

NCLAT heard counsel for both sides. The
matter for consideration before NCLAT was whether provident fund, pension fund
and gratuity fund come within the meaning of assets of M Co for distribution
u/s 53 of the Code.

 

NCLAT examined the provisions of sections 36
and 53 of the Code as well as sections 326 and 327 of the Companies Act, 2013.
It was observed that all sums due to any workman or employee from the provident
fund, the pension fund and the gratuity fund shall not be included in the
liquidation estate assets and cannot be used for recovery in the liquidation as
per section 36 of the Code. Further, as the sums mentioned were not a part of
the liquidation estate / liquidation assets, the question of their distribution
in order of priority u/s 53 did not arise at all.

 

Further, while applying section 53 of the
Code, section 326 of the Companies Act, 2013 is relevant for the limited
purpose of understanding ‘workmen’s dues’ which can be more than provident
fund, pension fund and the gratuity fund kept aside and protected u/s
36(4)(iii).

 

It was thus held that the provident fund,
gratuity fund and pension fund do not come within the meaning of ‘liquidation estate’ for the purpose of distribution of assets u/s 53.

 

The NCLAT upheld the order passed by NCLT
and dismissed the appeal.

 

3.  Pioneer
Urban Land & Infrastructure Ltd. vs. Union of India
[2019] 108 taxmann.com 147 (SC) Writ Petition (Civil) Nos. 43, 99, 124, 121,
129 of 2019 & Ors.
Date of order: 9th August, 2019

 

Sections 21(6A)(b), 25A and Explanation to
section 5(8)(f) of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 – Amendments made
to the Code which deem the allottees of real estate projects to be ‘financial
creditors’ such that it gives them the right to enforce the Code u/s 7 are
constitutionally valid


FACTS

Amendments were carried out to the
Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (the Code) pursuant to a report prepared
by the Insolvency Law Committee dated 26th March, 2018 (Insolvency
Committee Report). The amendments so made deemed allottees of real estate
projects to be ‘financial creditors’ so that they may trigger the Code, u/s 7
thereof, against the real estate developer. In addition, being financial
creditors, they were entitled to be represented in the Committee of Creditors
by authorised representatives.

 

The Supreme Court in the case of Chitra
Sharma vs. Union of India (Writ Petition [Civil] No. 744 of 2017)

appointed a representative to protect the interest of home buyers on the
Committee of Creditors. The Insolvency Committee Report suggested that
amendments be made in the Code seeking to clarify, as a matter of law, that
allottees of real estate projects are financial creditors. On 17th
August, 2018, Parliament passed the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (Second
Amendment) Act, 2018 (Amendment Act) incorporating the aforesaid amendments as
were provided for by the Amendment Ordinance.

 

The real estate developers filed a petition
challenging the provisions saying it violates two facets of Article 14. One,
that the amendment is discriminatory inasmuch as it treats unequals equally,
and equals unequally, having no intelligible differentia; and two, that there
is no nexus with the objects sought to be achieved by the Code. The amendments
were alleged to be arbitrary, irrational and without determining principle and
in violation of public interest under Article 19(6). Further, there was a
specific legislation on the subject of real estate, namely, Real Estate
(Regulation and Development) Act, 2016 (RERA) which provides for adjudication
of disputes between allottees and the developer, together with a large number
of safeguards in favour of the allottee.

 

Reliance was placed on the decision of Swiss
Ribbons vs. Union of India (2019) 4 SCC 17
to drive home the point that
not a single one of several characteristics of financial creditors stated in
that judgement would apply to allottees / home buyers.

 

HELD

The Supreme Court heard the parties and
observed that the Legislature must be given free play in the joints when it
comes to economic legislation. Apart from the presumption of constitutionality
which arises in such cases, the legislative judgement in economic choices must
be given a certain degree of deference by the courts.

 

Further, the Supreme Court observed that
from the introduction of the explanation to section 5(8)(f) of the Code, it was
clear that Parliament was aware of RERA and applied some of its definition
provisions so that they could apply when the Code was to be interpreted. The
fact that RERA is in addition to and not in derogation of the provisions of any
other law for the time being in force, also made it clear that the remedies
under RERA to allottees were intended to be additional and not exclusive
remedies. Further, the Code as amended, is later in point of time than RERA and
must be given precedence over RERA in view of section 88 of RERA. Given the
different spheres within which these two enactments operate, different parallel
remedies are given to allottees – under RERA to see that their flat / apartment
is constructed and delivered to them in time, barring which compensation for
the same and / or refund of amounts paid together with interest at the very
least comes their way. If, however, the allottee wants that the corporate
debtor’s management itself be removed and replaced, so that the corporate
debtor can be rehabilitated, he may prefer a section 7 application under the
Code.

 

As regards unequal treatment afforded, the
Supreme Court observed that home buyers / allottees can be assimilated with
other individual financial creditors like debenture holders and fixed deposit
holders who have advanced certain amounts to the corporate debtor. The Court
gave the example that fixed deposit holders, though financial creditors, would
be like real estate allottees in that they are unsecured creditors. Financial
contracts in the case of these individuals need not involve large sums of money.
Debenture holders and fixed deposit holders, unlike real estate holders, are
involved in seeing that they recover the amounts that are lent and are thus not
directly involved or interested in assessing the viability of the corporate
debtors. Though not having the expertise or information to be in a position to
evaluate the feasibility and viability of resolution plans, such individuals,
by virtue of being financial creditors, have a right to be on the Committee of
Creditors to safeguard their interest. The allottees, being individual
financial creditors like debenture holders and fixed deposit holders and
classified as such, show that they were within the larger class of financial
creditors and there was infraction of Article 14.

 

It was held that home buyers / allottees
give advances to the real estate developer and thereby finance the real estate
project at hand (and) qualified as financial creditors.

 

The Code was observed to be a beneficial
legislation which can be triggered to put the corporate debtor back on its feet
in the interest of unsecured creditors like allottees, who are vitally
interested in the financial health of the corporate debtor, so that a replaced
management may then carry out the real estate project as originally envisaged
and deliver the flat / apartment as soon as possible and / or pay compensation
in the event of late delivery, or non-delivery, or refund amounts advanced
together with interest. It could not be said that amendment to section
5(8) was therefore manifestly arbitrary, i.e., excessive, disproportionate or
without adequate determining principle.

 

The Supreme Court also turned down the
argument of the petitioners that allottees be treated as operational creditors.
It was further held that all persons who have advanced monies to the corporate
debtor, like other financial creditors, be they banks and financial
institutions, or other individuals, should have the right to be on the
Committee of Creditors. Even though allottees were unsecured creditors, but
they did have a vital interest in amounts that were advanced for completion of
the project, maybe to the extent of 100% of the project being funded by them
alone.

 

The Court held that section 5(8) would
subsume within it amounts raised under transactions which are not necessarily
loan transactions, so long as they have the commercial effect of a borrowing.
Amounts raised from allottees under real estate projects would, thus, be
subsumed within section 5(8)(f) of the Code.

 

The Supreme Court thus held that:

(i) The Amendment Act to the Code does
not infringe Articles 14, 19(1)(g) read with Article 19(6), or 300-A of the
Constitution of India.

(ii) The RERA is to be read harmoniously
with the Code, as amended by the Amendment Act. It is only in the event of
conflict that the Code will prevail over the RERA. Remedies that are given to
allottees of flats / apartments are therefore concurrent remedies, such
allottees of flats / apartments being in a position to avail of remedies under
the Consumer Protection Act, 1986, RERA as well as the triggering of the Code.

(iii) Section 5(8)(f) as it originally
appeared in the Code being a residuary provision, always subsumed within it
allottees of flats / apartments. The explanation together with the deeming
fiction added by the Amendment Act is only clarificatory of this position in
law.
 

 

BOOK REVIEW

‘PRINCIPLES’ – by Ray Dalio

 

Ray Dalio, one
of the world’s most successful investors and entrepreneurs, shares the
unconventional principles that he has developed, refined and used over the past
40 years to create unique results in both life and business – and which any
person or organisation can adopt to achieve their goals.

 

In 1975 he
founded an investment firm, Bridgewater Associates. Forty years later,
Bridgewater has made more money for its clients than any other hedge fund in
history and grown into the fifth most important private company in the US,
according to Fortune magazine. Dalio has been named in Time
magazine’s list of the 100 most influential people in the world. Along the way,
he discovered a set of unique principles that have led to Bridgewater’s
exceptionally effective culture, which he describes as ‘an idea meritocracy
that strives to achieve meaningful work and meaningful relationships through
radical transparency.’ It is these principles, and not anything special about
Dalio, that he believes are the reason behind his success.

 

In the book,
Dalio shares what he has learned over the course of his remarkable career. He
argues that life, management, economics and investing can all be systemised
into rules and understood like machines. The book has hundreds of practical
lessons built around his cornerstones of ‘radical truth’ and ‘radical
transparency’; these include the most effective ways for individuals and
organisations to make decisions, approach challenges and build strong teams. He
also describes the innovative tools the firm uses to bring an ‘idea
meritocracy’ to life, such as creating ‘baseball cards’ for all employees that
distil their strengths and weaknesses and employing computerised
decision-making systems to make believability-weighted decisions. While the
book brims with novel ideas for organisations and institutions, Principles
also offers a clear, straightforward approach to decision-making that Dalio
believes anyone can apply, no matter what they’re seeking to achieve.

 

Here, from a
man who has been called both ‘the Steve Jobs of investing’ and ‘the philosopher
king of the financial universe’ (CIO magazine), is a rare opportunity to
gain proven advice unlike anything you’ll find in the conventional business
press. He kicks off by explaining that ‘Good principles are effective ways of
dealing with reality’ and that ‘To learn my own, I spend a lot of time
reflecting.’

 

The book
consists of three parts. In the first, titled ‘Where I’m coming from’, Dalio
looks back at his career and the founding of Bridgewater. ‘Life Principles’ is
the name of the second part and covers Dalio’s approach to life’s challenges
and opportunities. And part three covers Dalio’s ‘Work Principles’.

 

Let me share my
key takeaways from Principles, starting with Dalio’s Life
Principles:

 

Embrace reality
and deal with it

Dalio shares an important equation which in his view makes for a successful
life: Dreams + Reality + Determination = A Successful Life. For the
‘reality’ component of this equation to work, Dalio encourages readers to be
radically open-minded and radically transparent.

 

Pain +
Reflection = Progress

– One can see how someone like Dalio has gone through his own share of pain to
get to where he has reached.

 

Using the
5-step process to get what you want out of life
– Start with having clear goals (step 1),
followed by identifying but not tolerating the problems that stand in
the way of your achieving those goals (step 2), then you accurately diagnose
the problems to get at their root causes (step 3), design plans that
will get you around them (step 4) and, finally, do what’s necessary to
push these designs through to results (step 5). Dalio depicts this as a
continuous process and readers can benefit from applying this model to achieve
their goals.

 

Understand
that people are wired very differently
– Dalio stresses the fact that all people are
wired differently and zooms in on the differences between left and
right-brained thinking.

 

Dalio’s Work
Principles
are dominated by the concept of an Idea Meritocracy
i.e., a system that brings together smart, independent thinkers and has them
productively disagree to come up with the best possible collective thinking and
resolve their disagreements in a believability-weighted way. He successfully
implemented an ‘Idea Meritocracy’ at Bridgewater and shares the components of
such a system in his book:

 

Idea
Meritocracy = Radical Truth + Radical Transparency + Believability – Weighted
Decision-Making

 

Radical
Truth
– Talking openly
about our issues and have paths for working through them.

 

Radical Transparency – Giving everyone the ability to see
everything. Radical transparency reduces harmful office politics and the risks
of bad behaviour because bad behaviour is more likely to take place behind
closed doors than out in the open.

 

Believability – Dalio defines believable people as
‘those who have repeatedly and successfully accomplished the thing in question
– who have a strong track record with at least three successes – and have great
explanations of their approach when probed.’

 

Thoughtful
Disagreement
– The
concept of Believability is closely linked to the art of Thoughtful
Disagreement; the process of having a quality back-and-forth in an open-minded
and assertive way to see things through each other’s eyes.

 

Weighted
Decision-Making
– At
Bridgewater, employees have different believability weightings for
different qualities, like expertise in a particular subject, creativity,
ability to synthesise, etc. Dalio explains that in order to have a true Idea
Meritocracy one needs to understand the merit of each person’s ideas.

 

Prerequisites
for an Idea Meritocracy

– To have an Idea Meritocracy three conditions need to be in place.
Firstly, put your honest thoughts on the table. Secondly, have thoughtful
disagreement. Thirdly, abide by agreed-upon ways of getting past disagreement.

 

Mistakes are
part of the game

Dalio has a refreshing outlook on the role and value of mistakes, which he
treats as ‘a natural part of the evolutionary process’. It’s important in this
respect to assess whether people recognise and learn from their mistakes. Dalio
distinguishes between people who make mistakes and who are self-reflective and
open to learning from their mistakes, and those who are unable to embrace their
mistakes and learn from them.

 

Get people
to focus on problems and outcomes
– Assign people the job of perceiving problems, give them time to
investigate and make sure they have independent reporting lines so that they
can convey problems without any fear of recrimination. To perceive problems,
compare how the outcomes are lining up with your goals. Dalio also offers some
valuable tips on how to best diagnose problems.

 

Avoid the
‘Frog in the boiling water’ syndrome
– Apparently, if you throw a frog into a pot of
boiling water it will jump out immediately, but if you put it in water at room
temperature and gradually bring it to a boil, it will stay in the pot until it
dies. If one uses this syndrome as a metaphor for professional life, it
signifies people’s tendency to slowly get used to unacceptable things that would
shock them if they see them with fresh eyes.

 

Don’t just
pay attention to your job
– Instead, pay attention to how your job will be done if you’re no
longer around. Dalio talks about the ‘ninja manager’ as ‘somebody who can sit
back and watch beauty happen, i.e., an orchestrator. If you’re always trying to
hire somebody who’s as good as or better than you at your job, that will both
free you up to go on to other things and build your succession pipeline.’

 

I feel that
Dalio’s principles can provide great direction for all people working in
organisations big or small. His reflections on things such as transparency and
decision-making will be valuable to anyone reading this great book.

 

The book is
aesthetically beautiful in the design and typography, making it a real treat to
read. I really appreciate the biography section of the book that solely focuses
on Ray Dalio’s life and journey towards where he is today. It offers you a
brief insight into what made him the person he is today. Even very humbling experiences,
such as being the only person left in the company that he built and having to
start all over again.

 

In Principles: Life and Work,
Dalio shares the principles that have led to his success. Told with honesty and
enlightening examples, Principles is a fascinating look at how
Dalio has created the largest and most successful hedge fund in the world. You
need only read the first few pages to discover the uniqueness of his approach;
he encourages readers to doubt everything, suggesting that radical open-mindedness
is the best way to learn.

Allied Laws

1.      
Cross objection to be disposed
of independently on merits [Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (CPC), Order XLI Rule
22]

Badru (since deceased) through L.R. and
Ors. vs. NTPC Limited and Ors. AIR 2019 Supreme Court 3385

 

The land in question belonged to the
appellants (landowners). The suit land was acquired by the State for the NTPC
for public purpose. A compensation of Rs. 3,87,383 per bigha was awarded
to the appellants for the land. But the appellants felt aggrieved and
approached the Civil Court for determination of the compensation offered by the
Land Acquisition Officer. The Civil Court partly allowed the reference in
favour of the appellants and enhanced the compensation. The State and the NTPC
felt aggrieved by the award and filed appeals before the High Court. The
appellants instead of filing a regular appeal, filed cross objection under
Order 41 Rule 22 of the CPC and sought enhancement in the compensation awarded.
The High Court dismissed the appeals filed by the NTPC / State and, in
consequence, also dismissed the cross objection filed by the appellants. The
effect of the dismissal of the appeals and cross objection was upholding of the
award passed by the Civil Court. The landowners felt aggrieved by the rejection
of their cross objection and filed the present appeals by way of a special
leave before the Supreme Court.

 

It was observed by the Supreme Court that
one remedy was by way of appeal and the other remedy was to file cross
objection. In this case, the landowners took recourse to the second remedy of
filing cross objection. The High Court having dismissed the appeals filed by
the State / NTPC was, therefore, required to examine whether any case was made
out by the landowners in their cross objection for enhancement of compensation.
Order 41 Rule 22(4) of the CPC provides that where, in any case in which any
respondent has under this Rule filed a memorandum of objection, the original
appeal is withdrawn or is dismissed for default, the objection so filed may
nevertheless be heard and determined after such notice to the other parties as
the Court thinks fit. Merely because the High Court dismissed the appeals filed
by the respondents herein, though on merits, yet that by itself would not
result in dismissal of the landowners’ cross objection also.

 

In view of the same, the Supreme Court held
that the cross objection had to be disposed of on its merits notwithstanding
the dismissal of the same by assigning reasons. The case was accordingly
remanded to the High Court for deciding the cross objection filed by the
landowners in accordance with law.

 

2.      
Doctrine of promissory estoppel
– New Package Scheme of Incentives, 1993 – The eligibility for sales-tax
exemption cannot be withdrawn [General Sales Tax (GST), Art. 39(b), 39(c)]

K.M. Refineries and Infraspace Pvt. Ltd.
vs. State of Maharashtra (Bom.) (HC), www.itatonline.org

 

Under the New Package Scheme of Incentives,
1993, monetary and other incentives in the nature of tax subsidy or tax
exemption at the rate prescribed in the scheme and other benefits were given.
As per the eligibility certificate issued by the competent authority, the
certificate was valid for nine years. The Commissioner of Sales Tax prescribed
the effective date but while doing so, curtailed the validity period by about
three years and incentives given in the Incentive Scheme have been
substantially reduced by a new policy prescribing new tax structure of the
State. The assessee challenged the policy on the ground that the new policy
violates the principle of promissory estoppel.

 

Allowing the petition, the Court held that
once a promise has been solemnly given by the State with an intention that it
would be acted upon, and which has been indeed acted upon and liabilities
suffered by the promisee, the State cannot be permitted to backtrack on the
promise and change its position so as to cause loss to the promisee. The
eligibility for sales-tax exemption cannot be withdrawn under GST. (W.P. No.
2209 of 2018, dated 16th July, 2019).

 

3.      
Notional partition – Daughters
entitled to claim a share in the ancestral property after notional partition
between coparceners [Hindu Succession Act, 1956, S. 6]

Gannu Ram and another vs. Dhanmat Bai and
Ors. AIR 2019 Chhattisgarh 148

 

The case was filed by Dhanmat Bai and Deni
Bai, who were the daughters of Ramai before the trial court where it was held
that the daughters were entitled to a share in the property in a case where the
father had expired prior to the amendment in section 6 of the Hindu Succession
Act. The daughters were born before 2005 and hence, the applicability of the
2005 amendment to them was in question. An appeal was preferred against such
order where the question raised was whether the daughter of a pre-deceased karta
/ coparcener is entitled to have equal share in the ancestral property.

 

The court held that the daughters were
entitled to a share in the property but only to the extent of the part of the
shares of their father after a notional partition with the appellant since the
appellant was the coparcener in the Hindu Joint Family property along with the
father of the daughters. For passing an effective decree of partition in favour
of the daughters, the trial court was first required to affect a notional
partition between Ramai and his son (coparcener / appellant) allotting them
half share each in the coparcenary property. Thereafter, a further partition is
required to be affected in respect of the half share of the father which would devolve
equally upon the daughters. The appeal was therefore partly allowed.

 

4.      
Partnership property cannot be
a Hindu Joint Family property [Hindu Law]

Aarshiya Gulati and Ors. vs. Kuldeep Singh
Gulati and Ors. AIT 2019 (NOC) 577 (Del.)

 

While emphasising on the difference between
partnership and a Hindu Joint Family firm, the court referred to Mulla who in
his treatise Hindu Law (21st edition) has pointed out
the following points of difference between a partnership and a Hindu Joint
Family firm: ‘In a joint family business no member of the family can say that
he is the owner of one-half, one-third or one-fourth. The essence of joint
Hindu family property is unity of ownership and community of interest and the
shares of the members are not defined’.

 

The court also referred to the case of Nanchand
Gangaram Shetji vs. Mallappa Mahalingappa Sadalge & Ors.
where it
was held that in a joint Hindu family business, no member of the family can say
that he is the owner of one-half, one-third or one-fourth. The essence of joint
Hindu family property is unity of ownership and community of interest and the
shares of the members are not defined. Similarly, the pattern of the accounts
of a joint Hindu family business maintained by the karta is different
from those of a partnership. In the case of the former the shares of the
individual members in the profits and losses are not worked out, while they
have to be worked out in the case of partnership accounts.

 

In view of the same, the court held that a
partnership property cannot be a Hindu Joint Family property.

 

5.      
Tenancy – Prior consent of
creditor to be taken when tenancy created after mortgage of premises to
creditor – If consent not taken, tenant not entitled to temporary injunction
against dispossession by creditor bank. [Securitisation And Reconstruction Of
Financial Assets And Enforcement Of Security Interest Act, 2002, S. 13]

Chief Manager, Bank of Baroda, Dhanbad
branch vs. Amit and Ors. AIR 2019 Jharkhand 122

 

The brief facts of the case are that the
petitioner bank had sanctioned a loan by keeping the property in question
mortgaged by a collateral security and on having become a non-performing asset,
a notice u/s 13(2) of the Securitisation and Reconstruction of Financial Assets
and Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002, was issued, thereafter
resorting to the provision of S. 13(4) of the Act. The respondent No. 1
(tenant) has entered into an agreement of tenancy prior to mortgaging of the
property by the owner. When a notice u/s 13(4) was served on the owner, the
respondent No. 1 filed a suit pleading therein that he is a monthly tenant and
has been paying rent regularly and on time but without any receipt. The bank
(creditor) appeared and filed show cause, disputed the claim of the respondent
No. 1 by stating that the owner is a director of a private limited company and
has got cash credit facility of Rs. 300 lakhs which was sanctioned and secured
by getting a mortgage of the property; when the loanee became irregular and
despite repeated requests and intimations did not pay the loan amount due to
which the loan amount became an NPA; this forced the petitioner bank (creditor)
to file a suit in the Debt Recovery Tribunal.

 

The tenant also
filed a separate petition for grant of temporary injunction restraining the petitioner
bank (creditor) from taking forceful possession of the tenanted premises.


It was observed by the court that no
borrower shall lease any of the secured assets referred to in the notice
without the prior written consent of the secured creditor and holding therein
that save and except the process of tenancy, there cannot be any eviction of
the tenant.

The court referred to the case of Kalsaria
where the lease has been created after the property had been mortgaged and
therefore, it has been held that before creating tenancy right before the date
of mortgage, consent is required to be taken from the creditors. It is in the
touchstone of this ratio and the definition of mortgage that the case in hand
has been examined by the court.

 

It was held that since it was nowhere on
record that before creating tenancy by virtue of agreement, prior consent of
the creditor has been taken this fact ought to have been appreciated by the
appellate court but having not done so, the appellate court has committed gross
error.

 


Society News

57TH EDITION OF ‘BCAS REFERENCER’ RELEASED

The BCAS Referencer, one of the eagerly-awaited, landmark publications of the Bombay Chartered Accountants Society, entered its 57th year of continuous publication this year – and also the 22nd year of theme-based issues.

The release programme was organised at the M.C. Ghia Hall on 2nd August, 2019 by the Seminar, Public Relations & Membership Development (SPR&MD) Committee. Following the lighting of the auspicious lamp, there was a selection of short glimpses of India’s classical dance forms which is the theme of this year’s Referencer.

CA Toral Mehta compered the event and introduced the chief guests of the evening, Mr. Sameer and Ms Arsh Tanna, eminent Bollywood choreographers, and the sponsor, CA Kamal Poddar of Choice Connect.

BCAS President CA Manish Sampat noted in his remarks that the publication, which is recognised as the most dependable knowledge resource and an unparalleled repository of various laws, had been the hallmark of BCAS for the last six decades. He acknowledged all the contributors, specially the youth, and the tremendous efforts put in by the Committee for the release of the Referencer immediately after the Union Budget.

The various Indian classical dance forms – whether Bharat Natyam, Odissi, Kucchipudi, Kathakali, Kathak or Manipuri – were performed by the artists who were actually the members and students of the BCAS. They were led by CA Manori Shah under the choreography of Nita Shah and Vishrut Doshi. Other artists who performed included Chirag Bohra, Jitesh Kakad, Hrudyesh Pankhania, Rishikesh Joshi, Vidisha Shah, Disha Unadkat, Tanvi Parekh, Kinjal Bhuta, Rishita Shah, Richa Agrawal and Vidhi Parekh. The rapt audience appreciated and enjoyed all the dances.

In his address, Committee Chairman CA Narayan Pasari appreciated the efforts of all the contributors, editors, proof-readers, and specially CA Pranay Marfatia who had been instrumental in the publication of the Referencer for several years and for organising the release event. The Referencer was released in the presence of a galaxy of personalities, including the contributors, editors and others and was unveiled by the chief guests.

Chief guest Ms Arsh Tanna said she was amazed by the performances of the artists of the BCAS fraternity and expressed her delight at attending the event which was brilliantly correlated with the theme – Indian classical dance and the contents of the Referencer.

Convener CA Manmohan Sharma proposed a hearty vote of thanks to all present, especially to Choice Connect, the sponsors of the Referencer, Finesse, the printers, the BCAS Events staff and the organising team of the Committee who had put in a lot of hard work.

SUBURBAN STUDY CIRCLE

The Suburban Study Circle organised two meetings on ‘15CB Certification – Who, What, When and How?’, on 16th July and 13th August, 2019, which were addressed by CA Rutvik Sanghvi who made a detailed presentation on the following Rules and Regulations:

(i) Who all are covered under the provisions of section 195?
(ii) What transactions are covered?
(iii) When is the taxation to a non-resident applicable?
(iv) How is it to be applied?

Rutvik explained the nuisances and complexities involved in payments to non-residents in a lucid manner. He explained the importance and requirement of tax residency certificate and taxability of various kinds of payments to non-residents like fees for technical services, royalty, etc. It required two sessions to cover the topic in detail.

The participants benefited from the presentation made by him.

HRD STUDY CIRCLE

The HRD Study Circle met on 13th August, 2019 to discuss ‘Modern Techniques in Physiotherapy.’

The presentation was made by Dr. Rupa Mehta and Dr. Kritika Poddar. Dr. Rupa Mehta and her team run Healthspace clinic at Opera House and have 30 years of experience. They have kept themselves updated with the latest techniques in physiotherapy.

The presentation covered:
(a) Diagnosis and treatment of spine (neck and back), shoulder, elbow, hip, knee and ankle joint pains. (Through her presentation, Dr. Rupa Mehta gave members a detailed explanation for the possible reasons for pain in the joints. She showed simple exercises to address the pain in the initial stages and explained that neglecting it can cause further damage and addressing it early can help avoid surgery);
(b) Bad posture can have a deleterious effect on the body;
(c) It is necessary to improve the core muscles.

The latest techniques used in Healthspace are as follows:
(I) The McKenzie Protocol of exercises
(II) The Mulligan Protocol
(III) Neurodynamic solutions
(IV) Taping
(V) Dry needling
(VI) Core muscle strengthening
(VII) Pilates on the reformer and customised exercise.

Dr. Kritika Poddar highlighted the benefits of pilates. She projected ergonomics with visual inputs and stressed on the need for the right posture. Work life ergonomics and exercises shown by her could be beneficial for all chartered accountants and professionals.

However, the most important point was to spread awareness so that people do not injure themselves and adopt a better lifestyle.

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS STUDY GROUP

The group held its meeting on 16th August, 2019 to discuss ‘Economic Slowdown and Global Flash Points’. CA Harshad Shah led the discussions and presented his thoughts on the subject.

He said that based on the definition of slowdown and recession, the Indian economy had slowed down and might have entered into a recessionary phase as the GDP had come down from the high of 8.2% in Q1 FY19 to 7.2% in Q2 and in the last quarter dropped to 5.8%. This fulfilled the technical definition of a recession of two consecutive quarters of negative economic growth.

At the macro level, the automobile sector was facing its worst crisis in 20 years with the malaise spreading across much of the industry, both in terms of vehicle type and components as well as geographically in the country’s manufacturing hubs, along with the structural reform of pushing for electric vehicles. The real estate sector had been on a downturn since the demonetisation period, with India’s top 30 cities having 1.28 million unsold housing units as of March, 2019. The health of real estate was a major indicator of the state of the economy. It had links with about 250 ancillary industries – bricks, cement, steel, furniture, electrical products, paints, etc., and affected all of them whether there was a boom or gloom in the sector.

FMCG companies had reported a decline in volume growth due to sluggish rural demand which, in turn, indicated less availability of money in villages. All these factors impacted the unemployment rate which had risen to a 45-year high.

India’s household-sector savings, the biggest source of investment for the economy, had ‘worryingly’ come down to 30.5% (as % to GDP) in 2018 compared to nearly 37% in 2008. Poor savings had been a largely ‘unaddressed’ reason for the country’s continuing slowdown. Retail loans to the sector were growing annually in double digits, pointing to profligate consumption by households with a youthful population (70% of the working-age population being aged between 20 and 40 years) that liked to spend. Many economists widely held that a country’s economic growth should be investment-led rather than being driven by consumption, as had been the case with India.

The NITI Aayog CEO attributed the downshift to a spate of measures (structural reforms) such as GST, RERA and IBC that had led to the current slowdown in the country.

The global economy was bracing for a probable recession in 2020 as nearly half (48%) of CFOs in USA and some prominent economists were also predicting this. One of the indicators, the Yield Curve inversion, had already occurred. An inverted yield curve meant that interest rates had flipped on the US. Treasury with short-term bonds paying more than long-term bonds. This was generally regarded as a warning sign for the economy and the markets.

The global economy was also facing some serious headwinds such as Hard Brexit; US vs. China: From Tariff War to Currency War to Economic War, with USA labelling China as a ‘Currency Manipulator’ for the first time; Argentina’s historic market crash with fears of another default; the Hong Kong protests and probable retaliation by Chinese security forces; and the Iran issue. CA Milan Sanghani and many participants expressed their views on all these issues.

FEMA STUDY CIRCLE

The FEMA Study Circle meeting held on 19th August, 2019 covered the issue of ‘FDI in Trading Sector’.

CA Chintan Shah delved into various facets of the subject, viz., Cash and Carry Wholesale Trading, E-commerce, Single Brand Product Retail Trading, Multi-Brand Product Retail Trading and Duty-Free Shops. The FDI in the above activities was covered from scratch, beginning with sectoral caps applicable to each of them and ending with a healthy discussion on understanding the nuances of their respective definitions, the conditions attached thereto and understanding the manner in which businesses were structured in India. It was indeed a very interesting session given the current business environment in the country in which various multinational companies across the globe were exploring business models to expand their markets here.

4TH NARAYAN VARMA LECTURE

The 4th Narayan Varma Memorial Lecture (and the Narayan Varma Memorial Awards) was organised by the Public Concern for Governance Trust, the Bombay Chartered Accountants Society, the Dharma Bharathi Mission and the Chamber of Tax Consultants at the Indian Merchants Chamber on 23rd August, 2019.

The programme was organised in memory of Narayan Bhai who was closely associated with these organisations, held various posts in them and mentored and nurtured them with his values, ideology and hard work. He left behind an enduring legacy as a great professional, a philanthropist and, above all, a great human being.

The memorial lecture was delivered by Mr. Y.H. Malegam, the well-known CA and a legend in the financial sector who has been honoured with the Padma Shri.

Three distinguished persons from Mumbai were also recognised for their humanitarian service. The DBM NV Memorial Award was given to the Adhyayan Sanstha, the BCAS Narayan Varma Memorial Award went to Mr. Vishwas Gore and the PCGT NV Memorial Award was bestowed on Mr. Shailesh Gandhi.

The programme was very well attended with all top CAs, auditors and people associated with the social sector in attendance. Kudos to all the four other partner organisations for coordinating their efforts to organise the memorable event.

TAXATION COMMITTEE

The Taxation Committee organised a full-day seminar on ‘Tax Audit’ at the BCAS Conference Hall on 23rd
August, 2019.

President Manish Sampat gave the opening remarks. Chairman of the Taxation Committee Ameet Patel gave a brief overview of the seminar and explained the importance of tax audit in the current scenario. He also informed the participants about the onerous responsibility cast on the tax auditor, given that the selection as well as the assessment is now going to be online.

The following topics were taken up by the learned speakers:

Programme Speakers
Audit aspect of Tax Audit – overview of Tax Audit provisions, reporting requirements, audit quality, verification of documents, documentation in light of ICDS, obtaining and relying on management representation, reliance on test checks, etc. CA Himanshu Kishnadwala
Issues arising with tax audit of companies following Ind AS reporting in clauses 13 to 17, clause 19 and clause 24 CA Manish Shah
Reporting in Form 3CD – Certain clauses (namely, clauses 20 to 23, clauses 25 to 27, clauses 30A to 30B and clauses 42 to 44) CA Sonalee Godbole
Reporting in Form 3CD – Certain clauses (namely, clauses 28 to 29B, clause 31, clause 32, clause 34, clause 36 and clause 36A) CA Jagdish Punjabi

Himanshu Kishnadwala set the ball rolling by highlighting various audit aspects that one should keep in mind while conducting a tax audit. He gave his practical insights pertaining to some of the clauses and stressed on the importance of documentation in tax audit.

Next came Manish Shah who described the impact of ICDS through case studies. He also took the audience through various case studies to explain the impact of Ind AS on various clauses in a tax audit report. Apart from the discussion on ICDS and Ind AS, he also dealt with clauses dealing with presumptive taxation.

Sonalee Godbole made a detailed presentation on clauses relating to secondary adjustment, thin capitalisation, GAAR and CBCR. She explained the concepts in a lucid manner with the help of examples and case studies. She also discussed the requirement of reporting the filing in Form 61A and Form 61B.

The last session was addressed by Jagdish Punjabi who covered a large number of clauses, including those related to TDS. He also discussed the impact of section 56(2) on hybrid instruments issued by the company and its reporting requirement in Form 3CD. Apart from this, he explained the applicability of sections 269SS and 269T to loans by book entry and their reporting requirement in Form 3CD.

All the sessions were interactive, with the speakers sharing their insights on their respective subjects. The participants benefited immensely with the guidance and practical views on various issues.

DIRECT TAX LAWS STUDY CIRCLE

The Direct Tax Laws Study Circle meeting on ‘Income Computation and Disclosure Standards (ICDS)’ was held on 6th September, 2019 at the BCAS Conference Hall. Group leader CA Darshak Shah gave a brief overview of the applicability of ICDS provisions and the corresponding sections in the Income-tax Act, 1961 (Act). He also explained the general approach to resolve conflicts between the provisions of the Act and ICDS.Thereafter, he discussed in detail the ten ICDS with various examples and relevant case laws. The group leader took questions from the participants with respect to the relevant examples. Besides, he touched upon the possibility of double taxation in case of ICDS – X relating to ‘Provisions, Contingent Assets and Contingent Liabilities’ in a certain scenario.The session concluded with a vote of thanks to the speaker, Darshak Shah.

FELICITATION OF FRESH, YOUNG CAS

Talk on ‘Career Planning & Interview Skills for Fresh CAs’ held on 13th September, 2019 at BCAS Conference Hall

Yet another programme organised by the Seminar, Public Relations and Membership Development (SPR&MD) Committee was the felicitation programme for the newly-qualified chartered accountants who had cleared the June, 2019 examination. In fact, within hours of the announcement, the online enrolments crossed the record figure of 300, forcing BCAS to close registrations for this crucial programme.

There was a full house of 160+ participants, including some walk-ins. They were greeted at the registration desk with a copy of the BCA Journal and a membership form.

The evening started with Coordinator CA Preeti Cherian welcoming the participants and giving an overview of the purpose of the event. She was followed by President CA Manish Sampat who took the opportunity to walk down memory lane and recall his early days as a qualified chartered accountant, the sound advice that he had received from his seniors to associate himself with the BCAS, to the present when he had taken over as its President. He described the various initiatives of the Society and particularly dwelt on the 5G Annual Plan.
Chairman CA Narayan Pasari candidly admitted that the Youth or Yuva Shakti was an integral part of the numerous activities organised by the BCAS. He also appealed to the new CAs to become members and play an active role in its various activities. While speaking about the Committee’s initiatives, he talked about the Referencer, the annual RRC and other programmes. He proudly shared that the BCAS was very active on social media and its handle @BCASGlobal had recently crossed the 30K mark.

The speaker for the evening was CA Himani Shah who spoke at length on the various jobs available in the finance industry for chartered accountants. She shared tips on interview skills, including first impressions, what to do before the interview, what to wear, how to prepare, guidelines to answer questions, asking the right questions, etc. She also elaborated on the power of visual communication, business etiquette and communication. That her talk was well received could be judged from the fact that many participants had numerous questions to ask of her in the interactive session that followed.
As part of the felicitation programme, each of the participants was presented a pen with BCAS and the word ‘Achiever’ inscribed on it. The event showcased the vibrancy of the participants, many of whom showed great interest in signing up to be members of the BCAS.
A unique feature of the evening was when one of the participants thanked the speaker for clearing the many doubts that she and her fellow participants harboured. The evening ended with a vote of thanks by Convener CA Mrinal Mehta.

GOODS AND SERVICES TAX (GST)

I. HIGH COURT


1.  [2019] (26)
GSTL 449 (Del.) Comnet Vision (India) Pvt. Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Trade and
Taxes
Date of order: 28th March,
2019

 

Rule 97A of
CGST Rules, 2017 allows manual filling of forms when the same could not be
filed electronically due to technical difficulties

 

FACTS

The petitioner was aggrieved by the technical difficulties faced while
filing and uploading the GST forms online. Vide Notification No. 48/2018 dated
10th September, 2018 issued by the GST Council, the time limit to
submit the forms online was extended to 31st March, 2019 because of
technical difficulties faced by the concerned entities / individuals.

 

HELD

It was held that the GST Council should enable the petitioner to file
the forms online or, where it is not possible within the time prescribed, i.e.,
31st March, 2019, the Department should entertain the forms manually
as per Rule 97A of CGST Rules, 2017; the writ petition was thus disposed of.

 


2.  [2019] (26) GSTL 334 (Mad.) Ayyan
Firewoks Factory (P) Ltd. vs. Asstt. Commr. (CT)-I (FAC), Sivakasi, Madras High
Court
Date of order: 4th September, 2018

 

Assessing officer
cannot reopen assessment based on opinion of audit party alone


FACTS

The petitioner had paid the tax without any
default. However, the respondent issued show cause notice dated 12th
January, 2010 proposing to levy interest u/s 24(3) of TNGST Act for belated
payment on the basis of the report of the audit party.

 

The grievance of the petitioner was that the opinion of the audit party
cannot constitute information, thus the AO cannot reopen the assessment on the
basis of its report. The petitioner placed reliance on the decision of Punjab
and Haryana High Court in the case of Haryana Co-operative Sugar Mills
Ltd. vs. State of Haryana 107 STC
103, wherein it was
held that ‘the audit note as received by the assessing authority was not
“definite information” as per the meaning of section 31 of the Act.’

 

HELD

The AO has to independently record his view for reopening if he proposes
to do so. Thereafter, the notice has to be issued to the parties regarding such
reopening. Further, after considering their representations / objections, the
order has to be passed. It was regarded as a clear violation of the principles
of natural justice.

 

3. [2019] (26) GSTL 16 (All.) Selvel
Media Services Pvt. Ltd. vs. State of U.P.
Date of order: 6th May, 2019

 

Advertisement
tax cannot be imposed by the municipal authorities after 1st July,
2017 since it was subsumed under the GST Law

 

FACTS

The petition was filed by an advertising company aggrieved by the demand
of advertisement tax imposed by the Nagar Nigam, Kanpur on displaying
advertisements through hoardings. Section 172(2)(h) empowering the municipal
corporation to levy advertisement tax had been deleted by virtue of section 173
of the U.P. Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017. The Constitutional provisions empowering
the State to levy advertisement tax also stood deleted by virtue of the
Constitution (101st Amendment) Act, 2016 with effect from 12th
September, 2016.

 

HELD

The High Court held that there was no power left with the State
legislature to legislate with regards to advertisement tax as the empowering
provisions stood deleted. In light of this, the demand to the extent after 1st
July, 2017
was set aside and the refund of advertisement tax, if any, deposited after 1st
July, 2017 was directed to be refunded.

 


4.  [2019] (TIOL-1975-HC-AP-GST)
Pandurang Stone Crushers vs. Union of India
Date of order: 14th August, 2019

 

Petitioner
allowed to manually rectify the GSTR3B returns for the months of August and December,
2017 and January and February, 2018

 

FACTS

The petitioner sought permission to rectify GSTR3B statements for the
months of August and December, 2017 and January and February, 2018 manually
subject to the outcome of the writ petition, pending disposal of W.P. No.
8662/2019 on the file of the High Court.

 

HELD

The Court noted that the Gujarat High Court in the case of AAP
& Co. [2019] (TIOL-1422-HC-AHM-GST)
has held the press release
dated 18th October, 2018 as illegal to the extent that its para 3
purports to clarify that the last date for availing input tax credit relating
to the invoices issued during the period from July, 2017 to March, 2018 is the
last date for the filing of return in Form GSTR3B. Besides, the Kerala High
Court, [2018] (TIOL-2902-HC-Ker.-GST) had also permitted the
request of transfer of tax liability from the head ‘SGST’ to ‘IGST’
notwithstanding the contention of the Revenue. Prima facie, the Court
held that the case is made out and that as the issues raised in the writ
petition require detailed examination, this is a fit case to grant the interim
order.

 

As such, petitioner is permitted to rectify GSTR3B statements for the
months of August and December, 2017 and January and February, 2018 manually,
subject to the outcome of the writ petition. The Court also directed that if
the petitioner submits rectified statements for the above purpose, the
respondents shall process the same in accordance with the procedure established
by law.

 

II. AUTHORITY FOR ADVANCE
RULING (AAR)

 

5.  [2019] (27) GSTL 272 (AAR – GST)
Chowgule Industries Pvt. Ltd., Goa
Date of order: 26th March, 2019

 

Input Tax
Credit on the motor vehicles purchased for demonstration can be availed as ITC on
capital goods and set off against output tax payable under GST

 

FACTS

The appellant was an authorised dealer for sale of motor vehicles and
spares. He purchased vehicles against tax invoice and reflected this in the
books of accounts as capital assets. Those vehicles were used as demonstration
cars for providing trial runs to customers as it was an essential part of
marketing and sales promotion. The vehicles were held for two years or 40,000
km, whichever was earlier, and then sold. The applicable GST was paid on the
selling price.

 

But as per section 17(5) of CGST Act, ITC can only be claimed on motor
vehicles if they were used for taxable supply and for transportation of
passengers or goods or imparting training in driving, flying, navigating such
vehicles or conveniences. The appellant argued that the taxable supply included
further supply of such vehicles and the GST Act did not prescribe the time
limit within which the further supply was to be effected. Hence, section 17(5)
was not applicable in their case. They also argued that since the vehicles were
used in the course of business or furtherance of business, ITC was available as
per section 16(1) of the CGST Act.

 

HELD

It was held that section 17(5) does not prescribe any time limit for
further supply and in the present case the goods were used for business
purposes as capital goods. Therefore, Input Tax Credit on the motor vehicles
purchased for demonstration purpose was allowed. The authority also prescribed
that the credit availed on such capital goods should be subject to reversal as
per section 18(6) at the time of sale.  

Service Tax

I. HIGH COURT



1.  [2019]
(27) GSTL 182 (Cal.) Perfect Technologies vs. CESTAT, Kolkata Date of order: 23rd
April, 2019

 

Mandatory
pre-deposit @ 7.5% of total tax amount demanded on pending appeals as per section
35F of Central Excise Act, 1944. Appellant directed to deposit 50% of 7.5% in
cash and balance 50% as bank guarantee

 

FACTS

The appellant was aggrieved that he had to pre-deposit 7.5% of the
amount at the time of filing the appeal. He had to do so as per section 35F of
the Central Excise Act, 1964. But he felt that the order of pre-depositing 7.5%
was too high and harsh.

 

HELD

The Hon’ble
High Court held that considering the circumstances, relief be given to the
appellant. He was asked to deposit only 50% of the pre-deposit amount in cash
and give a bank guarantee for the balance amount.


2.    [2019] (26) GSTL 462 (Kar.)
Praxair India Pvt. Ltd. vs. Commr. of C.Ex. & ST, LTU, Bangalore
Date of order: 15th April, 2019

 

For sufficient
cause, condonation of delay was allowed on cost

 

FACTS

The appellant submitted that the Tribunal had dismissed the application
seeking condonation of delay. One of the reasons for delay in filing was
misplacement of the order due to shifting of office. However, the application
for condonation was dismissed and the Tribunal rejected the appeal on the
grounds of delay. The appellant 
approached the High Court.

 

HELD

It was held
that the reason of delay being bona fide, the impugned order be set
aside. The appeal was restored on the payment of cost of Rs. 50,000 with the
Registry.

 

II. TRIBUNAL


3.  [2019] (26) GSTL 116 (Tri. –
Ahmd.) Amar Engineering Co. vs. Commissioner of C.Ex. & ST, Vadodara-I
Date of order: 14th June, 2018

 

Refund of duty,
interest and penalty cannot be granted where voluntary payment was made by the
assessee during the course of the audit

 

FACTS

The appellant
had voluntarily made payment towards duty, interest and penalty during the
course of the audit and had requested not to issue show cause notice. The
appellant submitted an undertaking assuring that no refund shall be claimed.
However, the appellant claimed that the said amount was not liable to be paid
and, therefore, the refund claim was filed.

 

HELD

The Tribunal
observed that there was no dispute that voluntary payment was made by the
appellant on the objection raised by the audit party. Further, it was also
observed that an undertaking was filed by the appellant stating that no refund shall be claimed in the future. Thus, there
was no substance in the refund issue raised by the appellant; therefore, the
Tribunal dismissed the appeal.

 


4.  [2019] (26)
GSTL 104 (Tri. – Del.) Theme Exports Pvt. Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Service Tax,
Delhi
Date of order: 9th April,
2018

 

The amount
charged by the foreign bank while remitting export proceeds from the assessee’s
bank cannot be leviable (subjected) to reverse charge in the hands of the
exporter


FACTS

The appellant
was engaged in export of garments. The appellant realised sale proceeds through
approved banking channels. Certain amount was deducted from the sales proceeds
remitted to the appellant’s bank in India either by the foreign bank or the
intermediary bank involved in the transaction.

 

HELD

The Tribunal, relying on the decision of M/s Dileep Industries
Pvt. Ltd. vs. CCE, Jaipur 2017 (10) TMI 1231-CESTAT, New Delhi
wherein,
relying on the case of Greenply Industries Ltd. vs. CCE, Jaipur it
was held that as the amount deducted by the foreign bank while remitting it to
the Indian banks is in turn charged by the Indian bank from the exporter,
therefore, the appellant was not required to pay tax under reverse charge.
Thus, the appeal was allowed in favour of the appellant.

 

5.  [2019]
TIOL-2496-CESTAT-Hyd.] Asmitha
Microfin Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Customs, Central Excise and Service Tax Date of order: 17th June, 2019

 

Service tax under RCM set aside on the ground of
revenue neutrality and limitation


FACTS

The assessee is
a public limited company registered as a Non-Banking Finance Company u/s 45 IA
of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934. They entered into a guarantee fee
agreement with a foreign company. As per the agreement, the foreign company
agreed to provide a guarantee to Standard Chartered Bank, London in relation to
the amount borrowed by the assessee from Standard Chartered Bank, Hyderabad.

 

Pursuant to an
audit, a SCN was issued covering the period April, 2009 to March, 2012
demanding service tax along with interest on the guarantee fees paid to the
foreign company covered by the definition of Banking and Other Financial
Services under reverse charge mechanism.

 

HELD

The Tribunal noted that the entire demand is under reverse charge
mechanism and if the appellant had paid the service tax under reverse charge
mechanism, they would have been entitled to CENVAT credit of exactly the same
amount. Therefore, the revenue neutrality in this case is evident. Thus, it was
held that the present demand is hit by limitation and deserves to be set aside
forthwith.

 

MISCELLANEA

I. Economy

 

1.      
Sweeping and slashing to trap
investments

 

Finance Minister
Nirmala Sitharaman’s sweeping reforms slashing corporate tax rates to bring
them at par with most South Asian and Southeast Asian nations are expected to
trap investments headed even to low-tax destinations like Bangladesh and
Vietnam.

 

While markets
saluted the Minister’s sweeping reforms of the corporate tax rates on Friday,
the best is yet to come, according to experts. The tax rates have become
competitive when compared to most other South Asian and even Southeast Asian
investment destinations.

 

A competitive
environment should help India trap some of the capital fleeing China fearing a
worsening of the US-China trade war and imposition of stiffer sanctions on
Beijing. The tariff war touched off by US President Donald Trump has only
worsened with Chinese President Xi Jinping in no mood to relent. India is
eyeing a major share of the capital moving out of China to boost Prime Minister
Narendra Modi’s ‘Make in India’ initiative, say reports.

 

India’s effective
rate of 25.17% compares well against China’s 25%. The new rates will make India
a good bargain when compared to Pakistan’s 31%, Sri Lanka’s 28% and even
Bangladesh’s 25%. Among the Southeast Asian economies, India can easily steal a
march over the Philippines which has a 30% rate and Indonesia and South Korea
who maintain a 25% rate and Malaysia with 24%. Thailand and Vietnam offer 20%,
but India could score in terms of technically skilled labour and better
infrastructure. Only Taiwan and Singapore with 17% still have a clear advantage
over India.

 

The Finance
Ministry, in consultation with the Ministry of Commerce, has been evolving a
strategy to compete with South Asian neighbours like Bangladesh which have
attracted investors because of the cheaper labour and more conducive land
acquisition laws. Indian officials think the country’s reforms will enhance its
ease of doing business rating and make it capable of taking on even Southeast
Asian competitors. Vietnam, which is drawing a lot of investment fleeing
Mainland China, has been on the Indian crosshairs for some time.

 

Government slashed
the corporate tax rate to 22% from 30% for domestic companies – and proposed a
competitive 15% rate for new investment in manufacturing. The cumulative fiscal
boost emanating from the tax law changes would amount to Rs. 1.45 lakh crores, which
sends a strong signal of the government resolve to revive economic growth, a
report on the The Economic Times website said. To be eligible for the
new concessional tax rates, companies need to forego the existing incentives
and exemptions in force. Even those opting for the status quo, the
minimum alternate tax (MAT) shrinks to 15% from 18.5%. Companies will have the
option of the lower tax rate after the expiry of the tax holidays and
concessions that they enjoy now. Once they choose the new tax rate, they can’t
revert to the concessional regime.

 

Prime Minister
Modi, bound for the US to address the historic ‘Howdy Modi!’ event along with
President Trump, termed the step to cut corporate tax rate ‘historic’, saying
it ‘will give a great stimulus to “Make in India”, attract private investment
from across the globe and help create more jobs.’

 

(Source:
International Business Times – By Prathapan Bhaskaran, 21st
September, 2019)

 

2.      
Recruitment may counter the
slowdown gloom

 

India’s
second-largest employer, Coal India Limited (CIL), is offering 9,000 openings;
4,000 people will be recruited to fill up executive posts and the rest will be
technical and non-technical staff.

 

The massive
recruitment drive to fill up about 9,000 openings in the parent company and
subsidiaries amid the gloom of a general economic slowdown and talk of stiff
divestment targets is cheering up the country’s job market, reports say. Of the
vacancies announced, 4,000 will be of executives in the parent company while
the technical hands will be taken in by the company’s eight subsidiaries, said
a report in the Economic Times. CIL sources say this would be the
biggest recruitment drive of the group in a decade.

 

CIL and its subsidiaries employ about 2,80,000 people, second only to
the Indian Railways, including nearly 18,000 at the executive level. CIL is one
of the public sector undertakings (PSU) that Finance Minister Nirmala
Sitharaman has identified for raising Rs. 3.25 lakh crores through divestment
in the next five years of Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s second stint in
office. The target for the 2019-20 financial year is an estimated Rs. 1.05 lakh
crores.

 

‘Coal India is
recruiting so many executives in a single year in almost a decade in an effort
to fill up all the vacancies that have been pending for several years. Last
year, we recruited only about 1,200 people,’ the report quotes an unidentified
senior Coal India executive as saying.

 

‘Of the 4,000
executives Coal India plans to recruit, 900 would be through advertisements and
interviews in the junior category, another 400 would be recruited from campuses
and some 100 would be miscellaneous, such as medical officers, etc. We have
already recruited 400 executives most of whom are doctors. Another 75 have been
recruited and would be joining soon. The company will recruit around 2,200
additional executives through competitive examinations.’

 

The company’s coal-producing subsidiaries will recruit 5,000 workers and
technical hands, including about 2,300 who will be recruited as part of a
policy of offering jobs to families whose land was acquired for various
projects. Another 2,350 people will be hired on compassionate grounds as part
of the company’s policy of offering a job to one family member of a deceased
employee. About 400 openings will be of a non-technical nature, the report
said.

 

Set up in 1975, CIL
has been seeing mass retirement of a large number of employees at
superannuation in recent years. The number of employees who have left this way
in the last three years is pegged at more than 12,300. The posts have remained
unfilled because of a general recruitment ban in the government. While not all
posts will be filled up, the group companies need large-scale recruitment over
the next few years to ensure adequate workforce strength, the reports say.

 

(Source:
International Business Times – By Prathapan Bhaskaran, 18th September,
2019)

 

II. 
Finance

 

3.      
Credit fairs aka ‘loan melas

 

Credit fairs by
public sector banks will bring early festival cheer to consumers as the
corporate tax bonanza will put on steroids PM Modi’s FDI push after ‘Howdy
Modi!’

 

Finance Minister
Nirmala Sitharaman’s big-ticket reforms are focused on a demand boost for the
revival of the domestic economy. For this, the Ministry has set rolling a
series of steps, apart from the headline reform of corporate tax rates that put
the stock market on steroids. The corporate tax reduction that will entail a
revenue loss of Rs. 1.45 lakh crores to the government is expected to help
Prime Minister Narendra Modi make a big splash at the ‘Howdy Modi!’ event after
which he would be meeting top executives of 16 big US corporate houses in his
foreign direct investments (FDI) campaign.

 

The major takeaways
from the series of announcements Sitharaman made were:

 

(i) Credit fairs (loan melas): The public
sector banks (PSBs) will organise fairs for potential borrowers in 400
districts, boosting liquidity and driving demand in the retail sector across
the country. The rural economy survives on retail demand and the increased
liquidity will help drive demand and spending, thus helping the rural revival,
experts believe;

(ii) NBFC role: Sitharaman’s directive to the PSBs
to ensure the participation of NBFCs in the credit fairs will help improve the
liquidity status of the NBFCs. This is particularly important because the
ailing NBFCs have been shown to be behind the economy’s illiquidity, according
to reports;

(iii) Relief for
MSMEs: The injunction on lenders to desist from declaring loans to micro,
medium and small enterprises (MSMEs) as non-performing assets (NPAs) during
this financial year ending on 31st March, 2020, will help reduce
morbidity in a vital segment of the economy, according to experts. With over 60
million units, the MSME segment is second only to the agriculture sector in
employment generation;

(iv)  MSMEs loan restructuring: Banks have been
directed to use the special dispensation that the RBI circular, ‘MSME sector –
Restructuring of Advances’, dated 1st January, 2019, has made
available. ‘We have also requested that at the branch level banks should make
efforts to sit with such stressed asset accounts of MSMEs to get them out of
the situation,’ Sitharaman said. MSMEs that are unable to repay loans within 90
days of the due date will not be stamped with the NPA tag. The facility will be
available to MSMEs whose aggregate exposure, including non-fund-based
facilities, of banks and NBFCs to the borrower does not exceed Rs. 25 crores as
on 1st January, 2019;

(v)        Spreading liquidity: The Reserve Bank of
India (RBI) has said that there is enough liquidity in the economy after its
fifth successive repo rate cuts. Sitharaman says the credit fairs will ensure
that the liquidity reaches the lowest layer of the economy, driving up
consumption;

(vi) All types of
loans: The credit fairs will be organised as public meetings to be monitored by
Minister of State for Finance Anurag Thakur to ensure that the needy get the
loans;

(vii) The reform
announcements ahead of Prime Minister Modi’s meetings in the US will serve to
send a loud message to industrialists across the world to consider India as a
friendly investment destination, especially when the US-China trade wars are
threatening FDI flow to China.

 

(Source:
International Business Times – By Prathapan Bhaskaran, 20th September,
2019)

 

4.      
Just a face to defy the law?

 

PwC India has been fined more than Rs. 230 crores (£ 26.37 m) by the
Indian Enforcement Department for breaches of the Foreign Exchange Management
Act (FEMA).

 

The ‘Big Four’ firm
had been accused of receiving large foreign investments from Netherlands-based
PricewaterhouseCoopers Services BV, which allegedly had been disguised as
‘grants’ to avoid FEMA. The legislation requires foreign investments in
financial services to be approved by the Reserve Bank of India.

 

The Directorate of
Enforcement was brought in by the Indian Supreme Court to investigate PwC’s
affairs following a public interest petition brought by the Centre for Public
Interest Litigation (CPIL), a non-governmental organisation, in 2013.

 

At the time, CPIL
called for a ruling on whether the ‘Big Four’ in general were operating in
India ‘in violation of law in force in a clandestine manner’, whether effective
steps were being taken to enforce the law and, if this was not happening, what
orders were required to ensure proper enforcement. The Indian government later
backed up the original public interest litigation with a second,
similarly-worded petition.

 

PwC was used as an example to illustrate in the petitions how global
firms were exploiting the law to build up their presence in India and gain
access to lucrative audit markets.

 

In February last
year, the Supreme Court ruled that PwC Services BV Netherlands had enabled its
Indian partners to acquire Dalal & Shah, a chartered accountancy firm based
in Mumbai and Kolkata, through a series of interest-free loans to them. This
‘circuitous route’, the judge said, was in violation of the law.

 

The Dutch firm had also shared profits in the form of licence fees and
network charges and made further investments through grants for enhancement of
skills, he said.

 

The judge concluded
that while the court could not involve itself with policy-making, it was
entitled to look at the policy framework to find out whether safeguards for
enforcement of fundamental rights had been maintained. ‘In the present context,
having regard to the statutory framework… it may prima facie appear that
there is violation of statutory provisions and policy framework, effective
enforcement of which has to be ensured’.

 

‘Statutory
regulatory provisions intended to advance the object of law have to be enforced
meaningfully,’ he continued. ‘No vested interest can flout the same by
manifesting compliance only in form. Compliance has to be in substance. The
law-enforcing agencies are expected to see the real situation.’

 

He said that the
large multinational firms’ compliance was in form, not in substance. ‘Having
got registered partnership firms with the Indian partners, the real
beneficiaries of transacting the business of chartered accountancy remain the
companies of the foreign entities. The partnership firms are merely a face to
defy the law.’

 

According to
reports, the Enforcement Department found that PwC had received the equivalent
of Rs. 229 crores in US dollars. The agency said that they were received as
grants and used ‘for various business purposes, including acquisition of other
Indian companies and paying non-compete fee’.

 

(Source:economia.icaew.com/news/september-2019/pwc-india-breached-indian-foreign-exchange-rules)
  

LETTER TO THE EDITOR

Dear Sir,

 

Thanks for continuing to bring interesting,
timely, topical and thought-provoking articles month on month.

 

I write this email regarding the article Banning
the Auditors
published in the August, 2019 issue of BCAJ. The
article covered the topical issue exhaustively and I thank the author for
sharing his valuable views and the intricate legal aspects involved.

 

In Para 1, page 16, he writes,

‘Post-IFRS and Ind AS implementation and
the use of fair values, the “cushion” that was available in
historical cost regime no longer exists. Regulators and other stakeholders need
to accept the fact that these errors in estimates are inherent to the adoption
of fair value accounting.’

 

While I completely agree that there is more
estimation uncertainty involved under Ind AS, is it a valid expectation  to expect regulators/stakeholders to accept
errors in estimates inherent in fair value? If possible, it would be
interesting to understand further the author’s point of view from the legal
defence point, too.

 

Regards,

Vinayak Pai V.

 

 

Glimpses Of Supreme Court Rulings

1.       
1.   Commissioner of Income Tax, Kolkata vs. Calcutta Export Company
(2018) 404 ITR 654 (SC)

 

Business
Expenditure – Disallowance u/s. 40(a)(ia) – The amended provision of section
40(a)(ia) of the Act should be interpreted liberally and equitable and applies
retrospectively from the date when section 40(a)(ia) was inserted i.e., with effect
from the Assessment Year 2005-2006

 

Calcutta Export Company, a
partnership firm, a manufacturer and exporter of casting materials, filed its
return of income for the Assessment Year 2005-06 for Rs. 4,18,17,910/-. The
case was selected for scrutiny and the assessment u/s. 143(3) of the Act was
completed on 28.12.2007. The Assessing Officer, vide order dated 12.10.2009,
disallowed the export commission charges paid by the assessee to Steel Crackers
Pvt. Ltd. amounting to Rs. 40,82,089/- while stating that the tax deducted at
source (TDS) on such commission amount on 07.07.2004, 07.09.2004 and 07.10.2004
ought to have been deposited by the assessee before the end of the previous
year i.e. 31.03.2005 to get the commission amount deducted from the total
income in terms of the provisions of section 40(a)(ia) of the Act as it stood then.
But the same was deposited on 01.08.2005, hence, the assessee could not be
allowed to claim deduction of the commission amount from the total income. The
Assessing Officer revised the total income to Rs. 4,58,99,999/- with the
requirement to pay the additional tax amount of Rs. 23,88,832/- by the
assessee.

 

Being aggrieved by the
order dated 12.10.2009, the assessee preferred an appeal before the
Commissioner of Income tax (Appeals). Learned CIT (Appeals), vide order dated
01.08.2011, allowed the appeal while holding that the commission amount was
eligible for deduction under the said Assessment Year.

 

Being aggrieved, the
Revenue preferred an appeal before the Tribunal, which came to be dismissed on
29.02.2012.

Being aggrieved by the
order dated 29.02.2012, the Revenue preferred an appeal before the High Court.
The High Court, vide judgment and order dated 03.09.2012, dismissed the appeal.

 

Aggrieved by the judgment
and order dated 03.09.2012, the Revenue has preferred this appeal before the
Supreme Court.

 

According to the Supreme
Court, the point that arose for its consideration was as to whether the
amendment made by the Finance Act, 2010 in section 40(a)(ia) of the IT Act is
retrospective in nature to apply to the present facts and circumstances of the
case.

 

If it is so, then the tax
duly paid by the assessee on 01.08.2005 was well in accordance with law and the
assessee is allowed to claim deduction for the tax deducted and paid to the
government, in the previous year in which the tax was deducted.

 

For deciding as to the
retrospective effect of the amendment made by Finance Act, 2010, the Supreme
Court noted the section as it stood before and after the amendment made through
the Finance Act, 2010 and the purpose of such insertion or amendment to the
said provisions. The Supreme Court noted that the purpose of bringing the said
amendment to the existing provision of section had been highlighted in the
memorandum explaining the provision which read as under:

 

“With a view to augment
compliance of TDS provisions, it is proposed to extend the provisions of the
section 40(a)(ia) to payments of interest, commission or brokerage, fee for
professional services or fee for technical services to the residents and
payments to a residential contractor or sub-contractor for carrying out any
work (including supply of labour for carrying out any work), on which tax has
not been deducted or after deduction, has not been paid before the expiry of
the time prescribed under sub-section (1) of section 200 and in accordance with
the provisions of other provisions of Chapter XVII-B”.

 

According to the Supreme
Court, the purpose was very much clear from the above referred explanation by
the memorandum that it came with a purpose to ensure tax compliance. The fact
that the intention of the legislature was not to punish the assessee was
further reflected from a bare reading of the provisions of section 40(a)(ia) of
the Act. It only resulted in shifting of the year in which the expenditure
could be claimed as deduction. In a case where the tax deducted at source was
duly deposited with the government within the prescribed time, the said amount
could be claimed as a deduction from the income in the previous year in which
the TDS was deducted. However, when the amount deducted in the form of TDS was
deposited with the government after the expiry of period allowed for such
deposit then the deductions could be claimed only in the previous year in which
such TDS payment was made to the government.

 

However, it had caused some
genuine and apparent hardship to the assessees especially in respect of tax
deducted at source in the last month of the previous year, the due date for
payment of which as per the time specified in section 200 (1) of Act was only
on 7th of April in the next year. The assessee in such case, thus,
had a period of only seven days to pay the tax deducted at source from the
expenditure incurred in the month of March so as to avoid disallowance of the
said expenditure u/s. 40(a)(ia) of Act.

 

With a view to mitigate
this hardship, section 40(a)(ia) was amended by the Finance Act, 2008.

 

The amendments made by the
Finance Act, 2008 thus provided that no disallowance u/s. 40(a)(ia) of the Act
shall be made in respect of the expenditure incurred in the month of March if
the tax deducted at source on such expenditure had been paid before the due
date of filing of the return. The amendment was given retrospective operation
from the date of 01.04.2005 i.e., from the very date of substitution of the provision.

 

Therefore, the assessees
were, after the said amendment in 2008, classified in two categories namely;
one; those who have deducted that tax during the last month of the previous
year and two; those who have deducted the tax in the remaining eleven months of
the previous year. It was provided that in case of assessees falling under the
first category, no disallowance u/s. 40(a)(ia) of the Act shall be made if the
tax deducted by them during the last month of the previous year has been paid
on or before the last day of filing of return in accordance with the provisions
of section 139(1) of the Act for the said previous year. In case, the assessees
were falling under the second category, no disallowance u/s. 40(a)(ia) of Act
where the tax was deducted before the last month of the previous year and the
same was credited to the government before the expiry of the previous year.
According to the Supreme Court, the net effect was that the assessee could not
claim deduction in the previous year in which the tax was deducted and the
benefit of such deductions could be claimed in the next year only.

 

The
Supreme Court observed that the amendment though had addressed the concerns of
the assessees falling in the first category but with regard to the case falling
in the second category, it was still resulting into unintended consequences and
causing grave and genuine hardships to the assessees who had substantially
complied with the relevant TDS provisions by deducting the tax at source and by
paying the same to the credit of the Government before the due date of filing
of their returns u/s. 139(1) of the Act. The disability to claim deductions on
account of such lately credited sum of TDS in assessment of the previous year
in which it was deducted, was detrimental to the small traders who may not be
in a position to bear the burden of such disallowance in the present Assessment
Year.

 

In order to remedy this
position and to remove hardships which were being caused to the assessees
belonging to such second category, amendments were made in the provisions of
section 40(a) (ia) by the Finance Act, 2010.


Thus, the Finance Act, 2010 further relaxed the rigors of section 40(a)(ia) of
the Act to provide that all TDS made during the previous year can be deposited
with the Government by the due date of filing the return of income. The idea
was to allow additional time to the deductors to deposit the TDS so made.
However, the Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill, 2010
expressly mentioned as follows: “This amendment is proposed to take effect
retrospectively from 1st April, 2010 and will, accordingly, apply in
relation to the Assessment Year 2010-11 and subsequent years.”

 

The controversy surrounding
the above amendment was whether the amendment being curative in nature should
be applied retrospectively i.e., from the date of insertion of the provisions
of section 40(a)(ia) or to be applicable from the date of enforcement.

 

The Supreme Court held that
the TDS results in collection of tax and the deductor discharges dual
responsibility of collection of tax and its deposition to the government.
Strict compliance of section 40(a)(ia) may be justified keeping in view the
legislative object and purpose behind the provision but a provision of such
nature, the purpose of which is to ensure tax compliance and not to punish the
tax payer, should not be allowed to be converted into an iron rod provision
which metes out stern punishment and results in malevolent results,
disproportionate to the offending act and aim of the legislation.

 

Legislature can and do
experiment and intervene from time to time when they feel and notice that the
existing provision is causing and creating unintended and excessive hardships
to citizens and subject or have resulted in great inconvenience and
uncomfortable results. Obedience to law is mandatory and has to be enforced but
the magnitude of punishment must not be disproportionate by what is required
and necessary. The consequences and the injury caused, if disproportionate do
and can result in amendments which have the effect of streamlining and
correcting anomalies. As discussed above, the amendments made in 2008 and 2010
were steps in the said direction only. Legislative purpose and the object of
the said amendments were to ensure payment and deposit of TDS with the
Government.


The Supreme Court further held that a proviso which is inserted to remedy
unintended consequences and to make the provision workable, a proviso which
supplies an obvious omission in the section, is required to be read into the
section to give the section a reasonable interpretation and requires to be
treated as retrospective in operation so that a reasonable interpretation can
be given to the section as a whole.

 

The purpose of the
amendment made by the Finance Act, 2010 was to solve the anomalies that the
insertion of section 40(a)(ia) was causing to the bonafide tax payer.
The amendment, even if not given operation retrospectively, may not materially
be of consequence to the Revenue when the tax rates are stable and uniform or
in cases of big assessees having substantial turnover and equally huge expenses
and necessary cushion to absorb the effect. However, marginal and medium
taxpayers, who work at low gross profit rate and when expenditure which becomes
subject matter of an order u/s. 40(a)(ia) is substantial, can suffer severe
adverse consequences if the amendment made in 2010 is not given retrospective
operation i.e., from the date of substitution of the provision. Transferring or
shifting expenses to a subsequent year, in such cases, would not wipe off the
adverse effect and the financial stress. Such could not be the intention of the
legislature. Hence, the amendment made by the Finance Act, 2010 being curative
in nature was required to be given retrospective operation i.e., from the date
of insertion of the said provision.

 

The Supreme Court concluded
that the amended provision of section 40(a)(ia) of the Act should be
interpreted liberally and equitable and applies retrospectively from the date
when section 40(a)(ia) was inserted i.e., with effect from the Assessment Year
2005-2006 so that an assessee should not suffer unintended and deleterious
consequences beyond what the object and purpose of the provision mandates.

 

Since the assessee has
filed its returns on 01.08.2005 i.e., in accordance with the due date under the
provisions of section 139 Act, hence, was allowed to claim the benefit of the
amendment made by Finance Act, 2010 to the provisions of section 40(a)(ia) of
the IT Act.

 

2.       
2.    Commissioner of Income Tax vs. HCL
Technologies Ltd. (2018) 404 ITR 719 (SC)

 

Export of computer
software – Exemption/Deduction – If the deductions on freight,
telecommunication and insurance attributable to the delivery of computer
software u/s. 10A of the Act are allowed only in Export Turnover but not from
the Total Turnover then, it would give rise to illogical result which would
cause grave injustice to the Respondent which could have never been the
intention of the legislature – When the object of the formula is to arrive at
the profit from export business, expenses excluded from export turnover have to
be excluded from total turnover also

 

The Respondent – HCL
Technologies Ltd., a company registered under the Companies Act, 1956, was
engaged in the business of development and export of computer softwares and
rendering technical services.

 

The
Respondent had shown gross income from business at Rs. 267,01,76,529/- while
claiming deductions under section 10A of the Act to the tune of Rs.
273,45,39,379/- showing a net loss of Rs. 6,43,62,850/-. The Respondent filed
its return of income for the Assessment Year 2004-05 on 01.11.2004 declaring
the income at Rs. 91,25,68,114/-. Thereafter, on 31.03.2005, a revised return
of income for Rs. 91,16,99,060/- was filed by the Respondent which was selected
for scrutiny u/s. 143 of the Act.

 

The Assessing Officer, vide
order dated 28.12.2006, held that the software development charges, as claimed
by the Respondent, were nothing but in the nature of expenses incurred for
technical services provided outside India. Further, in view of the fact that it
was not purely technical services and some element of software development was
also involved in it and in the absence of such bifurcation, the Assessing
Officer estimated such expense at the rate of 40% and remaining 60% for
providing technical services by the Respondent in foreign exchange to its
offshore clients and assessed the taxable income at Rs. 137,20,34,576/- and
levied penalty to the tune of Rs. 21,81,90,239/-.

 

Being aggrieved, the
Respondent preferred an appeal before the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals).
Learned CIT (Appeals), vide order dated 09.05.2007, partly allowed the appeal
while estimating 10% as software development charge incurred for technical
services provided outside India as against 60% estimated by the Assessing
Officer.

 

Being aggrieved, the
Respondent as well as the Revenue, preferred cross appeals before the Tribunal.
The Tribunal, vide order dated 23.01.2009, dismissed the appeal filed by the
Revenue while allowing the appeal of the Respondent.

 

Being aggrieved, the
Revenue preferred an appeal before the High Court. The High Court, vide order
dated 15.12.2009, dismissed the appeal of the Revenue.

Hence, Revenue filed
appeals before the Supreme Court.


According to the Supreme Court, the only point for consideration before it was
whether in the facts and circumstances of the case, the software development
charges were to be excluded while working out the deduction admissible u/s. 10A
of the Act on the ground that such charges were relatable towards expenses
incurred on providing technical services outside India?

 

The Supreme Court noted
that the Respondent was engaged in the business of software development for its
customers engaged in different activities at software development centres of
the Respondent. However, in the process of such customised software
development, certain activities were required to be carried out at the sight of
customers on site, located outside India for which the employees of the
branches of the Respondent located in the country of the customers were
deployed. Moreover, after delivery of such softwares as per requirement, in
order to make it fully functional and hassle free functioning subsequent to the
delivery of softwares in many cases, there could be requirement of technical
personnel to visit the client on site. The Assessing Officer had not brought any
evidence that the Respondent was engaged in providing simply technical services
independent to software development for the client for which the expenditures
were incurred outside India in foreign currency.

 

The Supreme Court further
noted that the Respondent company had claimed deduction u/s. 10A as per
certificates filed on Form No. 56F. The Respondent, while computing the
deduction, had taken the same figure of export turnover as of total turnover.
The Respondent had cited various judicial cases but all these cases pertained
to deduction u/s. 80HHC.

 

The Supreme Court also
noted that the definition of total turnover had been defined in section 80HHC
and 80HHE of the Act and that the definition of total turnover had not been
defined u/s. 10A of the Act.

 

The Supreme Court held that
the definition of total turnover given u/s. 80HHC and 80HHE could not be
adopted for the purpose of section 10A as the technical meaning of total
turnover, which does not envisage the reduction of any expenses from the total
amount, is to be taken into consideration for computing the deduction u/s. 10A.
When the meaning is clear, there is no necessity of importing the meaning of
total turnover from the other provisions. If a term is defined u/s. 2 of the
Act, then the definition would be applicable to all the provisions wherein the
same term appears. As the term ‘total turnover’ has been defined in the
Explanation to section 80HHC and 80HHE, wherein it has been clearly stated that
“for the purposes of this section only”, it would be applicable only
for the purposes of that sections and not for the purpose of section 10A. If
denominator includes certain amount of certain type which numerator does not
include, the formula would render undesirable results.

 

In the instant case, if the
deductions on freight, telecommunication and insurance attributable to the
delivery of computer software u/s. 10A of the Act are allowed only in Export
Turnover but not from the Total Turnover then, it would give rise to
inadvertent, unlawful, meaningless and illogical result which would cause grave
injustice to the Respondent which could have never been the intention of the
legislature.

 

Even in common parlance,
when the object of the formula is to arrive at the profit from export business,
expenses excluded from export turnover have to be excluded from total turnover
also.

 

On the issue of expenses on
technical services provided outside, one has to follow the same principle of
interpretation as followed in the case of expenses of freight, telecommunication
etc., otherwise the formula of calculation would be futile. Hence, in the same
way, expenses incurred in foreign exchange for providing the technical services
outside should be allowed to excluded from the total turnover.

 

According to the Supreme
Court, the appeal was devoid of merits and thus was dismissed.

 

3.       3.    Mahaveer Kumar Jain vs. Commissioner of
Income-tax (2018) 404 ITR 738 (SC)

 

Income-tax Act not
applicable to Sikkim till 1989 – Prize money earned in Sikkim State Lottery in
1986 – Once the assessee having paid the income tax at source in the State of
Sikkim as per the law applicable at the relevant time in Sikkim, the same
income was not taxable under the Income-tax Act, 1961

 

The Appellant, a resident
of Jaipur, Rajasthan, having income from business and property, won the first
prize of Rs. 20 lakhs in the 287th Bumper Draw of the Sikkim State
Lottery held on 20.02.1986 at Gangtok organised by the Director, State Lottery,
Government of Sikkim, Gangtok. Out of Rs. 20 lakhs, the Appellant herein
received Rs. 16,20,912/- through two Demand Drafts for Rs. 8,10,000/- and Rs.
8,10,912/- each, after deduction of Rs. 2 lacs being agent’s/seller’s
commission and Rs. 1,79,088/- being Income Tax under the Sikkim State Income
Tax Rules, 1948.

 

The Appellant herein filed
Income Tax Return for the Assessment Year (AY) 1986-87 disclosing the income
from lottery at Rs. 20 lakhs and deducting the agent/seller commission of Rs. 2
lakhs out of the same. He claimed deduction u/s. 80TT of the Act on Rs.
20,00,000/- i.e. the gross amount of the prize money won in the lottery in
accordance with the provisions of the charging section.

 

On scrutiny, the Assessing
Officer (AO), vide order dated 08.01.1988, allowed the deduction u/s. 80TT of
the Act on Rs. 18 lakhs instead of Rs. 20 lakhs while holding that the
Government of Sikkim, had deducted the tax at source from the lottery amount of
Rs. 18 lakhs as Rs. 2 lakhs have been paid to the agent directly. In other
words, under the relevant provisions of section 80TT of the Act, the deduction
can be claimed only on net income out of lottery and not on the gross income.
The said order was further confirmed by the Commissioner of Income Tax,
(Appeals) vide order dated 31.10.1988.

 

Being aggrieved, the
present Appellant preferred an appeal before the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal
challenging the computation by the Assessing Officer (AO) of the deduction u/s.
80TT of the IT Act. The Appellant Assessee raised an additional ground before
the Tribunal claiming that the authorities below have grossly erred in law in
treating the lottery income of Sikkim Government as income under the Act.

 

Though the Tribunal allowed
the appeal partly vide order dated 26.02.1993 but it dismissed the objections
raised by the Appellant herein as to legality of assessment order and held that
the lottery amount is taxable under the provisions of Act.

 

However, at the instance of
the Appellant Assessee, the Tribunal framed certain questions under Act and
referred the same to the High Court for opinion, considering them the questions
of law fit for reference which are as under:



1.    Whether on the facts and in the circumstance
of the case, the Hon’ble Tribunal was justified in holding that income from
Sikkim State Lottery is taxable under the Income Tax Act, 1961?

 

2.    Whether in the facts and circumstances of the
case the Tribunal was justified in holding that deduction u/s. 80TT is
applicable on the net winning amount received by the Assessee and not on the
gross amount of the winning prize?

 

A Division
Bench of the High Court, vide judgment and order dated 10.09.2004, answered the
questions raised in affirmative.

 

Aggrieved
by the judgment and order dated 10.09.2004, the Appellant-Assessee preferred
appeal by way of special leave before the Supreme Court.

 

According
to the Supreme Court, the issue that arose for its consideration in the present
case was whether income from lottery earned is taxable under the Act especially
when such income was already taxed under the provisions of Sikkim State Income
Tax Rules, 1948. If so, whether the deduction that is to be allowed on such
income u/s. 80TT of the Act is on ‘gross income’ or on the ‘net income’.

 

The
Supreme Court noted that prior to 26.04.1975, Sikkim was not considered to be a
part of India. Any income accruing or arising there from would be treated as
income accruing or arising in any foreign country. However, by the 36th
amendment to the Indian Constitution in 1975, Sikkim became part of the Indian
Union. This, amendment was effected by introducing Article 371F in the
Constitution.

 

According
to the Supreme Court, on a plain reading of this provisions of Article 371F, it
was clear that all laws which were in force prior to April 26, 1975, in the
territories now falling within the State of Sikkim or any part thereof were
intended to continue to be in force until altered or repealed. Therefore, the
law in force prior to the merger, continued to be applicable.

 

The
Income-tax Act was made applicable only by Notification made in 1989 and the
first assessment year would be 1990-91 and by the application of this Act, the
Sikkim State Income Tax Manual, 1948 stood repealed.

 

The
Supreme Court observed that in the present case, it was concerned with the
assessment year 1986-87, and, during this time, the Income-tax Act had not been
made applicable to the territories of Sikkim. The law corresponding to the
Income-tax Act, which immediately was in force in the relevant State was Sikkim
State Income Tax Rules, 1948. Hence, there could be two situations, first is that
the person was a resident of Sikkim during the time period of 1975-1990 and the
income accrued and received by him there only. In such a case, no question of
applicability of the Income-tax Act arises.

 

However,
the problem arises where the income accrues to a person from the State of
Sikkim who was not a resident of Sikkim but of some other part of India. The
question that arises is whether the provisions of the Income-tax Act are
applicable to such income and whether the same could be subjected to tax under
the said Act especially in light of the fact that the income has already been
subjected to tax under the Sikkim State Income Tax Rules, 1948.

 

According
to the Supreme Court, the Appellant, being a resident of Rajasthan, received
the income arising from winning of lotteries from Sikkim during the Assessment
Year in question was liable to be included in the hands of the assessee as
resident of India within the State of Rajasthan where Income-tax Act was in
force notwithstanding that the same had accrued or arisen to him at a place
where the Income-tax Act was not in force even in respect of income accruing to
him without taxable territory. Section 5 of the Income-tax Act casts a very
wide net and all incomes accruing anywhere in the world would be brought within
its ambit.

 

However,
in the present case, that the amount had been earned by the Appellant-Assessee
in the State of Sikkim and the amount of lottery prize was sent by the
Government of Sikkim to Jaipur on the request made by the Appellant. The
result, therefore, was that, while section 5 of the Act would not be
applicable, the existing Sikkim State Income Tax Rules, 1948 would be
applicable, since Sikkim was a part of India for the accounting year,
therefore, on the same income, two types of income-taxes could not be applied.
It was a fundamental Rule of law of taxation that, unless otherwise expressly
provided, income cannot be taxed twice.

 

According
to the Supreme Court, therefore, the only question remained to be decided was
whether in fact there was a specific provision for including the income earned
from the Sikkim lottery ticket prior to 01.04.1990 and after 1975, in the
income-tax return or not. The Supreme Court after going through the relevant
provisions could not find such a provision in the Act wherein a specific
provision has been made by the legislature for including such an income by an
Assessee from lottery ticket. In the absence of any such provision, according
to the Supreme Court, the Assessee in the present case could not be subjected
to double taxation. Furthermore, a taxing Statute should not be interpreted in
such a manner that its effect will be to cast a burden twice over for the
payment of tax on the taxpayer unless the language of the Statute is so
compelling that the court has no alternative than to accept it. In a case of
reasonable doubt, the construction most beneficial to the taxpayer is to be
adopted. So, it was clear enough that the income in the present case was
taxable only under one law. By virtue of Clause (k) to Article 371F of the
Constitution which starts with a non-obstante clause, it would be clear that
only the Sikkim Regulations on Income-tax would be applicable in the present
case. Therefore, the income could not be brought to tax any further by applying
the rates of the Income-tax Act.

 

In view of the aforementioned
discussions, the Supreme Court held that once the assessee had paid the income
tax at source in the State of Sikkim as per the law applicable at the relevant
time in Sikkim, the same income was not taxable under the Income-tax Act, 1961.
Having decided so, the other issue whether the income that is to be allowed deduction
u/s. 80TT of the IT Act is on ‘Net Income’ or ‘Gross Income’, became academic.

From Published Accounts

Accounting and disclosure regarding application of Ind AS by
companies in the Non-Banking Financial Sector (NBFC) for the quarter ended 30
th
June 2018

 

Compilers’
Note:
As per
the transition notification of Ministry of Company Affairs (MCA), Ind AS became
applicable to Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs) with effect from 1st
April 2018 with a transition date of 1st April 2017. Given below are the disclosures in unaudited results
of Quarter ended 30th June 2018 by few NBFCs.

 

Bajaj Finance Ltd

1.   The company has adopted Indian Accounting
Standards (‘IndAS’) notified u/s. 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”)
read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, from 1st April, 2018 and the effective
date of such transition is 1st
April, 2017. Such transition has been carried out from the erstwhile Accounting
Standards notified under the Act, read with relevant rules issued thereunder
and guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India (‘RBI’) (collectively
referred to as “The Previous GAAP”). Accordingly, the impact of transition has
been recorded in the opening reserves as at 1st April, 2017 and the corresponding figures presented
in these results have been restated/ reclassified.

 

There is a
possibility that these financial results for the current and previous periods
may require adjustments due to changes in financial reporting requirements
arising from new standards, modifications to the existing standards, guidelines
issued by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs and RBI or changes in the use of
one or more options exemptions from full retrospective application of certain
IndAS permitted under IndAS-101.

 

2.   As required by paragraph 32 of IndAS 101, net
profit reconciliation between the figures reported under previous GAAP and
IndAS is as follows:

(Rs.in Crore)

Particulars

Quarter Ended

Year ended

31.03.2018 (reviewed)

30.06.2017 (reviewed)

31.03.2018 (reviewed)

Net profit after tax as reported under Previous GAAP

720.95

602.04

2646.7

Adjustments increasing/ (decreasing) net
profit after tax as reported under previous GAAP:

 

 

 

Adoption of EIR* for amortisation of income and expenses-
financial assets at amortised cost

13.51

(122.11)

(118.03)

Adoption of EIR for amortisation of expenses- financial
liabilities at amortised cost

(1.91)

3.37

6.6

Expected Credit Loss

20.4

(8.4)

(0.92)

Fair Valuation of Stock options as per IndAS 102

(12.26)

(8.75)

(45.01)

Actuarial Loss on employee defined benefit plan recognised in
‘Other comprehensive income’ as per IndAS 19

5.23

5.23

Fair valuation of Financial Assets at Fair value through
profit
and loss

(3.14)

(9.75)

(10.06)

Net Profit after tax as per IndAS

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

742.78


(7.59)

456.4


3.03

2484.51


(17.62)

Total Comprehensive Income

735.19

459.43

2466.89

 

 

*EIR = Effective
Interest Rate

 

Mahindra & Mahindra Financial Services
Ltd

1.   The financial results of the company have
been prepared in accordance with Indian Accounting Standards (‘IndAS’) notified
under the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 as amended by the
Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2016.

 

The Company has
adopted IndAS from 1st
April, 2018 with effective transition date of 1st April, 2017 and accordingly, these financial results
together with the results for the comparative reporting period have been
prepared in accordance with the recognition and measurement principles as laid down
in IndAS 34- Interim Financial Reporting, prescribed u/s. 133 of the Companies
Act, 2013 (‘the Act’) read with relevant rules issued thereunder and the other
accounting principles generally accepted in India.

 

The transition to
IndAS has been carried out from the erstwhile Accounting Standards notified
under the Act, read with Rule 7 of Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 (as
Amended) guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India (‘the RBI’) and other generally accepted accounting principles in
India (collectively referred to as ‘the Previous GAAP’).

 

Accordingly, the
impact of transition has been recorded in the opening reserves as at 1st April, 2017 and the
corresponding adjustments pertaining to comparative previous period/ quarter as
presented in these financial results have been restated/ reclassified in order
to conform to current period presentation.

 

The financial
results have been drawn up on the basis of IndAS that are applicable to the
Company as at 30th June 2018 based on the Press Release issues by
the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (“MCA”) on 18th January, 2016. Any
application guidance/ clarifications/ directions issued by RBI or other
regulators are implemented as and when they are issued/ applicable.

 

2.     As required by Para 32 of IndAS 101, the profit reconciliation between the figures previously reported under Previous
GAAP and restated as per IndAS is as follows:

(Rs.in Lakhs)

 

Quarter ended 30th June 2017

Profit after tax as reported under Previous GAAP

4738.5

Adjustments resulting in increase/
(decrease) in profit after tax as reported under Previous GAAP

 

(7257.72)

29573.51

981.24


194.63


55.24

(8149.11)

i) Impact on recognition of fixed assets and financial
liabilities at amortised cost by application of effective interest rate
method

ii) Impact on application of Expected Credit Loss method for
loan loss provisions

iii) Impact on reconciliation of securitised loan portfolio
(derecognised in Previous GAAP)

iv) Reclassification of Actuarial Loss to Other Comprehensive
Income

v) Others

vi) Tax Impact on above adjustments

Profit after tax as reported under IndAS

20136.37

(127.27)

Other Comprehensive Income/ (Loss) (Net of Tax)

Total Comprehensive Income (After Tax) as reported under
IndAS

20009.10

 

 

Housing Development
Finance Corporation Ltd

1.     The corporation has adopted Indian
Accounting Standards (‘IndAS’) notified u/s. 133 of the Companies Act, 2013
(“the Act”) read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015,
from 1st April,
2018 and the effective date of such transition is 1st April, 2017. Such transition
has been carried out from the erstwhile Accounting Standards notified under the
Act, read with relevant rules issued thereunder and guidelines issued by the
National Housing Bank (‘NHB’) (collectively referred to as “The Previous
GAAP”). Accordingly, the impact of transition has been recorded in the opening
reserves as at 1st
April, 2017. The corresponding figures presented in these results have been
prepared on the basis of the previously published results under previous GAAP
for the relevant periods, duly restated to IndAS. These IndAS adjustments have
been reviewed by the Statutory Auditors.

 

These financial
results have been drawn up on the basis of IndAS Accounting Standards that are
applicable to the corporation as at 30th June, 2018 based on MCA
Notification G.S.R. 111 (E) and G.S.R. 365 (E) dated 16th February, 2015 and 30th March, 2016 respectively.
Any application guidance/ clarifications/ directions issued by NHB or other regulators
are adopted/ implemented as and when they are issued/ applicable.

 

2.     As required by Paragraph 32 of IndAS 101,
net profit reconciliation between the figures reported, net of tax, under
previous GAAP and IndAS is give below:

 

(Rs.in Crore)

 

Quarter ended 30th June 2017

Profit after tax as per Previous GAAP

1552.42

 

 

Adjustment
on account of effective interest rate/ forex valuation/ net interest on
credit impaired loans

(106.31)

Adjustment
on account of expected credit loss

(50.55)

Adjustment
due to fair valuation of employee stock options

(95.16)

Fair
value change in investments

17.49

Reversal
of Deferred tax Liability on 36(1)(viii) for the quarter

105.21

Other
Adjustments

1.37

 

 

Profit after tax as per IndAS

1424.47

Other
Comprehensive Income (Net of Tax)

(14.56)

Total Comprehensive Income (Net of Tax) as per IndAS

1409.91

 

 

LIC Housing Finance Ltd

1.     The company has adopted Indian Accounting
Standards (‘IndAS’) notified u/s. 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”) read
with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, from 1st
April, 2018 and the effective date of such transition is 1st April,
2017. Such transition has been carried out from the erstwhile Accounting
Standards notified under the Act, read with relevant rules issued thereunder
and guidelines issued by the National Housing Bank (‘NHB’) (collectively
referred to as “The Previous GAAP”). Accordingly, the impact of transition has
been recorded in the opening reserves as at 1st April, 2017. The
figures for the corresponding period presented in these results have been
prepared on the basis of the published results under previous GAAP for the
relevant periods, duly restated to IndAS. These IndAS adjustments have been
reviewed by the Statutory Auditors.

These financial
results have been drawn up on the basis of IndAS that are applicable to the
company based on MCA Notification G.S.R. 111 (E) and G.S.R. 365 (E) dated 16th
February, 2015 and 30th March, 2016 respectively. Any
guidance/ clarifications/ directions issued by NHB or other regulators are
adopted/ implemented as and when they are issued/ applicable.

 

2.     As required by Paragraph 32 of IndAS 101,
net profit reconciliation between the figures reported, net of tax, under
previous GAAP and IndAS is give below:

 

(Rs.in Crore)

 

Quarter ended 30th June 2017

Net Profit after tax as per Previous
GAAP

470.06

 

 

Adjustment on account of effective
interest rate for financial assets and liabilities recognised at amortised
cost / net interest on credit impaired loans

23.14

Adjustment on account of expected credit
loss

(65.07)

Reversal of Deferred tax Liability on 36(1)(viii)
for the quarter

51.37

Other Adjustments

0.15

 

 

Net Profit after tax as per IndAS

479.65

Other Comprehensive Income (Net of Tax)

(0.47)

Total Comprehensive Income (Net of Tax)
as per IndAS

479.18

 

 

TATA Investment Corporation Ltd

1.     The company has adopted Indian Accounting
Standards (‘IndAS’) as notified under of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”),
from 1st April, 2018 with the effective date of such transition
being 1st April, 2017. Such transition had been carried out from the
erstwhile Accounting Standards as notified (referred to as ‘the Previous
GAAP’). Accordingly, the impact of transition has been recorded in the opening
reserves as at 1st April, 2017 and the corresponding figures
presented in these results have been restated/ reclassified.

 

2.     As required by Paragraph 32 of IndAS 101,
net profit reconciliation between Indian GAAP and IndAS for the quarter ended
30-06-2017 is as follows:

       (Rs.in Crore)

Particulars

Quarter ended 30th June 2017

Unaudited

Net Profit as per Indian GAAP

45.3

IndAS Adjustments

 

 Gain on equity
instruments classified as fair valued through Other Comprehensive Income
(OCI)

(36.97)

Changes in fair value of mutual funds/ venture capital funds

2.25

Taxes impacts (Current Tax and Deferred Tax)

7.41

Decrease in Interest Income by using Effective Interest rate

(0.01)

Total Effect of Transition to IndAS

(27.32)

 

 

Net Profit after tax as per IndAS (transfer to retained
earnings)

17.98

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) as per IndAS

 

(a) Items that will not be reclassified
to Profit and Loss account:

 

Changes in Fair valuation of equity instruments

291.58

Tax Impacts on above

(62.23)

(b) Items that will be reclassified to
Profit and Loss account:

 

Changes in Fair value of Bonds/ Debentures

5.2

Tax Impacts on above

(1.11)

 

 

Total Other Comprehensive Income

233.44

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income as per IndAS

251.42

 

 

Max Financial Services Ltd

1.     The financial results of the company have
been prepared in accordance with Indian Accounting Standards (‘IndAS’) notified
under section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with relevant rules issues
thereunder (‘IndAS’). Beginning 1st April, 2018, the company has for
the first time adopted IndAS with the transition date of 1st  April, 2017. These financial results
(including the period presented in accordance with IndAS-101 First time
adoption of the Indian Accounting Standards) have been prepared in accordance
with the recognition and measurement principles in IndAS 34- Interim Financial
Reporting, prescribed u/s. 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with relevant
rules issued thereunder and other accounting principles generally accepted in
India.

 

There is a
possibility that these financial results for the current and previous period
may require adjustments due to changes in financial reporting requirements
arising from new standards, modifications to the existing standards, guidelines
issued by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs or changes in the use of one or
more optional exemptions from full retrospective application of certain IndAS
provisions permitted under IndAS 101 which may arise upon finalisation of the
financial statements as at and for the year ending 31st March, 2019
prepared
under IndAS.

 

2.     Reconciliation of net profit between Indian
GAAP as previously reported and Total Comprehensive Income as per IndAS is as
follows:

 

(Rs. in Crores)

Sr. No.

Nature of Adjustments

Corresponding 3 months ended 30.06.2017

 

Net Profit after tax as per erstwhile Indian GAAP (prior GAAP)

66.58

a)

Effect of Fair value of Investments in Mutual Funds

0.64

b)

Effect of measuring financial instruments at amortised cost*

c)

Effect of recognising Employee Stock Options and phantom
stock options cost at fair value

(1.75)

d)

Effect of recognising actuarial (gain)/ loss on Employee
defined benefit liability under Other Comprehensive Income

0.01

e)

Effect of fair value of financial instruments carried at fair
value through Profit or loss (FVTPL)

1.71

 

Net Profit after tax as per IndAS (A)

67.19

 

Other Comprehensive Income/ (loss) (B)

(0.01)

 

Total Comprehensive Income as per IndAS (A+B)

67.18

 

 

*Amount is Rs. 0.29 lakhs.   

 

MISCELLANEA

I. Economy

1. India’s plan for public-private partnerships and
investments in railways set to transform the sector

 

The Indian Railways is in for a massive
makeover, rather a complete transformation. ‘India needs world-class railways
and it needs to be better than the airports,’ Amitabh Kant, CEO of the Niti
Aayog, said during a press conference at National Media Centre, while giving a
peep into the upcoming public-private partnerships in passenger train
operations. Joining him was the CEO of the Railway Board, Vinod Kumar Yadav.

 

‘This creates a win-win situation for Indian
Railways as well as investors, by tapping into the potential of huge unmet
demand in the passenger business. The private sector investment we are looking
at is about Rs. 30,000 crores,’ Kant said.

 

A peep into the Railways 2.0

The infrastructure of Indian Railways will
meet private entities operating modern technology. This means quality trains,
advanced technology, better service and a much better experience.

 

‘We are looking at 109 origin-destination
pairs, divided into 12 clusters requiring 151 trains… Our objective is also
50 railway stations.’

 

Kant further explained that efforts are
underway for transparent competitive bidding and some new, attractive routes
based on huge unmet demand will be put out to run premium passenger services.
In sync with the modernisation vibe, the newly-developed railway hubs will be
called Railopolis.

 

Public-private participation, it’s
happened before

Any inclusive discussion on privatisation
has often turned into apprehensions to do with the government’s redundancy. For
those looking at the flipside of the private investment, Kant puts a lot of
apprehensions to rest with the simple precedence of banks.

 

‘It is like when private banks were set up
in India. So many private players came in the banking sector. But that did not
lead SBI to shut. Private investment will bring in newer technologies. It will
create competition in the railway sector. The competition will increase
efficiency and reduce fares in the long run,’ he clarified to both in-house and
web-based participants during the conference.

 

Nominal hike in fares, experience
overhaul

The request for a quotation has already been
floated and the due date for applications is 7th October, 2020.
Addressing queries on the user charge proposed to be levied for the
redevelopment of railway stations, he assured that it will be a nominal amount.

 

‘It will be an affordable amount but it is
important to levy if we are looking at world-class facilities comparable to
airport infrastructure.’

 

The logistics, in a nutshell

The project will have a two-stage bidding
process; the first stage will comprise RFQ for pre-qualification based on
financial capacity, at least 50% of the estimated project cost. There will be
twelve clusters available for investment, namely, Chandigarh, Chennai,
Bengaluru, Delhi 1 and 2, Howrah, Mumbai 1 and 2, Jaipur, Patna, Secunderabad
and Prayagraj.

 

(Source: International Business Times –
By Manpriya Khurana – 18th September, 2020)


 

2. RBI stands battle-ready to take whatever steps
needed for Covid-hit Indian economy: Governor Shaktikanta Das

 

Reserve Bank of
India (RBI) Governor Shaktikanta Das, while addressing the members of the India
Inc. body FICCI, said that the country’s economic recovery is not fully
entrenched and will be gradual as the impact of the coronavirus pandemic has
still not subsided.

 

‘Recovery is not
yet fully entrenched. In some sectors, the optics noticed in June and July
appear to have levelled off. By all indications, the recovery is likely to be
gradual as efforts towards reopening of the economy are confronted with rising
infections.’

 

The Governor’s
remarks come at a time when the country’s economy is going through a period of
crisis. He also said that some high-frequency indicators including agricultural
activity, Purchasing Managers Index for manufacturing, certain private
estimates for unemployment point to ‘some stabilisation’ of economic activity
in the second quarter of the current fiscal year.

 

‘Contractions in
many other sectors (are) simultaneously easing,’ he said.

 

‘Global economy
is estimated to have suffered the sharpest contraction in living memory in
April-June, 2020 on a seasonally adjusted quarter-on-quarter basis. World
merchandised trade estimated to have registered a steep year-on-year decline of
over 18% in the second quarter of the 2020 calendar year,’ the RBI Governor
added.

 

(Source:
International Business Times – By Meghna Sen – 16th September, 2020)

 

II. Science & Health

 

3. World leaders
drew 2020 deadline to save earth; set 20 goals, achieved none in 10 years

 

One million
species are at the risk of extinction as nature degrades and new opportunities
emerge for the spread of viruses like this year’s coronavirus.

 

Ten years; 196
world leaders; business as usual approach. And a bad report card. In 2010,
leaders from 196 countries gathered in Japan and agreed on a long list of goals
to save the only inhabitable planet known to mankind, Earth. They set a 2020
deadline to save nature and meet the 20 targets – but not a single target has
been met.

 

According to the
UN’s Global Biodiversity Outlook Report, the fifth report published in the
matter, the world has failed to achieve even a single goal from the list of
Aichi Biodiversity Targets. Aichi Targets are to biodiversity what the Paris
Convention is to climate change. These targets were established under the UN
Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) and are the best bet of nations for
biodiversity conservation.

 

First the sad
news, then the scary news

As per the UN
report, one million species are at risk of extinction. ‘Pollution, including
from excess nutrients, pesticides, plastics and other waste, continues to be a
major driver of biodiversity loss. Plastic pollution is accumulating in the
oceans, with severe impacts on marine ecosystems,’ the report states.

 

It must also be
noted, the report further warns, ‘The number of extinctions of birds and
mammals would likely have been at least two to four times higher without
conservation actions in the past decade.’

 

So small steps,
though not nearly enough, still truly count.

 

Twenty
targets, only six achieved… partially

Let’s start with
the less bad news. Each nation was supposed to meet each of the 20 targets. The
six targets that have been partially met in the past decade are to do with –
preventing invasive species, conservation of protected areas, sharing benefits
from genetic resources, biodiversity strategies and improvement and
dissemination of knowledge, the science base and technologies relating to
biodiversity.

 

On average, the
participating countries reported that more than a third of national targets are
on track to be met, 50% of them were seeing slower progress, 11% showed no
progress and 1% were in fact moving in the wrong direction.

 

Money spent
vs. money needed

The 212-page
report also zeroes things down to funding. The half-hearted approach and the
significance governments attach to the environment and climate crises reflect
in the funding. Governments at a global level spend $78 to $91 billion annually
towards the conservation and promotion of biodiversity. That is significantly
less than the hundreds of billions of dollars needed to give the cause the
momentum it needs.

 

The faint
silver lining

As per the
report, the recent rate of deforestation is lower than that of the previous
decade, but only by about one-third, but deforestation may be accelerating
again in some areas. Programmes to eradicate invasive alien species, especially
invasive mammals on islands, have benefited native species. However, the report
cuts short the celebration, ‘These successes represent only a small proportion
of all occurrences of invasive species.’

 

Now what?

‘This flagship
report underlines that humanity stands at a crossroads with regard to the
legacy we wish to leave to future generations,’ said CBD Executive Secretary
Elizabeth Maruma Mrema.

 

The statement
further reads, ‘As nature degrades, new opportunities emerge for the spread to
humans and animals of devastating diseases like this year’s coronavirus. The
window of time available is short, but the pandemic has also demonstrated that
transformative changes are possible when they must be made.’

 

If the pandemic
doesn’t make humanity imbibe the lessons, nothing else really will.

 

(Source:
International Business Times – By Manpriya Khurana – 17th September,
2020)

 


SOCIETY NEWS

WEBINAR ON
‘CLOUD SOLUTION’

 

The Technology Committee of the BCAS
organised a webinar on ‘Cloud Solution by Google and Microsoft’ on Saturday, 25th
July, 2020.

 

Mr. Juned
Kasmani
, a Google Sales
‘Certified Professional’ having an experience of more than ten years in the
cloud industry and in Google Cloud, gave an overview of G-Suite and compared it
with MS Office 365 relevant to the professionals. He also gave a glimpse of the
management interface and administrative control of G-Suite.

 

Mr. Kasmani also
shared a demo on the productivity apps for creating and collaborating documents
on the Cloud and showcased the various corporate communication tools available
to practitioners.

 

He was joined by Mr. Punit Thakkar,
CEO of Shivaami Solutions, who answered all the questions posed by the
participants and also ran a live demo of the G-Suite and MS Office
applications.

 

The session was interactive and the speakers
concentrated on:

1.  Introduction and comparison of G-Suite and
Office 365,

2.  Business email and shared calendaring
services,

3.  Corporate communication tools,

4.  Productivity apps for creating and
collaborating,

5.  Google Drive vs. One Drive based on online
storage, with shared space for collaboration along with security features,

6.  Comparisons based on offering and price
points,

7.  Solutions by third party service providers.

 

The participants gained insights into
G-Suite and MS Office 365 applications and learned new ways of working more effectively
in an evolving and changing professional services and regulatory environment.

 

SOFTWARE
FOR GST

 

The Suburban Study Circle along with the
Technology Initiatives Committee conducted an online meeting styled ‘Excel –
GST ki Jugalbandi’
on 5th September. The meeting was led by Sandeep
Modi
.

 

The speaker demonstrated many Excel Tips and
Tricks for effective preparation and compilation of data for filing GST
returns. The following issues were discussed:

 

(i)    Look Up Magic,

(ii)   How to handle frequent
updating of client data in
       Excel,

(iii)  Date format issues,

(iv)  Tricks / Automating GSTR1,

(v)   GSTR2 & Purchase Reconciliation,

(vi)  Shortcuts in filing GSTR3B,

(vii) GST Liability Calculation Sheet.

 

Sandeep Modi
also shared Excel templates with the participants for future reference and use.
The personal working experiences in Excel for filing GST returns, issues faced
and their solutions will be of immense help to the participants.

 

There were more than 140 participants on
Zoom and 300 on YouTube who attended and imbibed the knowledge that was shared.
The speaker answered all the questions raised by the participants in the
session.

 

 

Let us learn to appreciate there
will be times when the trees will be bare, and look forward to the time when we
may pick the fruit

 
Anton Chekhov

STATISTICALLY SPEAKING

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ETHICS AND U

Shrikrishna: Parth, you are
looking in a cheerful mood today! Quite unusual.

 

Arjun: Why?

 

Shrikrishna: Normally, in September
you are always stressed, depressed and nervous. This is the time you are always
busy longing for extension of the tax deadline.

 

Arjun:
You’re right! But this year, for tax returns the date is already extended. Now,
the company’s AGM dates have also got extended. So, relaxing.

 

Shrikrishna: And what about staff?
Articles?

 

Arjun: That is always a problem. But due to Covid
everybody is pretending to be working from home. Normally, we are quite used to
articles remaining at home on exam leave. But this year even the exam schedule
is a big question mark.

 

Shrikrishna: I think the May exam is
already cancelled.

 

Arjun: We wonder how to cope with this situation.

 

Shrikrishna: Actually, this is a good
opportunity to improve upon the quality of audit.

 

Arjun: How? We are somehow managing the ‘virtual’
audit on scanned documents.

 

Shrikrishna: That’s OK. But today you
are having some peaceful time to do things which are necessary but you can’t do
due to fire-fighting.

 

Arjun: Like what?

 

Shrikrishna: Real updating of
knowledge, not merely CPE hours.

 

Arjun: What do you mean?

 

Shrikrishna: See, in your audit text
book you studied many things. How far are you implementing them? All these new
standards of accounting are nothing but an elaboration and refinement of those
basic principles.

 

Arjun: Give me some examples.

 

Shrikrishna: You are supposed to have
a permanent audit file of each client. Do you have it? Have you ever read the
basic formation documents like Memorandum of Articles of companies,
constitution and bylaws of societies, Trust Deeds…?

 

Arjun: I am not sure whether we really have these
basic documents on our record. They might have been taken perhaps decades ago.

 

Shrikrishna: Have you ever seriously
looked into the secretarial records of companies – like minutes, notices,
attendance records?

 

Arjun: Ah! That we never see.

 

Shrikrishna: Fixed assets register?

 

Arjun: For that we just put a standard remark.
Maintained, but not updated! God alone knows whether that really exists.

 

Shrikrishna: And third party evidence?
There is a specific SA on that. Writing to banks and debtors, creditors,
lenders for confirmation of balances?

 

Arjun: We have never done it. But I agree, we
should make a beginning somewhere. But without staff how can we do it?

 

Shrikrishna: Technology! Prepare a
standard letter and insist on the clients to send them. Everything is possible.
What you lack is will power.

 

Arjun: What you say is right. These things were
never done before and clients find it difficult to digest such things now. We
were lax in this respect.

 

Shrikrishna: But it is necessary for
your own benefit. If you contravene the Council’s guidelines, it is misconduct.

 

Arjun: I don’t know why the Council is putting so
much burden on us!

 

Shrikrishna: It is for your own
safety. Users of financial statements audited by you are not happy about the
quality. You are losing credibility. The Council does not want that to happen.

 

Arjun: The future of our profession is really
gloomy. There are very few new entrants, regulation is increasing so much that
it is unbearable. It is not remunerative as no one understands the value of our
services.

 

Shrikrishna: You’re right. But what
else can you do? So whatever you are doing, try to do it properly,
systematically.

 

Arjun: Due to Corona, the economy is already
depressed. We are all in very low spirits. So, better not get further
frightened by a discussion on disciplinary cases. Actually, I feel the Council
should declare an amnesty scheme for all misconduct that has occurred so far.

 

Shrikrishna: You have already gone
away from ethics, that is why your future is gloomy. But make good use of this
time for creative thinking, knowledge upgradation… That will at least help
you in future after Corona goes away. Otherwise, you will repent that you lost
the opportunity to get better organised. Such a time may never come again. Be
positive! Be brave.

 

Arjun: I agree.

 

Shrikrishna: So wake up. Think of what
best you can do to perform better in the post-Covid scenario.

 

Arjun: Yes, my Lord! I will walk on the path shown
by you. Thank you, Lord.

 

Om Shanti!

 

(This dialogue is based on the general attitude required to face the
present Covid scenario and take things in a positive manner so as to follow
ethics better.)

REGULATORY REFERENCER

DIRECT TAX

Banks are
advised to immediately refund the charges collected, if any, on or after 1st
January, 2020 on transactions carried out using the electronic modes prescribed
u/s 269SU of the IT Act and not to impose charges on any future transactions
carried out through the said prescribed modes. [Circular No. 16/2020 dated
30th August, 2020.]

 

COMPANY LAW

I.
COMPANIES ACT, 2013

(I)   Amendments made in Corporate Social
Responsibility Rules
– The MCA has issued the
Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Amendment Rules, 2020 in
order to amend the Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules,
2014. Following this Notification, any company engaged in research and
development activity of a new vaccine, drugs and medical devices in their
normal course of business, may undertake research and development activity of
new vaccine, drugs and medical devices related to Covid-19 for the financial
years 2020-21, 2021-22 and 2022-23 subject to the conditions mentioned in the
said Notification. [Notification dated 24th August, 2020.]

 

(II)  MCA dispenses with the requirement to annex
extract of Annual Return in Form MGT-9 in Board’s Report if web link for Annual
Return is disclosed in the Board’s Report
– The MCA
has clarified an amendment in section 92 which now requires companies to place
a copy of the Annual Return on its website and the web-link of the same to be
provided in the Board’s Report. In such cases, companies are not required to
attach Form MGT-9 (Extract of Annual Return) in the Board’s Report. [Notification
dated 28th August, 2020.]

 

(III) MCA amends definition of deposits with respect
to convertible notes issued by Startups
– In order
to bring the definition of deposit in line with the revised definition of
Startup by the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade, the MCA
has notified revision to the Companies (Acceptance of Deposits) Rules, 2014.
Now, convertible notes issued by Startups which are convertible into equity
shares or repayable within a period not exceeding ten years
(as against the
original tenure of ‘five years’) from the date of issue, shall not be
considered as deposits. Further, the maximum limit in respect of deposits to
be accepted from members shall not apply to a private company which is a
Startup for ten years
(as against the original tenure of ‘five years’) from
the date of its incorporation. [Notification dated 7th September,
2020.]

 

(IV) MCA
extends due date of filing of Cost Audit Report till 30th November,
2020
– In view of the
extraordinary disruption caused due to the pandemic, it has been decided that
if cost audit report for the financial year 2019-20 is submitted by 30th
November, 2020
, then the same would not be viewed as violation of Rule 6(5)
of the Companies (Cost Records and Audit) Rules, 2014. Consequently, the cost
audit report for the financial year ended on 31st March, 2020 shall
be filed in e-form CRA-4 within 30 days from the date of receipt of the copy of
the cost audit report by the company. However, in case a company has availed
extension of time for holding Annual General Meeting, then e-form CRA-4 may be
filed within the timeline provided under the proviso to rule 6(6) of the
Companies (Cost Records and Audit) Rules, 2014. [General Circular No.
29/2020 dated 10th September, 2020.]

 

(V)  Lok Sabha passes Companies (Amendment) Bill,
2020 on 19th September, 2020
– The Lok
Sabha has passed the Companies (Amendment) Bill, 2020 to decriminalise several
non-compoundable offences as also to promote ease of doing business. The Bill
will permit direct listing of securities of Indian companies in overseas stock
exchanges without listing them on domestic stock exchanges. The Bill also
stipulates that specified classes of unlisted companies will have to prepare
and file their periodic financial results. The said Bill was introduced in the
Lok Sabha in March this year.

 

II. SEBI

 

(VI) SEBI notifies cut-off date for re-lodgement of
transfer deeds to 31st March, 2021
– As
per SEBI’s Circular No. 12/2019 dated 27th March, 2019 the Board had
clarified that transfer of securities held in physical mode lodged before the
deadline (1st April, 2019) but rejected and returned due to
deficiency in the documents, may be re-lodged with requisite documents. SEBI
has now fixed the cut-off date for such re-lodgement as 31st March,
2021 and shares that are re-lodged for transfer shall be issued only in
DEMAT mode
. [Circular SEBI/HO/MIRSD/RTAMB/CIR/P/2020/166 dated 7th
September, 2020.]

 

(VII) SEBI extends time to share information towards
Automation of Continual Disclosures under Regulation 7(2) of SEBI (Prohibition
of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015 to 30th September, 2020
– SEBI has extended the deadline for submission of required
information as prescribed vide its circular dated 9th
September, 2020 with the designated depository by the listed companies to 30th
September, 2020 (as against the previous deadline of 18th September,
2020).

 

ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

(A) Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting
under Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS)
– The
revised Ind AS Framework, corresponding to IASB’s Conceptual Framework 2018,
is applicable for Standard-setting activity from accounting periods beginning
from 1st April, 2020 and for the preparers of financial statements
from a future date. [ICAI Announcement dated 28th August, 2020.]

 

(B) Revised Long Form Audit Report (LFAR) – The formats of LFAR for (i) Statutory central auditors, (ii)
Branch auditors, and (iii) Large / irregular / critical accounts for Branch
Auditors have been revised and are required to be put into operation for the
period covering F.Y. 2020-21 and onwards. [RBI Notification No.
RBI/2020-21/33 dated 5th September, 2020.]

 

FEMA

The
Government had announced a hike in the limit for investment in the Defence
Sector
from 49% to 74% in May, 2020. The DPIIT has now issued a press
release for the same. The changes are:

 

(a) An industry under the Defence Sector requiring
Industrial and Arms Act Licences can now receive FDI under automatic route up
to 74%, increased from the earlier limit of 49%. However, this relief is
available only to companies seeking new industrial licenses.

(b) FDI beyond 74% can be received under Government
Route, and as at present, where it is likely to result in access to modern
technology or for other reasons to be recorded.

(c) Companies not seeking industrial licence, or
those that have already obtained Government approval, will require Government
approval for raising their FDI beyond 49%. Further, such companies will now
also need to mandatorily submit declaration with the Ministry of Defence (MoD)
in case of change in equity or shareholding pattern or for transfer of stake to
a new foreign investor.

(d) Government has now reserved the right to review
any foreign investment in the Defence Sector as also subject foreign
investments to scrutiny on grounds of national security.

(e) Other conditions related to security clearance
and self-sufficiency remain applicable as at present.

 

It should be noted that these changes will become
effective only from the date that necessary amendments are made in the FEMA
(NDI) Rules, which have not yet taken place. [Press Note 4 of 2020 dated 17th
September, 2020.]

 

ICAI MATERIAL

 

1.  New Compendium of Indian Accounting Standards
(Ind AS) as on 1st April, 2020

Compendium containing updated Ind AS’s applicable for the accounting period
beginning 1st April, 2020. [25th August, 2020.]

 

2.  Handbook on Potential for ‘NEO Import
Substituting Industrialisation in India’ – ISI (Covid-19)
– Research publication providing guidance in respect of potential
for import substitution industries in India. [3rd September,
2020.]

 

3.  Relief Measures Introduced
in Insolvency Resolution Process in the Country due to outbreak of Covid-19
Pandemic
– Booklet enumerating judicial, legislative and economic measures
initiated on account of the pandemic. [8th September, 2020.]

 

Problems are not stop signs, they are
guidelines

 
Robert H. Schuller

CORPORATE LAW CORNER

1. P. Parameswaram vs. Union of India  [2020] 118 taxmann.com 113 (Delhi) Date of order: 23rd July, 2020

 

Section 164 read with section 167 of the
Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 11 of the Companies Act (Appointment and
Qualification of Director) Rules, 2014 – Disqualifications for appointment of
Director. Director had defaulted in filing annual returns for three consecutive
years. Another company, in which also he was a Director, had been struck off by
the Registrar of Companies on account of its defaults in filing requisite
returns. Thus, the Director was disqualified as a Director and his DIN was
de-activated. Since he had not filed necessary Form with Registrar of Companies
at the material time, his prayer of not treating him as disqualified Director
was rejected. However, since he had been disqualified as a Director, he could
not access the website of the Ministry of Corporate Affairs to file returns or
forms as a Director of any other company and further, since his DIN was not
de-activated in terms of Rule 11 of Appointment and Qualification of Director
Rules, the ROC was directed to activate his DIN

 

FACTS

PP was appointed as an Independent Director
of KHF Limited (KHF) but had resigned on 22nd May, 2016. He was not
only a Director in KHF Limited but also in another company, SLD Company Private
Limited (SLD). The name of SLD had also been struck off from the Register of
Companies as it had defaulted in filing annual returns as required under the
Companies Act, 2013. In view of the defaults committed by KHF and SLD, PP was
disqualified as a Director in terms of sections 164(2) and 167(1) of the
Companies Act, 2013.

 

HELD

The limited
questions that were to be considered by the Court were whether the decision of
the ROC in disqualifying PP was illegal? And whether the other decision of the
ROC to deactivate his DIN was sustainable?

 

The Court held
as under: There is no dispute that KHF had defaulted in filing its annual
returns for three consecutive years. Similarly, SLD had also been struck off
from the Register of Companies on account of its defaults in filing the
requisite returns under the Companies Act, 2013.

 

PP claimed
that he had resigned from the Board of Directors of KHF with effect from 26th
May, 2016. However, he had not filed the necessary form with the Registrar of
Companies at the material time.

 

The question
whether a Director would be disqualified to act as a Director by virtue of
provisions of sections 164(2)(a) and 167(1)(a) of the Companies
Act is covered by the decision of the Delhi High Court in Mukut Pathak
& Ors. vs. Union of India and Ors. [W.P. (C) 9088/2018 decided on 4th
November, 2019].

 

Insofar as the
prayer that his DIN be directed to be activated is concerned, the said issue is
also covered by the decision of the Delhi High Court in Mukut Pathak
& Ors.
(Supra).
It is not disputed that the DIN of PP
had been deactivated only on account of his being disqualified to act as a
Director. As held in Mukut Pathak’s case, the said action is not sustainable.
The DIN could be deactivated in terms of Rule 11 of the Companies Act
(Appointment and Qualification of Director) Rules, 2014. But admittedly, the
DIN of PP has not been deactivated in terms of the said Rules.

 

In view of the
above, the prayer that the ROC be restrained from treating PP as a disqualified
Director was rejected. However, the ROC was directed to activate PP’s DIN.

 

PP had further
prayed that he be permitted to access the website of the Ministry of Corporate
Affairs, Government of India, but it cannot be acceded to. PP has been
disqualified as a Director; therefore, he cannot access the said website to
file returns or forms as a Director of KHF or any other company.

ALLIED LAWS

1. Home-buyer –
Cannot invoke IBC – Recovery of RERA award [Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code,
2016, S. 3(10), S. 5(7) S. 7, S. 65; Real Estate (Regulation and Development)
Act, 2016, S. 40]

 

Sh. Sushil Ansal vs. Ashok Tripathi &
Ors.
Company Appeal (AT) (Insolvency) No. 452 of
2020 (NCLAT) Date of order: 14th August, 2020

Bench:
Bansi Lal Bhat J. (Acting Chairperson), Anant Bijay Singh J. and Dr. Ashok
Kumar Mishra

 

FACTS

The respondents are two house allottees who
booked flats with the appellant (Ansal Builders). As per the agreements, the
appellant had undertaken to complete the project within a period of two years
from the initiation of construction in 2015. However, on account of not
fulfilling the terms as per the agreement, the respondents approached the Uttar
Pradesh RERA where they were awarded a decree of Rs. 73 lakhs. Further, RERA
also issued recovery certificates against the builders. The respondent
allottees sought recourse under IBC for the recovery of their dues.

 

HELD

The three-member Bench held that as per
section 7 of the IBC as amended by the 2020 Amending Act, to make an
application under IBC it requires a minimum of 100 buyers or 10% of all
home-buyers, whichever is lower.

 

Further, the respondents have not approached
the Adjudicating Authority in the capacity of ‘allottees of a real estate
project’, therefore they cannot be brought within the meaning of ‘financial
creditors’. They can only be construed to be decree-holders on account of
non-payment of principal amount along with penalty as decreed by UP RERA.
Therefore, a decree-holder, though covered by the definition of ‘creditor’ u/s
3(10) of IBC, does fall within the definition of a ‘financial creditor’ across
the ambit of section 5(7) of the IBC and should have taken steps for filing an
execution case in the Civil Court.

 

2. Co-operative
Societies – Part of Constitutional Scheme – Unnecessary interference to be
avoided [Maharashtra Co-operative Societies Act, 1961, S. 77, S. 80, S. 152;
Constitution of India]

 

Rambujarat
Ramraj Chaurasia vs. State of Maharashtra
WP-ASDB-LD-VC 220 of 2020 (Bom) (HC) Date of order: 2nd September,
2020
Bench: Ujjal Bhuyan J. and Abhay Ahuja J.

 

FACTS

The petitioner is the Chairman of Vidhisha
Shantiniketan CHS Ltd. and the petition has been filed challenging the order of the Dy. Registrar, Thane (Respondent No. 2) directing a bank to
not allow the petitioner to operate the Society’s bank account and to allow another member, as assigned by the
Respondent No. 2, to operate the same.

 

The Society had imposed a penalty on one Mr.
Ramesh Mankar. Aggrieved by the penalty, he had approached the Respondent No. 2
who had given certain directions to the petitioner, failing which the
Respondent No. 2 would appoint an Administrator. Pursuant thereto, and on
account of inaction, Respondent No. 2 dissolved the Managing Committee of the
Society and appointed an Administrator.

 

The Society appealed before the Divisional
Joint Registrar, Co-operatives, Respondent No. 3, who quashed and set aside the
order of the Respondent No. 2 on 20th May, 2020. However, Respondent
No. 2, via a communication dated 14th July, 2020 directed the bank
to allow the Administrator, as appointed by him, to operate the accounts.

 

HELD

The Court held that the Society shall be
jointly managed under the Chairmanship of the petitioner and the Respondent No.
6 Administrator only for day-to-day affairs till the disposal of the appeal
before the Respondent No. 3. Further, that co-operative societies are now part
of the Constitutional scheme as co-operative societies have been inserted in
the Constitution of India as Part IX B by way of the Constitution (97th
Amendment) Act, 2011 w.e.f. 15th February, 2012. Therefore,
co-operative societies should have the necessary space and autonomy to function
and develop to their full potential. Interference in the affairs of
co-operative societies should be avoided unless there is serious statutory
breach or compelling necessity.

 

3. Unpaid
instalment – As per agreement – Not an operational debt [Insolvency and
Bankruptcy Code, 2016, S. 5(21), S. 9]

 

Brand Realty Services Ltd. vs. Sir John
Bakeries India Pvt. Ltd.
(IB) 1677(ND) of 2019 (NCLT) (Del.) Date of order: 22nd July, 2020 Bench: Mr. K.K. Vohra and Mr. Abni Sinha

 

FACTS

Sir John Bakeries India Pvt. Ltd. (the
corporate debtor) approached Brand Realty Services Ltd. (the operational
creditor) for investment and consultancy services vide an agreement in
November, 2014. The agreement was further ratified in 2018. As per the new
agreement, the corporate debtor agreed to pay the outstanding sum of Rs. 33
lakhs via post-dated cheques. However, the corporate debtor then requested the
operational creditor to hold on and not deposit the cheques and that the
payment would be met via RTGS. However, that never happened either.

 

A legal notice and a demand notice were
issued under the IBC. The corporate debtor denied any liability in the absence
of any document and said that there exists a dispute between the parties with
respect to the debt.

 

HELD

In order to trigger section 9 of the IBC,
i.e., application for initiation of Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process by
the operational creditor, an operational creditor is required to establish a
default for non-payment of operational debt as defined in section 5(21) of the
IBC. The application u/s 9 of the IBC was filed for the breach of the terms and
conditions of the settlement agreement between the parties and not against the
invoices raised in terms of the original agreement between them. Therefore, a
default on an instalment of the settlement agreement doesn’t come within the
purview of operational debtors.

 

The application was dismissed.

 

4. Dishonour of
cheque – Not offence against society – Can be compounded – Sentence reduced
[Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881, S. 138; Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, S.
147, S. 386, S. 401]

 

Rakesh Kumar vs. Jasbir Singh and another Crl. Rev. No. 3004 of 2019 (P&H)(HC) Date of order: 11th August, 2020 Bench: Sudhir Mittal J.

 

FACTS

The revision petitioner is the accused. He
issued a cheque dated 22nd April, 2006 to the complainant-respondent
No. 1, which was dishonoured. Vide a judgment dated 8th July,
2016, the petitioner was convicted and sentenced to undergo rigorous
imprisonment for two years. He was also directed to pay compensation equal to
the cheque amount along with interest at the rate of 9% per annum from the date
of the cheque till the date of the judgment. An appeal against the judgment of
conviction was dismissed, leading to the present revision petition.

 

HELD

Sentencing is
primarily a matter of discretion as there are no statutory provisions governing
the same. Even guidelines have not been laid down to assist the courts in this
matter. Further, provisions inserted in the Negotiable Instruments Act are for
inculcating greater faith in banking transactions as the same needed more teeth
so that cases involving dishonour of cheques are reduced. Therefore, deterrence
and restoration are the principles to be kept in mind for sentencing. At the
same time, the Court cannot lose sight of the fact that the offence u/s 138 of
the Act is quasi criminal in nature. Section 147 of the Act makes the
offence compoundable notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of Criminal
Procedure, 1973. It is not an offence against society and an accused can escape
punishment by settling with the complainant. It was further held that the
cheque amount is only Rs. 4 lakhs, and the award of maximum sentence is
arbitrary. On the facts of the case, the sentence is reduced to one year and
six months.

 

5.
Disqualification of Director – Companies Fresh Start Scheme, 2020 –
Disqualification to be set aside [Companies Act, 2013, S. 164(2)(a)]

 

Sandeep Agarwal & Ors. vs. UOI &
Anr.
WP No. 5490 of 2020 (Delhi) (HC) Date of order: 2nd September,
2020
Bench: Prathiba M. Singh J.

 

FACTS

The petition has been filed by the
petitioners, Mr. Sandeep Agarwal and Ms Kokila Agarwal, both of whom are
directors in two companies, namely, Koksun Papers Private Limited and Kushal
Power Projects Private Limited. The name of Kushal Power was struck off from
the Register of Companies on 30th June, 2017 due to non-filing of
financial statements and annual returns. The petitioners, being directors of
Kushal Power, were also disqualified with effect from 1st November,
2016 for a period of five years till 31st October, 2021 u/s
164(2)(a) of the Companies Act, 2013. Pursuant to the disqualification, their
Director Identification Numbers (DIN) and Digital Signature Certificates (DSC)
have also been cancelled. In view thereof, they are unable to carry on the
business and file returns, etc. in the active company Koksun Papers. By the
present petition, the disqualification is challenged and quashing is sought of
the impugned list of disqualified directors.

 

HELD

Companies
Fresh Start Scheme (CFSS) is a new scheme which has been notified on 30th
March, 2020. This Scheme was not invoked before the learned Division Bench. The
Scheme is obviously launched by the Government in order to give a reprieve to
such companies who have defaulted in filing documents; they have been allowed
to file the requisite documents and to regularise their operations, so as to
not face disqualification. The Scheme also envisages non-imposition of penalty
or any other charges for belated filing of documents.

 

This Scheme
provides an opportunity for active companies who may have defaulted in filing
of documents, to put their affairs in order. It thus provides the directors of
such companies a fresh cause of action to also challenge their disqualification
qua the active companies.

 

In view of the
fact that in the present case the petitioners are directors of an active
company Koksun Papers in respect of which certain documents are to be filed and
the said company is entitled to avail of the Scheme, the suspension of the DINs
would not only affect the petitioners qua the company, whose name has
been struck off, but also qua the company which is active.

 

Further,
considering the Covid-19 pandemic, the MCA has launched the Fresh Start
Scheme-2020, which ought to be given full effect. It is not uncommon to see
directors of one company being directors in another company. Under such
circumstances, to disqualify directors permanently and not allow them to avail
their DINs and DSCs could render the Scheme itself nugatory; therefore, the disqualification of the petitioners as directors is set aside.
The DINs and DSCs of the petitioners are directed to be reactivated within a
period of three working days.

GOODS AND SERVICEs TAX (GST)

I.          HIGH
COURT

 

1. [2020 (9) TMI 42 (Madhya Pradesh)] Smt. Kanishka Matta vs. UOI Date of order: 26th
August, 2020

 

Sections 2(17), 2(31), 2(75) and 67(2) of the CGST Act, 2017 – Money can
also be seized by investigating agency / Department during search and seizure

 

FACTS

A search operation was carried out at the business and residential
premises of the petitioner and cash amounting to Rs. 66,43,130 was seized. The
petitioner filed a writ petition on the ground that the Department does not
have power under law to effect seizure of ‘money’ as it cannot be treated as
‘documents, books or things’ and, therefore, such action is violative of
Articles 14 and 19 of the Constitution of India. The petitioner requested a
direction for release of the seized cash.

 

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that the law has to be seen as a whole and
the definition clauses are the keys to unlock the intent and purpose of the
various sections and expressions used therein, where the said provisions are
put to implementation. A conjoint reading of various relevant definitions and
provisions, i.e., sections 2(17), 2(31), 2(75) and 67(2) of the CGST Act,
showed that money can also be seized. The word ‘things’ as stated in section
67(2) of the CGST Act shall be given wide meaning. As per Black’s Law
Dictionary
(10th edition) any subject matter of ownership within
the spear of proprietary or valuable right would come under the definition of
‘thing’. A statute is to be given an interpretation which suppresses the
mischief and advances the remedy. Though the ‘confession statement’ of the
husband of the petitioner was retracted at a later stage, no relief could be
granted at this stage. It was held that the cash was rightly seized from the
husband of the petitioner and until the completion of investigation and
adjudication, the question of releasing the amount would not arise.

 

2. [2020 (39) G.S.T.L. 129 (Kol.)]
Subhas & Company vs. Commissioner of CGST and CX, 5585 (W) of 2020 Date of
order: 24th June, 2020

 

Section 140, Rule 117 of the CGST Act, 2017, section 137 of the
Limitation Act, 1983 – Three-year period would be the maximum period for
availing transitional credit which could not be availed due to technical
glitches faced while filling TRAN Form

 

FACTS

The applicant filed a writ petition for violation of principles of
natural justice as it was unable to claim transitional credits under GST due to
technical glitches faced while filling the necessary forms. The writ petition
was filed for reopening TRAN-2 or for accepting manual TRAN-2 for claiming
transitional credits and setting it off against GST liability without interest
.

 

HELD

The High Court, on the basis of the facts and
circumstances of the case and after considering section 140 of the CGST Act
read with Rule 117 of the CGST Rules, held that the transition from the pre-GST
regime to the GST regime had not been smooth and many assessees had faced
hardships. Various cases with similar facts were decided by the Court holding
that inability to submit forms within the time limit prescribed to claim
transitional credit due to technical issues cannot result in forfeiture of
rights. However, the Court took a view that credit cannot be allowed in
perpetuity and thus, considering the Limitation Act as the guiding principle, a
maximum period of three years was allowed for availing transitional credit. The
Court directed the GST portal to be reopened for the petitioner to fill the
necessary forms or allow filing the forms manually to transfer credit to the
GST regime by 30th June, 2020.

 

II. NATIONAL ANTI-PROFITEERING
AUTHORITY

 

3. [2020] 119 taxmann.com 79 (NAA)] Ratish Nair vs. Man Reality Ltd. Date of order: 24th August,
2020 (National Anti-Profiteering Authority)

 

The penalty provisions u/s 171(3A) of the CGST Act introduced by section
112 of the Finance Act, 2019 which were made effective from 1st
January, 2020 are prospective in nature and cannot be made applicable for a
prior period

 

FACTS

In the present case, the applicant No. 2 (the Director-General
Anti-Profiteering), had submitted that he had conducted an investigation on the
complaint of the applicant No. 1 and found that the respondent (Man Reality
Ltd.) had not passed on the benefit of Input Tax Credit (ITC), as per the
provisions of section 171(1) of the CGST Act, 2017 in respect of the flat
purchased by the applicant No. 1 in the ‘One Park Avenue’ project of the
respondent. Vide his above report, the DGAP had also submitted that the
respondent had denied the benefit of ITC to applicant No.1 and other buyers
pertaining to the period from July, 2017 to September, 2018 and had thus indulged
in profiteering and violation of the provisions of section 171(1) of the CGST
Act.

 

Accordingly, a notice was
issued to show cause as to why penalty u/s 171(3A) should not be imposed. The
respondent in his submission stated that the provisions of section 171(3A) were
introduced vide section 112 of the Finance Act, 2019 and the same were
made effective prospectively with effect from 1st January, 2020.
Since the case of the respondent pertained to the period prior to the effective
implementation of the penalty provision, the same would not be applicable.

 

HELD

It was noted that the respondent has not passed on the benefit of ITC to
his buyers from 1st July, 2017 to 30th September, 2018
and hence he has violated the provisions of section 171(1) of the CGST Act,
2017. However, it is also noted that the Central Government vide
Notification No. 1/2020-Central Tax dated 1st January, 2020 has
implemented the provisions of the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2019 from 1st
January, 2020 vide which sub-section 171(3A) was added in section 171 of
the CGST Act, 2017 and penalty was proposed to be imposed in the case of
violation of section 171(1) of the CGST Act, 2017. It was, therefore, held that
since no penalty provisions were in existence during the period from 1st
July, 2017 to 30th September, 2018 when the respondent had violated
the provisions of section 171(1), the penalty prescribed u/s 171(3A) cannot be
imposed on the respondent retrospectively.

 

Note: A similar
decision is rendered in the case of Diwakar Bansal vs. Horizon Projects
Private Limited, National Anti-Profiteering Authority, 2020, 119, 18(NAA).

 

 

 

III. AUTHORITY FOR ADVANCE
RULING

 

1. George Jacob, Re: [2020] 119 taxmann.com 10 (AAR,
Kerala)] Date of order: 20th May, 2020

 

The annual lease charges collected for leasing of land including water
bodies used for fish farming are exempted as services relating to the rearing
of all life forms of animals under Serial No. 54 of the Exemption Notification

 

FACTS

The short question in the application was whether lease rent charged by
the municipality for land, i.e., water channel used for fish farming, falls
within the meaning of ‘services relating to the rearing of all life forms of
animals’ and is eligible for exemption as per Serial. No. 54 of Notification
No. 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017.

 

HELD

As per Serial No. 54 of Notification No. 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate)
dated 28th June, 2017, under Heading 9986 services relating to the
rearing of all life forms of animals by way of renting or leasing of vacant
land with or without a structure incidental to its use are exempted from GST.
The term ‘rearing’ means to bring up and care for until fully grown. They take
care of the fish / crab from the point that they are eggs until they are fully
grown up by providing them with feed and also taking care of them in all
possible ways. The next condition is that the rearing should be of animals.
They are rearing fish and crab and there is no dispute that fish and crab are
animals. The next condition is that the land should be provided on rent or
lease. It is clear from the allotment letter and agreement that the wetland is
taken on an annual lease.

 

‘Renting in relation to immovable property’ means allowing, permitting,
or granting access, entry, occupation, use or any such facility, wholly or
partly, in immovable property, with or without the transfer of possession or
control of the said immovable property and includes letting, leasing, licensing
or other similar arrangements in respect of the immovable property. As per Black’s
Law Dictionary
, ‘Land’ includes not only the soil or earth, but also things
of a permanent nature affixed thereto or found therein, whether by nature, such
as water, trees, grass, herbage, other natural or perennial products, growing
crops or trees; minerals under the surface; or by the hand of man, such as
buildings, fixtures, fences, bridges as well as works constructed for use of
water, such as dikes, canals, etc. It is, therefore, clear that all the conditions
stipulated in Serial. No. 54 of the Notification No. 12/2017- Central Tax
(Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 are satisfied and hence the rent paid
to the Gram Panchayat is exempt from GST.

 

5. [(2020) (39) GSTL 430 (AAR, Madhya Pradesh)] Atal Bihari Vajpayee Institute of Good Governance &
Policy Analysis Date of order: 2nd March, 2020

 

Articles 243G and 243W of the Constitution of India, Notification No.
12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 – GST not
applicable on services provided to Government, Governmental Authority or
Government Entity for doing research work and study, which help them make
policies or understand their impact

 

FACTS

The applicant, an institute established as a society, is a part of the
Department of Public Service Management, Government of M.P. It acts as a
knowledge resource hub for promotion of good governance. It conducts impact
evaluation, research works and studies for various government departments on good
governance and policy analysis. This study helps such departments to review and
improve the policies for utmost benefit of the target beneficiaries. The
applicant applied for an advance ruling regarding taxability and applicability
of exemption notification on the amounts recovered from government departments
for doing research work.

 

HELD

The Authority held that in order to avail exemption [Sr. No. 3 of
Notification No. 12/2017-CGST (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017], three
conditions need to be satisfied. The activity should be pure service (excluding
works contract or composite supply), the service should be provided to
Government, Governmental Authority or Government Entity, and such activity
should be in relation to any function entrusted under Article 243G or 243W of
the Constitution of India. As all such conditions were satisfied here, the
Authority ruled that GST shall not be levied on the amount recovered by the
applicant from other government departments.

 

Further, the applicant
being a co-operative society regulated by the Government of M.P., falls within
the definition of ‘Government Entity’ but not ‘Government’ or ‘Local
Authority’. Thus, such service provided by the applicant to other government
departments would not qualify for exemption vide Entry 8 of the
exemption Notification (Supra). It was further specifically held that
the ruling would be applicable prospectively and, therefore, the applicant
cannot claim refund of GST which might have been paid before obtaining this
ruling.

 

6. [(2020) 39 G.S.T.L. 310 (AAR, Andhra Pradesh)] Master Minds AAR No. 08/AP/GST/2020 Date of order: 5th
March, 2020

 

Notification No. 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June,
2017 – Exemption under said Notification will be available only to educational
institutions imparting education as a part of curriculum prescribed for
obtaining a qualification prescribed by law

 

FACTS

The applicant was providing coaching / training services to students as
per the syllabus prescribed by the ICAI or ICWAI. The applicant questioned if
it is covered under exemption from GST as an educational institute. It
contended that there were no legal requirements for the institute to be
recognised or authorised and the only condition was that the education imparted
should be a part of the curriculum for obtaining a qualification recognised by
any law.

 

HELD

In the instant case, the applicant was providing coaching / training
services in respect of CA and CWA courses. The Authority held that the
applicant was not accredited or affiliated to or recognised or authorised by
statutory bodies. Exemption is available to services when provided by these
statutory bodies through their authorised regional councils or branches for
which course completion certificates are issued. Moreover, coaching or training
in the applicant’s coaching centre was not mandatory compliance for aspirants
for their study and obtaining a certificate from the statutory bodies. Therefore,
the services provided by the applicant were not a service by way of education
as a part of curriculum which was prescribed for obtaining a qualification
prescribed by law. Accordingly, it was ruled that the exemption available to
educational institutes will not be available to the applicant as its activities
are not covered under the definition of ‘education institution’. For the same
reason, exemption would not be available on supply of food and accommodation
services by the applicant to its students

 

7. [2020-TIOL-257-AAR-GST (AAR, Karnataka)] M/s Gnanaganga Gruha Nirmana Sahakara Sangha Niyamitha
Date of order: 18th February, 2020

 

Collection of contributions from members annually or once in ten years
is a service liable to GST. Water charges collected are exempt from the
liability of GST

 

FACTS

The applicant is a housing society engaged in the development and sale
of sites for its members. The question before the Authority is whether
maintaining the facilities at the layout with the funds collected from the
members is a service liable for GST? Does the collection of water charges
attract GST? Further, whether lump sum amount collected as endowment fund to be
used for maintenance activities is liable for GST?

 

HELD

The Authority held that contributions collected from members either
annually or once in ten years towards sourcing of goods or services from a
third person for common use of its members must be divided by the recipients of
such services in the society, and if the said amount per member does not exceed
Rs. 7,500 in that tax period, such amount is exempted from tax as per Entry No.
77(c) of 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate); but if the amount exceeds Rs.7,500, then
the entire amount is taxable. Further, it was held that water charges collected
are exempt under Notification 2/2017-Central Tax (Rate) – Entry 99. With
respect to the endowment fund it was noted that the same is collected when the
members are selling their sites and that being in the nature of service, is
liable to GST.

 

8. [2020-TIOL-251-AAR-GST (AAR, Gujarat)] Oswal Industries Ltd. Date of order: 9th
July, 2020

 

Wellness facilities like naturopathy, ayurveda, yoga, etc. provided at
naturopathy centres which necessarily require accommodation to be provided to
customers, is a taxable supply, the principal supply being accommodation
services

 

FACTS

The applicant has stated that it has one of the largest Naturopathy
Centres in India and offers physical, psychological and spiritual ‘health
overhaul’ with the help of the power of nature. It also provides different
types of wellness facilities such as naturopathy, ayurveda, yoga and
meditation, physiotherapy and special therapy. Its contention is that the
classification of services provided by it is human health and social care services
and hence exempted in view of Serial No. 74 of 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate).

 

HELD

The Authority noted that the packages offered by the applicant, as
evident from their website, indicates that the therapy offered by them is
strictly on a residential basis and this is also evident from the fact that the
consideration is solely dependent on the type of room opted for by the
customer. In all the packages, three types of rooms are offered either on a
single-occupancy basis or a double-occupancy basis. The rates of the rooms per
night have been specified and these form the major part of the consideration
towards the selected package. The entire package consists of the above three
components of accommodation, food and therapy and the packages would not be possible
without any one of the three components. Thus, the packages offered are
naturally bundled and would be aptly covered under the definition of Composite
Supply.

 

Further, the principal supply would be the accommodation services since
the therapy can in no way be administered without accommodation. In fact, there
is no option available for the customer to avail the wellness package without
opting for the accommodation. Therefore, in the instant case, the composite
supply of services would be treated as a supply of accommodation service
taxable under GST.

 

9. [2020-TIOL-245-AAR-GST (AAR, Maharashtra)] M/s Tata Motors Ltd. Date of order: 25th
August, 2020

 

Nominal amount recovered from employees towards transport facility is
not a supply liable to GST as the same emanates from an employer-employee
relation. Further, input tax credit is allowable to the extent of the cost
borne by the company

 

FACTS

The applicant has engaged service providers
to provide transportation facility to its employees, in non-air conditioned
buses having seating capacity of more than 13 persons. A nominal amount is
collected from the employees for usage of the bus facility. The question before
the Authority is whether ITC is available on the GST charged by the service
provider on hiring of bus / motor vehicle having seating capacity of more than
13 persons? The next question is whether the amount collected from the
employees is a supply liable to GST and whether ITC is allowable proportionate
to the extent of the cost borne by the company?

 

HELD

The Authority noted that section 17(5)(b)(i) of the CGST Act, 2017  has been amended with effect from 1st February,
2019 to block ITC on leasing, renting or hiring of motor vehicles having
approved seating capacity of not more than 13 persons. Thus, where the vehicle
capacity is more than 13 persons, such ITC is allowable. With respect to the
amount collected from the employees, it is noted that the applicant is not
providing transportation facility to its employees; in fact, they are receiving
such services. The transaction between the applicant and its employees is due
to ‘Employer-Employee’ and is not a supply under the GST Act. Thus, such
amounts recovered are not liable to GST. Further, as for the last question, it
is held that ITC will be available to the extent of the cost borne by the
company.

 

 

 

 

Service Tax

I. HIGH COURT

 

1. [2020]
119 Taxmann.com 174 (SC)
  L.R. Brothers Indo
Flora Ltd. vs. CCE
  Date of order: 1st
September, 2020

 

The Hon’ble Supreme Court held that
amendment to Notification No. 126/94-Cus dated 3rd June, 1994 by
Amending Notification No. 56/01-Cus dated 18th May, 2001 is
prospective in nature, as an essential requirement for application of
legislation retrospectively is to show that the previous legislation had any
omission or ambiguity or it was intended to explain an earlier act; in the
absence of the above ingredients, legislation cannot be regarded as having
retrospective effect

 

FACTS

The appellant is a 100% Export-Oriented Unit
required to export all articles produced by it. As a consequence, it is
exempted from payment of customs duty on the imported inputs used for the
production of the exported articles, vide Notification No. 126/94-Cus
dated 3rd June, 1994. Under the said Notification, exemption on levy
of customs duty had been extended even to the inputs used in the production of
articles sold in the domestic market in accordance with the Export-Import
Policy and subject to other conditions specified by the Development
Commissioner. In the case of non-excisable goods, the customs duty was payable
on the inputs used for production, manufacturing or packaging of such articles
at a rate equivalent to the rate of customs duty that would have been leviable
on the final articles.

 

The said
Notification was amended by Notification No. 56/01-Cus dated 18th
May, 2001 after which the customs duty on inputs was charged at the rate
equivalent to the duty leviable on such inputs and not on the final articles. The
EXIM Policy 1997-2002 provided that a 100% Export-Oriented Unit in the
floriculture sector was permitted to sell 50% of its produce domestically,
subject to achieving a positive net foreign exchange earning of 20% and upon
approval of the Development Commissioner. The appellant, without obtaining the
approval of the Development Commissioner and without maintaining the requisite
net foreign exchange earning, made sales domestically. Notably, they
subsequently sought ex-post facto approval from the Development
Commissioner. However, in the meanwhile a show cause notice was issued for levy
of customs duty on the domestic sales made in contravention of the EXIM Policy.
The duty was confirmed as per the pre-amended Notification which was
operational during the period under consideration.

 

HELD

 

As regards the first ground, the Hon’ble
Supreme Court held that on a combined reading of the Notification with the
conditions laid down in the EXIM Policy, it is clear that the fulfilment of the
said conditions is a condition precedent to becoming eligible to make domestic
sales. The domestic sales pertaining to excisable goods made in conformity with
the conditions of the EXIM Policy are exigible to excise duty, but once there
is a contravention of the conditions of the Policy, irrespective of the goods
produced being excisable or non-excisable, the benefit under the exemption
Notification is unavailable. In such a situation, the very goods would become
liable to the imposition of customs duty as if being imported goods. The Court
further held that the demand made in the show cause notice ‘treating’ cut
flowers that were grown on Indian soil as deemed to have been imported was only
for the purpose of quantification of the customs duty on the imported inputs
and not the imposition of customs duty on the domestically grown cut flowers as
such.

 

The Supreme Court held that the language
employed in the amendment Notification does not offer any guidance on whether
the amendments as made were to apply prospectively or retrospectively. It is a
settled proposition of law that all laws are deemed to apply prospectively
unless either expressly specified to apply retrospectively or intended to have
been done so by the Legislature. The latter would be a case of necessary
implication and it cannot be inferred lightly. Referring to Circular No.
31/2001-Cus dated 24th May, 2001, the Court held that upon a bare
reading of the circular, it can be noted that it discusses the mechanism in
force before the amendment, the reason for bringing in the change and the
changes brought in. The circular does not mention that the earlier methodology
in force was deficient or devoid of clarity in any manner. It rather says that
the same was being disadvantageous to the export units as compared to the other
units due to the difference in charging rates in the respective circulars. Upon
considering that, the amendment has been brought in to establish parity with
the excise notifications and to vindicate the disadvantage that the earlier
regime was causing to export-oriented units.

 

Merely because an anomaly has been
addressed, it cannot be passed off as an error having been rectified. Unless
shown otherwise, it has to be seen as a conscious change in the dispensation,
particularly concerning fiscal matters. To call the amendment Notification
clarificatory or curative in nature it would require that there had been an
error / mistake / omission in the previous Notification which is merely sought
to be explained. As regards the Notifications, in this case, referring to the proviso
in the charging section of the Central Excise Act, the Court concluded that the
exemption Notification was not an error that crept in but was intentionally
introduced by the Government to determine the charging rate and hence it cannot
be said to be clarificatory in nature.

 

II. HIGH COURT

           

2. [2020 (39) G.S.T.L. 388 (Guj.)] Hitech Projects vs.
UOI Date of order: 6th
July, 2020

 

Section 125 of Sabka Vishwas (Legacy
Dispute Resolution) Scheme – Fair opportunity to be provided to the petitioner
if unable to attend the personal hearing owing to the lockdown on account of
the Covid-19 pandemic

 

FACTS

The petitioner applied for the Sabka
Vishwas
(Legacy Dispute Resolution) Scheme with respect to two pending
appeals. However, the applications were held to be not maintainable as the case
involved confiscation of goods and imposition of redemption fine. A personal
hearing for the same was scheduled during the period of lockdown when the
offices of the petitioner and the Department were closed. On failure of the
petitioner to appear for the matter, SVLDRS-3 was issued by the Department
directing it to pay the disputed amount. The petition was filed requesting a
fresh hearing and to set aside the SVLDRS-3.

 

HELD

Without going into the merits of the case
whether benefit of the SVLDR Scheme would be available to the petitioner, the
High Court held that an opportunity should be given to the petitioner to put
forward its case before the Department in person. Besides, though the payment
under the Scheme was to be made by 30th June, 2020, the Department
was directed to accept the payment considering the fact that the litigation was
pending before the Court.

 

 III. TRIBUNAL

 

3. [2020-TIOL-1403-CESTAT-Kol.] M/s Acclaris Business
Solutions Pvt. Ltd. vs. Commissioner of CGST and Central Excise Date of order: 10th
September, 2020

 

When the services are 100% exported, refund
is eligible of the entire CENVAT credit irrespective of whether export payment
is received or not received

 

FACTS

A 100% exporter of services, the appellant
claimed refund of accumulated CENVAT Credit under Rule 5 of the CENVAT Credit Rules, 2004. Both the authorities below denied the refund of a
certain amount while applying the formula prescribed for maximum permissible
refund of the credit amount. In the said formula, the authorities included the
value of export invoices for which payment is not received in the relevant
period while considering the value of ‘total turnover’ and granted
the refund proportionately to the extent of payment received.

 

 

HELD

The Tribunal noted that refund is allowed of
the ‘net CENVAT credit’ availed. The intention of the formula of refund claim
of export value in the numerator and total turnover in the denominator is to
restrict the refund only to export services and not for domestic services.
Thus, when there is no domestic service, in both numerator and denominator the
amount of export turnover has to be considered. There is no reason to consider
the aggregate of the value of export turnover payment of which has been
received and that for which payment has not been received, since it is not
required in the prescribed formula. It was further noted that if the contention
of Revenue is accepted, then the assessee will never be allowed refund of the
‘CENVAT credit amount availed in the relevant period’ inasmuch as the refund in
the subsequent period would be allowed by considering the ‘net CENVAT credit’
availed in that period. That is neither the intention of the law nor prescribed
in the formula above and therefore the refund is fully admissible.

 

 

4. [2020-TIOL-1401-CESTAT-Kol.] Commissioner of
Service Tax vs. M/s Naresh Kumar and Company Date of order: 6th
February, 2020

 

The activity of liaising and supervision,
not involving physical handling of goods, is not covered by clearing and
forwarding agent services

 

FACTS

The assessee is rendering various services
like liaison and follow-up on behalf of consumers between collieries and the
railways, supervision, monitoring, witnessing the loading of specified size and
grade of coal and shortage en route, ensuring optimum quantity of supply,
ensuring proper weighment, coordinating receipt of necessary documents and
submitting the same to consumers and organising sampling and analysis of coal.
It is the case of Revenue that these activities amount to rendering ‘clearing
and forwarding services’. But as per the assessee, these activities do not
amount to rendering ‘clearing and forwarding services’ as they do not
physically handle or receive or store the goods, but only do liaising,
supervision and coordination.

 

HELD

The Tribunal,
relying on the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Coal Handlers
Pvt. Ltd.
vs. Commissioner of Central Excise [2015-TIOL-121-CESTAT-Mum.]
where the Apex Court has categorically held that the activity of liaising and
supervision will not be considered as clearing and forwarding since there is no
physical activity involved, set aside the demand.

 

5. [2020-TIOL-1377-CESTAT-Mum.] M/s Aban Offshore
Ltd. vs. Commissioner of GST and Central Excise
Date of order: 28th July, 2020

 

Short-term accommodation, rent-a-cab
service and outdoor catering service are allowable as CENVAT credit post-1st
April, 2011

 

FACTS

The appellant was engaged in providing
various services including mining service, utilised CENVAT credit on the input
services used for providing such output services. The input services used
included short-term hotel accommodation, rent-a-cab, outdoor catering and
housekeeping services. A show cause notice was issued disallowing the said credit
availed post-1st April, 2011. The assessee contended that the crew
is deployed to the offshore location from various geographical locations;
further, there are several permissions and approvals required before the work
is commenced. Therefore, the crew requires to be accommodated during the
relevant time. With respect to the rent-a-cab service, it was stated that the
same is required for their naval officers and surveyors to travel to the rig.
And outdoor catering services were used for the personnel working on the rig. Thus, the services used being wholly for business
purposes, the credit should be allowable.

 

 

HELD

The Tribunal noted that the service of
accommodation was necessarily required to be provided till the time the
necessary approvals and permissions were received. Therefore, such service not
being for personal consumption, the credit is allowable. As for the rent-a-cab
service, it was submitted that the exclusion merely restricts credit on
vehicles which qualify as capital goods. From the recipient’s point of view, a motor vehicle can never be
capital goods and he would never be eligible for credit if a narrow
interpretation is given. Thus, credit is allowable on rent-a-cab service. With
respect to the outdoor catering, it is held that access to proper food is the
most basic requirement for any person to carry out a task. If the appellant’s
personnel fall ill on account of stale / spoilt food, the operation being
carried out by the appellant would be adversely impacted and, consequently, the
output service. Thus, the service being in relation to output service, the
credit is allowable.

 

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN GST

NOTIFICATIONS

(i) Aadhaar Card
Authentication for Registration Notification No. 62/2020-Central Tax dated 20th
August, 2020

By this Notification, Rule 8
of the CGST Rules has been amended. It provides for authentication of Aadhaar
Card for Registration under GST. Different situations are carved out regarding
authentication. The substance of the amendment is that if Aadhaar is
authenticated then there will not be physical verification, and if it is not
authenticated, then there may be physical verification of the place of
business.

 

(ii) Levy of Interest
Notification No. 63/2020-Central Tax dated 25th August, 2020

Section 50 of the CGST Act,
regarding levy of interest, was amended by section 100 of the Finance (No. 2)
Act, 2019. By the said amendment, the Legislature wants to provide that the
interest for delayed return should be levied on cash component. When the
amendment was made, the operation of the said amendment was kept pending, to be
made applicable by way of Notification. The aforesaid Notification is issued to
make the above amendment operative from 1st September, 2020.
Representations were made that the operation of the amendment should be made
effective from 1st July, 2017. The CBIC has issued a press note
dated 26th August, 2020 stating that though the amendment is not
made effective retrospectively due to technical reasons, for practical purposes
it will be operative for past period also.

 

(iii) Extension of Filing date
for Form GSTR 4 Notification No. 64/2020-Central Tax dated 31st
August, 2020

By this Notification, the due
date for filing Form GSTR4 (Annual Return by Composition Dealer) for the year
2019-2020 is extended to 31st October, 2020.

 

(iv) Extension of compliance
date u/s 171 Notification No. 65/2020-Central Tax dated 1st September,
2020

This Notification seeks to
amend Notification No. 35/2020-Central Tax dated 3rd April, 2020 to
extend the date of compliance u/s 171 (relating to anti-profiteering) which
falls during the period from ‘20.03.2020 to 29.11.2020’ till 30th November,
2020.

 

ADVANCE
RULINGS

1. Lease of residential
property vis-a-vis commercial use

M/s Lakshmi Tulasi Quality
Fuels (AAR No. 12/AP/GST/2020 dated 5th May, 2020; A.P.)

The applicant in Andhra
Pradesh has filed for an Advance Ruling (AR) in the following background:

 

The applicant has a building
in Telangana with 73 rooms. The rooms have all amenities like exhaust fans,
geysers, lights and fittings, curtain rods and sanitary fittings, etc. The said
building is given on lease basis to a lessee with a monthly rent of Rs.
7,20,000.

 

Its contention is that it is
meant for residential purposes. Though the lease may be on a long-term basis,
it is being rented out as a residential property and it should be exempt under
Entry 13 of the Exemption Notification dated 28th June, 2017. The
said Entry is reproduced below:

 

‘Sl. No. 13 of Exemption Notification, i.e.,
Notification No. 9/2017 dated 28th June, 2017:’

 

Sl.
No.

 

Chapter,
Section, Heading, Group of Service Code (Tariff)

Description
of Services

Rate
(Per cent)

Condition

13

Heading 9963 or Heading 9972

Services by way of renting
of residential dwelling for use as residence

NIL

NIL

 

The Learned AAR referred to
various clauses in the lease agreement and observed the following facts:

 

(a)        The lessee is entitled to engage third-party service
providers, including food, catering, hospitality, security, cleanliness, event
organisation, transportation, management and supervision of the total property
as deemed necessary by the lessee for the purpose.

(b)        The lessee shall have the right to deploy branding strategies
on the property.

(c)        The lessee has the right to sub-lease the aforesaid property
during the lease term to any third party with prior intimation to the applicant
for the purpose of long stay accommodation. For this, the applicant presented a
sample sub-lease agreement as Exhibit-3.

(d)       Exhibit-3 presented by the applicant was examined by the AAR.
It is a ‘Residents Enrolment Form’ but not a sub-lease agreement as claimed by
the applicant. Apart from the residents’ personal details, information like
food preference, optional service price, etc., is being collected through the
enrolment form. With regard to the ‘Rules and Regulations’ attached to the
‘Residents Enrolment Form’, apart from others there are conditions like ‘Rents
will be calculated according to your rent ledger’, ‘Premium dishes will be
limit’, etc.

 

Based on the above facts, the
AAR observed that the building appears to be meant for commercial use, i.e.,
with the purpose of running a lodge. There is provision of food and hospitality
services. Observing the above, the AAR held that the exemption under Entry 13
of the Exemption Notification is not eligible and it will be taxable at 18%
IGST.

 

2. Interstate / Intra-state
supply

High Tech Refrigeration &
Air Conditioning Industries

(Advance Ruling No. GOA/GAAR/5
of 2019-20/530 dated 26th February, 2020; Goa)

The applicant has raised
several questions before the AAR for its ruling. The questions are as under:

 

(i)         Fixing of air conditioner and VRV system in Goa for a client
(recipient) registered outside Goa but not registered in Goa. Whether IGST or
SGST and CGST rate applicable and whether billing B to C or B to B?

(ii)        Supplying of air conditioner to client (recipient) registered
outside Goa but not registered in Goa consisting of air conditioner (28%),
copper pipe, drain pipe, electric cable, etc. (18%) and fixing rate (18%).
These items can be supplied / billed separately under GST.

(iii)       Supplying of air conditioner (28%) for residential house in
Goa consisting of required additional items, i.e., copper pipe, drain pipe,
electric cable, etc. (18%) and fixing rate (18%). Is billing them separately
allowed?

(iv)       Can installation of air conditioner (28%) be done by sister
concern or third party to client based in Goa or outside Goa @ 18% GST for
fixing?

(v)        Can composite dealer raise service bill for fixing of air
conditioner and also what GST rate would be applicable?

(vi)       Stabiliser may or may not be sold with the air conditioner.
What is the rate of GST applicable on stabiliser (18%) when it is attached /
supplied with air conditioner (28%)?

(vii)      What is the rate of GST on centralised air conditioning system?
The rate for works contract GST on a split air conditioning system fixed in a
room? And the rate of GST on movable air conditioning system? Client registered
in Goa or client registered outside Goa?

 

The AAR made reference to
section 97(2) of the CGST Act and held that except the first question, the
others are not maintainable before it.

 

Question No. 1 was regarding
levy of IGST or CGST / SGST. In respect of this issue, the AAR observed that
the applicant is supplying to a third party situated in Goa on behalf of his
recipient situated in another state and who is not registered in Goa.

 

He observed as under in
respect of the above aspects:

 

‘For classification of any
supply as interstate supply or intra-state supply, two ingredients are relied
upon; these are, the location of the supplier and the place of supply. In the
instant case, as stated by the applicant, the location of the supplier is Goa
and the place of supply will be outside Goa as per section 10(1)(b) of the IGST
Act since goods are supplied on behalf of a registered person outside Goa to a
place in Goa.’

 

The AAR then passed an order
stating that the aforesaid supply should be held as an interstate supply.

 

3. Classification – LED (Stem)
(Long bulb) with fittings

INVENTAA LED Lights Private
Limited (order No. 21/AAR/2020 dated 24th April, 2020; Tamil Nadu)

The issue before the AAR was
about classification of the above item, that is, LED (Stem) (Long bulb) with
fittings, under GST.

 

The applicant gave relevant
information about its activities and the product. About the product the
information given was as under:

 

‘The applicant is engaged in
the design, manufacture and supply of LED lights of various applications in a
wide range of sizes and voltage with fixtures and fittings where the fixtures
and fittings are made of plastics, aluminium, steel, or a combination thereof.
The applicant has stated that they have developed an LED Stem (Long bulb) which
has a 360-degree light output and at the same time saves power up to 60% in
comparison to the CFL bulb, whereas the conventional LED bulb delivers only
180-degree light output. It can be fitted into a B22 or E27 holder. About 70%
of the raw materials are manufactured indigenously and 30% imported from China,
while the manufacturing is done in-house. The applicant named the product as
LED Stem (Long bulb) and has applied for the patent of the technology involving
manufacturing of LED Stem (Long bulb) which has the feature of 360-degree light
output’.

 

The contention of the
applicant was that the item is covered by HSN 9405 of the Customs Tariff and
liable to tax at 12%. The AAR observed that the other competing Entry under
Customs Tariff is 8539. Both the tariff entries are reproduced in the AR.

 

The jurisdictional authority
concerned consented that the classification merits inclusion under HSN 9405.

 

The AAR also made reference to
the rules of classification under the Customs Tariff. He then concluded as
under:

 

‘From the above, it is evident
that Chapter 94 falls under section XX which covers “Miscellaneous Manufactured
Articles”. Lamps and light fittings can be any source and made of any material.
Further, those lamps and light fittings covered under Chapter 85 are not
covered under this heading by the specific exclusion in the Chapter Notes.
Further, lamps for exterior lighting are covered under CTH 9405. In the instant
case, the product is an LED lamp fixture with LED light integrated into it
which can function independently as garden lights. Therefore, they are
classifiable under CTH 94054090 as “others electric lamps and light fitting”.’

 

Accordingly, the AAR held that
the item is covered by the Entry at Serial No. 226 in Schedule II of the
Notification No. 01/2017 CT-(Rate) dated 28th June, 2017, liable to
GST at 12%.

 

4. Co-operative housing
society and levy of GST

Apsara Co-operative Housing
Society Limited (No. GST-ARA-21/2019-20/B-34 Mumbai,
dated 17th March, 2020; Maharashtra)

The applicant is a residential co-operative housing
society. It wanted to know whether the activities carried out by it for its
members qualify as ‘supply’ under the definition of section 7 of the CGST Act,
2017. Another issue raised was that if the activities of the applicant are
treated as supply under the CGST Act, 2017 then whether the applicant has
correctly discharged GST as per the illustrative copy of the invoice generated by
the applicant.

 

The applicant provided the
bye-laws of the society. As per these, the society is required to do certain
functions like obtain conveyance from the builder, manage, maintain and
administer the property of the society. There were further functions also, like
raising funds for achieving the objects of the society and recreation
activities and to do all things necessary or expedient for the achievement of
the objects of the society.

 

To achieve the above objects,
the applicant raises funds by collecting contributions from the members,
including towards property taxes, common electricity charges, water charges,
repair and maintenance, other such expenses and sinking fund, etc. It was the
contention of the applicant that there was no other activity.

 

The applicant stressed upon
the phrase used in section 7(1) that to constitute a supply under the GST Act,
the activity should be in the furtherance or course of business. The applicant
submitted that so far as the activities of the society are concerned, they are
not in the nature of business and therefore there is no supply as per the CGST
Act, 2017. The further contention of the applicant was that the society
functions on the principle of mutuality and there are no separate entities such
as supplier and recipient to constitute supply.

 

The jurisdictional officer
objected to the above contentions, relying on the fact that there is
consideration against giving services.

 

Based on the above contentions and facts, the AAR
examined the provisions of the CGST Act. He observed that the concept of supply
under the CGST Act is wide and that the definition of person in section
2(84)(i) of the CGST Act specifically includes a co-operative society
registered under any law relating to co-operative societies. Therefore, the
society and members are two distinct persons. The charges collected from
members were held to be consideration towards provision of services.

 

In respect of the contention about
‘business’, the AAR referred to clause (e) in the definition of ‘business’ in
section 2(17) which specifically provides that provision by club, associations,
society or any such body for subscription or any other consideration of the
facilities or benefits to its members is ‘business’. Therefore, it is observed
that there is business in the activities of the society. The applicant has
cited various rulings in respect of the principle of mutuality. However, the
AAR distinguished the same on the ground that the present case is under the GST
Act and hence such rulings are not related to the issue.

 

Finally, the Learned AAR held that the
society is liable to GST. He declined to give a ruling about the quantum of tax
on the ground that such a question is not covered within the scope of section
97(2) of the CGST Act.

 

ROLE OF A STATUTORY AUDITOR VIS-À-VIS GST

INTRODUCTION

In the last article we dealt with the
interplay between the process of statutory audit and the GST domain from the perspective
of planning the entire audit and understanding the processes applied from the
perspective of GST. In this article, we shall cover aspects related to review
from the perspective of financial statements and the various checks and
assertions which would be required during the audit process.

 

REVENUE
UNDER STATEMENT OF PROFIT & LOSS

Revenue is generally earned when a company
makes outward supply of goods or services, or both, and recovers the
consideration from its customers. However, it’s not necessary that the entire
consideration is accounted for as revenue in the books. In some cases, the
amounts recovered from customers are accounted in credit / liability ledgers,
especially in cases where there is recovery of expenses. The auditor should
therefore ensure that all such expenses are identified and that wherever there
are credit entries on account of outward supply, the corresponding tax is being
discharged.

 

Once the
auditor obtains assurance that all invoices are accounted in the calculation of
the revenue from operations, the first thing that needs to be checked is
whether or not the tax rate charged on the invoice is correct. For this, the
auditor needs to identify different kinds of transactions, i.e., outward
supplies made by the company and for each class of transactions determine if
there are different rates applied / any exemptions claimed and wherever there
are such variations, identify the reasons for the same. Similarly, wherever
there are conflicts in tax rates, especially in the case of goods due to
classification, the auditor should review the basis for the classification used
by the company to arrive at his conclusion.

 

It is not only the tax rate but the
determination of location of supplier in case of a multi-locational entity,
place of supply mentioned in the invoice, time of supply, value of supply,
etc., which also become important. For example, in a particular contract the
client has issued an order to a certain branch which executes and delivers the
entire contract. However, while raising the invoice, inadvertently the company
bills the client from a different branch. This may result in a challenge since
there is a possibility that the branch which has executed and delivered the
contract might face a demand in future from the tax authorities to pay tax on
the supplies made (although the same might have been paid at another branch).
In other words, the synchronisation between delivery location and contracting
location is one aspect which the auditor should check, especially in case of
service contracts.

 

Similarly, whether or not the time of supply
provisions are complied with also needs to be reviewed. In case of goods, the
auditor should check if invoices have been issued in all cases before the
outward movement of goods takes place. This is because for goods the time of
supply takes place before or at the time of the supply of goods. However, it
gets trickier in the case of services since the invoice can be issued even
after completion of service. The auditor should check cases where revenue has
been recognised under the accrual concept, but invoicing is yet to be done. In
such cases, the auditors should obtain reasonable assurance that the service
provision is incomplete. If it is determined that the service provision has
been completed but invoicing is not done for some reasons, there may be a
non-compliance with the time of supply provisions which might trigger a
contingent interest liability.

 

The next point that the auditor should
review is the value of supply for the purpose of GST. Whether the value on
which GST has been charged is as determinable u/s 15 of the CGST Act, 2017 or
not? In case of contracts, if there are instances of some materials being
supplied by the recipient, the auditor should also analyse if the value of such
material is includible in the value of supply. The auditor might want to
consider the applicability of a decision of the Supreme Court in the case of CST
vs. Bhayana Builders Private Limited [2018 (10) GSTL 118 (SC)].

Similarly, if the company is claiming non-inclusion of certain amounts on
account of reimbursement, the auditor should also check whether or not the
condition for pure agents prescribed u/r 33 of the CGST Rules, 2017 are
satisfied. Similarly, in case of related party transactions, the auditor should
check whether the same are at arm’s length or not.

 

DEEMED
SUPPLIES

Entry 3 of Schedule I of the CGST Act, 2017
deems supply of goods or services between distinct persons / related persons as
supply even if made without a consideration. Further, once a supply is made to
a related person, section 15 kicks in which requires valuation as per the
prescribed method under the CGST Rules, 2017 (Rules 28-32).

 

The controversy, however, revolves around
the first part of the entry, i.e., supply of goods or services between distinct
persons. This entry has resulted in a lot of confusion and caused
interpretation issues, especially from the service perspective on multiple
fronts, such as what constitutes supply between distinct persons, on what value
is it to be applied, what time of supply provisions apply, etc. The confusion
has further increased in view of the AAAR in the case of Columbia Asia
Hospitals Private Limited [2019 (20) GSTL 763 (AAAR-GST)].

 

The primary checkpoints while dealing with
supplies under Entry 3 of Schedule I are:

(i)  Identifying supplies getting covered under
Entry 3,

(ii) Ensuring compliance with valuation provisions,

(iii) Ensuring that such supplies are properly
accounted in the books of accounts, i.e., outward supply reported by one branch
should be reported as input tax credit in the corresponding branch and there is
no loss of the input tax credit.

 

It may be important to note that there are
serious legal interpretation issues relating to branch transfer of services. In
such scenarios it may be in order for the auditor to ensure that the company
has adopted a suitable policy in due consultation with legal experts and that
the policy is actually implemented.

 

BARTER
TRANSACTIONS

Let us try to understand the concept of
barter in the context of a real estate project where the company has entered
into an area-sharing Joint Development Agreement with the landowner. In such a
transaction, what usually happens is that the company gets the right to
construct on the land while the landowner, instead of getting monetary
consideration, is allotted certain constructed area in the new building which
he can self-use or sell. The company is liable to pay GST on the constructed
area to be allotted to the landowner. However, there is no consideration for
this which is determined by a prescribed method and there is no record of such
consideration in the books of the company. In such a case, though there is no
revenue received by the company, it ends up paying GST on a value which is
disclosed as an outward supply. This results in a gap between the books of
accounts and the GST returns.

 

In such a scenario, the auditor should look
into the applicability of Accounting Standards relating to revenue recognition
and accrual – whether the company is required to accrue the expenditure for the
supply made by the landowner or recognise revenue for constructed area allotted
to the landowner. It is imperative to note that there is no exchange of
monetary consideration and even the value adopted for the transaction under
different statutes may not be the same. While analysing this point, apart from
GST the auditor should also consider the probable implications under Income Tax
since if the transaction is treated as sale and purchase of constructed area /
land, respectively, there might be probable TDS implications.

 

EXPENDITURE
UNDER STATEMENT OF PROFIT & LOSS

GST works on the concept of value-added
taxation, i.e., a company ideally pays tax only on the value addition by it in
the transaction chain. This is achieved by the concept of input tax credit
(ITC), which is at the heart of GST and accrues to a company when it incurs an
expenditure, whether revenue or capital in nature. But the important point that
one needs to note is that this credit is not always available and the same is
subject to conditions. There are various facets to be noted when taking ITC
which can be as under:

 

1. Input tax credit can be claimed only
if goods or services are received for use in the course or furtherance of
business

One of the primary conditions for claiming
ITC is that the goods or services received by a company should be used in the
course or furtherance of business. What constitutes ‘business’ has been defined
under GST. However, this condition has created quite a controversy. For
example, CSR expenses, which certain classes of companies are mandatorily
required to incur under the Companies Act, 2013 are not treated as expenses
incurred for the purpose of business / profession u/s 37 of the Income Tax Act,
1961. It would therefore be important to evaluate this controversy, especially
during the pandemic times where various companies have incurred more CSR
expenditure than what they are mandatorily required to incur under the Companies
Act, 2013.

 

2. Conditions for claiming input tax
credit should be satisfied

Apart from the primary condition that the
goods or services should be used in the course or furtherance of business,
section 16(2) also lists other conditions which are required to be satisfied
for claiming input tax credit:

 

* The company should be in possession of
a prescribed document issued by the supplier

A condition procedural in nature, there must
be reasonable assurance that the company should be in possession of documents
based on which it is claiming ITC. One of the primary aspects to be checked is
whether the documents based on which the credit has been claimed contains the
standard list of disclosures mandated under the CGST Rules, 2017 and has the
other disclosures as well or not. It should further be checked if the company
claims credit based on the supporting invoice or even when it books provisional
expenses.

 

* The goods or service should have been
received

This is an important condition the
satisfaction of which would be the key to supplement the claim of ITC. The
condition relating to receipt of goods would be easily satisfied owing to the
tangible characteristic of goods. However, the receipt of goods should be
correlated with corresponding documents evidencing the same, such as E-way
bill, lorry receipts, etc.

 

However, in the context of service,
demonstration of receipt of service would be crucial. This can be done by
relying on documentary evidence, including agreements, work certifications,
etc. For example, in the case of construction services received, a surveyor’s
certificate certifying the extent of work based on which the invoice has been
issued can be a proof for receipt of service. Even an internal certification by
an authorised person can be the basis for demonstration of receipt of service.
A similar method should be followed for other services as well.

 

One important aspect to be noted by the
auditor is to deal with a situation where the tax authorities allege
non-receipt of goods or services. There are various cases where the tax
authorities allege that certain transactions of inward supplies are fictitious
and that the ITC claimed by the company is not eligible. There can be instances
where the company might have contested the allegation, though the credit might
have been reversed under protest due to coercion from tax authorities.

 

The auditor should carefully analyse this
level of transaction since it points at probable fraud, mismanagement and
misstatement of financial statements and requires specific disclosure in the
auditor’s report, including the statement on internal financial controls. The
decision on this would be critical, especially in cases where the dispute is
not concluded, i.e., the company continues to litigate the allegations. While
many such instances have been reported in the judiciary, the auditor should
take a call based on the facts of the specific case since in each case the
facts may be different.

 

* The supplier should have paid the tax
and the recipient should have filed the return u/s 39

This would be a check which should be maintained
in the monthly return filing process. The company should ensure that the
supplier should have filed not only his GSTR1, but also his GSTR3B.

 

* The payment to supplier should have
been made within 180 days from the date of invoice

This condition has already been discussed in
the earlier part of this article [refer discussion on 2nd proviso
to section 16(2) r.w. Rule 37].

 

* The ITC should be taken within the
prescribed time limit, i.e., before the due date of filing return for the month
of September of the succeeding financial year

An important aspect, this is one more
condition which should be a part of the monthly return filing process of each
company. From the auditor’s perspective, the auditor should also check if all
the returns are filed on time and in case of delay, whether there is any impact
on eligibility to claim input tax credit and what position the company has
taken on this?

 

One specific issue which needs to be noted
is that the tax authorities have been challenging the claim of ITC in cases
where returns for a tax period are filed after the due date for filing the
return of September of the succeeding financial year. The tax authorities have
challenged the eligibility to claim ITC u/s 16(4). The auditors should review
if there are such instances and should also analyse the legal position taken by
the company.

 

3. Application of section 17

Section 17 deals with two aspects, one being
apportionment of ITC and the second being blocked credits. The first part,
i.e., apportionment of ITC, comes into the picture when inward supplies are
used for making outward supplies which are used for making taxable supplies as
well as exempt supplies. In such cases, compliance with provisions of Rules 42
and 43 (already discussed in the earlier part of this article) should be
analysed. The auditor should specifically check if the compliance is done on a
monthly basis, whether the true-up as mandated u/r 42 and 43 is done within the
prescribed time limit and, lastly, the accounting for the apportionment u/r 42
and 43 – whether the amount of reversals / re-credit is booked to specific
expense or a general expense? The auditor should also analyse the method of
reporting the true-up effect of Rules 42 and 43 in the subsequent financial
year – whether as prior period expense or regular expense?

 

The above would be more relevant in case of
timing difference in booking of expenses used for making exempt supplies. Let
us take an example of a supplier engaged in making exempt supplies who had
contracted to receive certain expenses during a F.Y. Based on the contract, the
auditors had advised the company to accrue the said expense in its books in one
F.Y. The issue that would remain is whether the auditor should recommend
provision of only the basic expense or expense including GST, considering the
fact that in the subsequent period when the expense will actually be booked,
the corresponding GST will not be allowable for ITC and, therefore, the issue
of whether the GST component may be treated as prior period expense arises.

 

The second part, i.e., blocked credits, is
trickier. There has been a lot of controversy on this subject, be it inputs or
capital goods. While reviewing the ITC claim from the viewpoint of eligibility,
the auditor should specifically check on the following key aspects:

 

(a)
Determining what is covered u/s 17(5)(c) and 17(5)(d) relating to receipt of
goods or services for construction of immovable property other than plant and
machinery, subject to the condition that the cost is capitalised in the books
of accounts

The key issue which the auditor needs to
look at is the applicability of the decision of the Orissa High Court in the
case of Safari Retreats Private Limited vs. CC of GST [2019 (25) GSTL 341
(Ori.)]
which held that the provision of section 17(5)(d) was ultra
vires
the provisions of the object of the Act and held that ITC should be
allowed on receipt of goods or services used in the construction of an
immovable property which is used for providing an output service.

 

Another aspect which needs to be looked at
is the distinction between depreciation and amortisation. Depreciation
generally applies to expenses capitalised whereas amortisation applies in cases
where expenses are incurred upfront, but their recognition is spread over
years. The former applies in cases involving ownership, while the latter
applies in cases where no ownership exists, for example, in the case of leased
premises, costs incurred under BOT projects, etc.

 

(b)
Determining what constitutes personal consumption for disallowance u/s 17(5)(g)

This provision states that credit of goods
or services used for personal consumption would not be eligible. But the
question remains, what constitutes ‘use for personal consumption’, especially
in case of companies where all personnel working for the company are either
employees / consultants? Therefore, the question of personal consumption should
not have arisen. While analysing this provision, the auditor should also check
whether there is alignment with the position taken under the ITA, 1961 which
requires reporting of personal expenses in Form 3CD.

 

(c) Determining the scope of section 17(5)(h) –
where goods are lost, stolen, destroyed, written off or disposed of by way of
gift or free samples

The issue of
when eligibility of ITC is to be checked is a settled position in view of the
decision of the Tribunal in the case of Spenta International Limited vs.
CCE, Thane [2007 (216) ELT 133 (Tri – LB)]
where the court held that
credit eligibility should be checked at the time of receipt of goods. The
applicability of this decision to GST is important to be reviewed, since there
is no other provision under the statute which deals with this aspect under GST.

 

Similarly, what constitutes gift is also
important. A business undertakes sales promotion activity by virtue of which
the company would give ‘freebies’ to its customers. While no specific
consideration is received for such freebies, a business would not give any
freebies if the cost is not recovered from customers indirectly. A reference to
CBIC Circular 92/11/2019 – GST dated 7th March, 2019 would be
important while dealing with eligibility to claim ITC.

 

ROLE OF
GSTR2A IN AUDIT PROCESS

Apart from the above, there is one other
factor which should also be looked at in the context of ITC, which is the role
of GSTR2A. GSTR2A is the document which is made available on the GST portal
based on the details uploaded by a supplier and help the company in matching
the compliances of its vendors. There are different factors which need to be
looked at here:

(A) Rule 36(4) of the CGST Rules, 2017
provide that for any tax period the ITC claim should not be more than 110% of
the amount appearing in GSTR2A. The auditor should not only check whether this
provision is complied with or not, but also the accounting treatment in case
there is a need to defer the credit in view of Rule 36(4).

(B) The auditor should also review the net
amount of ITC which remains unmatched and analyse the implication it might have
on such credit claims in future.

 

LIABILITIES
UNDER BALANCE SHEET

The GST collected by the company gets
credited to the GST payable account, which gets covered under the head
‘Liabilities’ in the Balance Sheet. The auditor should obtain a reasonable
assurance that the liabilities on account of GST reported in the Balance Sheet
give a true and fair view and is specifically required to give a report of this
in the CARO statement as to:

 

(I) Whether the company has been regular
in depositing undisputed statutory dues as applicable with the appropriate authorities?

The answer to the first question can be
obtained by collating a compliance table under GST which would assist the
auditor in determining whether the company has been regular in depositing
statutory dues with the authorities concerned. One might also need to determine
whether mere filing of return in time would be the correct basis to arrive at a
conclusion, or whether the auditor needs to check if all the information has
been correctly mentioned in the returns, or there is a delay. For example, supplies
made in April may be reported in the returns of June. Therefore, while in
totality all the applicable statutory dues would have been paid, but whether
this can be treated as ‘regular deposition of undisputed statutory dues’ or not
would depend on the professional judgement of the auditor.

 

(II) Whether any undisputed statutory
dues are pending for a period of more than six months as on the balance sheet
date?

This is an important part of the audit
process as it requires the auditor to check the workings of the client on a
monthly basis to ensure that all the monthly liabilities are paid in time.
Generally, the best way to look at this would be by comparing the liability as
on the balance sheet date with the liability as per the returns for the last tax
period ending on the balance sheet date. If both the figures reconcile, this
would mean that there are no statutory dues pending for a period of more than
six months as on the balance sheet date. However, in case there is a mismatch,
the auditor would be required to check and identify the month in which there is
a mismatch in liability as per the books vs. liability as reported in the
returns, and determine if the same is pending for a period of more than six
months which would require reporting in CARO. Of course, the auditor will need
to ensure whether the outstanding dues are disputed or undisputed and only if
they are undisputed would such dues be required to be reported. On the basis of
this reporting, even the tax auditor might need to look at the impact on his
reporting for section 43B compliances in Form 3CD.

 

Apart from the liability to pay tax under
forward charge, i.e., on supplies made by a company, the next area to be
discussed is the accounting and discharge of reverse charge liability. While dealing
with RCM liability, there are various aspects which an auditor should look
into, such as method of accounting of reverse charge considering the varied
time of supply provisions, claim of corresponding ITC, reconciliation (expense vis-à-vis
returns), etc. Let us look into each of these aspects.

 

(III) Accounting & discharge of RCM
liability

In case of reverse charge, the point of
taxation generally depends on two factors, namely, date of payment to the
supplier, or 60 days from the date of invoice, whichever is earlier. This would
mean that under legal parlance the accounting of invoice, which also earmarks
the date of acknowledgement of liability towards the supplier and the due date
at which the applicable GST is required to be paid, are not linked to each
other, which is in contrast to the position when compared with outward
supplies.

 

The general practice followed by companies
is that as and when they account for an invoice on which tax is liable to be
paid under reverse charge, they also book the corresponding liability and
credit (if eligible) or expense out the tax amount and, in a majority of the
cases, it is observed that the tax is also paid based on the same for the sake
of convenience on various aspects, the most important being the ease of
reconciliation of liability. However, there are instances wherein companies,
although they account the liability as well as the corresponding credit on
accrual basis, may discharge the same and claim credit under GST only when the
liability becomes due. In such instances, there will always be a mismatch in
the liability as per the books vs. the liability reported in the GST returns,
which would need reconciliation as the same would be the basis for reporting
under CARO as well as 3CD.

 

Furthermore, while dealing with related
party transactions, the auditor should also ensure that in case of provisions
made for expenditure payable to foreign associated enterprises, the liability
should have been discharged on accrual basis, i.e., the general rule does not
apply to such transactions. The auditor should check on whether any provision
for payments to be made to foreign associated enterprises are open for a period
of more than six months on the balance sheet date and, if yes, whether the
applicable GST is discharged therein or not, as the same might necessitate
reporting under CARO.

 

(IV) Impact of credit notes &
reconciliation issues

Generally, it is observed that a company
recognises its reverse charge liability when it accounts for an expense wherein
reverse charge is applicable. At that point of time, it might also be claiming
corresponding credits as and when available.

 

However, there are cases wherein once the
above is done, against the said invoice, the recipient receives a credit note,
meaning there is a reversal of the expense / the amount of expense. For such
cases, the logical practice to be followed would be that when such credit notes
are booked, corresponding tax liabilities as well as credits claimed, if any,
should be reduced. This would be more important in cases where credits are not
available and the tax paid under reverse charge is expensed out as this would
help in reducing the expense of the company. This will also ensure proper
reconciliation of expenses as per books vs. returns filed.

 

However, in cases where credits are
available, the general practice is that the tax effect of the credit notes is
ignored since this would be a cash neutral exercise as the tax paid upfront was
not a cost. However, this might need an adjustment when preparing the
reconciliation of expenses as per books vs. returns filed. Further, under
CENVAT regime this practice was also questioned by the Department which had in
a particular case sought reversal of credit without appreciating the fact that
the assessee had not reversed corresponding tax liability under reverse charge
emanating from a credit note. This demand was set aside by the Tribunal in the
case of Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited vs. Commissioner of
Central Tax, Visakhapatnam [2019-VIL-295-CESTAT-HYD].

 

COMPLIANCE
OF 2ND PROVISO TO SECTION 16(2) OF CGST ACT, 2017 R.W. RULE 37 OF
CGST RULES, 2017

One more area to look into is the trade
payables which are outstanding for more than 180 days. The second proviso
to section 16(2) provides that in case where payment to the supplier is not
made within a period of 180 days, corresponding ITC should be added to the
output tax liability of the company to the extent that there is a failure to
pay to such vendor. Since this is an amount which is liable to be added to the
output tax liability, as a prudent exercise an auditor should undertake the
verification of whether or not the company has complied with these provisions.
However, while dealing with this, the auditor needs to consider two important
points, namely:

 

i) Input Tax Credit under GST should have
been claimed against the invoices which are outstanding

ii) There should have been a failure to pay
to the supplier. What constitutes ‘failure to pay’ has been a subject matter of
litigation and one should refer to the decision in the case under CENVAT
regime; the Tribunal in Commissioner vs. Hindustan Zinc Limited [2014
(34) STR 440 (Tri.–Del.)]
held that where the amounts are not paid due
to contractual terms and the entire tax amount is paid to the vendor /
supplier, the need to reverse Rule 4(7) should not apply. While reviewing this
compliance, the auditor should also analyse whether the position taken by the
company is in line with this decision and accordingly determine if there is a
need for reporting under CARO for undisputed dues outstanding for more than six
months or not.

 

ASSETS
UNDER BALANCE SHEET

* GST & tangible / intangible assets

Under GST, all inward supplies of goods are
classified into either inputs or capital assets. What constitute capital assets
are those inward supplies of goods which are capitalised in the books of
accounts. However, if any input services are capitalised, the same do not
constitute capital goods for the purpose of GST but are treated as input
services.

 

When looking at tangible / intangible
assets, traditionally known as ‘fixed assets’ under GST, there are various points
which need consideration. The key point to be looked into is the operation of
the provisions of section 17(5) of the CGST Act, 2017 which lists certain
inward supplies where ITC would not be available, also known as blocked
credits. Some of the items in this category include purchase of modes of
transportation of persons, or construction of immovable property, goods used
for personal consumption, etc. The auditor should primarily review whether
there are any specific instances wherein credits have been claimed though the
same are restricted u/s 17(5).

 

Apart from the above, the auditor should
also ensure that in cases where any capital goods, on which ITC was claimed,
are being sold, the provisions of section 18(6) of the CGST Act, 2017 r.w. Rule
44 of the CGST Rules, 2017 have been complied with. The same provide that in
supply of capital goods, the amount of tax payable would be the higher of the
amount payable on value of supply of such capital goods, or the un-depreciated
ITC to be calculated vis-à-vis the method prescribed u/r 44 of CGST
Rules, 2017.

 

Similarly, the auditor should also look into
whether or not the company has complied with the provisions of Rule 43. This is
important since the amount determined u/r 43 is to be added to the output tax
liability and, therefore, if there is non-compliance, reporting under CARO
might be triggered. Further, to the extent credit is liable to be reversed u/r
43, the auditor should also check whether the amounts liable to be reversed u/r
43 are capitalised or expensed out and the correctness of the said accounting
treatment.

 

Apart from the above, in case of
multi-locational companies having presence in multiple states, the auditor
should also check whether the movement of goods is properly documented and the
applicable compliances under GST in view of Entry 3 of Schedule I of the CGST
Act, 2017 are undertaken or not? This is an important aspect since there would
be a liability to pay tax at the branch sending the fixed assets and
eligibility to claim credit at the receiving branch. In case of non-compliance,
the company might end up with a situation where a subsequent identification of
non-compliance might result in liability at the sending branch with no
corresponding ITC at the receiving branch, thus resulting in incremental cost
on account of the non-compliance.

 

* GST balances

GST balances comprise of two parts, one
being ITC balance and the second being the balance on account of payment of
tax. ITC balance is one of the most important parts of GST as it represents the
outcome of the entire process of claim of ITC undertaken by the company. The
first and foremost check to be undertaken by the auditor is whether or not the
ITC balances appearing in the books of accounts are matching with the balance
in the electronic credit ledgers available on the portal as on the balance sheet date. In an ideal scenario, the balance appearing in the
books of accounts should reconcile in all respects with the balance appearing
in the electronic credit ledger. However, there are instances where the amounts
do not reconcile, primarily in the following cases:

 

(a)  All adjustments to ITC which are reported in
GSTR3B are not accounted for in the books of accounts. For example, even if a
company complies with the second proviso to section 16(2) requiring
reversal of ITC in case of non-payment to suppliers, a separate entry is not
passed in the books of accounts. Similarly, there are instances wherein there
is a delay in accounting of Rule 42 / 43 adjustments.

(b)  Amount of refund claim filed online is reduced
from the balance in the electronic credit ledger. However, in the books,
instead of transferring it to refund receivable account, it continues to remain
in ITC account and, as and when amounts are received, reduced directly from the
ITC account.

(c)  Input tax credit accounted for in the books
but not claimed in GSTR3B due to operation of Rule 36(4) of the CGST Rules,
2017 which requires that in any tax period the amount of ITC cannot be more
than 110% of the amounts appearing in GSTR2A.

(d)  Offset entries for March, 2020 are passed in
April, 2020 in the books of accounts but portal balance for comparison is taken
as per electronic credit ledger after filing of returns of March, 2020, thus
resulting in a timing gap.

 

While the above reasons may not represent
any non-compliances / material misstatement on the part of the company, an
auditor may consider suggesting a change in practice which will ensure
appropriate reconciliation of accounts which will, in turn, help the company
not only in the future audit process but also during the assessment proceedings
wherein it would be easier to explain to the tax authorities.

 

Another issue with respect to balance in ITC
ledgers is with respect to accumulation of amounts in the ledger for multiple
reasons, such as company is engaged in making zero-rated supplies without
payment of tax and therefore eligible to claim refund, where there is inverted
rate structure, in case of startups where the revenue during the initial years
is low while corresponding expenditure is high, or, simply put, loss-making
companies. With respect to this, it is observed that on various occasions where
the refund is stuck for many years, the auditors require the company to
determine the scope of recoupment of the balances and make a provision for
write-off of balance to the extent there is no certainty of recoupment.
However, while doing so the auditors should keep the following aspects in mind:

 

1.  In case of accumulation due to zero-rated
supplies / inverted rate of structure, one of the key points to be eligible to
claim refund is that the incidence of tax should not be passed on to another
person. Once the balance is written off, this principle kicks in and recouping
the balance by way of refund might become a challenge for the company.

2.  In case of accumulation due to loss, the
company can explore the option of claiming the refund by relying on the
decision in the case of Union of India vs. Slovak India Trading Co.
Private Limited [2008 (10) STR 101 (Kar.)]
or by entering into a scheme
of merger / business transfer arrangement whereby either the entire company or
the loss-making division can be transferred along with all assets and
liabilities, including balance in electronic credit ledger, thus encashing the
said balances. Furthermore, one should also note that writing off balance in
view of uncertainty of utilisation in future might actually be in conflict with
the basic fundamentals of the audit, that the financials are prepared on a
going concern basis since there is a reasonable certainty of profitability in
the future.

 

The second part when dealing with GST
balance is the balance of tax paid in the cash ledger. Generally, it is seen
that any payment of tax is directly accounted in the liability ledgers. It is,
however, always prudent that a separate account (for each tax type) be created
in the books where all payments are booked and, as and when the liability is
discharged in the returns filed, corresponding entries be passed in the books
of accounts. This is for the important reason that mere payment of amount into
cash ledger does not amount to payment of tax itself. It takes place either
when the return is filed or by making a declaration in Form DRC-03. In fact,
even if there is sufficient balance in the cash ledger, the interest is liable
to be paid from the due date till the date of return / DRC-03 which actually
marks the payment of tax under GST as this results in reduction in balance in
the electronic cash ledger. This aspect should be kept in mind, especially when
dealing with reporting under Form 3CD.

 

DISCLOSURE
OF BALANCES IN BALANCE SHEET

There are two sets of GST GLs which a
taxpayer should generally maintain. One set of GST GLs to deal with GST
payable, which may be either on outward supplies or inward supplies where
reverse charge mechanism applies and is accounted as liability when the company
books revenue / expenses which attract RCM in its books; and second set of GST
GLs which deal with ITC, which gets accounted as assets when they book an
expense where the vendor has charged ITC and book it as receivable in their
balance sheet.

 

The following points are relevant for
discussion:

(A) Manner of reporting GST GLs – whether
the liability GLs will be clubbed under the head ‘Liabilities’ and credit GLs
will be clubbed under the head ‘Assets’ or only net balance to be disclosed,
either under the head ‘liabilities’ or ‘credits’ as the case may be? This is an
important aspect since in GST while the liability becomes due once the outward
supply is made, irrespective of whether the liability has been actually booked in
the books of accounts, ITC is claimed only when the same is reported in GSTR3B.
There can be scenarios where though a credit is booked in the books of
accounts, the same may not have been reported in GSTR3B and therefore not
claimed by the company. Similarly, there might be credit balances which may not
be immediately available to the company [deferred credits in view of the second
proviso to section 16(2), rule 36(4), etc.]

 

In such a case, would it be correct for the
company to show such net balance in GST GLs, or should it report separately,
liability GLs under the liability head and credit GLs under the assets head?
Separate reporting under the head ’liabilities’ and ‘assets’ rather than net
reporting seems to be a more correct approach.

 

(B) Once an auditor takes a view that the
balances have to be reported separately, it would imply that the balance for
March or the last tax period of the financial year to be reported is to be
disclosed before the offset entry. This would entail reporting of a higher
amount as liability u/s 43B in the Form 3CD. However, no major ramifications
are expected since the liability would have been discharged in April and
therefore entail no disallowances under Income Tax.

 

CONCLUSION

It is often said that tax and accounting are
strangers. However, they invariably overlap since both of them are based on
underlying transactions. Since the scope of the auditor also includes ensuring
correct compliance with various laws including tax laws, in cases where the
treatments under the two domains are different, statutory auditors may be
required to do a balancing act and suitably customise their audit processes to ensure that the
auditors have reasonable confidence in the true and fair nature of the
financial statements.



A man can be himself only so
long as he is alone, and if he does not love solitude,
he will not love freedom, for it is only when he is alone that he is really
free

 
Arthur Schopenhauer

 

 

Patience is not simply the
ability to wait – it’s how we behave while we’re waiting

  
Joyce Meyer

 

 

What sunshine is to flowers,
smiles are to humanity. These are but trifles, to be sure; but scattered along
life’s pathway, the good they do is inconceivable

  
Joseph Addison

FROM PUBLISHED ACCOUNTS

ILLUSTRATION OF
QUALIFIED OPINION FOR A BANK

 

YES BANK LTD.
(STANDALONE) (YEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH, 2020)

 

From
Auditors’ Report

Basis of Qualified opinion

We draw attention to Note 18.3 of the
Standalone Financial Statements, which indicates that during the year ended 31st
March 2020, the Bank has breached the regulatory requirements of the Reserve
Bank of India (RBI) regarding maintaining the minimum Common Equity Tier
(CET)-1 and Tier-1 capital ratios which indicates the position of capital
adequacy of a bank. The breach is primarily on account of the increase in the
provision for advances during the year ended 31st March, 2020 as the
Bank has decided, on a prudent basis, to enhance its Provision Coverage Ratio
on its Non-Performing Asset (NPA) loans over and above minimum RBI loan level
provisioning. Further, the write-back of the Additional Tier (AT)-1 bonds on 14th
March, 2020 also resulted in the breach of Tier-1 capital ratio as at 31st
March, 2020. The CET-1 ratio and the Tier-1 capital ratios for the Bank
as at 31st March, 2020 stood at 6.3% and 6.5 % as compared to the
minimum requirements of 7.375% and 8.875%, respectively. This implies that the
Bank will have to take effective steps to augment its capital base in the year
2020-21. Further, in view of the RBI norms relating to the breach of the
aforesaid ratios, there is uncertainty around RBI’s potential action for such a
breach. We are unable to comment on the consequential impact of the above
regulatory breach on these Standalone Financial Statements.

 

We draw attention to Note 18.6.69 to the
Standalone Financial Statements which discloses that the Bank became aware in
September, 2018 through communications from stock exchanges of an anonymous
whistle-blower complaint alleging irregularities in the Bank’s operations,
potential conflicts of interests in relation to the former MD and CEO and
allegations of incorrect NPA classification. The Bank conducted an internal
inquiry of these allegations, which resulted in a report that was reviewed by
the Board of Directors in November, 2018. Based on further inputs and
deliberations in December, 2018, the Audit Committee of the Bank engaged an
external firm to independently examine the matter. During the year ended 31st
March, 2020, the Bank identified certain further matters which arose from other
independent investigations initiated by the lead banker of a lenders’
consortium on the companies allegedly favoured by the former MD & CEO. In March,
2020, the Enforcement Directorate has launched an investigation into some
aspects of dealings and transactions by the former MD & CEO on the basis of
draft forensic reports from external agencies which further pointed to conflict
of interest between the former MD & CEO and certain companies and arrested
him. In view of the fact that these inquiries and investigations are still
on-going, we are unable to comment on the consequential impact of the above
matter on these Standalone Financial Statements.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with
the Standards on Auditing (SAs) specified u/s 143(10) of the Act. Our
responsibilities under those SAs are further described in the Auditor’s
Responsibilities for the Audit of the Standalone Financial Statements section
of our report. We are independent of the Bank in accordance with the Code of
Ethics issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India together with
the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the Standalone
Financial Statements under the provisions of the Act and the Rules thereunder,
and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with
these requirements and the Code of Ethics. We believe that the audit evidence
we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our
qualified opinion on the Standalone Financial Statements.

 

MATERIAL
UNCERTAINTY RELATED TO GOING CONCERN

We draw attention to Note 18.3 of the
Standalone Financial Statements which indicates that the Bank has incurred a
loss of Rs. 16,418 crores for the year ended 31st March, 2020.
Particularly during the last six months, there has also been a significant
decline in the Bank’s deposit base, an increase in their NPA ratios resulting
in breach of loan covenants on its foreign currency debt and credit rating
downgrades, resulting in partial prepayment of foreign currency debt linked to
external credit rating. The Bank has also breached minimum Statutory Liquidity
Ratio (SLR) and Liquidity Coverage Ratio requirements of RBI during the year
and has provided an amount of Rs. 334 crores for the expected penalty on the
SLR breach. The Bank has also breached the RBI-mandated CET-1 ratio and Tier-1
capital ratio which stood at 6.3%.and 6.5% as compared to the minimum
requirements of 7.375% and 8.875%, respectively. This requires the Bank to take
effective steps to augment its capital base in the year 2020-21. The breach of
the CET-1 and Tier-1 requirements was also impacted by the decision of the Bank
to enhance its Provision Coverage Ratio, on a prudent basis, on its NPA loans
over and above the RBI’s minimum loan provisioning norms. Further, on 5th
March, 2020, the Central Government, based on the RBI’s application, imposed a
moratorium u/s 45 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for a period of 30 days effective 5th
March, 2020. The RBI, in consultation with the Central Government and in
exercise of the powers u/s 36ACA of the Banking Regulation Act 1949, superseded
the Board of Directors of the Bank on 5th March, 2020. The above
indicators of financial stress and actions taken by the RBI resulted in a
significant withdrawal of deposits.

 

On 13th March, 2020, the
Government of India notified the Yes Bank Limited Reconstruction Scheme 2020
(the Scheme) [notified by the Central Government in exercise of the powers
conferred by sub-section (4) and sub-section (7) of section 45 of the Banking
Regulation Act, 1949]. Under this Scheme the authorised share capital of the
Bank was increased to Rs. 6,200 crores. The Bank has received capital from
investors amounting to Rs. 10,000 crores on 14th March, 2020. The
State Bank of India (SBI) and other banks and financial institutions invested
in the Bank at a price of Rs. 10 per equity share of the Bank (Rs. 2 face value
with a Rs. 8 premium). SBI is required to hold up to 49% with a minimum holding
of 26% by SBI in the Bank (which is subject to a three-year lock-in). Other
investors are subject to a three-year lock-in for 75% of the investments they
make in the Bank under this Scheme. Existing investors (other than investors
holding less than 100 shares) in the Bank are also subject to a lock-in for 75%
of their holding as per this Scheme. A new Board of Directors, CEO and MD and
Non-Executive Chairman have also been appointed pursuant to the Scheme. In
addition, the moratorium imposed on the Bank on 5th March, 2020 was
vacated on 18th March, 2020 as per the Scheme.

 

RBI has also granted short-term funding to
the Bank for a period of 90 days. The Bank has submitted a proposal seeking
extension (of this) for a period of one year. The draft reconstruction
scheme proposed on 6th March, 2020 had also envisaged that the Bank
would be able to write back Additional Tier-1 (AT-1) securities amounting to
Rs. 8,695 crores to equity. However, the final Scheme issued by the Government
of India on 13th March, 2020 does not contain any reference to the
write-back of the AT-1 securities.

 

Based on the legal advice on the contractual
terms of the AT-1 bonds, the Bank has fully written back AT-1 bonds aggregating
to Rs. 8,415 crores on 14th March, 2020. This action by the Bank has
been legally challenged through a writ petition in the Hon’ble Bombay High
Court.

 

In line with the RBI’s Covid-19 Regulatory
Package dated 27th March, 2020 and 17th April, 2020, the
Bank has granted a moratorium of three months on the payment of all instalments
and / or interest, as applicable, falling due between 1st March,
2020 and 31st May, 2020 to all eligible borrowers classified as
Standard, even if overdue, as on 29th February, 2020.

 

In the opinion of the Bank, based on the
financial projections prepared by the Bank and approved by the Board for the
next three years, the capital infusion, lines of liquidity provided by RBI and
the reconstruction Scheme, the Bank will be able to realise its assets
(including its deferred tax asset) and discharge its liabilities in its normal
course of business and hence the financial statements have been prepared on a
going concern basis. The said assumption of going concern is inter alia
dependent on the Bank’s ability to achieve improvements in liquidity, asset
quality and solvency ratios and mitigate the impact of Covid-19 and thus a
material uncertainty exists that may cast a significant doubt on the Bank’s
ability to continue as a going concern. However, as stated above, as per the
management and the Board, there are mitigating factors to such uncertainties
including the amount of capital funds that have been raised in March, 2020, the
nature and financial resources of new investors who have infused funds in the
Bank, the new Board of Directors, CEO and MD and part-time Chairman appointed
as per the Scheme and the extent of regulatory support provided to the Bank by
the RBI.

 

Our conclusion on the Standalone Financial
Statements is not modified in respect of this matter.

 

Emphasis
of matter

We draw attention to Note 18.6.51 of the
Standalone Financial Statements, which states that the Bank has a total
deferred tax asset of Rs. 8,281 crores as at 31st March, 2020. As
per the requirements of AS 22 – Income Taxes, based on the financial
projections prepared by the Bank and approved by the Board of Directors, the
Bank has assessed that there is reasonable certainty that sufficient future
taxable income will be available against which such deferred tax assets can be
realised. The Bank expects to have a taxable profit for the future years. Our
conclusion is not modified in respect of this matter.

 

We draw attention to Note 18.4 of the
Standalone Financial Statements which states that the Bank had made an
additional provision of Rs. 15,422 crores for the period ended 31st
December, 2019 on a prudent evaluation of the status of NPAs based on
discussions with the regulator over and above the RBI norms relating to the
minimum provision to be made by banks on their loans and advances. The
additional provision is judgemental based on the quality and status of specific
loans identified by the Bank as at 31st March, 2020. We believe that
this judgement exercised by the Bank is appropriate. Our conclusion is not
modified in respect of this matter.

 

From
Notes to Financial Statements

18.3 Assessment of Going Concern

In the aftermath of the IL&FS crisis in
September, 2018, the financial sector had been heavily constrained from a
liquidity stand-point. Also, rising defaults in the power and infra sectors in
the second half of 2019 have taken a toll on the stressed book of various banks
and NBFCs. In this macro environment, given its low capital covers, the Bank
has been adversely impacted on account of elevated slippages in its corporate
book, especially in the power and infra sectors. The Bank reported a marginal
profit for the quarter ended 30th June, 2019 and reported loss in
the quarter ended 30th September, 2019. For the quarter ended 31st
December, 2019, as a consequence of increase in NPAs, additional recording
slippages post-period end and increase in PCR, the reported loss was Rs.
185,604 million. The Bank had also breached the RBI-mandated Common Equity
(CET-1) ratio which stood at 0.62% at 31st December, 2019 as
compared to the requirement of 7.375%. The delay in capital raising triggered
the downgrade of the Bank’s rating by rating agencies.

 

In addition, the deposit outflow in early
October on account of a combination of events such as invocation of promoter’s
pledged shares / IT glitches for Yes Bank (and others) / problems arising from
financial distress in Punjab and Maharashtra Co-operative Bank led to a
continuing breach in Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) starting October, 2019 and
continues till date. The Bank’s deposit base has seen a reduction from Rs.
2,094,973 million as at 30th September, 2019 to Rs. 1,657,554
million as at 31st December, 2019. The deposit position as at 31st
March, 2020 is Rs. 1,053,639 million and has reduced further to Rs. 1,027,179
million as at 2nd May, 2020. The Bank had also prepaid ~ USD 1.18
billion (Rs. 85,000 million) by 29th February, 2020. On 5th
March, 2020, the Central Government, based on the RBI’s application, imposed a
moratorium u/s 45 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for a period of 30 days
effective 5th March, 2020 which was lifted on 18th March, 2020.
Further, the RBI, in consultation with the Central Government and in exercise
of the powers u/s 36ACA of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, superseded the
Board of Directors of the Bank on 5th March, 2020. As per the
moratorium, a restriction was imposed on the withdrawal by depositors of
amounts up to Rs. 50,000 and the Bank also could not grant or renew loans or
make any investments.

 

On 13th March, 2020, the
Government of India notified the ‘Yes Bank Ltd. Reconstruction Scheme, 2020’
(Scheme). As per the Scheme, authorised capital has been increased from Rs.
11,000 million to Rs. 62,000 million. The State Bank of India (SBI) and other
investors invested in 10,000 million shares at a price of Rs. 10 per equity
share of the Bank (Rs. 2 face value with a Rs. 8 premium). The Bank has
received capital amounting to Rs. 100,000 million as of 14th March,
2020 from a consortium of Banks and Financial Institutions led by State Bank of
India. SBI is required to hold up to 49% with a minimum holding of 26% by SBI
in the Bank (which is subject to a three-year lock-in). Other investors are
subject to a three-year lock-in for 75% of the investments they make in the
Bank under this Scheme. Existing investors (other than investors holding less
than 100 shares) in Yes Bank are also subject to a lock-in for 75% of their
holding as per this Scheme.

 

A new Board of Directors, MD and CEO and
Non-Executive Chairman have also been appointed under the Scheme. The Bank has
since obtained a Board approval to raise additional equity of up to Rs. 150,000
million. As a consequence of the reconstitution the Bank was deemed to be
unviable. Consequently, write-back of certain Basel III additional Tier-1 Bonds
(AT-1 Bonds) issued by the Bank had been triggered.

 

Hence, such AT-1 Bonds amounting to Rs.
84,150 million have been fully written down permanently. The Trustees, on
behalf of the holders of AT-1 Bonds, have filed a writ petition seeking to
challenge the decision of the Bank to write down AT-1 bonds. The Bank, based on
the legal opinion of its external independent legal counsel, is of the view
that the merits of the Bank’s decision to write back the AT-1 bonds is in
accordance with the contractual terms for issuance of AT-1 Bonds. The Bank had
also been granted a short-term special liquidity facility for 90 days (ending
on 16th June, 2020) from the RBI. The Bank has written to RBI for an
extension of the same for a year. The Bank also raised CDs of Rs. 72,000
million as at 31st March, 2020. As a consequence of the above
factors, the Bank’s loss post-tax and AT-1 write-back (exceptional income) is
Rs. 164,180 million. The Bank’s CET-1 ratio is 6.3% (regulatory requirement
with CCB of 7.375%) and Tier-1 capital ratio is 6.5% (regulatory requirement of
8.875%) as at 31st March, 2020. The Bank has substantially enhanced
its PCR and strengthened its Balance Sheet. However, RBI’s current framework on
‘Prompt Corrective Action’ (PCA) considers regulatory breaches in CET as a
potential trigger. The Bank remains in constant communication with RBI on the
various parameters and ratios and RBI has not imposed any fine on the Bank for
the regulatory breaches.

 

The Bank’s deposit base has seen a reduction
from Rs. 2,276,102 million as at 31st March, 2019 to Rs. 1,053,639
million as at 31st March, 2020 (position as at 2nd May,
2020: Rs. 1,027,179 million). Consequently, the Bank’s quarterly average
‘Liquidity Coverage Ratio’ (LCR) has fallen from 74% for the quarter ended 31st
December, 2019 to 40% for the quarter ended 31st March, 2020
(regulatory limit 100%); position as at 2nd May, 2020 (was) 34.8%
(regulatory limit 80%). The Bank also has a deferred tax asset of Rs. 82,810
million as at 31st March, 2020. Though the Bank has made a loss of
Rs. 164,180 million for the year ended 31st March, 2020, the Bank
has a taxable profit for the year ended 31st March, 2020.

 

In the month of March, 2020, the SARS-CoV-2
virus responsible for Covid-19 continued to spread across the globe and India,
which has contributed to a significant decline and volatility in global and
Indian financial markets and a significant decrease in global and local
economic outlook and activities. On 11th March, 2020, the Covid-19
outbreak was declared a global pandemic by the WHO. On 24th March,
2020, the Indian Government announced a strict 21-day lockdown which was
further extended across the country to contain the spread of the virus. The
extent to which the Covid-19 pandemic will impact the Bank’s future results
will depend on related developments, which remain highly uncertain. While
further reduction in deposits lost post-moratorium may cast material
uncertainty, particularly in the current Covid scenario, the Bank under the
leadership of new management and Reconstituted Board is confident that it can
tide over the current issues successfully.

 

This belief is reinforced by the pedigree of
new investors of the Bank (led by State Bank of India and other Financial
Institutions). Further, the Bank’s management and Board of Directors have made
an assessment of its ability to continue as a going concern based on the
projected financial statements for the next three years and are satisfied that
the proposed capital infusion and the Bank’s strong customer base and branch
network will enable the Bank to continue its business for the foreseeable
future, so as to be able to realise its assets and discharge its liabilities in
its normal course of business. As such, the financial statements continue to be
prepared on a going concern basis.

 

18.4 Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements
requires the management to make estimates and assumptions that are considered
while reporting amounts of assets and liabilities (including contingent
liabilities) as of the date of the financial statements and income and expenses
during the reporting period. Management believes that the estimates used in the
preparation of the financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Future
results could differ from these estimates. Any revision to accounting estimates
is recognised prospectively in current and future periods.

 

18.6.69 Disclosure on Complaints

The Bank became aware in September, 2018
through communications from stock exchanges of anonymous whistle-blower
complaints alleging irregularities in the Bank’s operations, potential conflict
of interest of the founder and former MD & CEO and allegations of incorrect
NPA classification. The Bank conducted an internal inquiry of these
allegations, which was carried out by management and supervised by the Board of
Directors. The inquiry resulted in a report that was reviewed by the Board in
November, 2018. Based on further inputs and deliberations in December, 2018 the
Audit Committee of the Bank engaged an external firm to independently examine
the matter. In April, 2019 the Bank had received the phase 1 report from the external
firm and based on further review / deliberations had directed a phase 2
investigation from the said firm. Further, during the quarter ended 31st
December, 2019, the Bank received forensic reports on certain borrower groups
commissioned by other consortium bankers, which gave more information regarding
the above-mentioned allegations.

 

The Bank at the direction of its Nomination
and Remuneration Committee (NRC) obtained an independent legal opinion with
respect to these matters. In February, 2020 the Bank has received the final
phase 2 report from the said external firm. Meanwhile, in March, 2020, the
Enforcement Directorate has launched an investigation into some aspects of
transactions of the founder and former MD & CEO and alleged links with certain
borrower groups. The ED is investigating allegations of money-laundering, fraud
and nexus between the founder and former MD & CEO and certain loan
transactions. The Bank is in the process of evaluating all of the above reports
and concluding if any of the findings have a material impact on financial
statements / processes and require further investigation. The Bank has taken
this report to the newly-constituted Audit Committee and Board and will
progress further action on the basis of the guidance and recommendations.

 

During the year ended 31st March,
2020, the Bank had received various whistle-blower complaints against the
Bank’s management, former MD & CEO and certain members of the Board of
Directors prior to being superseded by the RBI. The NRC, on the basis of
investigations conducted by the management has, post its review, concluded that
they have no material impact on financial statements.

 

In January, 2020, the then Chairman of the
Audit Committee of the Bank highlighted certain concerns around corporate
governance and other operational matters at the Bank. The then Board decided to
get this investigated by an independent external firm. A preliminary report has
been received by the Board. While most of the allegations are unsubstantiated,
the Board has requested the external firm for detailed recommendations
highlighting areas where corporate governance can be further strengthened.

 

From
Directors’ Report

Qualification, reservation, adverse
remark or disclaimer given by the Auditors in their Report

The Report given by the Statutory Auditors
on the Financial Statements of the Bank for the financial year ended on 31st
March, 2020 forms part of this Annual Report. The auditors of the Bank have
qualified their report to the extent and as mentioned in the Auditors’ Report.
The qualification in Auditors’ Report and Director’s response to such
qualifications are as under:

 

1. Details of Audit Qualification:

The Bank has breached CET-1 ratio and the
Tier-1 capital ratio as at 31st March, 2020. CET-1 ratio stood at
6.3%.and Tier-1 ratio stood at 6.5 % as compared to the minimum requirements of
7.375% and 8.875%, respectively.

 

Response:

The Bank’s Capital Adequacy Ratio as at 31st
March, 2020 was lower than the minimum regulatory requirement primarily due to
lower than envisaged capital raise in F.Y. 2019-20 and higher NPA provision.
The Bank had decided, on a prudent basis, to enhance its Provision Coverage
Ratio on its NPA loans over and above the RBI loan level provisioning
requirements. With the proposed capital infusion in F.Y. 2020-21, internal
accretion of capital, expected recoveries of NPA and with selective
disbursement of loans to preserve RWA, the Bank expects CET ratio to be
comfortably above the minimum regulatory requirement.

 

2. Details of Audit Qualification:

The Bank became aware in September, 2018
through communication from stock exchanges of an anonymous whistle-blower
complaint alleging irregularities in the Bank’s operations, potential conflicts
of interests in relation to the former MD & CEO and allegations of
incorrect NPA classification. The Bank conducted an internal inquiry of these
allegations, which resulted in a report that was reviewed by the Board of
Directors in November, 2018. Based on further inputs and deliberations in
December, 2018, the Audit Committee of the Bank engaged an external firm to
independently examine the matter. During the year ended 31st March,
2020, the Bank identified certain further matters which arose from other
independent investigations initiated by the lead banker of a lenders’
consortium on the companies allegedly favoured by the former MD & CEO. In
March, 2020, the Enforcement Directorate has launched an investigation into
some  aspects of dealings and
transactions by the former MD & CEO on the basis of draft forensic reports
from external agencies which further pointed out to conflict of interest
between the former MD & CEO and certain companies and arrested him. In view
of the fact that these inquiries and investigations are still on-going, we are
unable to comment on the consequential impact of the above matter on these
Standalone Financial Statements.

 

Response:

The Bank conducted an internal inquiry of
these allegations, which was carried out by management and supervised by the
Board of Directors. The inquiry resulted in a report that was reviewed by the
Board in November, 2018. Based on further inputs and deliberations in December,
2018, the Audit Committee of the Bank engaged an external firm to independently
examine the matter. In April, 2019, the Bank had received the phase 1 report
from the external firm and based on further review / deliberations had directed
a phase 2 investigation from the said firm. Further, during the quarter ended
31st December, 2019, the Bank received forensic reports on certain
borrower groups commissioned by other consortium bankers, which gave more
information regarding the above-mentioned allegations. The Bank at the
direction of its Nomination and Remuneration Committee (NRC) obtained an
independent legal opinion with respect to these matters. In February, 2020 the
Bank has received the final phase 2 report from the said external firm.
Meanwhile, in March, 2020 the Enforcement Directorate has launched an
investigation into some aspects of transactions of the founder and former MD
& CEO and alleged links with certain borrower groups. The ED is
investigating allegations of money-laundering, fraud and nexus between the
founder and former MD & CEO and certain loan transactions. The Bank is in
the process of evaluating all of the above reports and concluding if any of the
findings have a material impact on financial statements / processes and require
further investigation. The Bank has taken this report to the newly-constituted
Audit Committee and Board and will progress further action on the basis of the
guidance and recommendations.

 

During the year ended 31st March,
2020, the Bank had received various whistle-blower complaints against the
Bank’s management, former MD & CEO and certain members of the Board of
Directors prior to being superseded by RBI. The NRC, on the basis of
investigations conducted by the management has, post its review, concluded that
they have no material impact on financial statements.

 

In January, 2020 the then Chairman of the
Audit Committee of the Bank highlighted certain concerns around corporate governance and other operational matters at the Bank. The then
Board decided to get this investigated by an independent external firm. A
preliminary report has been received by the Board. While most of the
allegations are unsubstantiated, the Board has requested the external firm for
detailed recommendations highlighting areas where corporate governance can be
further strengthened.

 

Also, no offence of fraud was reported by
the Auditors of the Bank.

GLIMPSES OF SUPREME COURT RULINGS

1. Director of Income Tax-II
(International Taxation), New Delhi and Ors. vs. Samsung Heavy Industries Co.
Ltd.
Civil Appeal No.
12183 of 2016 Date of order: 22nd July, 2020

 

DTAA between India and Republic of Korea – Permanent Establishment –
Taxability of income attributable to a ‘permanent establishment’ set up in a
fixed place in India – Profits earned by the Korean GE on supplies of
fabricated platforms could not be made attributable to its Indian PE as the
installation PE came into existence only after the transaction stood
materialised – No taxability could arise in a case where the sales are directly
billed to the Indian customer and the price at which billing is done for the
supplies does not include any element for services rendered by the PE – When it
comes to ‘fixed place’ permanent establishments under double taxation avoidance
treaties, the condition precedent for applicability of Article 5(1) of the double
taxation treaty and the ascertainment of a ‘permanent establishment’ is that it
should be an establishment ‘through which the business of an enterprise’ is
wholly or partly carried on – The maintenance of a fixed place of business
which is of a preparatory or auxiliary character in the trade or business of
the enterprise would not be considered to be a permanent establishment under
Article 5 – It is only so much of the profits of the enterprise that may be
taxed in the other state as is attributable to that permanent establishment –
The onus is on the Department to first show that the project office in India is
a permanent establishment

 

The Oil and Natural
Gas Corporation (ONGC) on 28th February, 2006 awarded a ‘turnkey’
contract to a consortium comprising of the respondent / assessee, Samsung Heavy Industries
Co. Ltd. (a company incorporated in South Korea), and Larsen & Toubro
Limited, being a contract for carrying out the ‘work’ inter alia, of
surveys, design, engineering, procurement, fabrication, installation and
modification at existing facilities and start-up and commissioning of entire
facilities covered under the ‘Vasai East Development Project’ (Project).

 

On 24th
May, 2006 the assessee set up a Project Office in Mumbai which, as per the
assessee, was to act as ‘a communication channel’ between the assessee and ONGC
in respect of the project. Pre-engineering, survey, engineering, procurement
and fabrication activities which took place abroad, all took place in the year
2006. Commencing from November, 2007, these platforms were then brought outside
Mumbai to be installed at the Vasai East Development Project. The project was
to be completed by 26th July, 2009.

 

With regard to A.Y.
2007-2008 the assessee filed a return of income on 21st August, 2007
showing Nil profit, as a loss of Rs. 23.5 lakhs had allegedly been incurred in
relation to the activities carried out by it in India.

 

On 29th
August, 2008, a show cause notice was issued to the assessee by the Income-tax
Authorities requiring it to show cause as to why the return of income had been
filed only at Nil; the assessee replied to it in detail on 2nd
February, 2009.

 

But dissatisfied
with the reply, a draft assessment order was passed on 31st
December, 2009 (Draft Order) by the Assistant Director of Income
Tax-International Transactions at Dehradun (Assessing Officer). This draft
order went into the terms of the agreement in great detail and concluded that
the project in question was a single indivisible ‘turnkey’ project, whereby ONGC
was to take over a project that was to be completed only in India. As a result,
profits arising from the successful commissioning of the project would also
arise only in India. Having so held, the draft order then went on to attribute
25% of the revenues allegedly earned outside India (which totalled Rs.
113,43,78,960) as being the income of the assessee exigible to tax, which came
to Rs. 28,35,94,740.

 

The Dispute
Resolution Panel, by its order dated 30th September, 2010, after
considering objections to the draft order by the assessee, confirmed the
finding contained in the said order that the agreement was a ‘turnkey’ project
which could not be split up, as a result of which the entire profit earned from
the project would be earned within India. Basing itself on data obtained from
the database ‘Capital Line’, the Panel picked up four similar projects executed
by companies outside India and found the average profit margin to be 24.7%,
which, according to the Panel, would therefore justify the figure of 25%
arrived at in the draft order. The Panel having dismissed the assessee’s
objections, the draft order was made final by the A.O. on 25th
October, 2010.

 

The assessee then
filed an appeal against the assessment order before the Income Tax Appellate
Tribunal (ITAT).

 

The ITAT confirmed
the decisions of the A.O. and the DRP that the contract was indivisible. It
then went on to deal with the argument on behalf of the assessee that the
Project Office was only an auxiliary office and did not involve itself in any
core activity of business, as the accounts that were produced would show that
there was no expenditure which related to execution of the project. The ITAT
held that the arguments put forward in this respect were only by inference such
as the accounts were maintained by the assessee in India but the maintenance of
accounts was in the hands of the assessee and the mere mode of maintaining the
accounts alone could not determine the character of the PE as the role of the
PE would only be relevant to determine what kind of activities it had to carry
on. Having held thus, the ITAT found that there was a lack of material to
ascertain as to the extent to which the activities of the business were carried
on by the assessee through the Mumbai project office; and therefore it was
considered just and proper to set aside the attribution of 25% of gross revenue
earned outside India – which was attributed as income earned from the Mumbai
project office – the matter being sent back to the A.O. to ascertain profits
attributable to the Mumbai project office after examining the necessary facts.

 

An appeal from the
ITAT was filed in the High Court in Uttarakhand by the assessee. While
admitting the appeal, the High Court framed five substantial questions of law
as follows:

 

(i)   Whether, on the facts and in the
circumstances of the case, the Tribunal erred in law in holding that the
appellant had a fixed place ‘Permanent Establishment’ (PE) in India under
Article 5(1)/(2) of the Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement between India and
Korea (the Treaty), in the form of a project office in Mumbai?

 

(ii) Whether, on the facts and circumstances of the
case and in law, the finding of the Tribunal that the project office was opened
for coordination and execution of the VED project and all activities to be
carried out in relation to the said project were routed through the project
office only, is perverse inasmuch as the same is based on selective and / or
incomplete reference to the material on record, irrelevant considerations and
incorrect appreciation of the role of the project office?

 

(iii) Without prejudice, whether, on the facts and
the circumstances of the case and in law, the Tribunal erred in not holding that even if the appellant had a fixed place PE in India, no
income on account of offshore activities, i.e., the operations carried out
outside India (viz., designing, engineering, material procurement, fabrication,
transportation activities) was attributable to the said PE, instead, in setting
the issue to the file of the A.O.?

 

(iv) Without prejudice, whether, on the facts and
circumstances of the case and in law, the Tribunal erred in not holding that
even if the appellant had fixed place PE in India, no income could be brought
to tax in India since the appellant had incurred overall losses in respect of
the VED project?

 

(v)  Whether, on the facts and circumstances of the
case, the contract was divisible / distinguishable pertaining to the activities
associated with designing, fabrication and installation of platforms and, if so,
whether the activities pertaining to designing and fabrication took place in
any part of India?

 

By the impugned
judgment dated 27th December, 2013, the High Court found that the
order of the A.O. had been confirmed by the ITAT and concerned itself only with
the following question:

 

‘Can it be said
that the agreement permitted the India Taxing Authority to arbitrarily fix a
part of the revenue to the permanent establishment of the appellant in India?’

 

The High Court held
that the question as to whether the project office opened in Mumbai cannot be
said to be a ‘permanent establishment’ within the meaning of Article 5 of the
DTAA would be of no consequence. The High Court then held that there was no finding
that 25% of the gross revenue of the assessee outside India was attributable to
the business carried out by the project office of the assessee. According to
the Court, neither the A.O. nor the ITAT made any effort to bring on record any
evidence to justify this figure. That being the position, the appeal of the
assessee was allowed.

 

According to the
Supreme Court, the question as to the taxability of income attributable to a
‘permanent establishment’ set up in a fixed place in India, arising from the ‘Agreement
for avoidance of double taxation of income and the prevention of fiscal
evasion’ with the Republic of Korea (DTAA) had been raised by the Department in
the present appeal.

 

The Supreme Court
noted the relevant provisions of the DTAA and some of its own judgments which
had dealt with similar double taxation avoidance treaty provisions, namely, (i)
DIT vs. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. (2006) 284 ITR 260 (SC),
and
(ii) CIT vs. Hyundai Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. (2007) 291 ITR 482 (SC).

 

Applying the tests
laid down in the aforesaid judgments to the facts of the present case, the
Supreme Court held that profits earned by the Korean GE on supplies of
fabricated platforms could not be made attributable to its Indian PE as the
installation PE came into existence only after the transaction stood
materialised. It emerged only after the fabricated platform was delivered in
Korea to the agents of ONGC. Therefore, the profits on such supplies of
fabricated platforms could not be said to be attributable to the PE.

 

According to the
Supreme Court there was one more reason for coming to the aforesaid conclusion.
In terms of Paragraph (1) of Article 7, the profits to be taxed in the source
country were not the real profits but hypothetical profits which the PE would have
earned if it was wholly independent of the GE. Therefore, even if it was
assumed that the supplies were necessary for the purposes of installation
(activity of the PE in India) and even if it was assumed that the supplies were
an integral part, still no part of the profits on such supplies could be
attributed to the independent PE unless it was established by the Department
that the supplies were not at arm’s length price. No such taxability could
arise in the present case as the sales were directly billed to the Indian
customer (ONGC) and also as there was no allegation made by the Department that
the price at which billing was done for the supplies included any element for
services rendered by the PE.

 

The Supreme Court
therefore concluded that the profits that accrued to the Korean GE for the
Korean operations were not taxable in India.

 

The Court referred
to its decisions in Ishikawajma-Harima Heavy Industries Ltd. vs. Director
of Income Tax, Mumbai (2007) 3 SCC 481,
and E-Funds IT Solution
Inc. (2017) 399 ITR 34 (SC),
where a similar double taxation treaty
agreement entered into between Japan and India and India and the USA were
considered. The Court observed that a reading of the aforesaid judgments made
it clear that when it comes to ‘fixed place’ permanent establishments under
double taxation avoidance treaties, the condition precedent for applicability
of Article 5(1) of the double taxation treaty and the ascertainment of a
‘permanent establishment’ is that it should be an establishment ‘through which
the business of an enterprise’ is wholly or partly carried on. Further, the
profits of the foreign enterprise are taxable only where the said enterprise
carries on its core business through a permanent establishment. Besides, the
maintenance of a fixed place of business which is of a preparatory or auxiliary
character in the trade or business of the enterprise would not be considered to
be a permanent establishment under Article 5. Further, it is only so much of
the profits of the enterprise that may be taxed in the other State as is
attributable to that permanent establishment.

 

The Supreme Court
referred to the application submitted by the assessee to the RBI dated 24th
April, 2006, the Board Resolution dated 3rd April, 2006 and the RBI
approval dated 24th May, 2006 and observed that a reading of the
Board Resolution would show that the project office was established to
coordinate and execute ‘delivery documents in connection with construction of
offshore platform modification of existing facilities for ONGC’. Unfortunately,
the ITAT relied upon only the first paragraph of the Board Resolution and then
jumped to the conclusion that the Mumbai office was for coordination and
execution of the project itself. The finding, therefore, that the Mumbai office
was not a mere liaison office but was involved in the core activity of
execution of the project itself was therefore clearly perverse. Equally, when
it was pointed out that the accounts of the Mumbai office showed that no
expenditure relating to the execution of the contract was incurred, the ITAT
rejected the argument stating that as the accounts are in the hands of the
assessee and the mere mode of maintaining accounts alone cannot determine the
character of permanent establishment. This was another perverse finding which
is set aside.

 

Equally, the
finding that the onus is on the assessee and not on the Tax Authorities to
first show that the project office at Mumbai is a permanent establishment was
also incorrect. The Supreme Court further observed that though it was pointed
out to the ITAT that there were only two persons working in the Mumbai office,
neither of whom was qualified to perform any core activity of the assessee, the
ITAT chose to ignore the same. That being the case, it was clear that no
permanent establishment had been set up within the meaning of Article 5(1) of
the DTAA as the Mumbai project office could not be said to be a fixed place of
business through which the core business of the assessee was wholly or partly
carried on. The Mumbai project office, on the facts of the present case, would
fall within Article 5(4)(e) of the DTAA, inasmuch as the office was solely an
auxiliary office meant to act as a liaison office between the assessee and
ONGC.

 

The appeal against
the impugned High Court judgment was therefore dismissed by the Supreme Court.

 

2. Shiv Raj Gupta vs. Commissioner of Income Tax,
Delhi-IV
Civil Appeal No.
12044 of 2016 Date of order: 22nd
July, 2020

 

Appeal u/s 260-A – Substantial questions of
law – It is only the substantial question of law that is framed that can be
answered and no other – If some other question is to be answered, the Court
must first give notice of the same to both sides, hear them, pronounce a reasoned
order and thereafter frame another substantial question of law, which it may
then answer

 

Reasonableness of the amount paid –
Commercial expediency has to be adjudged from the point of view of the assessee
and that the Income-tax Department cannot enter into the thicket of
reasonableness of amounts paid by the assessee

 

Non-compete fees – Payment under an
agreement not to compete (negative covenant agreement) was a capital receipt
not exigible to tax till A.Y. 2003-2004 – It was only vide the Finance
Act, 2002 with effect from 1st April, 2003 that the said capital
receipt was now made taxable [see section 28(v-a)]

 

A Memorandum of
Understanding (MoU) dated 13th April, 1994 was made between the
appellant Mr. Shiv Raj Gupta, who was the Chairman and Managing Director of M/s
Central Distillery and Breweries Ltd. (CDBL), which had a unit in Meerut
manufacturing beer and Indian-Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL) and three group
companies of M/s Shaw Wallace Company Group (SWC group). The appellant, his
wife, son, daughter-in-law and two daughters were the registered holders of
1,86,109 equity shares of Rs. 10 each constituting 57.29% of the paid-up equity
share capital of CDBL listed on the Bombay and Delhi Stock Exchanges.

 

The MoU referred to
a direction of the Supreme Court which was made by an order dated 11th
March, 1994 that made it clear that the company’s manufacturing activity at the
Meerut plant was suspended until a secondary effluent treatment plant is
installed and made operative by the company. This led to the sale of this
controlling block of shares, which was sold at the price of Rs. 30 per share
(when the listed market price of the share was only Rs. 3 per share). It was
stated in the said MoU that the entire sale consideration of Rs. 55,83,270 had
since been paid by the SWC group to Mr. Gupta as a result of which he has
irrevocably handed over physical possession, management and control of the said
brewery and distillery of CDBL to a representative of the SWC group on 10th
February, 1994.

 

By a Deed of
Covenant dated 13th April, 1994, Mr. Gupta gave a restrictive
covenant to and in favour of the SWC group for not carrying on directly or
indirectly any manufacturing or marketing activities whatsoever relating to
IMFL or beer for a period of ten years from the date of the agreement for the
consideration of a non-competition fee to be paid to him by SWC.

 

But the A.O. held,
by an order dated 31st March, 1998, that despite the fact that the
appellant owned a concern, namely, M/s Maltings Ltd., which also manufactured
IMFL, being a loss-making concern, no real competition could be envisaged
between a giant, namely, the SWC group and this loss-making dwarf, as a result of
which the huge amount paid under the Deed of Covenant could not be said to be
an amount paid in respect of a restrictive covenant as to non-competition. It
was further held that the son of the appellant was not paid any such
non-compete fee or amount despite the fact that he also resigned from his
position as Joint Managing Director. It was also held that this was a lump sum
payment with no reason as to why such a huge amount of Rs. 6.6 crores was being
paid. It was also found that there was no penalty clause to enforce the
performance of obligations under the aforesaid Deed of Covenant, as a result of
which, applying the judgment in McDowell & Co. Ltd. vs. CTO (1985) 3
SCC 230,
the Deed of Covenant was held to be a colourable device to
evade tax payable u/s 28(ii)(a) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. As a result
thereof, this amount was then brought to tax under the aforesaid provision.

 

An appeal to the
Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals) was dismissed. When it came before the
Appellate Tribunal, the Learned Accountant Member (A.M.) differed with the
learned Judicial Member (J.M.). The A.M. held that the two deeds would have to
be read separately and that Revenue cannot challenge the business perception of
the assessee. Further, it was held that there was no colourable device involved
and that, as a result, the non-compete fee payable under the Deed of Covenant
was not taxable u/s 28(ii)(a) or any other provision of the Act. The J.M., on
the other hand, substantially agreed with the A.O., as a result of which he
decided in favour of the Revenue.

 

A reference was
then made to a third member, who was also a Judicial Member. This Member
emphasised the fact that a share worth Rs. 3 was sold for Rs. 30 under the MoU
as a result of transfer of control of the CDBL. It cannot be said that these
shares have been undervalued, neither can it be said that there was any
collusion or other sham transaction, as a result of which the amount of Rs. 6.6
crores has escaped income tax. He pointed out that by a letter dated 2nd
April, 1994, a ‘penalty clause’ was provided for, in that, out of the amount
received by the assessee, a sum of Rs. 3 crores was to be deposited with the
SWC group for two years under a public deposit scheme, it being made clear that
in case there is any breach of the terms of the MoU resulting in loss, the
amount of such loss will be deducted from this deposit. The result, therefore,
was that the appeal stood allowed by a majority of 2:1 in the Appellate
Tribunal.

 

The Revenue
preferred an appeal u/s 260-A to the High Court. In its grounds of appeal, the
Revenue framed the substantial questions of law that arose in the matter as
follows:

A)  Whether the ITAT has correctly interpreted the
provisions of section 28(ii) of the Income-tax Act, 1961?

B)  Whether the ITAT was correct in holding that
the receipt of Rs. 6.6 crores by the respondent / assessee as non-compete fee
was a capital receipt u/s 28(iv) of the Act and not a revenue receipt as
envisaged in section 28(ii)?

C)  Whether the ITAT failed to distinguish between
the nature of capital and the nature of benefit in the commercial sense in
respect of the amount of Rs. 6.6 crores received in view of the restrictive
Deed of Covenant dated 13th April, 1994?

D)  Whether the Judicial Member of the ITAT was
correct in recording his difference of opinion that the receipt of Rs. 6.6
crores by the respondent / assessee was actually a colourable exercise to evade
tax and the same was held to be taxable u/s 28(ii)?

 

By the impugned
judgment of the Division Bench of the Delhi High Court dated 22nd
December, 2014, the Division Bench framed the following substantial question of
law:

 

‘Whether, on the
facts and in the circumstances of the case, the amount of Rs. 6.6 crores
received by the assessee from SWC is on account of handing over management and
control of CDBL (which were earlier under the management and control of the
assessee) to SWC as terminal benefit and is taxable u/s 28(ii) or the same is
exempt as capital receipt being non-competition fee by executing Deed of
Covenant?’

 

After going through
the MoU and the Deed of Covenant, both dated 13th April, 1994, and
extensively referring to the order of the A.O. dated 31st March,
1998, the High Court agreed with the A.O. and the first J.M. of the Appellate
Tribunal, stating that the Deed of Covenant could not be read as a separate
document and was not in its real avatar a non-compete fee at all. However, in
its ultimate conclusion, disagreeing with the A.O. and the minority judgment of
the Tribunal, the High Court went on to state that the said sum of Rs. 6.6
crores could not be brought to tax u/s 28(ii)(a), but would have to be treated
as a taxable capital gain in the hands of the appellant, being part of the full
value of the sale consideration paid for transfer of shares.

 

On an appeal by the
appellant, the Supreme Court observed that the bone of contention was whether
the said Deed of Covenant could be said to contain a restrictive covenant as a
result of which payment was made to the appellant, or whether it was in fact
part of a sham transaction which, in the guise of being a separate Deed of
Covenant, was really in the nature of payment received by the appellant as
compensation for terminating his management of CDBL, in which case it would be
taxable u/s 28(ii)(a) of the Act.

 

The learned counsel
appearing on behalf of the appellant inter alia raised as a preliminary
submission the fact that u/s 260-A it is only the substantial question of law
that is framed that can be answered and no other. If some other question is to
be answered, the Court must first give notice of the same to both sides, hear
them, pronounce a reasoned order and thereafter frame another substantial
question of law, which it may then answer. This procedure had not been followed
in the present case as it was clear that the substantial question of law framed
did not contain within it the question as to whether the assessee could be
taxed outside the provisions of section 28(ii)(a). The entire judgment was,
therefore, vitiated and must be set aside on this ground alone.

 

After hearing both
the sides, the Supreme Court was of the view that the appeal had to succeed
first on the preliminary ground raised by the counsel for the appellant.

 

The Supreme Court
after noting the provisions of Section 260A observed that the said provision,
being modelled on a similar provision that is contained in section 100 of the
Code of Civil Procedure, makes it clear that the High Court’s jurisdiction
depends upon a substantial question of law being involved in the appeal before
it. First and foremost, it shall formulate that question and on the question so
formulated, the High Court may then pronounce judgment, either by answering the
question in the affirmative or negative or by stating that the case at hand
does not involve any such question. If the High Court wishes to hear the appeal
on any other substantial question of law not formulated by it, it may, for
reasons to be recorded, formulate and hear such questions if it is satisfied
that the case involves such question [Section 260-A(4)]. Under sub-section (6),
the High Court may also determine any issue which, though raised, has not been
determined by the Appellate Tribunal or has been wrongly determined by the
Appellate Tribunal by reason of a decision on a substantial question of law
raised.

 

The Court referred
to its judgments in Kshitish Chandra Purkait vs. Santosh Kumar Purkait
(1997) 5 SCC 438, Dnyanoba Bhaurao Shemade vs. Maroti Bhaurao Marnor (1999) 2
SCC 471
(see paragraph 10) and Biswanath Ghosh vs. Gobinda Ghosh
(2014) 11 SCC 605
(paragraph 16) in the context of the provisions of
section 100 of the Code and, noting its provisions, observed that the
substantial question of law that was raised by the High Court did not contain
any question as to whether the non-compete fee could be taxed under any
provision other than section 28(ii)(a). Without giving an opportunity to the
parties followed by reasons for framing any other substantial question of law
as to the taxability of such amount as a capital receipt in the hands of the
assessee, the High Court answered the substantial question of law treating Rs.
6.60 crores as consideration paid for sale of shares, rather than a payment u/s
28(ii)(a) of the Act.

    

According to the
Supreme Court, without any recorded reasons and without framing any substantial
question of law on whether the said amount could be taxed under any other
provision of the Act, the High Court had gone ahead and held that the amount of
Rs. 6.6 crores received by the assessee was part of the full value of sale
consideration paid for the transfer of shares – and not for handing over
management and control of CDBL, and was consequently not taxable u/s 28(ii)(a).
Nor was it exempt as a capital receipt being non-compete fee, as it was taxable
as a capital gain in the hands of the respondent-assessee as part of the full
value of sale consideration paid for transfer of shares. The Court held that
this finding was contrary to the provisions of section 260-A(4), requiring the
judgment to be set aside on this score.

 

The Supreme Court
thereafter also dealt with the merits of the findings given by the High Court.
In paragraph 22, the High Court had found as under:

 

‘22. …No doubt,
market price of each share was only Rs. 3 per share and the purchase price
under the MOU was Rs. 30, but the total consideration received was merely about
Rs. 56 lakhs. What was allegedly paid as non-compete fee was ten times more,
i.e., Rs. 6.60 crores. The figure per se does not appear to be a
realistic payment made on account of non-compete fee, de hors and
without reference to sale of shares, loss of management and control of CDBL.
The assessee had attributed an astronomical sum as payment toward non-compete
fee, unconnected with the sale of shares and hence not taxable. Noticeably, the
price received for sale of shares it is accepted was taxable as capital gain.
The contention that quoted price of each share was mere Rs. 3 only, viz., price
as declared of Rs. 30 is fallacious and off-beam. The argument of the assessee
suffers from a basic and fundamental flaw which is conspicuous and evident.’

 

The Supreme Court
held that the aforesaid finding was contrary to the settled law. A catena of
judgments has held that commercial expediency has to be adjudged from the point
of view of the assessee and that the Income-tax Department cannot enter into the
thicket of reasonableness of amounts paid by the assessee. The Court referred
to its judgments in CIT vs. Walchand & Co. (1967) 3 SCR 214, J.K.
Woollen Manufacturers vs. CIT (1969) 1 SCR 525, CIT vs. Panipat Woollen &
General Mills Co. Ltd. (1976) 2 SCC 5, Shahzada Nand & Sons vs. CIT (1977)
3 SCC 432,
and S.A. Builders Ltd. vs. CIT (2007) 1 SCC 781.

 

It affirmed the
view taken by the Delhi High Court in CIT vs. Dalmia Cement (B) Ltd.
(2002) 254 ITR 377 (Del)]
that once it is established that there was
nexus between the expenditure and the purpose of the business (which need not
necessarily be the business of the assessee itself), the Revenue cannot
justifiably claim to put itself in the armchair of the businessman or in the
position of the Board of Directors and assume the role of deciding how much is
reasonable expenditure having regard to the circumstances of the case. No
businessman can be compelled to maximise his profit. The Income Tax Authorities
must put themselves in the shoes of the assessee and see how a prudent
businessman would act. They must not look at the matter from their own
viewpoint but that of a prudent businessman. As already stated above, we have
to see the transfer of the borrowed funds to a sister concern from the point of
view of commercial expediency and not from the point of view whether the amount
was advanced for earning profits.

    

The Court noted
that the same principle had also been cited with approval by its judgment in Hero
Cycles (P) Ltd. vs. CIT (2015) 16 SCC 359.

 

According to the
Supreme Court, the High Court’s next finding in paragraph 56 was based on the
judgment in Vodafone International Holdings B.V. vs. Union of India (UOI)
and Ors.,
which was as follows:

 

‘56. In view of the
aforesaid discussion and our findings on the true and real nature of the
transaction camouflaged as “non-compete fee”, we have no hesitation and
reservation that the respondent-assessee had indulged in abusive tax
avoidance.’

 

To this, the
Supreme Court reiterated that the majority judgment of the Appellate Tribunal
had correctly found that:

 

(i)  A share of the face value of Rs. 10 and market
value of Rs. 3 was sold for Rs. 30 as a result of control premium having to be
paid.

 

(ii) It is important to note that each member of the
family was paid for his / her shares in the company, the lion’s share being
paid to the assessee’s son and wife as they held the most number of shares
within the said family.

 

(iii) The non-compete fee of Rs. 6.6 crores was paid
only to the assessee. This was for the reason stated in the Deed of Covenant,
namely, that Mr. Shiv Raj Gupta had acquired considerable knowledge, skill,
expertise and specialisation in the liquor business. There is no doubt that on
facts he has been Chairman and Managing Director of CDBL for a period of about
35 years; that he also owned a concern, namely, M/s Maltings Ltd., which
manufactured and sold IMFL and beer and that he was the President of the
All-India Distilleries Association and the H.P. Distilleries Association.

 

(iv) It is further recorded in the judgment of the
A.M. that the amount of Rs. 6.6 crores was arrived at as a result of
negotiations between the SWC group and the appellant.

 

(v) That the restrictive covenant for a period of
ten years resulted in the payment of Rs. 66 lakhs per year so that the
appellant ‘…will not start or engage himself, directly or indirectly, or
provide any service, assistance or support of any nature, whatsoever, to or in
relation to the manufacturing, dealing and supplying or marketing of IMFL and /
or beer.’ Given the personal expertise of the assessee, the perception of the
SWC group was that he could either start a rival business or engage himself in
a rival business, which would include manufacturing and marketing of IMFL and
beer at which he was an old hand, having experience of 35 years.

 

(vi) As was correctly held by the
second J.M., it was also clear that the withholding of Rs. 3 crores out of Rs.
6.6 crores for a period of two years by way of a public deposit with the SWC
group for the purpose of deduction of any loss on account of any breach of the
MoU, was akin to a penalty clause, making it clear thereby that there was no
colourable device involved in having two separate agreements for two entirely
separate and distinct purposes.

 

According to the Supreme
Court, the reasons given by the A.O. and the minority judgment of the Appellate
Tribunal were all reasons which transgressed the lines drawn by the judgments
cited, which state that the Revenue has no business to second-guess commercial
or business expediency of what parties at arm’s length decide for each other.
For example, stating that there was no rationale behind the payment of Rs. 6.6
crores and that the assessee was not a probable or perceptible threat or
competitor to the SWC group, was the perception of the A.O., which could not
take the place of business reality from the point of view of the assessee. The
fact that M/s Maltings Ltd. had incurred a loss in the previous year was again
neither here nor there. It may in future be a direct threat to the SWC group
and may turn around and make profits in future years.

 

Besides, M/s
Maltings Ltd. was only one concern of the assessee – it was the assessee’s
expertise in this field on all counts that was the threat perception of the SWC
group which cannot be second-guessed by the Revenue. Equally, the fact that
there was no penalty clause for violation of the Deed of Covenant had been
found to be incorrect given the letter dated 2nd April, 1994. The
fact that the respondent-assessee in his letter dated 26th March,
1998 in reply to the show cause notice had stated that the SWC group had gained
substantial commercial advantage by the purchase of shares in CDBL as the
turnover increased from Rs. 9.79 crores in the accounting period ending 31st
March, 1991 to Rs. 45.17 crores in the accounting period ending 31st March,
1997, was again neither here nor there. As a matter of fact, the SWC group, due
to its own advertisement and marketing efforts, may well have reached this
figure after a period of six years (the date 30th September, 1995
was wrongly recorded by the High Court in paragraph 19 – the correct date as per the letter dated 26th
March, 1998 was 31st March, 1991).

    

Lastly, the Supreme
Court referred to its judgment in Guffic Chem (P) Ltd. vs. CIT (2011) 4
SCC 254
wherein it was held that a payment under an agreement not to
compete (negative covenant agreement) was a capital receipt not exigible to tax
till A.Y. 2003-2004. It was only vide the Finance Act, 2002 with effect from 1st
April, 2003 that the said capital receipt was made taxable [see section
28(v-a)]. The Finance Act, 2002 itself indicated that during the relevant
assessment year compensation received by the assessee under non-competition
agreement was a capital receipt, not taxable under the 1961 Act. It became
taxable only with effect from 1st April, 2003.

 

The Supreme Court,
following its aforesaid decision, therefore allowed the appeal and set aside
the impugned judgment of the High Court.

FROM THE PRESIDENT

My Dear Members,

As I
sit to write this, the India Meteorological Department (IMD) has announced that
the city recorded 3,680 mm of rain, the second-highest total since 1958 (3,760
mm)! The downpour in the penultimate week of September was the heaviest spell
this season, causing severe disruption of life.

 

This
coincided with a ‘stormy’ monsoon session of Parliament which also set a new
mark of productivity. In one of the shortest sessions in history due to
Covid-19, Parliament approved 25 bills in ten days, although it was ‘stormy’
because of protests by opposition parties. Parliament clocked 167% productivity
in the session – the highest in its history! Among the key bills passed were
the Labour Code Bills, the Foreign Contribution (Regulation)
Amendment Bill, 2020 (FCRA)
, and The Banking Regulation (Amendment)
Bill.

 

The
three Labour Code Bills are crucial second-generation reforms to improve the
ease of doing business and make the Indian labour market competitive to realise
the ‘Make in India’ dream. The Bills are designed to protect the interests of
the workers and ensure compliance. Its success will need to be assessed in the
context of the Indian economy’s recovery from the impact of the current
pandemic.

 

As
for the FCRA Bill, 2020, NGOs are a vital and important element of civil
society. Many of them implement and monitor the Government’s welfare policies,
operating at the grassroots level where the official apparatus is often
non-existent. No doubt the NGOs need to be transparent about their finances,
sources of funding, etc. The provisions such as details of spends on
administration, restricting inter-NGO money transfers and funding to be routed
through a specified bank branch suggest too much micro-managing and would affect
the social objective which is the biggest requirement of the hour.

 

Coming
to co-operative banks, so far they have been under the dual control of
co-operative societies as well as the RBI. Now, to protect the interests of
depositors, the Lok Sabha passed an amendment to the Banking Regulation Act to
bring co-operative banks under the supervision of the RBI. The Bill seeks to
strengthen co-operative banks by increasing their professionalism, enabling
access to capital, improving governance and ensuring sound banking. The RBI
will also be able undertake a scheme of amalgamation or reconstruction of a
co-operative bank without placing it under moratorium. This would go a long way
in bringing much needed stability of the co-operatives under single window monitoring.

 

The BCAS
has made various representations individually and also jointly with other
sister organisations to address difficulties faced in compliances and for
extension of due dates. The same are reported elsewhere in this Journal.
Normally, we favour adhering to the original time lines of the compliances and
generally abstain from representations for extension of due dates. But the
current situation is an extraordinary one and the BCAS realised the
difficulties faced by small and medium-sized practitioners in adapting to the
requirements. We expect a favourable response from the Government. However, may
I appeal to the members to complete the compliances to the extent possible,
without waiting for any extensions.

 

In
September, our Taxation Committee released its first publication on ‘Income
Tax Settlement Commission – A Practical Guide’.
It is an excellent law and
practice guide on a specialised subject with FAQs. Similarly, the Corporate and
Commercial Laws Committee released its twin handbook publications on ‘All
about Startups and all about MSMEs’
together with their E-versions. The
publications will be of tremendous use for professionals and also for the
business units in that category for practical aspects with FAQs. I am thankful
to all the authors and contributors. Both the publications are available for
sale with the BCAS.

 

October
is the month of Navaratri. I wish all of you a Happy Navaratri and good wishes
for Dussehra.

Best Regards,

 

 

Suhas
Paranjpe

President

LETTER TO THE EDITOR

Referring to the Editorial in the BCAJ Journal of September, 2021, reader Chinmaya has sent the following mail:

Great article, Raman (WHY INDIA SHOULDN’T JUST AIM TO BE A $5 T ECONOMY) about why Indians succeed more outside of India… agree on everything you have outlined. ‘Hatred for business’ is something we really need to talk about and celebrate ‘good businesses’ as role models, including assessing their impact on the people and on society. Is it possible to do a good job, earn a fair wage and advance and can it be that simple…? Yes, it can.

How many managers and members of the C-suite are really good ‘leaders’? I do feel leadership training and leading with a human element allows for a good environment for all hardworking and talented individuals to succeed, especially Indians, who benefit from great mentorship and fair opportunity in addition to professional qualifications and hard work, the latter two of which we do have in India, too, but the first two are not always there!

I will be very proud when we can bridge this ‘small’ gap… Then we will soar!!!

– Chinmaya Thakore, Canada

SOCIETY NEWS

BOOK REVIEW

HARSH REALITIES – THE MAKING OF MARICO

Authors: Harsh Mariwala and Ram Charan

Reviewed by Raman Jokhakar, Chartered Accountant

The unique cover of the book strikes you when you first hold it in your hands. It’s a transparent plastic jacket where part of the title is printed on the plastic jacket and part on the hardbound cover. ‘Transparency. Always. The very basis of my life. My work’ writes Mr. Mariwala on the second cover. And that is what the book is really about. The wordplay of the title – mixing maker with Marico – makes the book more enticing for the reader.

I was delighted to one day receive an email from Mr. Harsh Mariwala (HM) mentioning about the release of his book and requesting my address to send it. He had graced the BCAS Annual Day celebrations as the Guest Speaker on 6th July, 2016 when my term as the President of the Society was coming to a close. In his email he described (t)his book as: ‘It encapsulates my journey, the challenges I faced, the risks I took and learnings from not only my successes but, more importantly, my failures. It is meant for entrepreneurs, business leaders, professionals & students who will relate to the Marico story, and the learnings therein.’ I was delighted to request him to sign and send the book, to make it a collectable although I would have loved to buy it and have the author sign it in person if it were not for the Covid times.

The book is divided into 21 chapters and has more than 200 pages. It tells the tale of ‘what determines success’, ‘scaling up’, ‘about failing’, ‘creating right to win on a perpetual basis’ and not only building a business but ‘impetus to give back to the society. To make a difference.’ In other words, almost everything one would dream of going through in one’s lifetime.

The book is co-authored by his coach Ram Charan, who summarises, analyses, unpacks, distils the wisdom at the end of the chapters.

Like most businesses around the world, Marico had roots in a large joint family business that was cohesive and bonded. Although HM was amongst the eight boys of his generation and eldest grandson of the senior-most Mariwala, he and other cousins felt difficulties in realising their business aspirations within the model created by the previous generations. They sat down and decided to carve out the family business of Bombay Oil Mills into subsidiaries where they could find space for their vision and aspirations. A great process to amicably split yet stay tied, and chart one’s own course…

We all know that some Marico brands are household names in India for a few generations now. Those who grew up in the 1990s know of the strong buzz Marico advertisements created, through shock, attention-gripping commercials.

Although I cannot write about everything nor summarise all chapters, I have tried to share the juice from important themes and key learnings. An important chapter that grabbed my attention was about hunting for talent. How to be a gravitational power that would attract the best, make the organisation that would survive him. HM shares how a Chief HR Officer was his first acquisition target. The chapter chronicles hiring people who knew much more than he did. He notes that this strategy paid off when Marico’s turnover grew from Rs. 80 crores to Rs. 648 crores in ten years from 1990 to 2000, giving a CAGR of 24%.

The chapter on Shared Vision and Unique Culture covers setting the tone across the organisation. HM was particularly influenced by reading stories of successful companies and biographies of well-regarded business leaders. The lessons from those stories he MARinated with his own thoughts and crafted the core beliefs of the company which eventually took shape as 3Ps – People, Products and Profits. It is fascinating that ideas of Dharma from Bharatiya ethos moved through these ideas. I remember having visited HM’s office and seeing Sanskrit verses etched on the walls of the passageway leading to his office. The author shares in detail the principles and practices of Marico and how it went on to spot the gaps between values and practices to ensure that its people walked the talk. A 5E model of continuous improvement was set up to sustain and enhance culture, which consists of Educate, Engage, Enable, Evaluate, and Evolve. In short, culture is taken as a competitive advantage and a force that drives decisions, actions and behaviour on a perpetual basis.

The middle section of the book walks you through the brass tacks of transformation, challenges… and growth. Inspiring stories one would love to read: of building brands like Parachute (the most copied) and Saffola; of agony of family separation, and Organising for Growth and Scaling (Marico’s Rs. 236-crore market cap in 1996 multiplied 190 times by 2020). The episode of Hindustan Lever (HL) wanting to take over Marico is full of movie material where Dadiseth threatened to turn Marico into history if HM didn’t sell out. This was the time when Coca Cola had bought Thums Up. But how nimbleness and strategy worked for Marico is to be read from the book (and not here) when post the war for market, Parachute came out stronger against the giant HL, gaining 4% additional market share to 52%, Marico gaining better strategic health and reputation. An important lesson that must be pointed out is about having a coach in Prof. Ram Charan at various stages. The ideas of building a brand extension in Saffola and making it suit Indian taste buds make some obvious yet innovative stories where western breakfast brands have not clicked. The overseas expansion theme has several anecdotes where Marico captures 82% market share in Bangladesh, and where the Unilever director wants to put their soaps in shops that sold Parachute although Unilever were in Dhaka since the 1800s.

The chapter on managing the capital markets is particularly ingenious. About splitting the Kaya business out, to having cartoons along with newspaper reports and keeping cheeky humour alongside reporting on performance. HM’s approach to using Board and governance as a competitive advantage where he would pre-empt practices before they were mandated by law. HM selected competencies and then selected Board members who fit the bill.

Imagine a company that reached a value of Rs. 25,000 crores in 25 years and its scrip outperforming the FMCG index had to plan for the most contentious challenge – the future leadership where the founder had to give up the ‘cocaine’. A chapter deals with how the founder had to find people who had foresight, competencies, were steeped in organisational culture and purpose and who would enhance profitability, respect and growth. A tall order! HM did step back while handing over the hot seat to a non-family professional to assume that responsibility. This, in the words of the author, was the toughest call he had to make. The last two of three chapters take one through purpose beyond profit and personal social responsibility. Of numerous initiatives and investments. The final chapter lists out Milestones and Maxims that I would like you to read in the book. A rich list coming straight out of rich, wide and deep experience.

After reading the book, which is an easy read, one feels like having gone through a live life story of a man, his endeavours and a business. As HM writes in the end about his perpetual quest to do more, BE more and make a difference. The takeaways from the book are countless like the shades in a rainbow, and enlighten every reader, no matter which station of life she is at. By the time you reach the end of the book, you will get a feeling of your mind opening a bit more, just like a parachute which works only when open!

REGULATORY REFERENCER

DIRECT TAX

1. Extension of due dates for filing various forms CBDT has extended the time limit for filing applications for registration of trusts u/s 10(23C)/11/80G, electronic filing of Form No. 15CC, Equalization Levy Statement in Form No. 1, Form No. 15CC, uploading of declaration received in Form No. 15G/15H, Form No. 10BBB, Form 3CEAC, Form 3CEAD, Form 3CEAE and Form II SWF due to difficulties faced by the assessees in electronic filing of Forms and non-availability of the utility for e-filing of Forms. [Circular 16 of 2021 dated 29th August, 2021.]

2. CBDT under Direct Tax Vivad se Vishwas Act, 2020 extended the last date of payment of the amount (without any additional amount) to 30th September, 2021. [Notification No. 94 of 2021 dated 31st August, 2021.]

3. Insertion of Rule 9D – Income-tax (25th Amendment) Rules, 2021 The Finance Act, 2021 amended section 10(11) and section 10(12) to provide that exemption shall not be available for the interest income accrued during the previous year on the recognised and statutory provident fund account of the person to the extent it relates to the contribution made by the employee in excess of Rs. 2,50,000 / Rs. 5,00,000 in the previous year.

The CBDT has inserted Rule 9D to calculate the taxable amount of interest relating to the contribution made to a statutory or a recognised provident fund in excess of the threshold limit. [Notification No. 95 of 2021 dated 31st August, 2021.]

4. Insertion of Rule 26D and Form No. 12BBA – Income-tax (26th Amendment) Rules, 2021 – A senior citizen proposing to claim benefit of section 194P shall furnish a declaration in Form No. 12BBA in paper form to the specified bank. On furnishing the declaration, the specified bank will compute the total income of such senior citizen after considering the deduction allowable under Chapter VI-A and rebate allowable u/s 87A. The specified bank will deduct income-tax on the total income so computed at the rates in force. The specified bank shall properly maintain the declaration and the evidence furnished by the senior citizen and shall make available the same to the PCCIT or CCIT as and when required. [Notification No. 99 of 2021 dated 2nd September, 2021.]

5. Insertion of Rule 14C – Income-tax (27th Amendment) Rules, 2021 To ease the process of authentication of electronic records under the Faceless Assessment Regime, CBDT has provided that the persons who are mandatorily required to authenticate electronic records by digital signature shall be deemed to have authenticated the electronic records when they submit the record through their registered account in the Income-tax Department’s portal. [Notification No. 101 of 2021 dated 6th September, 2021.]

6. Extension of due dates for filing Income tax returns and various audit reports for A.Y. 2021-22 The due date of filing return of income, Tax Audit Report, Transfer Pricing Audit Report and filing revised / belated return for A.Y. 2021-22 was extended vide Circular No. 9/2021 dated 20th May, 2021, which is now further extended. [Circular 17 of 2021 dated 9th September, 2021.]

COMPANY LAW

I. COMPANIES ACT, 2013

1. MCA amends norms relating to creation and maintenance of databank of Independent Directors (IDs) MCA has notified the Companies (Creation and Maintenance of databank of Independent Directors) Second Amendment Rules, 2021. A new Rule 6 has been inserted requiring the Institute to submit an annual report on the capacity-building of IDs within 60 days from the end of every financial year to every individual whose name is included in the databank and also to every company in which such individual is appointed as an ID in prescribed format. [Notification No. S.O. 3406(E), dated 19th August, 2021.]

2. MCA issues FAQs on various issues concerning Corporate Social Responsibility The FAQs have been broadly classified into topics such as (a) Applicability of CSR, (b) CSR Framework, (c) CSR Expenditure, (d) CSR Activities, (e) CSR Implementation, (f) Ongoing Project, (g) Treatment of Unspent CSR Amount, (h) CSR Enforcement, (i) Impact Assessment, and (j) CSR Reporting & Disclosure. [General Circular No. 14 /2021, dated 25th August, 2021.]

II. SEBI

3. SEBI revises format for disclosure of shareholding pattern of promoters and promoter group entities In the interest of transparency for investors, SEBI has revised the format for disclosure of shareholding pattern. Consequently, all listed entities shall henceforth provide shareholding, segregated into promoter(s) and promoter group. At present, the shareholdings of promoter(s) and promoter group entities are collectively disclosed showing shareholding pattern of the promoter and promoter group. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/CFD/CMD/CIR/P/2021/616, dated 13th August, 2021.]

4. SEBI asks depositories to create, host, and maintain a system using ‘Distributed Ledger Technology’ In order to strengthen the process of security creation, monitoring of security created, monitoring of asset cover and covenants of the non-convertible securities, SEBI has asked depositories to create, host, and maintain a system using the distributed ledger technology. The new system shall come into effect from 1st April, 2022. However, testing of the system shall start from 1st January, 2022. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/MIRSD/MIRSD_CRADT/CIR/P/2021/618, dated 13th August, 2021.]

5. SEBI notifies single regulations on Share-Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity The market regulator, SEBI, has merged SEBI (Issue of Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2002 and SEBI (Share-Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014 into a single regulation called SEBI (Share-Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021. The new Regulation has provided flexibility in switching the administration of their schemes from the trust route to the direct route and vice versa. [Notification No. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2021/40, dated 13th August, 2021.]

6. SEBI specifies additional penalty for repeated delivery default In order to put in place a sufficient deterrent mechanism to handle instances of repeated delivery defaults, SEBI has stated that in the case of a ‘Repeated Default’ by a seller or a buyer, an extra penalty of 3% of the total value of the delivery default will be imposed. Here, the term ‘Repeated Default’ shall be defined as an event wherein a default on delivery obligations takes place three times or more during a six-month period on a rolling basis. The penalty levied on ‘Repeated Default’ shall be transferred to the Settlement Guarantee Fund (SGF) of the Clearing Corporation. However, the Circular shall be effective after one month from the date of its issuance. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2021/619, dated 17th August, 2021.]

7. SEBI requires depositories to use distributed ledger technology to monitor security creation SEBI has asked depositories to use blockchain technology to record and monitor security creation as well as covenants of non-convertible securities. Distributed ledger technology has the potential to provide a more resilient system than traditional centralised databases. It offers better protection against different types of cyberattacks. The move is aimed at strengthening the process of security creation and monitoring of security created, asset cover and covenants of non-convertible securities. [Press Release No. 26/2021 dated 25th August, 2021.]

8. AMCs must disclose ‘risk-o-meter’ of scheme while disclosing its performance In order to enhance the quality of disclosure w.r.t. risk and performance, SEBI has asked AMCs to disclose the ‘risk-o-meter’ of the scheme wherever the performance of the scheme is disclosed and the ‘risk-o-meter’ of the scheme and benchmark wherever the performance of the scheme vis-a-vis that of the benchmark is disclosed. The provisions of this Circular shall be applicable with effect from 1st October, 2021. However, AMCs may choose to adopt the provisions of this Circular before the effective date. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/IMD/IMD-II DOF3/P/CIR/2021/621, dated 31st August, 2021.]

9. SEBI asks investors to link PAN with Aadhaar before 30th September, 2021 SEBI has asked investors to link their PAN with Aadhaar by 30th September, 2021 for continual and smooth transactions in the securities market. As per CBDT Notification GSR 112(E) dated 13th February, 2020, the PAN of a person allotted as on 1st July, 2017 shall become inoperative if it is not linked with Aadhaar by 30th September, 2021 or any other date specified by CBDT. SEBI has also asked market intermediaries to ensure compliance of the said Notification. [Press Release 27/2021, dated 3rd September, 2021.]

FEMA

(i) Amendment in rate of interest on advance payment under export regulations Where an exporter receives advance payment with interest from a buyer / third party named in the export declaration made by the exporter, outside India, the exporter shall be under an obligation to ensure that the rate of interest payable on the advance payment does not exceed London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR) + 100 basis points. This rate has now been amended to include any other applicable benchmark as may be directed by the RBI. No direction has yet been provided by the RBI in this matter. [Notification F. No. FEMA 23(R)/(5)/2021-RB, dated 8th September, 2021.]

MISCELLANEA

I. World News

1 US-Australia submarine deal: What are the risks?

The US decision to sell nuclear-powered submarines to Australia has put at risk longstanding but fragile global pacts to prevent the proliferation of dangerous nuclear technologies, according to experts.

The deal killed a previous French agreement to sell non-nuclear subs to Australia and radically bolsters Canberra’s ability to project military power across the Asia-Pacific region.

But will it encourage other countries to freely sell their nuclear technology, potentially expanding the number of countries who can build nuclear weapons?

Australia had originally sought conventional diesel-powered French submarines, which are more easily detected and must rise to the surface every few days to recharge their batteries.

Nuclear-powered submarines can spend weeks on end beneath the surface, travelling long distances undetected, only limited by stocks of food and water for the crew, generally a maximum of three months.

The submarines used by the US Navy, and also the British, who are part of the deal with Australia, use highly-enriched uranium, or HEU, enriched to a level of 93%. At that level the submarines can run for 30 years without new fuel.

But that is also the same level of uranium concentration necessary for a powerful nuclear weapon.

One of the key worries about nuclear proliferation is that weapons-grade HEU cold fall into the hands of a rogue state or terror group, said Alan Kuperman, coordinator of the Nuclear Proliferation Prevention Project at University of Texas at Austin.

‘The most likely path to such a bomb would be for an adversary to divert or steal one of the two required nuclear explosives, plutonium or highly-enriched uranium, from a non-weapons purpose like reactor fuel,’ Kuperman wrote on the Breaking Defense news site.

US Navy ships ‘use about 100 nuclear bombs’ worth of HEU each year, more than all of the world’s other reactors combined,’ he said.

Only six countries – the United States, Britain, France, China, India and Russia – have nuclear-powered submarines. Countries have been cautious about allowing the spread of the technology and the fuel.

For James Acton of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, the US sale to Australia is a disturbing precedent.

He noted that under the 1970 Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, countries that do not have nuclear weapons are not prohibited from acquiring nuclear-powered submarines and, if they wanted, could remove the nuclear material from the watercraft.

‘This is a huge loophole,’ Acton wrote on Twitter.

‘I’m not particularly concerned that Australia will acquire nuclear weapons. I am concerned that other states will use this precedent to exploit a serious potential loophole in the global non-proliferation regime,’ he said.

Daryl Kimball of the Arms Control Association said the US sale ‘compromises’ Washington’s own non-proliferation principles.

’It has a corrosive effect on the rules-based international order,’ he told AFP.

White House spokeswoman Jen Psaki insisted that the United States is still committed to non-proliferation, calling the sale to Australia ‘an exceptional case, not a precedent-setting case.’

But experts call it risky.

The US-Australia deal ‘could well open a Pandora’s Box of proliferation,’ said Tariq Rauf, the former head of verification at the International Atomic Energy Agency, which helps enforce nuclear agreements.

He said it could encourage non-nuclear weapons countries like Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Saudi Arabia or South Korea to buy nuclear submarines that could give them weapons-grade fuel.

Hans Kristensen of the Federation of American Scientists worries there could be a snowball effect of proliferation.

After the US-Australia deal, he told AFP, ‘Russia could potentially increase supply of such technology to India, China could potentially provide naval reactor technology to Pakistan or others, and Brazil might see an easier way forward on its troubled domestic submarine reactor project.’

Experts say a somewhat safer alternative could be for Australia to obtain nuclear submarines that use low-enriched uranium (LEU).

LEU is enriched to a level of less than 20% uranium, a grade used in nuclear power plants.

In submarines, it has to be replaced every ten years, in a dangerous and difficult process.

That has not deterred the use of the technology by navies in France and China. The US Navy has been pressured to shift to LEU, but has yet to do so.

(Source: International Business Times – By Sylvie Lanteaume – 21st September, 2021)

II. Economy

2 OECD marginally lowers India’s F.Y.22 growth projection to 9.7%

The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) has marginally lowered India’s growth projection for the on-going fiscal year to 9.7%, a reduction of 20 basis points (bps), and to 7.9% for the next financial year, down 30 bps from its May forecast, citing pandemic risks.

The inter-governmental economic organisation with 38 member nations had slashed India’s F.Y.22 growth forecast to 9.9% in May from 12.6% estimated in March, as the second Covid-19 wave impacted recovery.

‘The risk of lasting costs from the pandemic also persists. The output shortfall from the pre-pandemic path at the end of 2022 in the median G20 emerging-market economy is projected to be twice that in the median G20 advanced economy, and particularly high in India and Indonesia,’ OECD said in a report.

It pointed out that high-frequency indicators had rebounded. ‘High-frequency activity indicators, such as the Google location-based measures of retail and recreation mobility, suggest global activity continued to strengthen in recent months, helped by improvements in Europe and a marked rebound in both India and Latin America,’ it said.

The OECD projected a strong global growth of 5.7% this year and 4.5% in 2022, slightly changed from its outlook in May of 5.8% and 4.4%, respectively, on the back of continuing vaccine roll-out and a gradual resumption of economic activity, besides decisive actions by governments and central banks at the height of the crisis.

Vaccination key to recovery
The OECD report cautioned that to maintain recovery stronger international efforts were needed to provide low-income countries with the resources to vaccinate their populations, both for their own and global benefit. ‘Ensuring that the recovery is sustained and widespread requires action on a number of fronts – from effective vaccination programmes across all countries to concerted public investment strategies to build for the future,’ said OECD secretary-general Mathias Cormann.

(Source: Economic Times Bureau – 22nd September, 2021)

III. Industry

3 Will 2021 be the second-best year in a decade for Indian car market? Yes, IF it survives chip shortage

It’s always the darkest before the day dawns.

India’s carmakers, despite niggling chip shortages, are proving this year that there’s much more than a grain of truth in that age-old saying.

Last year was a washout and car sales slumped to levels not seen in a decade. But 2021 has been stellar by all yardsticks so far: The passenger vehicle market has already posted its second highest sales in a decade through August in 2021.

And that isn’t all: This calendar year may turn out to be the second best in a decade!

With sustained demand and expectations of improving chip supplies, Jato Dynamics expects the Indian passenger vehicle market to end 2021 with volumes of 3.34 million units – the second highest in a decade and just about 50,000 lower than the peak.

Sales charts would have gleamed even more had Covid two not come in the way.

Global forecasting firm IHS Markit expects India to overtake Germany as the fourth largest light vehicle maker in the world in 2021.

So far this calendar year, volumes have climbed over 70% to 2.13 million units, which is the highest growth rate in a decade. Vehicle makers produced 58% more than last year, against the highest in absolute terms at 2.29 million units.

The low base of last year, the need for personal mobility and the spike in demand for SUVs have led to a swift rebound.

Vehicle makers have posted sales of over three lakh units per month this calendar year, and despite the second wave of Covid-19, the revival has been so quick that dealer inventory has been among the lowest. For some, inventory is only for days as against weeks.

Ravi Bhatia, president of JATO Dynamics India, told ET that sales this year are running close to the best in a decade and the market is expected to close at 3.34 million units.

The Indian middle class pool of 121 million households with an income of Rs. 75,000 to Rs. 150,000 clearly wants to get back to work and they need personal mobility, which is clearly reflected in the numbers.

Year

Volumes

2012

27,70,730

2013

25,71,683

2014

25,95,185

2015

28,03,088

2016

29,93,492

2017

32,26,175

2018

33,91,094

2019

29,72,786

2020

24,47,697

2021
(estimate)

33,45,752

*Source: Jato Dynamics India

‘If vaccinations proceed and we have no severe third wave, then it could be close to one of the best. What stands out is the resilience of demand. Also, dealers have done this with lower inventory, lower incentives and higher prices,’ added Bhatia.

One of the factors hurting output recently has been the disruption in manufacturing in Malaysia due to rising Covid cases. However, the situation is gradually improving and that may help the Indian market secure better supplies than in the recent months. Vehicle makers on their part have adapted to the chip shortage with special trims.

Bhatia says Malaysia has 13% of the world’s automotive testing and packaging capacity and that the testing and packaging capacity is almost back up, boosting supplies in the coming months.

Experts believe that if not for chip shortages, the market could have crossed its peak. Over a dozen models have a waiting period of more than eight weeks. The industry still faces pending bookings of more than four lakh units and the numbers are swelling, with several more high-profile launches – of Mahindra XUV 700, Tata Punch, MG Astor and Citroen C3, for instance – coming up.

China

23.14 million

US

8.96 million

Japan

7.45 million

India LVP

3.9 million

Germany LVP

3.43 million

*Source: IHS Markit

Gaurav Vangaal, associate director at IHS Markit, says strong demand, low semi-conductor content, better product mix and proactive management have cushioned the impact of chip shortage.

‘We project India to surpass Germany in 2021 to become the fourth largest manufacturing base for Light Vehicle Production. However, Germany might regain its position once the supply scenario improves. Demand is indeed very strong; however, the recent disruption in the supply scenario is a cause of concern and it is likely to continue. How vehicle makers manage this disruption will determine the final numbers,’ Vangaal added.

(Source: ET Bureau – By Ketan Thakkar & Ashutosh R. Shyam – 22nd September, 2021)

CORPORATE LAW CORNER

1 Achintya Kumar Barua alias Manju Baruah & Ors. vs. Ranjit Barthakur & Ors. Company Appeal (AT) No. 17 of 2018 National Company Law Appellate Tribunal [2018] 143 CLA 233 Date of order: 8th February, 2018

Section 173(2) which gives right to the Directors to participate in the Board meetings through video conferencing / other audio-visual means (VC/OAVM), is mandatory and companies need to provide the facilities as per section 173(2) of the Companies Act, 2013 subject to fulfilling the requirements of Rule 3 of the Companies (Meetings of Board and its Powers) Rules, 2014

FACTS
The petition was filed by Mr. R.B. and Others before the NCLT seeking the facility of attending Board meetings through video conferencing u/s 173(2) of the Companies Act, 2013.

The matter had earlier come up before the Company Law Board (‘CLB’) and, being aggrieved by certain observations, the same was carried to the High Court of Guwahati. The High Court found that the appeal did not raise any question of law and sent the matter back to the the National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT), Guwahati Bench which allowed the application and directed that the facility should be made available u/s 173(2).

An appeal was filed before the National Company Law Appellant Tribunal (‘NCLAT’) against the order passed by the NCLT, Guwahati Bench where it was submitted that when the Director participates in the meetings through video-conferencing, it would not be possible to ensure that nobody else is present at the place from which the Director would be participating.

It was averred that the Secretarial Standards on Meetings of the Board of Directors have also considered this aspect and have prescribed that such option under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rules should be resorted to only when the facilities are provided by the company to its Directors.

It was further submitted that sub-section (2) of section 173 of the Act was not a mandatory provision and it was not compulsory for the company to provide such facility. The counsel during the course of the hearing submitted that the responsibility had been put on the Chairperson to ensure that no person other than the Director concerned was attending or having access to the proceedings of the meeting through video-conferencing mode or other audio-visual means. It was also stated that when a Director resorts to availing the facility of video conferencing, it would not be possible for the Chairperson to ensure that the Director was alone while participating from wherever the video call was made as the Chairperson would have no means to know as to who else was sitting in the room or place concerned.

HELD
The NCLAT held that section 173 of the Companies Act, 2013, as well as the Rules referred to, were introduced under the 2013 Act and, following these provisions, it would be in the interest of the companies as well as the directors. It would not be appropriate to shut out these provisions on mere apprehensions.

The word ‘may’ which has been used in sub-section (2) of section 173 only gives an option to the Director to choose whether he would be participating in person or through video-conferencing or other audio-visual means. This word ‘may’ does not give an option to the company to deny this right given to the Directors for participation through video-conferencing or other audio-visual means if they desire to do so. In this regard, the provisions of Rule 3 are material.

The NCLAT further referred to the order of NCLT, Guwahati Bench and noted that it had taken note of the fact that the company had all the necessary infrastructure available and had no reason not to provide the facility. Hence, NCLT had come to the conclusion that the provisions of section 173(2) of the Companies Act, 2013 are mandatory and the companies cannot be permitted to make any deviations therefrom.

An important observation made by the NCLAT was that the rules require that the company shall comply with the procedure prescribed for convening and conducting the Board meetings through video-conferencing or other audio-visual means. The Chairperson and Company Secretary, if any, have to take due and reasonable care as specified in Rule 3(2). The argument of the counsel for the appellant is that sub-Rule (2)(e) puts the burden on the Chairperson to ensure that no person other than the Director concerned is attending and this would not be possible for the Chairperson to ensure in video-conferencing.

NCLAT did not find force in the submission as the Rules, read as a whole, were a complete scheme. Sub-clause (4)(d) of Rule 3 also puts responsibility on the participating Director. The Chairperson was required to ensure compliance of sub-clause (e) or clause (2), and the Director would need to satisfy the Chairperson that sub-clause (d) of Clause 4 was being complied with.

The NCLAT noted that counsel for the appellants tried to rely on the Secretarial Standard on Meetings of the Board of Directors, that such participation could be done ‘if the company provides such facility’. NCLAT observed that such guidelines cannot override the provisions under the Rules. The mandate of section 173(2) read with the Rules mentioned above cannot be avoided by the companies.

The NCLT thus directed the company to provide the facilities as per section 173(2) of the Companies Act, 2013 subject to fulfilling the requirements of Rule 3(3)(e) of the Rules.

Thus, NCLAT did not find any reason to interfere with the NCLT order and observed that the order was progressive and in the right direction and therefore the admission of the appeal was denied.

2 CGI Information Systems and Management Consultants Private Limited Compounding Application CP No.: 55/2017 National Company Law Tribunal, Bengaluru Bench Source: NCLT Official Website Date of order: 27th April, 2018

If the company did not have adequate surplus in the profit and loss account but had declared interim dividend based on the belief that it indeed did have adequate profits and surplus in its profit and loss account, a compounding application on suo motu basis can be entertained even though the company had contravened the provisions of section 123(3) of the Companies Act, 2013

FACTS
The compounding application was filed by M/s CISMCPL (‘the company’) u/s 441 of the Companies Act, 2013 before the NCLT, Bengaluru Bench with a prayer for compounding of the violation committed under the provisions of section 123(3) of the Companies Act, 2013.

The submissions of the company were as follows:

The company, based on its estimates and belief that it had adequate profits and surplus in its profit and loss account, had declared an interim dividend of Rs. 96,14,14,080 pursuant to the Resolution of the Board of Directors dated 25th September, 2014 and accordingly paid the same to the eligible shareholders.

However, at the time of declaration of interim dividend the company had not finalised any method of accounting and believed that the method of accounting would not result in any deficit in the profits or in the surplus in the profit and loss account.

However, later on the company adopted the Pooling of Interest Method for accounting its amalgamation.

While declaring dividend, it had inadvertently not considered the fact that by adopting the pooling of interest method of accounting, there would be a deficit in the surplus in the profit and loss account, as a result of which the company had contravened the provisions of section 123(3) of the Companies Act, 2013.

Hence, the company and its Directors suo motu filed the application for admitting violation and had prayed for compounding.

HELD
NCLT held that the company had violated the provisions of section 123(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 and shall be punishable u/s 450 of the said Act. The company and every officer of the company who was in default, or such other person, shall be punishable with fine which may extend to Rs. 10,000, and where the contravention was a continuing one, with a further fine which may extend to Rs. 1,000 for every day after the first day during which the contravention continued.

Therefore, the compounding fee of Rs. 94,200 on the company and Rs. 94,200 on each of the Directors was levied considering the delay of 932 days.

ALLIED LAWS

1 Ramesh and Others vs. Laxmi Bai AIR 2021, Madhya Pradesh 56 Date of order: 1st March, 2021 Bench: Vivek Rusia J

Condonation of delay – Appeal cannot be decided without deciding on the application for condonation of delay in favour of the appellant [Civil Procedure Code, 1908, Ord. 41, R. 3A; Limitation Act, 1963, S. 5]

FACTS
The plaintiffs had filed a civil suit for declaration of title and partition of joint family property. By the judgment dated 24th January, 2009 it was held that they were entitled to partition through the Court. Defendant No. 1 was restrained from getting a mutation in his name. Being aggrieved by the aforesaid judgment and decree, the Defendants filed an appeal in the year 2013 along with an application for condonation of delay u/s 5 of the Limitation Act.

On 24th February, 2019, it came to the notice of the Additional District Judge that the application u/s 5 of the Limitation Act had not been decided so far. Both the parties agreed to first argue on the aforesaid application. The arguments were heard and kept for order on 27th April, 2019. By an order dated 27th April, 2019, the Additional District Judge decided that the application u/s 5 of the Limitation Act would be decided along with the first appeal on merit.

The plaintiffs filed a petition challenging this order of 27th April, 2019 on the ground that the Additional District Judge had committed an error of law while keeping the application u/s 5 for consideration along with the appeal while finally hearing the appeal on merit.

HELD
The Court referred to the decision in the case of State of M.P. vs. Pradeep Kumar 2000 (7) SCC 372. In that the Supreme Court held that the object of enacting Rule 3-A of Order 41 of the Civil Procedure Code seems to be two-fold. The first is to inform the appellant himself that appeal is time-barred and it would not be entertained unless it is accompanied by an application explaining the delay. The second is to communicate to the respondent a message that it may not be necessary for him to get ready to meet the grounds taken up in the memorandum of appeal because the Court has to deal with the application for condonation of delay as a condition precedent.

The Court also referred to the decision in S.V. Matha Prasad vs. Lalchand Meghraj and Others (2007) 14 SCC 772 wherein the Supreme Court had held that the Division Bench of the High Court had not only condoned the delay but took a decision on the merit as well and such exercise was not justified as the only issue before the Division Bench was the question of limitation; accordingly, the judgment of the High Court was set aside to the extent that it went on to the merits of the controversy but maintained it insofar as it dealt with the question of limitation.

In view of the above, the Court held that the Additional District Judge was required to decide first the application u/s 5 of the Limitation Act and if it condoned the delay then there would not be any impediment to deciding the appeal on merit. Further, the Court held that although there is no specific bar which restrains the appellate Court from hearing and deciding the appeal along with the application for condonation of delay, the provisions put a bar on the appellate Court on deciding the appeal unless the application for condonation of delay is decided in favour of the appellant. The petition was allowed.

2 Amola Saikia and Others vs. Pankajit Narayan Konwar AIR 2021, Gauhati 50 Date of order: 23rd January, 2021 Bench: Anchintya Malla Bujor Barua J

Intestate succession – Property of Hindu female – Grant of succession certificate to husband held to be proper [Indian Succession Act, 1925, S. 372; Hindu Succession Act, 1956, S. 15]

FACTS
The respondent-husband filed an application u/s 372 of the Indian Succession Act for grant of succession certificate. The respondent had succeeded in the said application vide order dated 10th June, 2015.The appellants, viz., the mother, sisters and brother of the deceased, challenged the said order of 10th June, 2015.

HELD
As per section 15(1) of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956 it is clearly provided that the property of a female Hindu dying intestate shall devolve firstly upon the sons and daughters and the husband. Thereafter, it would devolve upon the mother and father and then upon the heirs of the father, and finally upon the heirs of the mother. Hence, the grant of succession certificate was in accordance with law.

The appeals were dismissed.

3 Sozin Flora Pharma LLP vs. State of Himachal Pradesh and another AIR 2021, Himachal Pradesh 44 Date of order: 7th January, 2021 Bench: Tarlok Singh Chauhan J and Jyotsna Rewal Dua J

Stamp Duty – Conversion of partnership firm to limited liability partnership – No stamp duty or registration fee [Limited Liability Partnership Act, 2008, S. 58(1), 58(4)(b); Himachal Pradesh Tenancy and Land Reforms Act, 1974, S. 118]

FACTS
The petitioner was registered as a partnership firm on 14th December, 2005 in the office of the Deputy Registrar of Firms. With the intention of availing of the benefits of the Limited Liability Partnership Act, 2008, the petitioner firm converted itself from ‘Firm’ to ‘Limited Liability Partnership’ (LLP). The conversion was as per section 55 of the LLP Act.

The petitioner applied to the Deputy Commissioner for changing its name in the revenue record from ‘M/s Sozin Flora Pharma’ to ‘M/s Sozin Flora Pharma LLP’. The permission to change the name in the revenue record was granted on the condition that stamp duty and registration fee shall be chargeable. The petitioner submitted a representation to the respondent on 25th June, 2019 against the imposition which was rejected on 23rd August, 2019. Hence the writ petition.

HELD
Upon conversion of a registered partnership firm to an LLP under the provisions of the Limited Liability Partnership Act, all movable and immovable properties of the erstwhile registered partnership firm automatically vest in the converted LLP by operation of section 58(4)(b) of the Limited Liability Partnership Act.

The transfer of assets of the firm to the LLP is by operation of law. Being a statutory transfer, no separate conveyance / instrument is required to be executed for transfer of assets.

Since there is no instrument of transfer of assets of the erstwhile partnership firm to the limited liability partnership, the question of payment of stamp duty and registration charges does not arise as these are chargeable only on the instruments indicated in section 3 of the Indian Stamp Act and section 17 of the Indian Registration Act.

The partnership firm’s legal entity after conversion to limited liability partnership does not change. Only the identity of the firm as a legal entity changes. Such a conversion or change in the name does not amount to a change in the constitution of the partnership firm.

Therefore, stamp duty and registration fee cannot be levied upon conversion of a partnership firm to an LLP.

4 Kiran Gupta vs. State Bank of India and another AIR 2021, Gauhati 50 Date of order: 2nd November, 2020 Bench: Hima Kohli J and Subramonium Prasad J

Recovery of dues – Pendency of IRP proceeding against principal borrower – Bank can proceed against guarantor under SARFAESI Act [SARFAESI Act, 2002, S. 13; Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, S. 14, S. 31; Contract Act, 1872, S. 128]

FACTS
The short question that arises for consideration in this writ petition is whether a bank / financial institution can institute or continue with proceedings against a guarantor under the SARFAESI Act when proceedings under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (IBC) have been initiated against the principal borrower and the same are pending adjudication.

HELD
The view expressed by the Supreme Court in the case of State Bank of India vs. V. Ramakrishan and Another, (2018) 17 SCC 394 amply demonstrates that neither section 14 nor section 31 of the IBC place any fetters on banks / financial institutions from initiation and continuation of the proceedings against the guarantor for recovering their dues. That being the position, the plea taken by the counsel for the petitioner that all proceedings against the petitioner, who is only a guarantor, ought to be stayed under the SARFAESI Act during the continuation of the Insolvency Resolution process qua the principal borrower, is rejected as meritless. The petitioner cannot escape her liability qua the respondent / bank in such a manner. The liability of the principal borrower and the guarantor remain co-extensive and the respondent / bank is well entitled to initiate proceedings against the petitioner under the SARFAESI Act during the continuation of the Insolvency Resolution process against the principal borrower. The petition is dismissed.

Editor’s Note: The Supreme Court in the case of Lalit Kumar Jain vs. Union of India [2021] 167 SCL 1 had held that a personal guarantor is also liable under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.

GOODS AND SERVICES TAX (GST)

I. SUPREME COURT
    
1 Union of India vs. Vishnu Aroma Pouching (P) Ltd. [2021 (129) taxmann.com 17 (SC)] Date of order: 29th June, 2021

The Supreme Court dismissed the SLP as barred by limitation and passed strictures on the Department regarding its lethargy and delay in filing the SLP without any cogent or plausible ground for condonation of delay, calling it a ‘certificate case’ and also imposed a cost of Rs. 25,000 for wastage of judicial time

FACTS

The Supreme Court dismissed the SLP belatedly filed by the Revenue against the order of the Gujarat High Court in the case of Vishnu Aroma Pouching (P) Ltd. vs. Union of India [2021] 129 taxmann.com 16 (Guj). In the said case, the petitioner paid GST liability for August, 2017 on 19th September, 2017 (i.e., before the due date). However, due to portal limitations, it could not file the return for August, 2017 before the due date. Further, when the return was filed on 21st September, 2017, due to technical glitches all the amounts appeared as ‘Nil’ in the said return. After a long-drawn follow-up with the Department, the petitioner was permitted to file Form GSTR3B for September, 2019 with taxes payable for August, 2017 and the same was accepted by the system. The Gujarat High Court had held that the petitioner had duly discharged the tax liability of August, 2017 within the period prescribed; however, it was only on account of technical glitches in the system that the tax amount had not been credited to the Government account, hence the petitioner would not be liable to pay any interest on the tax amount for the period from 21st September, 2017 to October, 2019.

HELD


While dismissing the SLP as barred by limitation, the Court passed strictures regarding the lethargy on the part of the Revenue Department for the delay in filing the SLP and called this case as a ‘certificate case’ filed only with the object to obtain a quietus from the Supreme Court, to complete a mere formality and to save the skin of the officers who may be at default in following the due process, or may have done it deliberately, noting that the petitioner has approached this Court without any cogent or plausible ground for condonation of delay. Referring to the decisions in the cases of State of Madhya Pradesh vs. Bheru Lal [SLP (c) Diary No. 9217 of 2020, dated 15th October, 2020]; and State of Odisha vs. Sunanda Mahakuda [SLP (c) Diary No. 22605 of 2020, dated 11th January, 2021], the Court stated that the leeway that was given to Government / public authorities on account of innate inefficiencies was the result of certain orders of this Court which came at a time when technology had not advanced and thus, greater indulgence was shown. This position is no more prevalent and the current legal position has been elucidated by the judgment of this Court in Office of Chief Post Master-General vs. Living Media India Ltd. [2012] 20 taxmann.com 347. The Supreme Court thus imposed costs on the petitioner(s) of Rs. 25,000 for wastage of judicial time.

2 Union of India & others vs. VKC Footsteps India Pvt. Ltd. [2021-TIOL-237-SC-GST] Date of order: 13th September, 2021

In case of Inverted Duty Structure, refund is allowed only of inputs and not with respect to input services

FACTS
Section 54(3) of the CGST Act, 2017 allows refund of unutilised input tax credit involving zero-rated supplies made without payment of tax and credit accumulated on account of the rate of tax on inputs being higher than the rate of tax on output supplies. Writ petitions under Article 226 of the Constitution were instituted before the High Courts of Gujarat and Madras. It was submitted that refund on account of inverted duty structure should be allowed on both input as well as input services. Restricting the credit only to inputs would be unconstitutional as it would lead to discrimination between input and input services. The Division Bench of the Gujarat High Court held that ‘Explanation (a) to Rule 89(5) which denies the refund of “unutilised input tax” paid on “input services” as part of “input tax credit” accumulated on account of inverted duty structure is ultra vires the provision of Section 54(3) of the CGST Act, 2017’. The High Court therefore allowed the refund. However, the Madras High Court gave a contrary decision in the matter. The Union of India has filed the present appeal against the decision of the Gujarat High Court.

HELD
The Court noted that section 54(3) allows refund of inputs, which by no parameters can also include input services. The Court noted that with the clear language which has been adopted by the Parliament while enacting the provisions of section 54(3), the acceptance of the submission will involve a judicial re-writing of the provision which is impermissible in law. Reading the expression ‘input’ to cover input goods and input services would lead to recognising an entitlement to refund, beyond what was contemplated by Parliament. The Court stated that proviso to section 54(3) is not a condition of eligibility but a restriction provided in the law. It was also noted that a discriminatory provision under tax legislation is not invalid per se, input goods and input services are not treated as one and the same, and they are distinct species under the GST law. Therefore, the submission that goods and services must necessarily be treated at par cannot be accepted. Thus, refund is allowed only in case of inputs in case of inverted duty structure. Therefore, the Court affirmed the decision of the Madras High Court and allowed the appeal of the Revenue filed against the Gujarat High Court.

II. HIGH COURT

3 Deem Distributors (P) Ltd. vs. UOI [2021 (129) taxmann.com 134 (Tel)] Date of order: 3rd August, 2021

The provisions of the GST law do not confer any advisory jurisdiction on the respondents to issue any ‘advises’ to the taxpayers to pay tax before ascertainment of the liability as required by section 74(9) and no demands in the form of letters asking the taxpayer to pay GST along with interest and penalty can be issued or raised when the investigation is still in progress

FACTS
The petitioner is a partnership firm registered under the GST Act. They availed Input Tax Credit (ITC) based on invoices issued by certain suppliers / firms. The Department requested them to reverse the said credit on the ground that the said credit has been availed fraudulently without receiving any material as the suppliers / firms are fictitious and are issuing fake invoices with intent to pass on the ITC. Summonses were also issued in the name of the Directors of the petitioner firm; however, the investigation was not complete and the show cause notice u/s 74 was issued. The petitioner deposited certain amounts merely to avoid coercion and buy peace, but challenged the said letters before the Court on the ground that liability cannot be determined by the respondents before conducting inquiry when even the investigation is incomplete and that any advice or demand can at best be a provisional one; and the petitioner cannot be compelled coercively to pay  the amounts.

HELD
Referring to the provisions of section 74 and the affidavit in reply filed by the Department, the Court held that a conclusion that the petitioner had availed ITC and raised invoices by certain fictitious suppliers without actual receipt of goods, appears to have been drawn based on an incomplete investigation. It further held that section 74(5) gives a choice to the assessee to make any payment if he so chooses, but it does not confer any power on the respondents to make a demand as if there has been a determination of the liability of the assessee and demand tax along with interest and penalty. Hence, before ascertainment of the liability, as required by section 74(9), the Department could not have issued the letters advising the petitioner to reverse the input tax allegedly availed. The Court accordingly held that no advisory jurisdiction is conferred on the respondents to issue any ‘advises’ of the nature issued to the petitioner and no demands can be issued or raised when the investigation is still in progress. The Department cannot be allowed to put the cart before the horse and collect any tax, interest or penalty before they determine it in an inquiry. Any such action is wholly arbitrary and without jurisdiction. The Court thus directed the Department to refund the amount already deposited along with interest and proceed with their inquiry strictly in accordance with the provisions of law.

4 R.M. Dairy Products LLP vs. State of UP [2021 (129) taxmann.com 37 (All)] Date of order: 15th July, 2021

Rule 86A is not a recovery provision but only a provision to secure the interest of Revenue. It only provides, in certain situations and upon certain conditions being fulfilled, the specified amount that may be held back and be not allowed to be utilised (i.e., debited to the electronic credit ledger) by the assessee towards discharge of its liabilities on the outward tax or towards refund. Hence, if as on the date of passing the order there is no balance in the electronic credit ledger, the order would be read to create a lien up to the monetary limit mentioned in the said order in respect of future credits availed and credited in the electronic credit ledger

FACTS
The petitioner filed a writ petition challenging the order passed by the Department under Rule 86A(1)(a)(i) [i.e., not allowing debit in the electronic credit ledger of the amount equivalent to the credit of input tax that has been allegedly availed on the strength of tax invoices or debit notes issued by the registered person who has been found to be non-existent or not to be conducting any business] of the State / Central Goods and Services Tax Rules, 2017 raising the objections that the Department has no jurisdiction or authority to block any ITC over and above any amount that may have been actually available on the date of the order. The Department has to record a positive ‘reason to believe’ that credit of input tax had been fraudulently availed or the petitioner was wholly ineligible to avail the same. The adjudication proceedings in respect of the very same matter are underway in accordance with section 74 and till those proceedings are concluded, no amount would become recoverable from the petitioner u/s 78.

HELD
Referring to various provisions of the Act, the Court noted that the recovery provisions are contained in section 79 and the enabling Rules fall under Chapter XVIII being Rules 142 to 161. On the other hand, Rule 86A falls under Chapter IX of the Rules regarding payment of tax. It further held that the ambit and purpose of Rule 86A are inherently different and independent of the recovery provisions. Referring to Rule 86A, the Court held that it does not contemplate any recovery of tax due from an assessee. It only provides, in certain situations and upon certain conditions being fulfilled, the specified amount that may be held back and be not allowed to be utilised by the assessee towards discharge of its liabilities on the outward tax or towards refund. It creates a lien without actual recovery being made or attempted. The Court further clarified that Rule 86A does not allow the Revenue to reverse or appropriate any part of the credit existing in the electronic credit ledger or to adjust that credit against any outstanding demand or likely demand. It is at most a provision to secure the interest of Revenue, to be exercised in the presence of the relevant ‘reasons to believe’, as recorded and in respect of the amount equivalent to credit fraudulently taken which has to be kept unutilised. To that effect, the Legislature has chosen the words ‘not allow debit’ which is different from the word ‘appropriate’. The adjustment or appropriation may arise only upon an adjudication order attaining finality or after the lapse of three months from the date of it being passed if there is no stay granted in appeal, etc., that, too, as a consequence of the recovery provisions but not under Rule 86A of the Rules.

The Court further held that the words ‘input tax available’ used in the first part of sub-rule (1) of Rule 86A cannot be read as actual input tax available on the date of the order passed under that Rule. It would always relate back in time when the assessee allegedly availed ITC either fraudulently or which he was not eligible to avail. It does not refer to and therefore does not relate to the ITC available on the date of Rule 86A being invoked. The word ‘has been’ used in Rule 86A (1) leaves no manner of doubt in that regard. The Court also explained that the ‘ineligibility’ of the credit as mentioned in the said Rule is only for the reasons mentioned in the said Rule. The Court noted that the correctness or otherwise or the sufficiency of the ‘reason to believe’ was not the subject matter of dispute before it and the ‘reason to believe’ is based on material with the competent authority indicating the non-existence of the selling dealer which is a valid reason to invoke the said Rule.

5 Satyam Shivam Papers Pvt. Ltd. vs. Assistant Commissioner of Service Tax, Hyderabad [2021 (50) GSTL 459] Date of order: 2nd June, 2021

Section 129 of the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 – Mere expiry of E-way bill cannot lead to a presumption of intention to evade tax and invoke penalty

FACTS
The petitioner had made an intra-state supply and generated an E-way bill on 4th January, 2020. The transporter started for the delivery by an auto-trolley at 4.33 pm on the same day. On the way, there was a traffic jam on account of a political rally due to which the auto trolley could not move. This continued till 8.30 p.m. by which time the shop of the buyer was closed. Therefore, the driver took the auto trolley to his residence and planned to complete the delivery on the next working day. The next day being a Sunday, the goods were intended to be delivered on 6th January, 2020. On the way to delivery, the Respondent No. 2 (i.e., Deputy State Tax Officer, Bowenpally-II, Circle, Begumpet Division) detained the goods and a Notice for Detention in Form GST MOV-07 was issued alleging that the validity of the E-way bill had expired and proposing to impose tax and penalty.

The detained goods were unloaded at the premise of a relative of Respondent No. 2 without tendering any acknowledgement receipt for the same. The petitioner made various representations against the action of Respondent No. 2; however, all of them were ignored, stating that it was a clear case of evasion of tax. Therefore, to get the goods released, the petitioner made a payment of Rs. 69,000 towards tax and penalty on 20th January, 2020. Further, the Respondent No. 2 passed an order dated 22nd January, 2020 in Form GST MOV-09, which was signed by the Respondent No. 1 (i.e., Assistant Commissioner [ST], Osmanganj, Circle, Charminar Division, Hyderabad). It was stated in the order that the petitioner admitted the liability and it had no objection to pay the proposed tax and penalty. Aggrieved by the said order of 22nd January, 2020, the petitioner preferred the present petition.

HELD
The High Court held that there had been a blatant abuse of power by unloading the goods at a relative’s premise and by issuing an order that was signed by the Respondent No. 1. Also, no material was placed on record by the Respondent No. 2 to conclude that there was evasion of tax by the petitioner. Mere expiry of time limit mentioned on the E-way bill cannot lead to a presumption of intention to evade tax. Therefore, the order dated 22nd January, 2020 was set aside and the Respondents were directed to refund the amount of Rs. 69,000 to the petitioner along with interest @ 6% p.a. from 20th January, 2020 till the date of repayment. The Respondent No. 2 was also directed to pay a cost of Rs. 10,000 to the petitioner.

6 Anuj Mahesh Gupta vs. Asstt. Commissioner of Sales Tax, Mumbai [2021 (50) GSTL 180 (Bom)] Date of order: 12th July, 2021

Section 167(2)(a)(ii) of Code of Criminal Procedure – Assessee can be granted bail on expiry of 60 days from detention even in case of cognisable and non-bailable offences

FACTS
The petitioner is sole proprietor of M/s Savvy Fabrics and partner in M/s Shubhmangal Textile Industries LLP. It was alleged that he was actively involved in receiving tax invoices or bills without any actual supplies of goods or services or both and claiming ineligible ITC on such invoices. Thus, he had committed cognisable and non-bailable offences u/s 132(1)(b)(c) of the MGST Act by receiving fake invoices of more than Rs. 277 crores and taking ITC of at least Rs. 31 crores. As per clause (i) of section 132 of the CGST Act, in cases where the amount of tax evaded or the amount of ITC wrongly availed of or utilised or the amount of refund wrongly taken exceeds Rs. 500 lakhs, then the punishment would be imprisonment for a term which may extend to five years and with fine. As per section 167 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 where investigation could not be completed within 24 hours, the accused can be detained up to a maximum period of 60 days where the investigation relates to an offence other than those which are punishable with death, imprisonment of life or imprisonment of at least ten years and on expiry of such 60 days, the accused shall be released on bail. The petitioner was arrested on 15th January, 2021 and had completed 54 days in custody; therefore, the present petition was filed to examine the prayer for bail made by the petitioner.

HELD
The High Court applied section 167(2)(a)(ii) of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 and held that the petitioner should be released on bail subject to certain conditions, viz., he should furnish case surety of Rs. 5 lakhs and within two weeks of release he should furnish solvent surety of like amount, the petitioner should co-operate in the investigation, he shall not tamper with any evidence or try to intimidate any witness, and the petitioner shall deposit his passport with the authorities.

7 Kerala Communicators Cable Ltd. vs. Addl. Dir.-General DGGI, Kochi [2021 (50) GSTL 116 (Ker)] Date of order: 24th March, 2021

Section 83 of the CGST Act, 2017 – Stay was granted to furnish the bank guarantee during pendency of writ petition filed to challenge the validity of the provisional attachment of bank accounts

FACTS
A search and inspection u/s 67 of the CGST Act was conducted at the premises of the petitioner. Based on this and to protect the interest of Revenue, the respondent had passed orders to provisionally attach the bank accounts of the petitioner. The petitioner had objected to such provisional attachment of its bank accounts and preferred a writ petition. During the pendency of the said petition, the provisional attachment order was modified and the petitioner was directed to furnish a security in the form of bank guarantee equivalent to Rs. 30 crores along with a bond. Pursuant to this direction, the petitioner furnished the bank guarantee and bond under protest reserving the right to challenge the modified order. Thus, being aggrieved by the modified provisional attachment order imposing additional condition to furnish bank guarantee and bond, the present writ petition was filed.

HELD
The High Court observed that the respondent had not disclosed reasonable apprehension that necessitated the issuance of the provisional attachment order. Also, the bank guarantee of about Rs. 30 crores would certainly block a huge amount from the business of the petitioner. Therefore, the High Court granted a stay on the direction that required the petitioner to furnish the bank guarantee till the disposal of the writ petition and directed the petitioner to execute an undertaking that it shall not sell, alienate or deal with any of its fixed assets, plant, property and equipment shown in the balance sheet dated 31st March, 2020.

8 Dhirendra Singh vs. Commissioner of CGST, Commissionerate [2021 (50) GSTL 176 (Guj)] Date of order: 4th March, 2021

Input tax credit wrongly availed in respect of goods allegedly never received by assessee – Department directed to proceed further in accordance with law – Section 70 of CGST Act, 2017

FACTS
The petitioners are the Directors of M/s Manpasand Beverages Limited (‘MBL’). They were issued multiple summonses and instructed to produce all the documentary evidence essential to verify their GST liability. However, the Directors were unable to produce the requisite documents and the final GST liability could not be arrived at. Hence, the Department was of the view that MBL had contravened the provisions of section 16 of the CGST Act inasmuch as they knowingly availed ITC and used the same in payment of GST liability. This constitutes an offence under sections 132(1)(b), 132(1)(c) and 132(1)(l) of the CGST Act and they are liable for punishment of imprisonment up to five years in terms of section 132(5) of the CGST Act. Therefore, the present writ petition was filed to evade arrest by challenging the validity of the summonses issued u/s 70 of the CGST Act.

HELD
The High Court held that there was no good or legal ground to challenge the validity of the summonses issued u/s 70 of the CGST Act. As such, the writ application becomes infructuous and the Court was not inclined to extend any further protection to the petitioners. Further, if the petitioners apprehended that they would be arrested any time, it was open for them to take recourse to the steps available to them in accordance with the law to avoid arrest.
    
III. AUTHORITY OF ADVANCE RULING

9 Eastern Coalfields Ltd., Kolkata [2021-TIOL-221-AAR-GST] Date of order: 9th August, 2021

Since the supplier has paid tax belatedly, the assessee is denied input tax credit

FACTS
The question is whether the applicant is entitled for ITC already claimed by him on the invoices raised by one of the vendors pertaining to January, February and March, 2020 for which the supplier has actually paid the tax charged in respect of such supply to the Government in the month of November, 2020 while filing the GSTR3B in November, 2020. And whether the applicant has to reverse the said ITC already availed by him where the vendor has actually paid the tax, though belatedly.

HELD
The Authority noted that section 16 of the GST law prescribes conditions and restrictions towards entitlement of ITC. Sub-section (c) allows ITC provided the tax charged in respect of such supply has been actually paid to the Government, either in cash or through utilisation of ITC admissible in respect of the said supply. However, it is evident that while the applicant has availed ITC in the months of January, February and March, 2020, respectively, the supplier has declared such outward supplies in his respective Form GSTR1 in the month of November, 2020 and has also paid the taxes on such supply upon furnishing of return in Form GSTR3B in the month of November, 2020. The Authority also noted that Form GSTR2B has been made effective from 1st January, 2021 but at the same time the applicant cannot deny that the provisions of sub-rule (4) of Rule 36 were already in force during the period when the applicant availed of the ITC. The applicant is therefore not entitled for ITC claimed by him pertaining to the months January, February and March, 2020 for which the supplier has furnished Form GSTR1 and Form GSTR3B in the month of November, 2020 and the applicant is, therefore, required to reverse the said ITC.

Note: The Authority in the present case has denied the entire credit even though the tax is paid by the supplier. Denial of entire credit does not appear to be justified; at the most, interest could be demanded for availment of credit prior to payment by the supplier.

IV. APPELLATE AUTHORITY FOR ADVANCE RULING

10 M/s Pioneer Bakers, Odisha [2021-TIOL-29-AAAR-GST] Date of order: 27th July, 2021

Restaurant is a place where food items are prepared and served to customers. A mere outlet where ready-to-eat items are sold across the counter cannot be considered as a restaurant

FACTS
The applicant is operating under the Brand name of ‘Go-Cool’ since the year 1997. They have established it as a brand in the field of bakery items, especially cakes. Their principal business is producing and selling of bakery products, viz., cakes, artisan cakes, pastries, pizza, patties, sandwiches, self-manufactured ice-creams, handmade chocolates, cookies, beverages, etc. They also offer a number of customisation options to customers with respect to the above products. The outlets are equipped with all the facilities to dine such as tables and chairs, air conditioner, drinking water, stylish lights for providing a nice ambience which provide an overall good experience to the customers.

The question before the Authority, whether supply of food items prepared at the premises of the applicant and supplied to the customers from the counter (with the facility to consume the same in the air-conditioned premises itself) is covered under restaurant services was answered in the affirmative. Aggrieved by the order, this appeal was filed.

HELD
The Authority noted that the meaning of restaurant is provided in the Cambridge Dictionary as a place where meals are prepared and served to the customer. The serving of the items to the customers for consuming the food in the premises is done for very few customers. Therefore, the establishment cannot be considered as a restaurant. It was stated that, in the instant case, it is a bakery outlet where ready-to-eat items are sold and a mere facility is provided to eat them in the shop itself. The applicant only prepares birthday cakes as per orders for take-out service and does not prepare birthday cakes immediately on the customer’s order. For those who want to consume it within the premises, they merely supply the readily available cakes. They do not serve food on the customer’s table and in most cases the items are sold only across the counter. Therefore, the applicant should not be considered as providing Restaurant Services.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN GST

NOTIFICATIONS
Changes in Rules: Notification No. 32/2021-Central Tax dated 29th August, 2021
By the above Notification, the following changes have been effected in the CGST Rules, 2017:

(i) In case of companies a facility to upload returns, etc., by EVC was valid up to 31st August, 2021. With this Notification, the said facility is extended till 31st October, 2021. The facility will not be available from 1st November, 2021.
(ii) As per rule 138E of the CGST Rules, 2017 there are restrictions on furnishing of information in Part A of Form GST-EWB-01, if there is failure to file returns for two consecutive tax periods. However, in view of the pandemic, the above restriction was made non-applicable if the failure to file return was for the period February, 2020 to August, 2020 and the relaxation was operative up to 15th October, 2020. Now, by inserting a 5th proviso in the above rule, the said restriction is relaxed for the period from 1st May, 2021 to 18th August, 2021 in case where the return in Form GSTR3B or Form GSTR1 or GST-CMP-08 has not been filed for the period March, 2021 to May, 2021.
(iii) Certain changes have been made in Form GST-ASMT-14 (i.e., notice for assessment u/s 63). The notice now provides a reference number of the order cancelling registration. This will be useful for ready reference. The second change in the above form is to remove duplication of contents. And the third change is to incorporate the address of the issuing authority. This is also a good change so that the noticee can easily locate the officer.

Extension of amnesty regarding late fees: Notification No. 33/2021-Central Tax dated 29th August, 2021
By the earlier Notification dated 1st June, 2021 (details of which are given in the BCAJ issue of July, 2021) the Government has given relaxation in late fees for delayed filing of returns. The time limit for availing the above relaxation was up to 31st August, 2021. By the above Notification, the said time limit is extended up to 30th November, 2021.

Extension for filing revocation application: Notification No. 34/2021-Central Tax dated 29th August, 2021
Upon cancellation of registration, the affected person is allowed to file revocation application whereby he can apply for revocation of cancellation of registration. Such application is required to be filed within 30 days of cancellation of the registration order. By the above Notification, relaxation is given that if such cancellation is under section 29(2)(b) or (c) and if the time limit for filing revocation application falls between 1st March, 2020 and 31st August, 2021 then, such person can file revocation application till 30th September, 2021.

Under section 29(2)(b) the registration can be cancelled if there is failure to file returns by the composition person for three consecutive tax periods.

Under section 29(2)(c) the registration can be cancelled if there is failure to file returns by any registered person for a continuous period of six months.

The benefit of relaxation is given in the above cases only.

CIRCULARS

Clarification regarding extension of limitation for filing revocation application: Circular No. 158/14/2021-GST dated 6th September, 2021
The Government has given relaxation in filing revocation application as per Notification No. 34/2021-Central Tax dated 29th August, 2021, mentioned above. In respect of the above relaxation, the CBIC has issued the above Circular in which various clarifications covering various situations are given. The intention is that the affected person should get an opportunity to get his grievance of cancellation redressed by way of a revocation application.

Clarification on doubts related to scope of ‘Intermediary’ services: Circular No. 159/15/2021-GST dated 20th September, 2021

The Government has clarified the scope of Intermediary Services through the above Circular, issued after the GST Council meeting held on 17th September, 2021.

Clarification on certain issues: Circular No. 160/16/2021-GST dated 20th September, 2021
The above Circular has been issued to clarify certain issues in respect of
1. Time limit for availment of ITC in respect of Debit Notes to be considered with reference to the date of issuance of Debit Note, w.e.f. 1st January, 2021 [section 16(4)].
2. No necessity of carrying physical copy of Tax Invoice during journey in case where invoice has been generated in prescribed mode of e-invoice. [Rule 48(4).] Production of QR code, with embedded IRN, would suffice.
3. Applicability of restrictions imposed u/s 54(3) of the CGST Act for availment of refund of accumulated ITC, in case of export of certain goods.

Clarification relating to Export of Services: Circular No. 161/17/2021-GST dated 20th September, 2021
An important aspect related to Export of Services has been clarified through the above Circular. After a detailed analysis of legal provisions, the Circular concludes that ‘a company incorporated in India and a body corporate incorporated by or under the laws of a country outside India, which is also referred to as foreign company under Companies Act, are separate persons under the CGST Act, and thus are separate legal entities. Accordingly, these two separate persons would not be considered as “merely establishments of a distinct person in accordance with Explanation 1 in section 8”.’

Therefore, supply of services by a subsidiary / sister concern / group concern, etc., of a foreign company, which is incorporated in India under the Companies Act, 2013, may qualify for being considered as export of services, as it would not be treated as supply between merely establishments of distinct persons under Explanation 1 of section 8 of the IGST Act, 2017. Similarly, the supply from a company incorporated in India to its related establishments outside India, which are incorporated under the laws outside India, would not be treated as supply to merely establishments of distinct person under Explanation 1 of section 8 of the IGST Act, 2017. Such supplies, therefore, would qualify as ‘export of services’, subject to fulfilment of other conditions as provided under sub-section (6) of section 2 of the IGST Act.

ADVANCE RULINGS
(1) ITC – Eligibility for Solar Plant
M/s KLF Nirmal Industries Pvt. Ltd. (Order No. 19/ARA/2021 dated 18th June, 2021) (Tamil Nadu)

The facts are that the applicant is in the business of edible oil and has an extracting plant in the State of Tamil Nadu. For operating the plant, the applicant has got a solar plant installed in its factory. The supplier has considered the supply / installation of the solar plant as works contract.

It is positively confirmed that the electricity generated is only used for its captive consumption in the plant and nothing is given to outside agencies. To substantiate this fact, they have produced the memo issued by the Tamil Nadu Generation and Distribution Corporation Ltd., wherein it is stated as under:

‘(13) At present, as per the Hon’ble TNERC’s Grid Connectivity and Intra-State Open Access Regulations, 2014, parallel operation charges (Rs. 15,000 per month per MW or part thereof as per TNERC Order No. 5 of 2019 dated 29th March, 2019) as fixed by the TNERC have to be paid by the generator. This charge is applicable as the generator is availing parallel operation with the grid for captive use of solar power without availing open access and it is subject to revision based on the TNERC order issued from time to time.’

The applicant also submitted that the solar plant is capitalised in their books in the category of ‘Plant and Machinery’ and also that no depreciation is claimed on the GST component.

Based on the above facts, the applicant has posed the following questions:

‘1. Whether the company is eligible to take input tax credit as inputs / capital goods or input services of the items listed in Appendix-A.
2. Whether the company is eligible to take input tax credit for inputs and services for running the solar plant.’

The AAR referred to the statutory provisions of sections 16 and 17 of the CGST Act and observed the requisites for getting ITC. He noted that the applicant fulfils the conditions of section 16 as it has tax invoice, it is for business, the goods are received, the tax charged is paid and the return is filed. There is no dispute about compliance of the above conditions.

Reference was also made to the provision of blocked credit in section 17(5)(c). The said section is also reproduced in the AR as under:

‘(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1) of section 16 and sub-section (1) of section 18, input tax credit shall not be available in respect of the following, namely,
(c) works contract services when supplied for construction of an immovable property (other than plant and machinery) except where it is an input service for further supply of works contract service;
(d) goods or services or both received by a taxable person for construction of an immovable property (other than plant or machinery) on his own account including when such goods or services or both are used in the course or furtherance of business.
Explanation – For the purposes of this Chapter and Chapter VI, the expression “plant and machinery” means apparatus, equipment and machinery fixed to earth by foundation or structural support that are used for making outward supply of goods or services or both and includes such foundation and structural supports but excludes
(i) land, building or any other civil structures;
(ii) telecommunication towers; and
(iii) pipelines laid outside the factory premises.’

The AAR observed that the said section will not affect the case of the applicant because although the solar plant is a works contract and it is an immovable property, but still it is in the excluded category being ‘plant and machinery’.

There were other purchases in the block of plant and machinery. However, since it was not substantiated further, the AAR did not give any further ruling on the same.

Based on the above facts, the AAR held that the applicant is eligible to take ITC on the solar plant.

(2) Exemption – Registration
M/s Sachdeva College Ltd. (Advance Ruling No. HR/HAAR/2020-21/16 dated 23rd June, 2021) (Haryana AAR)

The applicant is a limited company incorporated under the Companies Act. It provides training to selected candidates sponsored by the Directorate of Welfare of Scheduled Caste and Backward Classes Department, Haryana (referred to as Directorate of Welfare).

There is an agreement with the Directorate of Welfare and the whole expenditure is borne by the Government.

Based on the above facts, the following questions were put before the AAR:

2. The questions framed in advance ruling application are:
2.1 To determine the liability to pay GST / IGST tax on training to students at the behest of the Directorate of Welfare of Scheduled Caste and Backward Classes Department, Haryana by the applicant under a training programme for which the total expenditure is borne by the State Government of Haryana which implements three types of schemes, i.e., State Scheme, Sharing basis, Centrally-sponsored Scheme, especially in view of Entry No. 72 of the Haryana Government Excise & Taxation Department Notification No. 47/ST-2 dated 30th June, 2017, and whether this Entry grants exemption of GST on the training of students by the petitioner?
2.2 Whether the applicant is liable to be registered under the State of Haryana under HGST / CGST in view of the facts and circumstances of the present case?’

The applicant is claiming exemption for fees received from the Directorate of Welfare. The Excise and Taxation Commissioner, Haryana has clarified that no GST is payable on schemes related to training as per Entry No. 72 of the Haryana Department vide Notification dated 30th June, 2017.

The AAR referred to the exemption entry in the Haryana SGST and CGST as under:

‘E. Following services have been exempted by Notification No. 47-ST-2 (HGST) Entry No. 72 of HGST; 09/2017 (IGST) Entry No. 75 of IGST; and 12/2017 (CGST) Entry No. 69 of CGST:

47-ST-2 (HGST) Entry No. 72 of HGST:
“Services provided to the Central Government, State Government, Union Territory Administration under any training programme for which total expenditure is borne by the Central Government, State Government, Union Territory Administration.”

09/2017 (IGST) Entry No. 75 of IGST:
“Services provided to the Central Government, State Government, Union Territory Administration under any training programme for which total expenditure is borne by the Central Government, State Government, Union Territory Administration.”

12/2017 (CGST) Entry No. 69 of CGST:
“Services provided to the Central Government, State Government, Union Territory Administration under any training programme for which total expenditure is borne by the Central Government, State Government, Union Territory Administration”.’

The meaning of ‘coaching’ as given in the Cambridge Dictionary was referred to, which defines coaching as under:
‘the job or activity of providing training for people or helping to prepare them for something.’

The AAR relied upon the clarification given by the Excise Commissioner to the Directorate of Welfare in which, with reference to the above Entry No. 72 in Notification No. 47/HGST dated 30th June, 2017, it is clarified that no tax is payable, the transaction being exempt under the above entry.

Accordingly, the AAR opined that no tax is payable on the above transactions.

Regarding the liability for registration, the AAR observed as under:

‘Further, section 23 of the Act provides that any person engaged exclusively in the business of supplying goods and services or both that are not liable to tax or fully exempt from tax under this Act or under the Integrated Goods and Service Tax Act… So the applicant is not liable for registration till he supplies goods and services or both that are not liable to tax or fully exempt from tax under the GST Acts.’

Thus, the AR decided in favour of the applicant.

(3) Exempt supply vis-à-vis local authorities
M/s CMS Engineering Concern (Advance Ruling No. 05/WBAAR/2021-22 dated 30th July, 2021) (WB AAR)

The applicant, M/s CMS Engineering Concern, is engaged in the operation of water pumps and safeguarding pumping machinery at various pump-houses in different districts of West Bengal for supply of drinking water to the public and hospitals upon receipt of a work order from the Directorate of Public Health Engineering, Government of West Bengal (hereinafter referred to as the PHE Directorate).

The applicant is of the opinion that he provides services to local authority, i.e., Panchayat and Municipality, whose powers and duties are described in Article 243G and Article 243W of the Constitution of India. The services are described in the Eleventh and Twelfth Schedule of the Constitution attached to Article 243G (Panchayat) and Article 243W (Municipality). Both of the said Schedules contain ‘Drinking water’ and ‘Water supply for domestic, industrial and commercial purposes’.

Therefore, according to the applicant, the services provided by him are pure services which do not involve any supply of goods. Further, such services are provided to a local authority by way of activity in relation to the function entrusted to the Panchayat under Article 243G or in relation to the function entrusted to the Municipality under Article 243W and therefore the services are exempt from taxation vide entry at serial number 3 of the Notification No. 1136 F.T. dated 28th June, 2017 of the WB SGST [corresponding Central Notification No. 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 under CGST], as amended from time to time.

Based on the aforesaid nature of supply, the applicant has sought advance ruling on the question as to whether or not the services provided by him are exempt from GST.

The applicant referred to the advance ruling pronounced by the West Bengal AAR in the matter of Mahendra Roy (Case No. 35 of 2019-2019-VIL-288-AAR) where the applicant is stated to be providing conservancy / solid waste management service to the Conservancy Department of the Howrah Municipal Corporation. In this case, the AAR has held that the supply is exempt from the payment of GST under Sl. No. 3 of Notification No. 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017, as amended from time to time.

The Revenue objected that the services rendered by the applicant for supervision of electrical installation and operating and guarding of pumping machinery are supply of services in the form of works contract or job work. These supplies in no way are sovereign services of the Government. Therefore, it was submitted that the stated services could not be considered as services falling under the purview of Articles 243G and 243W of the Constitution.

The AAR referred to the Entry involved and reproduced the same as under:

Entry serial No. 3 of the Notification No. 1136 F.T. dated 28th June, 2017:

Sl.
No.

Chapter, Section, Heading, Group or Service Code
(Tariff)

Description
of Services

Rate
(per cent)

 

Condition

3

Chapter 99

Pure Services (excluding works

NIL

NIL

 

 

(continued)

contract service or other composite supplies involving supply of
any goods) provided to the Central Government, State Government or Union
Territory or Local Authority or a Governmental authority by way of any
activity in relation to any function entrusted to a Panchayat under Article
243G of the Constitution or in relation to any function entrusted to a
Municipality under article 243W of the Constitution

 

 

    

Based on the above entry, the issues to be decided were:
(i) whether the instant supply of services can be treated as pure services;
(ii) whether the applicant provides services to the Central Government, State Government or Union Territory or Local Authority or a Governmental authority; and
(iii) whether the said services are in relation to any function entrusted to a Panchayat under Article 243G or to a Municipality under Article 243W of the Constitution of India.

The AAR observed that pure services will mean supply of services which do not involve any supply of goods.

Although minute details of the work involved were not available, the AAR assumed that if it does not involve goods, it will not be works contract, as works contract takes place when goods are involved. Since there is no activity of treatment or process of goods, it cannot be job work also, observed the AAR.

The AAR also referred to the functions entrusted to the Panchayat and Municipality under Articles 243G / 243W by reproducing the Articles.

He found that the functions entrusted to a Panchayat or to a Municipality as listed in the Eleventh and / or Twelfth Schedule include the functions like drinking water or water supply for domestic, industrial and commercial purposes.

In view of the above, the AAR held that the services as provided by the applicant for operation of water-pump and safeguarding pumping machinery at various pump-houses in different districts for supply of drinking water is a matter listed in the Eleventh and / or Twelfth Schedule in relation to functions entrusted to a Panchayat under Article 243G and / or to a Municipality under Article 243W of the Constitution and accordingly held the supply as exempt.

(4) Maintainability of Advance Ruling application
M/s Sree Krishna Rice Mill (Advance Ruling No. 04/WBAAR/2021-22 dated 30th July, 2021) (WB AAR)

The applicant, Sree Krishna Rice Mill, has entered into agreements with State Government agencies for custom milling of paddy, i.e., production of rice on job work. In the execution of custom milling, the applicant has to collect / procure paddy from paddy storage centres (commonly known as Mandis) and thereafter transport it to its milling site. After milling of rice from the said procured paddy, the applicant delivers such milled rice from its milling site to the various delivery centres.

According to the applicant, milling charges and usage charges for packing of rice is a taxable supply on which tax is levied @ 5% (CGST @ 2.5% and SGST @ 2.5%). However, on the issue of the services of transportation of paddy / rice, the applicant is of the opinion that the transportation charges in relation to paddy / rice are exempt from payment of tax under Entry serial No. 21 of Notification No. 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017, being services provided by a goods transport agency by way of transport in a goods carriage of agricultural produce. The applicant further expressed his view that labour charges on procurement of paddy are not liable to tax under the GST Act.

Based on the aforesaid nature of supply, the applicant raised the following issues before the AAR:
(i) Whether transportation of raw paddy from the point of purchase to the rice mill is taxable or not;
(ii) Whether the reimbursement of Mandi labour charges is taxable or not.

The AAR discussed details of the above issues at great  length. However, he noted that at present investigation proceedings are pending related to custom milling of paddy. He referred to the 1st proviso to sub-section (2) of section 98 of the CGST Act which says that the AAR shall not admit an application where the question raised is already pending or decided in any proceedings in the case of an applicant under any of the provisions of this Act.

Although in the application uploaded on 31st March, 2021 a declaration is made that the questions raised in the application are not pending nor decided in any proceeding, the correct fact is that the applicant has been served with a notice dated 16th March, 2021 in connection with proceedings under the provisions of the GST Act and the questions raised in the instant application are related to the said proceedings.

Under the circumstances, the AAR denied any ruling on the application and disposed of it accordingly.

FROM PUBLISHED ACCOUNTS

Compiler’s Note:
In the financial sector, virtual currencies are the topic of discussion. Several companies across the world have embraced this new development and started accepting or investing in virtual currencies. Given below are illustrative disclosures in the financial statements of three companies in the US which have accepted virtual currencies as a mode of settlement of their trade transactions or are investing in the same.

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

Organisation
MicroStrategy pursues two corporate strategies in the operation of its business. One strategy is to grow our enterprise analytics software business and the other is to acquire and hold Bitcoin.

Digital assets
During the second half of 2020, the Company purchased an aggregate of $1.125 billion in digital assets, comprised solely of Bitcoin. The Company accounts for its digital assets as indefinite-lived intangible assets in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (‘ASC’) 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other. The Company has ownership of and control over its Bitcoin and uses third-party custodial services at multiple locations that are geographically dispersed to store its Bitcoin. The Company’s digital assets are initially recorded at cost. Subsequently, they are measured at cost, net of any impairment losses incurred since acquisition.

The Company determines the fair value of its Bitcoin on a non-recurring basis in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, based on quoted (unadjusted) prices on the active exchange that the Company has determined is its principal market for Bitcoin (Level I inputs). The Company performs an analysis each quarter to identify whether events or changes in circumstances, principally decreases in the quoted (unadjusted) prices on the active exchange, indicate that it is more likely than not that any of the assets are impaired. In determining if an impairment has occurred, the Company considers the lowest price of one Bitcoin quoted on the active exchange at any time since acquiring the specific Bitcoin held by the Company. If the carrying value of a Bitcoin exceeds that lowest price, an impairment loss has occurred with respect to that Bitcoin in the amount equal to the difference between its carrying value and such lowest price.

Impairment losses are recognised as ‘Digital asset impairment losses’ in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period in which the impairment is identified. The impaired digital assets are written down to their fair value at the time of impairment and this new cost basis will not be adjusted upward for any subsequent increase in fair value. Gains (if any) are not recorded until realised upon sale, at which point they would be presented net of any impairment losses in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. In determining the gain to be recognised upon sale, the Company calculates the difference between the sales price and carrying value of the specific Bitcoins sold immediately prior to sale.

See Note 5, Digital Assets, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Company’s purchases of digital assets.

Note 5: Digital Assets
During the year ended 31st December, 2020, the Company purchased approximately 70,469 Bitcoins for $1.125 billion in cash, including cash from the net proceeds related to the liquidation of short-term investments and the issuance of its convertible senior notes. During the year ended 31st December, 2020, the Company incurred $70.7 million of impairment losses on its Bitcoin. As of 31st December, 2020, the carrying value of the Company’s Bitcoin was $1.054 billion, which reflects cumulative impairments of $70.7 million. The carrying value represents the lowest fair value of the Bitcoins at any time since their acquisition. The Company did not sell any of its Bitcoins during the year ended 31st December, 2020.

SQUARE, INC.


Bitcoin Revenue
The Company offers its Cash App customers the ability to purchase Bitcoin, a cryptocurrency denominated asset, from the Company. The Company satisfies its performance obligation and records revenue when Bitcoin is transferred to the customer’s account. The Company purchases Bitcoin from private broker dealers or from Cash App customers and applies a small margin before selling it to its customers. The sale amounts received from customers are recorded as revenue on a gross basis and the associated Bitcoin cost as cost of revenues, as the Company is the principal in the Bitcoin sale transaction. The Company has concluded it is the principal because it controls the Bitcoin before delivery to the customers, it is primarily responsible for the delivery of the Bitcoin to the customers, it is exposed to risks arising from fluctuations of the market price of Bitcoin before delivery to the customers, and has discretion in setting prices charged to customers.

Investments in Bitcoin
Bitcoin is a cryptocurrency that is considered to be an indefinite lived intangible asset because Bitcoin lacks physical form and there is no limit to its useful life. Accordingly, Bitcoin is not subject to amortisation but is tested for impairment continuously to assess if it is more likely than not that it is impaired. The Company has concluded Bitcoin is traded in an active market where there are observable prices, a decline in the quoted price below cost is generally viewed as an impairment indicator, in which case the fair value is determined to assess whether an impairment loss should be recorded. If the fair value of Bitcoin decreases below the carrying value during the assessed period an impairment charge is recognised at that time. After an impairment loss is recognised, the adjusted carrying amount of Bitcoin becomes its new accounting basis. A subsequent reversal of a previously recognised impairment loss is prohibited until the sale of the asset. In the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company acquired $50 million of Bitcoin that it expects to hold as an investment for the foreseeable future. There was no impairment loss recorded on Bitcoin for the year ended 31st December, 2020.

Cost of revenue
Transaction-based costs
Transaction-based costs consist primarily of interchange and assessment fees, processing fees and bank settlement fees paid to third-party payment processors and financial institutions.

Subscription and services-based costs
Subscription and services-based costs consist primarily of caviar-related costs, which included processing fees, payments to third-party couriers for deliveries and the cost of equipment provided to sellers. Caviar-related costs for catered meals also included food costs and personnel costs. Subscriptions and services-based costs also included costs associated with Cash Card and Instant Deposit. The caviar business was sold in the fourth quarter of 2019.

Hardware costs
Hardware costs consist of all product costs associated with contactless and chip readers, chip card readers, Square Stand, Square Register, Square Terminal and third-party peripherals. Product costs consist of third-party manufacturing costs.

Bitcoin costs
Bitcoin cost of revenue comprises of the amounts the Company pays to purchase Bitcoin, which will fluctuate in line with the price of Bitcoin in the market.

Other costs
Other costs such as employee costs, rent and occupancy charges are generally not allocated to cost of revenue and are reflected in operating expenses.

TESLA, INC.
Investments
In January, 2021, we updated our investment policy to provide us with more flexibility to further diversify and maximise returns on our cash that is not required to maintain adequate operating liquidity. As part of the policy, we may invest a portion of such cash in certain specified alternative reserve assets. Thereafter, we invested an aggregate $1.50 billion in Bitcoin under this policy. Moreover, we expect to begin accepting Bitcoin as a form of payment for our products in the near future, subject to applicable laws and initially on a limited basis, which we may or may not liquidate upon receipt.

We will account for digital assets as indefinite-lived intangible assets in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other. The digital assets are initially recorded at cost and are subsequently re-measured on the consolidated balance sheet at cost, net of any impairment losses incurred since acquisition. We will perform an analysis each quarter to identify impairment. If the carrying value of the digital asset exceeds the fair value based on the lowest price quoted in the active exchanges during the period, we will recognise an impairment loss equal to the difference in the consolidated statement of operations.

The cost basis of the digital assets will not be adjusted upward for any subsequent increases in their quoted prices on the active exchanges. Gains (if any) will.

GLIMPSES OF SUPREME COURT RULINGS

1 South Indian Bank Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income Tax [Appeal No. 9606 of 2011]

Civil Appeal No. 9606 of 2011; Civil Appeal No. 5610 of 2021 [Arising out of SLP (C) No. 32761 of 2018; Civil Appeal Nos. 9609, 9610, 9611, 9615, 9608, 9612, 9614, 9613, 9607 of 2011; and 3367 and 2963 of 2012

Date of order: 9th September, 2021

Disallowance of expenditure – Section 14A – Expenditure incurred in relation to incomes which are not includible in total income – Proportionate disallowance of interest is not warranted u/s 14A for investments made in tax-free bonds / securities (held as stock-in-trade) which yield tax-free dividend and interest to assessee banks in those situations where interest-free own funds available with the assessee exceeded their investments

1. The question of law that arose before the Supreme Court was on the interpretation of section 14A which reads as follows:

‘Whether proportionate disallowance of interest paid by the banks is called for under section 14A of Income-tax Act for investments made in tax-free bonds / securities which yield tax-free dividend and interest to assessee banks when the assessee had sufficient interest-free own funds which were more than the investments made?’

1.1 For convenience, the Supreme Court adverted to the facts from the Civil Appeal No. 9606 of 2011 (South Indian Bank Ltd. vs. CIT, Trichur) to decide the appeal.

The assessees were scheduled banks and in the course of their banking business they also engaged in the business of investments in bonds, securities and shares which earned them interests from such securities and bonds, as also dividend income on investments in shares of companies, and from units of UTI, etc., which were tax-free.

1.2 None of the assessee banks amongst the appellants maintained separate accounts for the investments made in bonds, securities and shares wherefrom the tax-free income is earned so that disallowances could be limited to the actual expenditure incurred by the assessee.

1.3 In the absence of separate accounts for investments which earned tax-free income, the A.O. made proportionate disallowance of interest attributable to the funds invested to earn tax-free income. The A.O. worked out proportionate disallowance by referring to the average cost of deposit for the relevant year. The CIT(A) had concurred with the A.O.’s view.
    
1.4 The ITAT in the assessee’s appeal against the CIT(A), considered the absence of separate identifiable funds utilised by the assessee for making investments in tax-free bonds and shares but found that the assessee bank was having indivisible business and considering their nature of business, the investments made in tax-free bonds and in shares would therefore be in the nature of stock-in-trade. The ITAT then noticed that the assessee bank was having surplus funds and reserves from which investments could be made. Accordingly, it accepted the assessee’s case that investments were not made out of interest- or cost-bearing funds alone. In consequence, it was held by the ITAT that disallowance u/s 14A was not warranted in the absence of the clear identity of the funds.

The decision of the ITAT was reversed by the Kerala High Court on acceptance of the contentions advanced by the Revenue in its appeal.

2. The appellants argued before the Supreme Court that the investments made in bonds and shares should be considered to have been made out of interest-free funds which were substantially more than the investment made and therefore the interest paid by the assessee on its deposits and other borrowings should not be considered to be expenditure incurred in relation to tax-free income on bonds and shares; and as a corollary, there should be no disallowance u/s 14A. On the other hand, the counsel for Revenue referred to the reasoning of the CIT(A) and of the High Court to project its case. The contention on behalf of the assessee was rejected by the CIT(A) as also by the High Court primarily on the ground that the assessee had not kept its interest-free funds in a separate account and as such had purchased the bonds / shares from a mixed account.

3. The Supreme Court noted that section 14A was introduced by the Finance Act, 2001 with retrospective effect from 1st April, 1962. The new section was inserted in the aftermath of the judgment of this Court in the case of Rajasthan State Warehousing Corporation vs. CIT [(2000) 242 ITR 450 (SC)]. The said section provided for disallowance of expenditure incurred by the assessee in relation to income which does not form part of its total income. As such, if the assessee incurs any expenditure for earning tax-free income such as interest paid for funds borrowed, for investment in any business which earns tax-free income, the assessee is disentitled to deduction of such interest or other expenditure. Although the provision was introduced retrospectively from 1st April, 1962, the retrospective effect was neutralised by a proviso introduced later by the Finance Act, 2002 with effect from 11th May, 2001 whereunder reassessment, rectification of assessment was prohibited for any assessment year up to the assessment year 2000-01 when the proviso was introduced, without making any disallowance u/s 14A. The earlier assessments were therefore permitted to attain finality. As such, the disallowance u/s 14A was intended to cover pending assessments and for the assessment years commencing from 2001-02.

3.1 The Supreme Court noted that in the present batch of appeals before it, it was concerned with disallowances made u/s 14A for the A.Ys. commencing from 2001-02 onwards or for pending assessments.

4. The Supreme Court noted several decisions wherein it was held that in a situation where the assessee has mixed funds (made up partly of interest-free funds and partly of interest-bearing funds) and payment is made out of such mixed fund, the investment must be considered to have been made out of the interest-free fund.

4.1 In Pr. CIT vs. Bombay Dyeing and Mfg. Co. Ltd. (ITA No. 1225 of 2015), the question whether the Tribunal was justified in deleting the disallowance u/s 80M on the presumption that when the funds available to the assessee were both interest-free and loans, the investments made would be out of the interest-free funds available with the assessee, provided the interest-free funds were sufficient to meet the investments, was answered in favour of the assessee. The resultant SLP of the Revenue challenging the Bombay High Court judgment was dismissed both on merit and on delay by this Court.

4.2 In Commissioner of Income Tax (Large Taxpayer Unit) vs. Reliance Industries Ltd. [(2019) 410 ITR 466 (SC)], a Division Bench of the Supreme Court held that where there is a finding of fact that interest-free funds available to assessee were sufficient to meet its investment, it will be presumed that investments were made from such interest-free funds.

4.3 In HDFC Bank Ltd. vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax [(2016) 383 ITR 529 (Bom)], the assessee was a scheduled bank and the issue therein pertained to disallowance u/s 14A. In this case, the Bombay High Court, even while remanding the case back to the Tribunal for adjudicating afresh, observed (relying on its own previous judgment in the same assessee’s case for a different assessment year) that if the assessee possesses sufficient interest-free funds as against investment in tax-free securities, then there is a presumption that investment which has been made in tax-free securities has come out of interest-free funds available with the assessee. In such a situation, section 14A would not be applicable. Similar views were expressed by other High Courts in CIT vs. Suzlon Energy Ltd. [(2013) 354 ITR 630 (Guj)], CIT vs. Microlabs Ltd. [(2016) 383 ITR 490 (Karn)] and CIT vs. Max India Ltd. [(2016) 388 ITR 81 (P&H)].

4.4 On reading of these judgments, the Supreme Court was of the opinion that the High Courts had correctly interpreted the scope of section 14A in their decisions favouring the assessees.

4.4.1 According to the Supreme Court, applying the same logic, the disallowance would be legally impermissible for the investment made by the assessees in bonds / shares using interest-free funds u/s 14A. In other words, if investments in securities are made out of common funds and the assessee has available non-interest-bearing funds larger than the investments made in tax-free securities, then in such cases disallowance u/s 14A cannot be made.

4.4.2 The Supreme Court said that the decisions in S.A. Builders vs. CIT (2007) 1 SCC 781, where this Court ruled on the issue of disallowance in relation to funds lent to a sister concern out of mixed funds and which was pending consideration before the larger bench of this Court in SLP (C) No. 14729 of 2012 titled as Addl. CIT vs. Tulip Star Hotels Ltd., were distinguishable as the factual scenario was different and therefore the issue pending before the larger Bench had no bearing on the present matters. In that case, loans were extended to a sister concern, while here the assessee banks had invested in bonds / securities.

4.4.3 According to the Supreme Court, the High Court herein had endorsed the proportionate disallowance made by the A.O. u/s 14A to the extent of investments made in tax-free bonds / securities, primarily because a separate account was not maintained by the assessee. The Supreme Court in this context observed that there was no corresponding legal obligation upon the assessee to maintain separate accounts for different types of funds held by it. In the absence of any statutory provision which compels the assessee to maintain separate accounts for different types of funds, the Revenue’s contention could not be sustained.

5. The Supreme Court then adverted to Maxopp Investment Ltd. vs. CIT [(2018) 402 ITR 640 (SC)] which also dealt with the issue of disallowance u/s 14A in cases where investments were held as stock-in-trade and referred to some of its following observations:

(i) The purpose behind section 14A in not permitting deduction of the expenditure incurred in relation to income, which does not form part of total income, is to ensure that the assessee does not get double benefit. Once a particular income itself is not to be included in the total income and is exempted from tax, there is no reasonable basis for giving benefit of deduction of the expenditure incurred in earning such an income.

(ii) As per section 14A(1), deduction of that expenditure is not to be allowed which has been incurred by the assessee ‘in relation to income which does not form part of the total income under this Act’. Axiomatically, it is that expenditure alone which has been incurred in relation to the income which is includible in the total income that has to be disallowed. If an expenditure incurred has no causal connection with the exempted income, then such expenditure would obviously be treated as not related to the income that is exempted from tax and such expenditure would be allowed as business expenditure. To put it differently, such expenditure would then be considered as incurred in respect of other income which is to be treated as part of the total income.

(iii) It is to be kept in mind that in those cases where shares are held as stock-in-trade, it becomes a business activity of the assessee to deal in those shares as a business proposition. Whether dividend is earned or not becomes immaterial. In fact, it would be a quirk of fate that when the investee company declared dividend, those shares are held by the assessee, though the assessee has to ultimately trade those shares by selling them to earn profits. The situation here is, therefore, different from the case like Maxopp Investment Ltd. [Maxopp Investment Ltd. vs. CIT (2012) 347 ITR 272 (Del)] where the assessee would continue to hold those shares as it wants to retain control over the investee company. In that case, whenever dividend is declared by the investee company, that would necessarily be earned by the assessee and the assessee alone. Therefore, even at the time of investing into those shares, the assessee knows that it may generate dividend income as well, and as and when such dividend income is generated, that would be earned by the assessee. In contrast, where the shares are held as stock-in-trade, this may not necessarily be the situation. The main purpose is to liquidate those shares whenever the share price goes up in order to earn profits.

(iv) It will be in those cases where the assessee in his return has himself apportioned but the A.O. is not accepting the said apportionment. In that eventuality, it will have to record its satisfaction to this effect.

6. The Supreme Court thereafter referred to another important judgment dealing with section 14A disallowance, viz., Godrej and Boyce Manufacturing Co. Ltd. vs. DCIT [(2017) 394 ITR 449(SC)]. Here, the assessee had access to adequate interest-free funds to make investments and the issue pertained to disallowance of expenditure incurred to earn dividend income, which was not forming part of the total income of the assessee. It was observed that for disallowance of expenditure incurred in earning an income it is a condition precedent that such income should not be includible in the total income of the assessee. The Supreme Court accordingly concluded that for attracting provisions of section 14A, the proof of fact regarding such expenditure being incurred for earning exempt income is necessary.

7. The Supreme Court proceeded further to examine yet another aspect of the matter. It noted that the Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) had issued Circular No. 18 of 2015 dated 2nd November, 2015 which had analysed and explained that all shares and securities held by a bank which are not bought to maintain Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR) are its stock-in-trade and not investments, and income arising out of those is attributable to the business of banking. This Circular came to be issued in the aftermath of CIT vs. Nawanshahar Central Co-operative Bank Ltd. [(2007) 160 Taxman 48 (SC)], wherein the Supreme Court had held that investments made by a banking concern is part of its banking business. Hence, the income earned through such investments would fall under the head Profits & Gains of business. The Punjab & Haryana High Court in the case of Pr. CIT vs. State Bank of Patiala [(2017) 393 ITR 476 (P&H)] while adverting to the CBDT Circular, concluded (correctly, according to the Supreme Court) that shares and securities held by a bank are stock-in-trade and all income received on such shares and securities must be considered to be business income. That is why section 14A would not be attracted to such income.

7.1 Reverting back to the situation, the Supreme Court observed that the Revenue in the present case was not contending that the assessee banks had held the securities for maintaining the SLR as mentioned in the Circular. In view of this position, when there was no finding that the investments of the assessee were of the related category, tax implication would not arise against the appellants from the said Circular.
    
8. The Supreme Court concluded that the proportionate disallowance of interest was not warranted u/s 14A for investments made in tax-free bonds / securities which yielded tax-free dividend and interest to the assessee banks in those situations where interest-free own funds available with the assessee exceeded their investments. The Supreme Court agreed with the view taken by the ITAT favouring the assessees.

8.1 The Supreme Court clarified that the above conclusion was arrived at because a nexus had not been established between expenditure disallowed and earning of exempt income. The respondents had failed to refer to any statutory provision which obligated the assessee to maintain separate accounts which might justify proportionate disallowance.

9. Finally, referring to the general expectations from tax policies / systems, the Supreme Court quoted the following words of Adam Smith in his seminal work, The Wealth of Nations:

‘The tax which each individual is bound to pay ought to be certain and not arbitrary. The time of payment, the manner of payment, the quantity to be paid ought all to be clear and plain to the contributor and to every other person.’

9.1 In the above context, the Supreme Court observed as under:

‘Echoing what was said by the 18th century economist, it needs to be observed here that in taxation regime, there is no room for presumption and nothing can be taken to be implied. The tax an individual or a corporate is required to pay is a matter of planning for a taxpayer and the Government should endeavour to keep it convenient and simple to achieve maximisation of compliance. Just as the Government does not wish for avoidance of tax, equally it is the responsibility of the regime to design a tax system for which a subject can budget and plan. If proper balance is achieved between these, unnecessary litigation can be avoided without compromising on generation of revenue.’

10. In view of the foregoing discussion, the Supreme Court answered the issue framed in these appeals against the Revenue and in favour of the assessees. The appeals by the assessees were accordingly allowed with no order on costs.

Notes:
(i) The judgment of the Apex Court in the case of Maxopp Investments Ltd. (the Maxopps case) considered in the above case [referred to in para 5 above] was analysed in the BCAJ in the column Closements in the months of January and February, 2018.
    
(i-a) After the judgment in the Maxopps case, a debate had started as to whether in case of securities held as stock-in-trade yielding exempt income, section 14A should apply or, in view of a specific para in the Maxopps case [reproduced in our above Closements at para 7.1.1], section 14A should not apply. This para is also largely referred in the above case at para 5(iii). Post Maxopps case, the trend in the decisions largely relied on the said para to take a view that in such cases section 14A should not be invoked for making proportionate disallowance of the interest, etc. The issue generally in these cases was the interpretation / implications of the said para in such cases. The said para is now considered as the key observation in the above case [i.e., the South Indian Bank Ltd. case] in adjudicating the issue of expenditure on securities held as stock-in-trade. This issue now gets finally settled with the above judgment in the South Indian Bank Ltd. case. Of course, in case of direct expenses incurred for exempt income, different consideration may apply.
    
(ii) In the above case, a common question has been decided in a set of appeals involving a few banks. The Kerala High Court had decided this issue against the assessee and the Apex Court considered the South Indian Bank Ltd. case [unreported] as a lead case and considered the facts of that case to decide the common issue. As such, the facts of the case are taken as available in the judgment of the Apex Court. Some of the other cases in appeal are also unreported. It seems that the above cases related to A.Y. 2001-02 up to A.Y. 2007-08 and in these cases the provisions of section 14A(2) [read with Rule 8D] and section 14A(3) [introduced and becoming effectively applicable from A.Y. 2008-09] were effectively not applicable either because of the prior assessment years involved or due to non-recording of a requisite satisfaction as envisaged in section 14A(2).
    
(ii-a) In the above case, a common question [referred to in para 1 above] considered by the Apex Court was whether proportionate disallowance of interest paid by the banks is permissible u/s 14A for investments made in securities (held as stock-in-trade) yielding exempt dividend / interest income where the assessees had sufficient interest-free own funds available which were more than such investments.
    
(ii-b) In the appeals before the Apex Court, it was an admitted fact that the assessees did not maintain separate accounts for interest-free own funds and other funds [mixed funds] for making such investments and the investments were made from the mixed funds. However, in all cases the interest-free funds available with the assessee were more than such investments. In such cases, the real issue was whether a presumption can be made that such investments under such circumstances are to be considered as made out of own interest-free funds available with the assessee (Presumption Theory). A majority of the High Courts had decided the issue in favour of the assessees by accepting the Presumption Theory. However, the Kerala High Court was of a different view and hence the above cases came up before the Apex Court in the cases of certain banks.

(iii) The issue of applicability of Presumption Theory in such cases was largely settled in the context of the provisions of 36(i)(iii) [Ref: Reliance Industries Ltd. (410 ITR 466) and Hero Cycles Pvt. Ltd. (379 ITR 347-SC)]. However, in the context of section 14A this was considered, more so by the Revenue, as pending for final view. This may be due to the fact that in the Reliance Industries case before the Apex Court, the issue relating to section 14A disallowance was not raised, although it was decided by the High Court. In the context of section 36(i)(iii), it is also worth noting that now in the above case, the Apex Court has approved the view taken by the Bombay High Court in the case of the HDFC Bank Ltd. case [referred to in para 4.3 above]. In this case, the Bombay High Court followed its earlier decision in the case of the same assessee [(2014) 366 ITR 505 (Bom)] wherein the High Court had applied its earlier decision in the case of Reliance Utilities and Power Ltd. [(2009) 313 ITR 340 (Bom)] in which the Presumption Theory was applied in the context of disallowance u/s 36(1)(iii). As such, the judgment of the Bombay High Court in the Reliance Utilities case should be also treated as impliedly approved on this Theory in the above case.

(iii-a) In view of the above judgment, now the applicability of Presumption Theory in such cases in favour of the assessees gets settled in the context of disallowance u/s 14A. The Court has specifically held that in the absence of any statutory provisions requiring the assessee to maintain separate accounts for different types of funds, this Presumption Theory is applicable. Effectively, the Court has accepted the assessee’s proposition that in respect of payment made out of the mixed fund, it is the assessee who has such right of appropriation and also the right to assert from what part of the fund a
particular investment is made, and it may not be permissible for the Revenue to make an estimation of a proportionate figure.

(iv) In the above case, the Apex Court was dealing with a specific issue referred to in para 1 above [and mentioned in above Note (ii-a)] and the Court has responded favourably to decide that disallowance of interest u/s 14A under such circumstances is unwarranted. The Court has also approved the interpretation of section 14A in the decisions of various High Courts taking similar view [as mentioned in paras 4.3 and 4.4 above] and disagreed with the view taken by the Kerala High Court on this issue. In the process, the Court has also made certain observations in the judgment. It is worth noting that it is settled principle of law that the judgment of the Court should be read as a whole and observations made therein should be considered in the light of the questions before the Court. The decision is binding authority only for what it actually decides and not from what may come to flow from some observations made therein [Ref: Sun Engineering Works (P) Ltd. (198 ITR 297 – SC); CIT vs. Sudhir J. Mulji (214 ITR 154 – Bombay High Court), etc.].

(v) In the above case, after concluding the question before the Court, the Court has also made certain significant general observations [referred to in paras 9 and 9.1 above] with regard to the tax system in the country and pointed out that it is the responsibility of the regime to design a system for which a subject can budget and plan to avoid unnecessary litigation. Even earlier, the Apex Court has made significant observations in such context in other cases (e.g., CIT vs. Arvind Narottam 173 ITR 479.) We only hope that one day the authority [which has the power to take remedial action] will appreciate such a desire coming from the highest court of the land and make the life of genuine taxpayers easy in this context. At the same time, to achieve this goal genuine efforts are also required by all other shareholders without which the common goal of certainty and substantial reduction in litigation does not seem to be feasible. Let us hope that this will happen in the near future with the joint efforts of all stakeholders.
    
(vi) Currently, the earlier available exemption in respect of long-term capital gain on transfer of shares as well as dividend income is done away with and major litigation for disallowance u/s 14A was due to these exemptions. In this scenario, the efficacy and impact of section 14A is substantially reduced and as such the above judgment would be of more use only in pending litigation for earlier years except for the entities like banks which continue to make such investments in tax-free securities yielding exempt interest income [and hold them as stock-in-trade] for certain reasons. As such, the practical utility of the above judgment will now be limited for the general taxpayers. Therefore, the instant euphoria created in some quarters on the implications of the judgment appears to be misplaced. In fact, this is the reason why it was thought fit by us to cover this judgment in this column instead of with a detailed analysis [like in the Maxopps case] in the column Closements.

Service Tax

I. TRIBUNAL

1 Neyveli Lignite Corporation Ltd. vs. CCE&ST [2021-128 taxmann.com-405-CESTAT-Chen] Date of order: 26th July, 2021

Liquidated damages recovered from the contractor cannot be said to be a consideration for agreeing to tolerate the act of the contractor of not completing the task within time schedule so as to attract the provisions of section 66E(e) of the Finance Act, 1994

FACTS
The issue before the Tribunal relates to the demand of service tax on liquidated damages recovered by the appellant for acts of default such as delayed or deficient supplies by various suppliers. The period involved in all the appeals is after 1st July, 2012 and the case set out by the Department is that the appellant had agreed to tolerate breach of timelines stipulated in the contract against the amount imposed as liquidated damages as consideration u/s 66E(e) of the Finance Act, 1994.

HELD
The Tribunal relied upon the decisions in the cases of South Eastern Coalfields Ltd. vs. CCE&ST [2021] 124 taxmann.com 174 (New Delhi-CESTAT) and M.P. Poorva Kshetra Vidyut Vitaran Co. Ltd. vs. Pr. Commissioner CGST & CE [2021] 126 taxmann.com 182 (New Delhi – CESTAT) and held that it is not possible to sustain the view taken by the Commissioner that since the contractor did not complete the task within the time schedule, the appellant agreed to tolerate the same for a consideration in the form of liquidated damages, which would be subjected to service tax u/s 66E(e) of the Finance Act. The appeal was accordingly allowed.

Note: A similar view is also taken by the Chennai Tribunal in the case of Steel Authority of India Ltd. vs. CCE [2021] 128 taxmann.com 400 (Chennai-CESTAT), order dated 26th July, 2021.

2 M/s Seaport Lines India Pvt. Ltd. vs. CGST&CE [2021-TIOL-574-CESTAT-Mad] Date of order: 7th September, 2021

A freight forwarder, when acting as a principal, will not be liable to pay service tax when the destination of the goods is from a place in India to a place outside India when there is a mark-up between the freight received and freight paid

FACTS
During verification of records of the assessee, it was noticed that they hire containers from different liners like Maersk and Hapag Lloyd and ‘sell’ these to their customers; that while arranging containers for shippers, the assessee collected ocean freight and local charges like terminal handling charges and documentation charges; and they also availed CENVAT credit on such charges and paid service tax on the invoice amount raised on customers. It was noticed that the assessee collected ocean freight charges higher than the actual amounts charged by shipping lines / steamer agents; however, they did not include the ocean freight charges collected in taxable value for the purpose of payment of Service Tax under business support services.

HELD
The Tribunal, relying on the decision in the case of M/s Marinetrans India Pvt. Ltd. [2020] (33) GSTL 241 (Tri-Hyd) held that buying and selling space on ships does not amount to rendering a service and any profit or income earned through such transactions is not liable to service tax. The demand was accordingly set aside.

3 M/s. Bharat Coking Coal Ltd vs. CCE&ST [2021-TIOL-551-CESTAT-Kol] Date of order: 25th August, 2021

A joint reading of section 67 of the Finance Act and Rule 3 of the Service Tax (Determination of Value) Rules, 2006 clarifies that service tax is chargeable on the value of the service provided. Any other expenses incurred and reimbursed is not includible in the value for charge of service tax

FACTS
The appellant is a PSU and a 100% subsidiary company of Coal India Limited engaged in the business of mining and selling of coal. They receive security services under a Memorandum of Understanding from the Central Industrial Security Force (CISF) and were discharging service tax under reverse charge. For the purpose of valuation, the amount paid to CISF towards cost of deployment, cost of arms and ammunition and cost of clothing items (uniforms), etc., was considered. In addition to the above, they were also providing facilities to CISF for free residential accommodation, free medical services to the CISF personnel at its premises, free vehicles / cabs to CISF personnel and reimbursement of expenditure on petty imprest expenses, medicines and telephones on actual submission of bills / invoices. The appellant has not included the value of the above facilities for payment of service tax on reverse charge basis.

HELD
The Tribunal, relying on the case of Central Industrial Security Force 2019-TIOL-3277-CESTAT-All where it has been held that expenses incurred towards medical services, vehicles, expenditure on dog squad, stationery expenses, telephone charges, expenditure incurred by service recipient for accommodation provided to CISF, are not includible as the same cannot be considered as consideration for providing security services.

FROM THE PRESIDENT

Dear BCAS Family,
The month of October commences with the 2nd day being celebrated as ‘Gandhi Jayanti’ in honour of the birth anniversary of the Father of the Nation, Mahatma Gandhiji. This year it will be his 152nd birth anniversary. He preached two major principles to be followed in life, viz., Ahimsa (non-violence) and Swaraj (freedom). To correlate these principles with our professional life, we have to be conscious of the fact that merely by not involving in physical violence and by taking our own decisions during professional commitments, do not mean that we are following the path of Ahimsa and Swaraj, respectively.

The true spirit of Ahimsa is to be aware during our professional journey of not being part of any deeds which are intended to hurt the well-being of some other person or the State. Similarly, Swaraj is attained by a professional when he advises or takes decisions without the fear of its consequences and in a thoroughly independent manner. To be on the path of these principles one has to make them the standpoints of one’s life and, more importantly, to stand by these standpoints.

For a professional who follows the path of these principles, I am reminded of the quote of my GURU Mahatria Ra:

Your work ethic is a true reflection of your character.
Hold yourself to the highest standards possible.

An eminent person and one of the most respected professionals, Padma Shri CA T.N. Manoharan, Past President of the ICAI, had once stated in an interview that he was transformed the most by reading My Experiments with Truth by Mahatma Gandhi.

Now I turn to the developments on the professional and economic fronts. Let me first discuss the good tidings of the strong rebound during the July-September quarter projected by Standard & Poors (S&P) based on the high frequency indicators after a steep contraction in activities in the previous quarter. It has retained GDP growth at 9.5% for the current fiscal. The capital markets are also exuding confidence in the future earnings of the listed corporates, by taking the Sensex past 60,000 and the Nifty almost touching 18,000. India as a preferred destination for foreign investments is also gathering steam and there is a continuous flow of FDI into the country.

On the professional front, there is the Consultation Paper released by the National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA) on Statutory Audit and Auditing Standards for Micro, Small and Medium Companies (MSMCs). It has sought the views of all the stakeholders on four issues relating to the auditing areas of MSMCs. Two of the issues I feel may need deliberations, viz., (i) exempting MSMCs meeting certain criteria and thresholds from statutory audit under the Companies Act, 2013, and (ii) the approach for estimating standard cost of audit computed by NFRA.

With due respect to the regulatory body NFRA, it is really disturbing of them to make sweeping remarks in the Consultation Paper while dealing with issues related to audit of MSMCs, such as ‘The inference that is inescapable is that such audit is (sic) being carried out is perhaps only a sham.’ And ‘In any event it is clear that such audit as is being carried out cannot boast of any quality at all.’ I feel such statements, even though in a Consultative Paper, should be avoided by the regulator since it depicts the profession of Chartered Accountancy and its foremost quality as auditors in bad light.

The regulator has also inferred that there may be lack of adequate accounting professionals with the companies which are not filing Annual Financial Statements (AFS) and MGT-7. Only 52.48% of the total number of active companies has filed its AFS and MGT-7 for the F.Y. 2018-19 as on June, 2021. Here I would like to state that another reason may be the inefficiency / unwillingness of the promoters and management of such companies for not complying with the regulatory requirements. To cast the entire onus and responsibility on the professionals without further research into the reasons for such non-compliances would be totally unjust.

Further, I feel the estimation of standard costs to carry out an audit as tabulated by NFRA will also require a lot of inputs from professionals who are into conducting audits. The efficiency of conducting audits has increased substantially with the assistance of the various audit softwares available and adopted by the auditing firms. I urge all the professionals to come forward and share their views on the Consultation Paper. BCAS will shortly send an email to collect comments from members. Further, we will deliberate within a group of professionals and give appropriate response as sought.

BCAS through its philanthropic arm the BCAS Foundation and the HRD Committee, has for several decades been undertaking a ‘Tree Plantation and Eye Camp’ in the remote tribal areas of Dharampur, Gujarat. This year, on 25th and 26th September, an enthusiastic group of 25 volunteers visited Pindval and with the assistance of the Sarvodaya Parivar Trust carried out tree plantation. There was a visit to an NGO ARCH, which is engaged in mother and child care services for the tribals at Nagaria, Dharampur. On the next day, the volunteers visited Sant Ranchhoddas Eye Hospital which along with the Dhanvantari Trust conducts cataract operations for the tribals and needy people at Vansda, Gujarat. The BCAS Foundation donated reasonable amounts to all the three NGOs.

The zeal and dedication of the persons involved at all the three NGOs was to be seen to be believed. Their experiments with social work would seem simple, but the circumstances and conditions under which they carry out the activities make the work exemplary. I can say that if you create anything which is simple but powerful, it will have value in this world. For the efforts of such mortals who have sacrificed the comforts for the larger goal of serving deprived human kind, I would end with a quote from my GURU Mahatria Ra:

The bullet that had left the gun cannot return to the gun. It has to hit the target.
A venture begun should be a venture accomplished.
Whether something is a stepping stone or a stumbling block depends on how you use it.
Go on. Go on. Do not halt. Do not stagnate. Endeavour continuously.
Don’t stop. Rest not. Go on. Keep going on.

Best Regards,
 

Abhay Mehta
President

Society News

LECTURE MEETING ON SPIRITUALITY IN PROFESSIONAL LIFE
On 12th July 2022, BCAS organised a hybrid lecture meeting on “Spirituality in Professional Life (for inner peace, self-sufficiency & abundance)” by Swami Swatmananda.

Key takeaways

What is Spirituality?
•    Not a way to look at certain things. It is a certain way to look at all things.
•    It is a Vision and not just Actions.

What kind of Vision is required to attain spirituality?
•    Vision of holistic growth and transformation through the mind and life management.

What is Success?
“Success is a tribute that life pays to excellence.” – Swami Chinmayanand

The formula for success is S-S = S+S. Here, S-S stands for Success without stress, and S+S stands for Skill and Strength.

To explain to the audience: How to invoke strength and spiritual knowledge, Swamiji used the Acronym “HIGHER”

[H]igh vision requires high inspiration.

•    A person who has a high vision and goal is likely to be highly inspired.
•    A perfect alignment of the three elements (body, mind & intellect) gives Result + Happiness. Their non-alignment results in emptiness.

[I]n-line with Swadharma and [I]n-line with Dharma: Helps us with inner Strength, Goodwill, and peace & harmony.

•    Swadharma
o    Inner peace and inner satisfaction should be prioritized.
o    Do what you love, love what you do.

•    Dharma
o    Dharma refers to Duty, Righteousness, Value, and Ethics.
o    Aspects of Dharma include Integrity, Honesty, and Prompt Execution.
o    Success should be dharmic and not with Adharma.

 [G]reater Fortitude

•    Higher the Goal, the greater will be the obstacles. Never lose hope and faith. Never give up.
•    Swamiji also explained the connection between yagna and teamwork.

o    Both yagna and team have the purpose of coming together for a greater cause and co-operative endeavour; contributing their best and its results benefit everyone.

o    Neither dependence nor independence but inter-dependence.
[H]igher Team

o    Swamiji explained the importance of results achieved with the consistent team work.

o    He asked the audience, What is family? Like wise, at work place also results are achieved through quality team work.

Working in silos would not yield any result.

[E]xcellence and [E]xpertise

Excellence + Expertise = Effectiveness

•    Where Excellence comes from Awareness and Expertise comes from Knowledge.
•    Effectiveness is the result of the application of Awareness and Knowledge.
•    Excellence comes from paying full attention to your work (3 hours of multitasking = 1 hour of focus).

 [R]esult

•    “Karma kiye jaa fal ki chinta mat kar” – Do best, leave rest.

Swamiji also discussed the importance of ‘mental health’ and explained how to conserve mental energy. The best way to live life is to have no regrets of the past and no anxiety about the future. Methods to keep up the mental strength: deep breathing, solving logical puzzles, counting backwards (like 50 to 1), do not ask ‘why’ ask ‘how’ and meditate.

Swamiji answered all the questions raised by the participants present physically as well as raised on the chat and Q&A box.

BCAS Lecture Meetings are high-quality professional development sessions which are open-to-all to attend and participate. Missed the Lecture Meeting, but still interested in viewing the entire meeting video?

Visit the below link OR scan the below QR code with your phone camera:

Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FF9Qz9i9OzI


 

SEMINAR ON TAX AUDIT REPORTING

With numerous changes and nuances relating to Tax Audit, the Taxation Committee of the society organised a seminar on Intricate Issues relating to Tax Audit Reporting on 19th August, 2022, in hybrid mode. The seminar comprised of three sessions and was conducted in-person at BCAS office and simultaneous through the BCAS online hybrid learning platform.

CA Paresh Clerk explained the importance of documentation, various audit techniques and quality control while carrying out a tax audit. He also touched upon the various clauses of Form 3CD and explained the applicability of Form 3CA-3CB. He also replied to various queries raised by online and offline participants.

In the second session, CA Rutvik Sanghvi addressed the issue of reporting of Foreign Income and claiming foreign tax credits and filing various other important forms. He explained the reporting mechanism along with applicable rules in a very lucid manner. He shared his practical insights on a few issues faced by the participants.

In the last session, CA Vallabh Gokhale touched upon all the important clauses in the Form 3CD, including two new clauses relating to GAAR and GST applicable from F.Y. 2021-22. He explained both the new clauses in detail with various examples and gave his views on the likely issues which most of the assesses would face while filling up the said clauses.


BLOOD DONATION CAMP & DISCOUNTED HEALTH CAMP
As part of the Azadi ka Amrit Mahotsav celebrations, the BCAS Foundation, along with the SPR&MD Committee, organised a ‘Blood Donation Camp & Discounted Health Check-up Camp’ on 20th August 2022, at the Brahmakumaris’ GHRC BSES M G Hospital.

In the past, all such camps have been held at the BCAS office, and this was the first out-of-the-office venture specially targeted towards the Society members located in the western suburbs. The medical team at the hospital was ably led by Dr. Madhura Patkar, Medical Administrator. The hospital also made available attractive Discounted Check-Up Plans, and the opportunity to meet and seek medical advice from a wide range of consultants at an extremely nominal price, to the members, their families, and friends.

The spiritual culture that is deeply ingrained in the DNA of the hospital made the interaction a truly memorable experience.

WORKSHOP ON PROCESS AUTOMATION UNDER GST

The Indirect Taxation Committee of BCAS organised a half-day Workshop on Process Automation under GST on 10th September 2022, at Jolly Bhavan. The speakers were CA Jigar Doshi and CA Yash Goenka.

The workshop was directed at how to reduce the time involved in preparing GST Returns and other related compliances using Robotic Process Automation (RPA), a business process automation technology based on metaphorical software robots (bots) or on artificial intelligence.

Both the speakers took the participants through the entire process of preparing Macros and preparing a BoT by giving a live demo. They explained how the RPA tools allow data to be handled in and between multiple applications, for instance, receiving an email containing an invoice, extracting the data, and then typing that into a bookkeeping system. Their presentation covered Enterprise Modernization, developing a Macro, benefits of RPA solutions and using the same in resolving the problem statements in GST, live designing and development of a BOT together with preparation of Business Requirement Document (BRD) and User Requirement Specification (URS) including preparing a Flowchart enabling decision making in RPA.

Considering requests from members, the recording of the same will be put on Course Play for the benefit of those who could not attend. They can subscribe for the same and watch it at their convenience.

The workshop was very well received, and the participants requested a more detailed workshop on the same topic. Considering the same, the Committee has organized on similar workshop on the same with hands-on practical training on 19th November 2022.


FELICITATION OF YOUNG CAs OF MAY 2022 EXAMINATION
A special event was organised for the freshly qualified Chartered Accountants of the May 2022 final examination on 10th September 2022, at the BCAS Hall under the aegis of the Seminar, Public Relations & Membership Development (SPR&MD) Committee.

The evening started with Convenor, CA Preeti Cherian, welcoming all the participants by acknowledging the fantastic performance of Mumbai finalists, and the presence of 14 rank holders in the house (including AIR 1 and AIR 4). This was followed by the address of the President, CA Mihir Sheth, who took the opportunity to reminisce about his days as a young Chartered Accountant, the sound advice he had received to associate with BCAS, and the benefits he had reaped from that. He briefed the audience on the various initiatives of the Society and invited them to be part of this vibrant organisation. Vice President, CA Chirag Doshi, addressed the audience and encouraged them to try new avenues and identify themselves with a mentor who would be able to guide them.

In his address, the Chairman of the SPR&MD Committee, CA Narayan Pasari, praised the Youth or Yuva Shakti, which forms an integral part of the numerous activities organised by the BCAS. He also appealed to the new CAs to become members and play an active role. While speaking about the Committee’s initiatives, he dwelled on the BCAS Referencer, Annual RRC, Mentor-Mentee Program, etc. He shared that the Season 2 announcement for the Mentor-Mentee Program (scheduled for Nov/ Dec 2022) would soon be rolled out and invited the participants to register at the earliest given the minimum available seats.

This was followed by the Fireside Chat with the three eminent speakers. CA Jayant Gokhale shared his three principles – (1) Understand and analyse the problem; (2) Be confident – do not fear failure and seek guidance from the right mentors; (3) Have empathy and understanding for your client. He advised the young hopefuls to allow themselves a year or two to explore and try out different things so that they could identify what is it that they would like to do. He suggested that they prepare a list of priorities and follow their passion.

CA Anand Bathiya shared his insights on critical choices between practice vs. employment, boutique vs. big firms, specialization vs. versatility and related quandary. Talking on secondary courses post-qualification, he emphasised on developing skillsets surrounding emerging technologies to build a tech edge. He also spoke on nuances of setting up a new practice and methodical approach towards practice management that can be followed.

CA Mudit Yadav gave the audience a refreshing perspective on the word ‘confusion’ – he reminded the audience that confusion is a privilege they enjoy because they have the resources, power and freedom (having passed one of the toughest exams in the world). Look at the first job as an experiment. If someone is working with a corporate and is wondering whether the practice is their calling, they may consider offering their weekends to a CA firm on a pro bono basis for six months to see for themselves.

This was then followed by the felicitation ceremony, with the 14 rankers being felicitated first and AIR 1, Meet Shah, and AIR 4, Akshat Jain, sharing their thoughts, followed by cake cutting by them. The rest of the achievers were also felicitated. The event showcased the vibrancy of the participants, many of whom showed great interest in signing up to be members of the BCAS.

The session is highly recommended for young professionals. Incase you missed it, but still interested in viewing the entire session video?

Visit the below link OR scan the below QR code with your phone camera:

Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bdubHfRWygw

 

IESG MEETING – FREAKONOMICS

The International Economics Study Group of BCAS held a meeting on Freakonomics on 14th September 2022. Freakonomics is a ground-breaking collaboration between Levitt and an award-winning author and journalist, Stephen J. Dubner.

Through forceful storytelling and wry insight, Freakonomics shows that economics is, at root, how people get what they want or need, especially when other people want or need the same thing. Freakonomics challenges how we think all over again, exploring the hidden side of everything. There are 3 main themes: (1) Incentives, the issue of how we react to rewards and punishments, (2) Information asymmetry, and what consequences arise from various gaps of knowledge and how we try to compensate for those, and (3) Causation vs. correlation and how we often try to explain things the wrong way.

CA Naushad Panjwani, Past President of BCAS, shared his thoughts on incidents such as playschools, parenting, real estate agents and elections. Authors have attempted to apply established principles of microeconomics to common phenomenon and from the additional spectrum of Philosophy and Spirituality. He also shared his thoughts with real life examples about how incentives work with doctors, lawyers, accountants, mechanics, real estate agents and correlation with crimes. He took to the participants through the partitions of India and Pakistan, Korea, Israel and Palestine, all of which had a correlation to economics. The last 1,000 years witnessed control through conquer, colonization, compete, and cartels, the future could be conflicts and collaboration.

Miscellanea

I. ECONOMY – US MARKETS

20 Banks head into a perfect storm – A repeat of the 2008-09 Crisis?

After enjoying a couple of years of tailwinds, U.S. banks are heading into a perfect storm, fueled by a collapse in mortgage originations and an inverted yield as interest rates rise. And it will squeeze both bank revenues and earnings.

A Collapse in Mortgage Originations

Mortgage originations are a big business for traditional banks. They allow them to collect origination fees, discount points, closing costs and loan service fees, which boost their top and bottom lines.

But mortgage originations are susceptible to interest rate fluctuations. They rise as interest rates fall and drop as interest rates rise. For instance, in 2020, when the 30-year mortgage rate declined to a record low of 2.80%, mortgage originations soared from $601 billion to $1.36 trillion. But mortgage originations have recently collapsed to $677 billion, as mortgage rates climbed to 6.43%. And the worst may have yet to come as new and existing home sales are plunging, and homeowners see no reason to refinance loans at higher mortgage rates.

Then there’s the inverting of the yield curve, which makes matters worse.

Inverted Yield Curve

A rising interest environment is usually good for banks, provided that long-term interest rates rise faster than short-term interest rates, resulting in a normal yield curve. That’s mainly the case in a growing economy and benefits banks in two ways. One, it boosts loan demand, bringing to the cash register the usual mortgage fees associated with new mortgage originations and servicing. And two, it allows banks to collect a positive “spread.” That’s the difference between the short-term rates they pay depositors and the long-term rates they charge mortgage borrowers or collect from investing these deposits in Treasury bonds with long maturity — a measure of bank profitability.

But a rising interest rate environment can be bad for banks if long-term interest rates rise at a slower pace than the short-term rates, resulting in an inverted yield curve, as has been the case in the U.S. in recent months. Last week, for instance, the 30-year U.S. Treasury bond traded with a yield of 3.60%, well below the 4.20% of the two-year bond.

An inverted yield curve is usually a sign of an impending recession and hurts banks by lowering the demand for loans and turning the interest rate spread negative.

Dean Kaplan, president of The Kaplan Group, a commercial collection agency, thinks that this combination of collapsing mortgages and an inverted yield curve push banks into a perfect storm. “With inflation caused by events beyond anyone’s control (Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and persistent supply chain issues related to the pandemic), central banks are compelled to raise interest rates and cut back on liquidity efforts,” he told International Business Times in an email. “Financial institutions already see reduced mortgage demand due to higher rates, and many have changed requirements for extending new credit. But, with all the volatility, once credit contraction gets started, it can be a downward spiral that is difficult to stop.”

Shmuel Shayowitz, president and chief lending officer at Approved Funding, is seeing some similarities between now and 2008. “From a consumer end, they probably won’t bear the brunt of what they saw in 2008,” he told IBT. “Instead, banks face a perfect storm of liquidity constraints, business slowdown, and a weak economic outlook.”

[Source: International Business Times – By Panos Mourdoukoutas, Ph.D. – 26th September, 2022.]

21 What the end of free money means for investing in financial assets?

The era of free money is over. Money has a “price again,” a positive interest rate that borrowers must pay to lenders. And that brings back the old game on Wall Street when investors purchased financial assets based on fundamentals rather than on a narrative.

For years, central bankers printed money like there was no tomorrow, driving short-term and long-term interest rates near zero. That’s thanks to the “disappearance of inflation,” which allowed them to focus on pursuing maximum employment rather than price stability.

While easy money has helped central bankers to get close to the elusive goal of maximum employment, it had a “side effect,” most pronounced during the COVID pandemic. It fueled a speculative frenzy on Wall Street, which distorted capital allocation, according to Patrick Wells, Portfolio manager & CFA at Pinnacle Associates.

“One hallmark of the COVID bull market was indiscriminate buying across the riskiest companies with unproven business models,” he told International Business Times.

Bryan Shipley, CFA, CAIA, Co-CEO, Chief Investment Officer, Managing Principal, and Senior Investment Advisor, agrees. He thinks that low borrowing costs have made it possible for investors to expect double-digit returns on speculative assets like commodities, real estate, and cryptocurrencies.

“As a result, they had to rush to put their money into work for fear of missing out on that growth,” he told IBT.

In the last year, the economic situation has changed. Inflation has appeared again, reaching a 40-year high in some countries. And that has forced central banks to end the era of easy money by hiking interest rates. For instance, in the last six months, the Federal Reserve has raised interest rates several times, bringing the Federal Funds rate to 3.25%, up from 0.25% a year ago.

In addition, the Fed has begun to unload its Treasury Bonds and Mortgage-Backed Securities (MBS), pushing Treasury bond yields and mortgage rates higher. For instance, the 10year Treasury bond yielding 0.55% in 2020 is now paying 3.60%. Likewise, the 30 year mortgage rate, which in 2020 stood at 2.90%, is now over 6%.

Rising interest rates have made money costly again, bringing back the old game on Wall Street. As a result, investors now have to pay attention to the economic fundamentals of different assets, like the companies’ business model behind equity shares, their revenues, earnings, free cash flow, and leverage rates.

“A rising tide lifts all boats, even those that aren’t very seaworthy,” Robert R. Johnson, Ph.D., CFA, CAIA, Professor of Finance, Heider College of Business, Creighton University, told IBT. “The end of free money means that investors are becoming more discerning and demand that potential investments have a sustainable business model and are cash flow positive or have a path to being so.”

Johnson further thinks that under the free money regime, many assets were trading on a narrative rather than on fundamentals, as investors had no viable alternatives in money market funds and bonds, which paid tiny yields. But the situation is changing with bond and money market yields rising for the first time in years. Moreover, speculative assets lead the correction in financial markets, as seen in the significant declines in cryptocurrency markets and small tech shares in NASDAQ.

[Source: International Business Times – By Panos Mourdoukoutas, Ph.D. – 24th September, 2022.]


II. SPORTS

22 FIFA to introduce SAOT technology at Qatar World Cup to help referees

FIFA announced on 1 July 2022 that semi-automated offside technology (SAOT) will be used at the 2022 World Cup in Qatar to enable referees to make faster, more accurate offside decisions at the world’s biggest football gala.

“At the FIFA World Cup in 2018, FIFA took the brave step to use Video Assistant Referee (VAR) technology. Semi-automated offside technology is an evolution of the VAR systems that have been implemented across the world,” the world football governing body president Gianni Infantino noted, saying that SAOT will provide the very best for the teams, players and fans who will be heading to Qatar in November this year.

According to the FIFA statement, the SAOT system uses 12 dedicated tracking cameras mounted underneath the roof of the stadium to track the ball and up to 29 data points of each individual player, 50 times per second, calculating their exact position on the pitch, while the sensor positioned in centre of the tournament’s official match ball “Al Rihla” sends data 500 times per second, allowing a very precise detection of the kick point.

The data collected by cameras and the ball sensor will be processed by artificial intelligence within a few seconds to check the offside situation. Once an offside position is detected, the SAOT system will provide an automated offside alert to the video match officials team, reports Xinhua.

After the decision has been confirmed by the VAR and the referee on the pitch, the SAOT will then generate a 3D animation to be displayed on the giant screens in the stadium and on TV, which gives the best possible perspectives for an offside situation.

FIFA Director of Football Technology & Innovation Johannes Holzmuller said that the new technology has been successfully trialed at numerous test events including the FIFA Arab Cup 2021 and the FIFA Club World Cup 2021.

“During the tests, the average VAR offside check time has reduced from 70 seconds to 25 seconds, and the 3D animation could improve a better communications with fans,” he revealed in the online press conference.

“VAR has already had a very positive impact on football and we can see that the number of major mistakes has already been dramatically reduced. We expect that semi-automated offside technology can take us a step further. We will have a very valuable support tool to help referees and assistant referees make the best and most correct decision on the field of play,” Pierluigi Collina, chairman of the FIFA Referees Committee, said of the technology.

Collina pointed out that the SAOT is still limited and noted that “the referees and the assistant referees are still responsible for the decision on the field of play,” Collina added.

[Source: International Business Times – By IANS – 2nd July, 2022.]


Regulatory Referencer

DIRECT TAX

1.    Income-tax (26th Amendment) Rules, 2022:
Rule 40G inserted and Form 29D prescribed for filing refund claim u/s 239A of the tax deducted and paid to the credit of Central Government u/s 195. [Notification No. 98/ 2022 dated 17th August, 2022.]

2.    Applicability of Section 206C (1G):  Provisions of section 206C(1G), pertaining to tax collection at source at five per cent of the tour program package, shall not apply to a person (being a buyer) who is a non-resident in India as per section 6 of the Act and who does not have a Permanent Establishment in India. [Notification No. 99/ 2022 dated 17th August, 2022.]

3.    Income-tax (27th Amendment) Rules, 2022:
The due date to furnish Form 67 for claiming a foreign tax credit, was on or before the due date for furnishing the original return. The due date is now extended to ‘on or before the end of the assessment year, relevant to the previous year in which the foreign income has been taxed in India and the return for such assessment year has been furnished within the time specified u/s 139(1) or 139(4)’. In the case of an updated return, the time limit to file Form 67 is before filing the return. [Notification No. 100/ 2022 dated 18th August, 2022.]

4.    Additional Guidelines for removal of difficulties under sub-section (2) of section 194R:
The Finance Act 2022 inserted a new section 194R w.e.f. 1st July, 2022. The said section requires a person responsible for providing any benefit or perquisite to a resident to deduct tax at source at 10% of the value or aggregate of the value of such benefit or perquisite. The CBDT had issued guidelines for deduction of tax under the said section vide Circular No. 12/2022 dated 16th June, 2022 and has now issued additional guidelines to provide clarification on issues which will help to remove difficulties in implementation of section 194R. [Circular No. 18/2022 dated 13th September, 2022.]

COMPANY LAW

I. COMPANIES ACT

1.    Incorporation Rules amended: MCA has notified the Companies (Incorporation) Third Amendment Rules, 2022. A new rule 25B has been inserted prescribing the manner of physical verification of a Company’s registered office. Under this rule, the physical verification of a Company’s registered office shall be conducted by ROC in the presence of two independent witnesses of the locality where the Company’s registered office is situated. Further, if required, ROC can also seek the assistance of the local Police for such verification. [Notification No. G.S.R. 643(E) dated 18th August, 2022.]

2.    Forms STK-1, STK-5, and STK-5A amended:
MCA has amended Form STK-1, Form STK-5, and Form STK-5A.  Now, ROC can issue notice for removal of the name of a Company if it finds that it is not carrying any business or operation from the registered office as revealed during the physical verification of its registered office carried out u/s 12(9). Accordingly, Form STK-5 and Form STK 5A (i.e., Public Notice by ROC) have also been changed. [Notification No. G.S.R. 658(E), dated 24th August, 2022.]

3.    E forms DPT-3 and DPT-4 revised seeking enhanced disclosures on acceptance of deposits: The Government has modified the Companies (Acceptance of Deposits) Rules, 2014. As per the amended rules, the auditor must submit a declaration regarding deposits with E-form DPT-3. Further, the formats of DPT-3 and DPT-4 have been revised. The enhanced disclosures are to be made in the revised forms. [Notification dated 24th August, 2022.]

4.    Revised forms for Director’s KYC notified:
The government has substituted existing DIR-3 KYC and DIR-3-KYC web forms with new DIR-3 KYC and DIR-3-KYC web forms to align the same with MCA’s new portal. A new entry has been inserted in the form capturing the ‘jurisdictional police station’ in the address details of directors. [Notification No. GSR 662(E), dated 29th August, 2022.]


II. SEBI

5.    Conditions for investment in overseas investee companies by AIF/VCFs: SEBI has specified various conditions for investment in overseas investee companies by Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs) and Venture Capital Funds (VCFs). The AIFs/VCFs shall file an application to SEBI for allocation of overseas investment limit in the format as specified. The requirement of the overseas investee company to have an Indian connection has been omitted. AIFs/VCFs shall furnish the sale/divestment details to SEBI within 3 working days of the disinvestment. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/AFD-1/POD/CIR/P/2022/108, dated 17th August, 2022.]

6.    In case of death of Karta of HUF, his name will be replaced by new Karta in the Beneficial Owner account:
SEBI has modified the norms w.r.t opening of Demat account in case of HUF. As per the amended norms in case of death of HUF’s Karta, the name of the deceased Karta in the Beneficial Owner (BO) account shall be replaced by the new Karta of the HUF who shall be the eldest coparcener in the HUF or a coparcener who is appointed as Karta by an agreement entered between all the coparceners of the HUF. Earlier, the new Karta was appointed by HUF’s members who shall be the senior most member of the family. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/MRD/MRD-POD-2/P/CIR/2022/114, dated 26th August, 2022.]

FEMA

1.    Restrictions on LRS Funds brought in: The Liberalised Remittance Scheme allows for the remitter to retain and reinvest the income earned on the investments made through the LRS funds. The RBI has amended Master Direction – Liberalised Remittance Scheme (LRS) stating that the received, realised, unspent or unused foreign exchange unless reinvested, shall be repatriated and surrendered to an authorised person within 180 days from the date of such receipt, realisation,  purchase or acquisition or date of return to India, as the case may be. RBI has stated that this amendment has been brought in to bring the provisions in accordance with Regulation 7 of ‘Realisation, repatriation and surrender of foreign exchange’ Regulations, 2015 [Notification No. FEMA 9(R)/2015-RB]. It should be noted that the amendment has been directly made in the Master Direction without any notification or circular being issued on the same. This amendment is apart from the changes made on 22nd August, 2022 as a consequence of notification of the new Overseas Investment Rules. [Amendment made on 24th August, 2022 in para 16 of Master Direction – Liberalised Remittance Scheme (LRS) [FED Master Direction No. 7/2015-16]]

2.    ‘Alert List’ of entities not authorised to deal in forex:
RBI has time and again warned the public not to trade in forex transactions on unauthorised electronic trading platforms (ETPs) or remit money for the same. As queries were being received for specific ETPs, RBI has decided to place an ‘Alert List’ on its website of entities which are neither authorised to deal in forex nor authorised to operate ETPs for forex transactions. RBI has mentioned that the Alert List is not exhaustive; and covers entities and ETPs known to RBI at the time of issuing this Press Release. An entity not appearing in the Alert List should not be assumed to be authorised by the RBI. The authorisation status of any person / ETP can be ascertained from the list of authorised persons and authorised ETPs, which are already made available in the RBI website. RBI has reiterated that residents undertaking forex transactions for purposes other than those permitted under the FEMA or on unauthorised ETPs shall be violating FEMA. [Press Release 2022-23/835, dated 7th September, 2022.]

ICAI ANNOUNCEMENTS

1. External confirmations through third-party vendors: In view of concerns regarding some banks using the services of third-party vendors to provide confirmations on their behalf to auditors that lead to the risk that such information may not be authentic and complete, the ICAI has advised auditors to seek direct confirmation from concerned banks. [7th September, 2022.]

2. Mandatory evaluation of audit quality maturity of firms using AQMM Rev v1.0:
Effective 1st April, 2023, firms auditing a listed entity, or a bank other than a co-operative bank (except multi-state co-operative banks), or an insurance company are mandatorily required to undertake an evaluation of their audit quality maturity using the Audit Quality Maturity Model Revised Version 1.0 (AQMM Rev v1.0). Firms conducting only branch audits are excluded from this mandate. [13th September, 2022.]

Corporate Law Corner Part A : Company Law

10 Onn Chits Private Ltd.
Roc/2021/Onn Chits/Penalty Order/6324-6327
Office of the Registrar of Companies, NCT of Delhi & Haryana
Adjudication order
Date of order: 2nd November, 2021

Order for Penalty u/s 454 for violation of section 12(1) r.w.s. 12(4) of the Companies Act, 2013

FACTS

M/s OCPL has its registered address at Faridabad, Haryana.

RoC had received a letter from the Registrar of Chit Fund, New Delhi (RCF) dated 10th June, 2020 as a complaint received from Sajneev Hinanandani against M/s OCPL stating that M/s OCPL was not maintaining its registered office. The Complaint Cell referred the matter to Adjudication Cell for initiation of action u/s 12 of the Companies Act, 2013, against M/s OCPL and its officers in default, which attracted the violation of section 12(1) and the provision of section 12(8) of the Companies Act, 2013.

Thereafter, RCF issued a Show Cause Notice u/s 12(8) dated 10th December, 2020 to M/s OCPL and its officers in default. No reply was received from M/s OCPL or its representative against the SCN issued by RCF on 10th December, 2020. Notice of Inquiry was sent vide notice dated 31st August, 2021 fixing date of hearing on 20th September, 2021 before the Adjudicating Officer.

An e-mail was received on 20th September, 2021 from FCA  Anurag Kapoor requesting for grant of some time. An e-mail was sent to M/s OCPL wherein the date of hearing was fixed on 29th September, 2021 by the Adjudicating Officer.

On 29th September, 2021, Navneet Bhutan (Mr. NB), authorized representative, appeared before the Adjudicating Officer and period of default was fixed i.e., from 24th July, 2019 to 4th September, 2019, and was directed to bring the relevant
documents on next date of hearing i.e., on 13th October, 2021.

Extracts of sections 12(1), 12(4) And 12(8)
Section 12(1) –
A company shall, on and from the fifteenth day of its incorporation and at all times thereafter, have a registered office capable of receiving and acknowledging all communications and notice as may be addressed to it.

Section 12(4) – Notice of every change of the situation of the registered office, verified in the manner prescribed, after the date of incorporation of the company, shall be given to the Registrar within fifteen days of the change, who shall record the same.

Section 12(8) – If any default is made in complying with the requirements of this section, the company and every officer who is in default shall be liable to a penalty of one thousand rupees for every day during which the default continues but not exceeding one lakh rupees.

Factors to be taken into account by the Adjudicating Officer

While adjudging quantum of penalty u/s 12(8) of the Act, the Adjudicating Officer shall have due regard to the following factors, namely:

a.    The amount of disproportionate gain or unfair advantage, wherever quantifiable, made as a result of default.

b.    The amount of loss caused to an investor or group of investors as a result of the default.

c. The repetitive nature of default.

With regard to the above factors to be considered while determining the quantum of penalty, it was noted that the disproportionate gain or unfair advantage made by M/s OCPL and its officers in default or loss caused to the investor as a result of the delay on the part of M/s OCPL and its officers in default to redress the investor grievance were not available on record. Further, it was difficult to quantify the unfair advantage made by M/s OCPL and its officers in default or the loss caused to the investors in a default of this nature.

HELD

Having considered the facts and circumstances of the case and after taking into account the factors and as per documents submitted by Mr. NB, penalty amount of Rs. 43,000 each on M/s OCPL and its officers in default was imposed by the Adjudicating Officer, and thus a total penalty of Rs. 1,39,000 was levied for the period of default from 24th July, 2019 to 4th September, 2019 (default of non-maintenance of registered office admitted before the Adjudicating Officer on date of hearing).

Allied Laws

30 Anurag Padmesh Gupta vs. Bank of India
AIR 2022 Bombay 3751
Date of order: 7th June, 2022
Bench: A.S. Chandurkarand & Amit Borkar JJ.

Fundamental Rights – Powers to Debt Recovery Tribunal – No power to restrain individual from travelling abroad [Art. 19, 21, Constitution of India; S. 19, 22, 25, Recovery of Debts due to Banks and Financial Institutions Act, 1993]

FACTS

The petition raised an important issue regarding the interpretation of Article 21 of the Constitution of India as to whether the expression “personal liberty” occurring in the said Article includes the right to travel abroad. Second important question that arose was whether the order passed by the Debt Recovery Tribunal refusing to grant permission to travel abroad results in the infringement of Article 21 of the Constitution of India?

HELD

If the right to travel is a part of the personal liberty of a person, he cannot be deprived of his right except according to the procedure established by law. The right to travel abroad is a right distinct and separate from the right of freedom of movement in a foreign country. The right to travel abroad by its necessary implications means the right to leave the home country and visit a foreign country. The right to travel abroad has been spelt out from the expression “personal liberty” in Article 21 of the Constitution.

Further held, the Tribunal, while exercising the powers of a Civil Court adjudicating money suit, is limited to the extent of passing interim order by way of injunction or stay which are expressly conferred on it. The Tribunal can travel beyond the powers conferred by the Code of Civil Procedure with a view to observe the principle of natural justice. In our view, Section 22 of the Act confers the procedural right to regulate proceedings before it. In the absence of a specific provision conferred on the Debt Recovery Tribunal by statute, the Debt Recovery Tribunal does not have power to restrain a citizen from travelling abroad, particularly when the said right has been recognized as a facet of Article 21 of the Constitution of India.

Petition is allowed.

31 Ayan Kumar Das and another vs. UOI & others
AIR 2022 Gauhati 120
Date of order: 6th April, 2022
Bench: Devashis Baruah JJ.

Appointment of Guardian – Mother of the Petitioner in comatose state – Petitioner appointed as a guardian to deal with the properties of his mother. [Art. 226, Constitution of India]

FACTS

The question that arose for consideration was as to whether in law and on facts the petitioner could be appointed as the guardian of the mother who is in ‘persistent vegetative state’ and ‘coma’ for managing her properties so as to meet medical expenses.

HELD

Article 226 of the Constitution empowers this Court to pass suitable orders on an application being filed to appoint a guardian or a next friend to an incompetent person like the petitioners’ mother who is in persistent vegetative state. In absence of any appropriate legislation, the High Court in exercise of the jurisdiction under Article 226 of the Constitution, can issue guidelines as temporary measures till the field is taken over by a proper legislation for appointment of guardian to a person lying in a comatose state or a vegetative state. Accordingly, on the basis of the materials on record, the Court was of the view that the reliefs sought for by the petitioners were reasonable and may be granted considering the peculiar facts and circumstances of the case. However, to ensure that the order of this Court is followed in letter and spirit and there is no breach thereof, it is also essential that there should be some kind of monitoring of the functioning of the guardian though for a limited duration to ensure that guardianship is being used for the benefit of the person who is in a vegetative state and such monitoring be carried out through the forum of the Assam State Legal Services Authority constituted under the Legal Services Authority Act, 1987.    

Petition was allowed.    
 

32 State of Himachal Pradesh vs. Sita Ram Sharma
AIR 2022 Himachal Pradesh 120
Date of order: 30th March, 2022
Bench: Mohammad Rafiq CJ & Ajay Mohan Goel & Sandeep Sharma JJ.

Constitutional Rights – Right to property – Unless land is voluntarily surrendered – the landowner is entitled to compensation [Art. 300A, Constitution of India]
 
FACTS

The matter has been referred to a larger bench on account of conflict of opinion between judgements. The question before the larger bench is whether a person(s) whose land(s) has been utilised for construction of road under ‘PMGSY’ is entitled to compensation?
    
HELD
Even after the right of property enshrined under Article 19(I)(f) was deleted by the 44th amendment to the Constitution, Article 300A still retains the right to property as the constitutional as well as legal right, and mandates that no person can be deprived of his property except by authority in law. The action of the State in dispossessing a citizen of his private property, without following the due process of law, would be violative of Article 300A of the Constitution of India, as also negate his human right. Thus, the right to property has  been acknowledged, not only constitutional as well as statutory, but also human right, to be construed in the realm of individual rights, such as right to health, livelihood, shelter, employment etc. in a Welfare State. The State Authorities cannot dispossess any citizen of his property except in accordance with the procedure established by law, that too by due process of law and by acquiring land and paying adequate compensation.

33 Sudipta Banerjee vs. L.S. Davar and Company and others
AIR 2022 Calcutta 261
Date of order: 5th April, 2022
Bench: Soumen Sen and Ajoy Kumar Mukherjee, JJ.

No specific legislation – Trade secret – Factors for determining whether information is confidential. [O. 39 R. 1, Civil Procedure Code, 1908]

FACTS

Dr. Sudipta Banerjee and Dr. Indira Banerjee are well qualified patent professionals. They were working in L.S. Davar and Company, a reputed Intellectual property firm since 1st June, 1994 and 1st September, 1994 respectively until their resignations in June 2020. Arpita Ghosh was working as an office assistant of L.S. Davar & Company since 2010 until she resigned on 22nd January, 2021. All of them joined another firm by the name of P.S. Davar and Company, after their resignations were accepted by their erstwhile employer.

On the allegation that the appellants are divulging the confidential information and trade secrets acquired during their course of employment in L.S. Davar and Company, in clear breach of the confidentiality agreement, L.S. Davar and Company filed a suit.

In the suit the plaintiff filed an application for injunction in which the ad interim order of injunction was passed and subsequently extended from time to time.

HELD

There is no specific legislation in India to protect trade secrets and confidential information. Nevertheless, Indian Courts have upheld trade secret protection on basis of principles of equity, and at times, upon a common law action of breach of confidence, which in effect amounts to a breach of contractual obligation. The remedies available to the owner of trade secrets is to obtain an injunction preventing the licensee from disclosing the trade secret, return of all confidential and proprietary information, and compensation for any losses suffered due to disclosure of such trade secrets.

In India, a person can be contractually bound not to disclose any information that is revealed to him/her in confidence. The Indian courts have upheld a restrictive clause in a technology transfer agreement, which imposes negative covenants on the licensee to not disclose or use the information received under the agreement for any purpose other than that agreed to in the said agreement.

The court, while assessing an ad interim order of injunction is required to assess if the plaintiff was able to make out a prima facie case and thereafter consider the other two factors namely; balance of convenience and irreparable loss that might result in the event the ex parte ad interim order of injunction not being passed. In fact, an ad interim order of injunction should be of limited duration, which the learned Trial Court granted; however, we find that extension of the said ad interim order was made mechanically and could be prejudicial to the appellant. The non-compete clause in the instant case may be prejudicial to the appellants, but no order has been passed restraining them from carrying on their profession.

The plaintiff as a professional body may not have any trade secrets per se, but the persons who were/are in the employment of the plaintiff would certainly be privy to privileged information, and any sharing of such information and communication would not only be unethical but also a breach of the confidentiality clause resulting in serious prejudice and harm to the clients of the plaintiff firm. It may also expose the plaintiff firm to civil and criminal consequences. The nature of the complaints, on which the plaintiff relies, is to be assessed at the final disposal of the injunction application. However, at this stage, it cannot be said that the trial court has overstepped its limit or did not follow the accepted guidelines in passing the ad interim order of injunction. However,  there is a possibility of the ad interim order being misconstrued as it appears to be widely worded to cover issues beyond the scope of the confidentiality and non-compete clauses, and not intended by the impugned order. Accordingly, the ad interim order is modified by restraining the appellants from disclosing, divulging or sharing confidential information gathered during the course of their employment in any manner whatsoever till the disposal of the injunction application on merits.

The order of injunction passed by the trial court is modified and clarified to the aforesaid extent.

Goods and Services Tax

I HIGH COURT

38 India Yamaha Motor Private Limited vs. A. C. Chennai & Others
(2022) 142 taxmann.com 369 (Madras)
Date of order: 29th August, 2022

Whether sufficient balance in Electronic Cash Ledger (ECR) and/or Electronic Credit Ledger (ECrR) is good enough to not attract interest u/s 50 when return filing is delayed. Held: No interest is payable

FACTS

The single issue involved in the writ petition relates to attracting interest u/s 50 of the CGST Act when petitioner had filed GSTR-3B for July to October, 2017 belatedly mainly on account of an inadvertent error committed in GSTR-3B of July, 2017 and a grievance petition filed seeking modifications of the return for July, 2017 was not addressed soon by the authorities, and until the outcome of the grievance petition, proper ascertainment of tax liability for subsequent months was hard to be computed and hence they were filed after delay. However, there was sufficient credit in both ECR as well as ECrR and hence there was no loss caused to the Revenue, as per the plea of the petitioner while challenging the order of the Adjudicating Authority wherein interest for belated remittance of GST was called upon. The petitioner also argued that the basis on which the proviso to section 50 was made retrospectively applicable should be adopted because by virtue of the same, interest is not payable on input tax credit available and it would be attracted only on the delayed cash payment.

HELD

The Hon. High Court replied that while payment in cash denotes the actual availability of cash to the credit of the assessee, deposit standing to the credit of the an assessee / petitioner does not, under all circumstances, imply that the balance lying in electronic cash or credit ledger is within the reach of the department. When the returns are actually not filed by the petitioner, and hence a debit is not effected to the ECR or ECrR to the extent of the tax payable, credit cannot be equated with cash remittances.

39 Raghav Metals vs. State of Haryana
2022 (63) GSTL 300 (P&H)
Date of order: 14th March, 2022

Proceedings u/s 129 of CGST Act, 2017 cannot be initiated merely due to negligible difference between quantity of goods stated in e-way bill and actual quantity of goods

FACTS

The petitioner was engaged in the business of copper wires and copper scraps. He sold copper scraps to a dealer in Rajasthan for Rs. 83,69,594. While in transit, the goods were intercepted by GST authorities at Manesar on 27th November, 2021 and sought e-way bill as well as invoice. The said documents were produced. However, the vehicle was stationed and Form GST MOV-02 was issued. The petitioner submitted a reply on 3rd December, 2021. On the same date, an Order of Detention was passed in Form GST MOV-06 stating that there was mismatch of 90.7 kgs between actual quantity of goods vis-a-vis that stated in invoice and e-way bill. Thereafter, a notice in Form GST MOV-07 was issued to petitioner alleging intent to evade tax due to short payment of tax of Rs. 11,000. Being aggrieved by such order of detention and subsequent issue of notice, the petitioner filed a writ petition before Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The High Court relied upon the decision of M/s. Shiv Enterprises vs. State of Punjab and Others 2022 (58) GSTL 385 (P&H), whereby it was stated that the intent to evade a tax must have direct nexus with activity of trader. He cannot be blamed for avoidance of tax merely because of negligence on part of person not immediately linked to his activity. Also, where difference in quantity stated in e-way bill and actual quantity was less than 1 per cent, by any stretch of imagination it cannot be regarded as intent to evade tax and entail proceedings u/s 129 of CGST Act, 2017. Accordingly, the writ petition was allowed in favour of petitioner.
40 Sri Desikanathar Textiles Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India
2022 (62) G.S.T.L. 449 (Mad.)
Date of order: 24th February, 2022

Transitional Credit cannot be denied merely because of a technical mistake while filing Form TRAN-1
 
FACTS

The petitioner was a manufacturer of grey woven fabric. He filed TRAN 1 in accordance with Section 140 of TNGST Act, 2017 and furnished the details in part 7(d) instead of part 7(c) of Tran-1. Due to this error, credit could not be transitioned to the petitioner’s electronic credit ledger. Petitioner sent various representations but did not get any favourable response and subsequently filed a manual return dated 18th June, 2020 and requested the respondents to transition the credit manually. However, the petitioner’s request was rejected as it was filed beyond the period of limitation. Being aggrieved by such rejection of credit, the petitioner preferred a writ petition before this Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

It was held to allow transition of credit which could not be transitioned due to wrong declaration in form Tran-1. The Court also directed the concerned jurisdictional officer to examine the records and arrive at an independent conclusion about the petitioner’s entitlement to the said credit. Pursuant to such conclusion, if credit was available, the petitioner shall be allowed to either file a revised Tran-1 or directly by making credit entry in electronic credit ledger.

41 Golden Cashew Products Pvt Ltd vs. Commercial Tax Officer, Puducherry
2022 (63) GSTL 26 (Mad)
Date of order: 3rd February, 2022

Transitional credit cannot be denied merely because petitioner failed to include amount of eligible CENVAT credit at the time limit of filing Form TRAN-1

FACTS

The petitioner was required to file the Tran-1 on GST Portal on or before 27th December, 2017. However, the petitioner had not filed TRAN–1 on time. Instead, he sent a representation dated 15th March, 2019 to the Commercial Tax Officer stating that there was a technical error and resubmitted TRAN-1 as per notification No.48/2018 – Central Tax to claim ITC of Rs. 28,29,208. On verifying the GST portal, the respondent could not find the return filed by the petitioner and asked him to resubmit the letter along with an evidence of filed TRAN-1. The petitioner submitted the letter on 29th March, 2019 enclosing the screenshots of TRAN-1 which displayed that TRAN-1 was not filed. Respondent ordered that filing of TRAN-1 was not available after the due date. Therefore, the petitioner was not entitled to the transition of credit. Being aggrieved by such an order rejecting transitional credit, the petitioner filed a writ petition before this Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that unutilized ITC on capital goods, service tax or inputs which has been availed validly under Central Excise Act, 1944, Finance Act, 1994 and VAT Act, 2006 cannot be denied. It was further held that merely because GST portal did not permit to rectify mistake in TRAN 1, the petitioner cannot be deprived of its indefeasible right of credit. The High Court directed the respondent to examine the validity of the petitioner’s unutilized amount existing in CENVAT account, and VAT returns and the amount shall be either refunded or allowed to be transitioned irrespective of the fact that petitioner may have failed to file Tran-1 in time. Accordingly, the petition was disposed of in favour of petitioner.

42 Rajdhani Security Force Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India
2022 (63) GSTL 299 (M.P.)
Date of order: 25th April, 2022

Unexplained delay in filing appeal is not condonable

FACTS

The petitioner was a registered company engaged in providing security services. However, on account of non-filling return, GST registration of the petitioner was cancelled on 19th June, 2019. Hence, the petitioner preferred an appeal against the order cancelling registration on 30th January, 2021. The same was dismissed by the respondent as it was filed after unexplained delay of one and half years. Being aggrieved by the same, the petitioner preferred a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

It was held that the appeal preferred by petitioner was filed almost after one and half years from the order of cancellation of registration without providing any sufficient cause for such delay. Accordingly, it was held that an order passed by respondent dismissing the appeal was proper.

43 Uni Well Exim vs. State of Gujarat
2022 (63) GSTL 289 (Guj.)
Date of order: 31st March, 2022

Refund of ITC cannot be denied by way of an order travelling beyond the show cause notice

FACTS

The petitioner was engaged in the business of tobacco trading. The Department had issued a show cause notice proposing to reject refund application merely on one ground that certain necessary documents were not furnished by petitioner. The petitioner replied to the notice and furnished the requisite documents. However, respondent passed an order rejecting the refund application filed by the petitioner mentioning that transactions carried out by the petitioner were doubtful. Being aggrieved by such rejection, the petitioner is before this Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

It was held that the refund of ITC could not be denied by an order travelling beyond show cause notice. Moreover, if the authority had any further doubt in respect of certain transactions it could have easily given an opportunity to the petitioner before passing the refund rejection order. Accordingly, the order was quashed and the matter was remanded back for fresh adjudication.

44 TVL.G.K. Digital Printing vs. Assistant Commissioner (Circle), Tiruppur
2022 (63) GSTL 34 (Mad.)
Date of order: 1st April, 2022

Even if appeal against cancellation of GST registration is dismissed, still registration is liable to be restored

FACTS

The respondent issued a show cause notice dated 1st October, 2019 for seeking a response as to why the petitioner had not filed returns for a continuous period of six months. The petitioner failed to respond to above mentioned notice and as a result, GST registration was cancelled vide order dated 16th October, 2019. The petitioner preferred an appeal against the cancellation order, which was also dismissed on the ground of time bar. Hence, the petitioner filed a writ before Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

It was held that the petitioner’s case was squarely considered by this Court in Tvl. Suguna Cutpiece Center vs. Appellate Deputy Commissioner [2022 (61) GSTL 515 (Mad.)] wherein it was held that no useful purpose would be served if the registration is not revived. It will hamper the GST collection. Also, there are enough provisions under the GST law to prevent abuse by petitioners for non-payment of tax or filing of returns. Accordingly, relief was granted to the petitioner subject to fulfilment of certain conditions.

Recent Developments in GST

I. INSTRUCTIONS

1. Instruction No.2/2022-23 (GST Investigation) dated 17th August, 2022

By above instruction, guidelines are given for the arrest and bail in relation to offences punishable under CGST Act, 2017.

2. Instruction No.3/2022-23 (GST Investigation) dated 17th August, 2022

By above instruction, guidelines on issuance of summons u/s 70 of CGST Act are given.

3. Instruction No.4/2022-23 (GST Investigation) dated 1st September, 2022

By above instruction, guidelines for launching of prosecution under CGST Act are given.
 
II.    CIRCULAR

1.  Filing/revising of TRAN-1/TRAN- 2 – Circular No.180/12/2022-GST dated 9th September, 2022

In above circular guidelines for filing / revising TRAN-1/ TRAN-2 in terms of order dated 22nd July, 2022 and 2nd September, 2022 of Hon. Supreme Court in the case of Union of India vs. Filco Trade Centre Pvt Ltd are given.

III. ADVANCE RULINGS

21 Rameshwar Havelia with Trade Name
M/s Doon Valley Logistics (A.R. 07/2022-23 in App.No.03/2022-23 dated 18th July, 2022)(Uttarakhand)

ITC on Building – Question not decided

The issue involved before the ld. AAR, Uttarakhand was about eligibility to ITC on inward supply used for construction of building. The applicant submitted that there is construction of building for use as warehouse which will be leased to earn rentals.

Since the inward supply is for earning rentals liable to output GST, the argument before the ld. AAR was that it complies with all conditions as per section 16(1) and the ITC do not get blocked as per section 17(5)(c)/(d).

The judgment of Orissa High Court in case of Safari Retreats Pvt. Ltd. vs. Chief Commissioner of CGST, Bhubaneshwar in WP(C) No.20463 of 2018 (2019-VIL-223-ORI) was cited in support of above argument.

The ld. AAR noted the facts and relevant sections and referred to section 17(5)(c)/(d) which blocks credit in relation to the construction of immovable property, even if it is in course of business. Though the applicant has  made argument about double tax, intention of law, equality, the ld. AAR observed that the eligibility to ITC is subject to restrictions/conditions as stated in section 16(1) itself.

In case of Safari Retreats Pvt. Ltd, though the issue is decided in favour of the concerned petitioner, the Hon. Supreme Court has admitted appeal and hence the issue is sub-judice. Considering above pendency, the ld. AAR refrained from answering the question and thus disposed of application without any ruling.
 

22 Tutor Comp Infotech India Pvt. Ltd.
[A.R. No. KER/143/2021 dated 27th July, 2022]

Classification – Exemption as Educational Institution

The applicant has requested an advance ruling on the following:

“Whether the (i) transaction between applicant and individual student on a one-to-one basis; and (ii) providing education up to Higher Secondary School; falls under:

Sl. No. 66(a) of Notification No.12/2017 – Central Tax (Rate).”

The applicant submits that they are offering education services to students through its own online platform. The applicant provides services in the following categories:

a. Educational services to individual students.

b. Educational services to institutions and the students.

c. Educational services to the Government.

The applicant submitted the process of registration and the nature of services rendered by them. The main submission was that there is ascertainment of particular requirements of student, planning of lessons as per requirements in individual case and timings as per mutual suitability. The fees were charged describing ‘tuition fees’.

The claim was that they fall in entry at Sl. No. 66(a) of Notification No.12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017. It was also contended that they also fall in definition of ‘Educational Institution’ given in clause (y) in para 2 of said notification.

Further arguments were made on merits of case including meaning of ‘education’ and ‘institution’ as per dictionary and judgments.

Based on the same, the applicant submitted that “education”, means, (a) systematic instruction, schooling or training given to the young persons in preparation for the work of life; (b) bringing up; the process of developing and training the powers and capabilities of human beings; (c) is not merely the instruction received at school or college but the whole course of training – moral, intellectual and physical. It was also submitted that it is sometimes used as synonymous with ‘learning”. It was also contended that judgments make it clear that schooling is not the only method of providing education, and any kind of systematic training constitutes “education” and accordingly any training or instruction given to the young for their preparation constitutes education.

The ld. AAR examined above contentions on behalf of applicant. The entry at Sl. No. 66(a) of the Notification No.12/2017-CT (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 was reproduced as under:-

Sl. No.

Chapter, Section, Heading, Group or Service code

Description of Services

Rate (per cent)

Condition

66

Heading
9992

 

Services
provided

(a)
by an educational institution to its students, faculty and staff;…”

Nil

Nil

The classification of educational service under Heading 9992 in Notification No.11/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 was also considered.

The reference also made to term ‘educational institution’ as defined in clause (y) of Para 2 of Notification No.12/2017 CT(Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 which is as follows:

classification of educational service under Heading 9992 (in Notification No.11/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017) was also considered.

The reference also made to term ‘educational institution’ as defined in clause (y) of Para 2 of Notification No.12/2017 CT(Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 which is as follows:

“educational institution” means an institution providing services by way of-

i.    pre-school education and education up to higher secondary school or equivalent;

ii.    education as a part of a curriculum for obtaining a qualification recognized by any law for the time being in force;

iii.    education as a part of an approved vocational education course.”

The ld. AAR held that the entry exempts educational institutions from pre-school to higher secondary school or an educational institution which is equivalent to a ‘school’. It observed that, the applicant is not a formal school, but an institution providing special training / coaching to students enrolled in formal schools for education up to higher secondary or equivalent. Accordingly, the ld. AAR observed that even though the activity of training and coaching undertaken by the applicant can be claimed to be education services in layman’s understanding, those activities do not qualify to be classified under any of the Groups; 99921- Preprimary education services; 99922 – Primary education services or 99923 – Secondary education services as core educational services are provided by schools up to higher secondary or equivalent. The ld. AAR held that the services provided by the applicant are appropriately classifiable under Heading 9992 – Group – 99929 – SAC – 999293 as commercial training and coaching services. It is observed that the service of applicant also does not lead to any qualification recognised by any law. Accordingly, the applicant does not fall under the scope of educational institution as defined in sub-clause (i) of clause (y) of Para 2 of Notification No. 12/2017 CT (rate) dated 28th June, 2017.

The ld. AAR gave the following ruling:

“Question: Whether the (i) transaction between applicant and individual student on a one to one basis; and (ii) providing education up to Higher Secondary School; falls under Sl.No.66(a) of Notification No.12/2017 – Central Tax (Rate).

Ruling: The applicant is not an educational institution as defined in clause (y) of Para 2 of Notification No. 12/2017 CT (Rate) dated 28.06.2017. Therefore, the services provided by the applicant are not exempt under Sl. No. 66 of the said notification.”
 

23 Ess Ess Kay Engineering Company Pvt. Ltd.
(AAR/GST/PB/016 dated 16th August, 2022)

Classification – Roof Mounted AC package for fitment in LHB/LGB.

The applicant is a manufacturer of air conditioners for fitting in railway coaches. Following question was posed for ruling:

“The applicant has sought advance ruling on the classification of roof mounted Air-conditioning unit especially for use in railway coaches (manufactured as per railway design) i.e. whether they are classifiable under HSN- 8415 1090- IGST @ 28% or under HSN 8607 99 – IGST @ 18% as parts of Railway Coaches/ Locomotives?”

In hearing, the applicant made following submission:

“The applicant is inter-alia engaged in manufacture of “Roof Mounted Air-conditioning unit for Passenger Coaches of Railway as per RDSO specification and drawing” (in short impugned goods). The impugned goods are exclusively for use in railway coaches, it has no marketability except use in railways coaches. It is an integral / essential part of Air-conditioned railway coaches and accordingly classifiable under HSN 8607 99 of Customs Tariff Act as made applicable to GST vide Notification No. 1/2017 CT ® dated 28.06.2017.”

Various other judgments / rulings were cited. On behalf of Revenue, there was no objection to classification suggested by applicant. Revenue brought to notice of ld. AAR, the AR in case of Prag Polymers dated 14th February, 2020 – 2021-VIL-174-AAR by Authority for Advance Ruling-Uttar Pradesh and Hon. Supreme Court judgment in case of Westinghouse Saxby Farmer Ltd. vs. Commr. of Central Excise Calcutta -2021-VIL-33-SC-CE.

The ld. AAR analysed the subject with reference to Tariff under Customs Act. After elaborate reference, the ld. AAR observed that the Air Conditioners are covered in Chapter 8415 and classification of same cannot get altered on account of supply to Railway. Accordingly, the ruling is given classifying the product under Chapter 8415 rejecting contention of classification under Chapter 8607.

24 Krishna Institute of Medical Sciences Ltd.
(AAR No. 04/AP/GST/2022
dated 21st March, 2022)

Composite Supply – Administration of COVID Vaccines

The facts are that the applicant, M/s Krishna Institute of Medical Sciences Limited is a Public Limited Company and a multi-specialty hospital, rendering healthcare services and claiming exemption on the said service vide notification No. 12/2017 Central Tax Rate. The company has been permitted to administer COVID-19 vaccine and the process of administering it has been narrated to be critical administration. The health care staff is well trained for safe and effective vaccination. Elaborate process and the personnel involved in process are narrated in AR.

The actual vaccination involved pre-vaccine consultation, actual vaccination and post vaccination observation as well as follows up as may be necessary. The applicant approached this Authority with following questions:

“1.    Whether administering of COVID-19 vaccination by hospitals is Supply of Good or Supply of Service?

2.    Whether administering of COVID-19 vaccine by clinical establishments (Hospitals) qualify as “Health care services” as per Notification No. 12/2017 Central Tax Rate dated 28th June, 2017?

3.    Whether administering of COVID-19 vaccination by clinical establishment is exempt under GST Act?”

Applicant was submitting that it is healthcare services covered by Sl. No. 74 of Notification No.12/2017 (CT) (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017. The meaning of ‘health care services’ given in above notification No. 12/2017 was also referred to.

The meaning of ‘authorized medical practitioner’ as given in Notification No.12/2017 was also placed for meaningful determination of the question.

The applicant referred to the definition of ‘composite supply’ given in section 2(30) of CGST Act, which reads as under:

“composite supply” means a supply made by a taxable person to a recipient consisting of two or more taxable supplies of goods or services or both, or any combination thereof, which are naturally bundled and supplied in conjunction with each other in the ordinary course of business, one of which is a principal supply;”

It was submitted that the vaccine vial is not available in pharmacy / hospital, and the beneficiaries are not at liberty to get vaccinated by themselves or by other than medical practitioner. The various stages of vaccination bifurcated as under:

Sl. No.

Step

Components  involved

Good or Service

1.

Documentation
and records maintenance

Service
involved in verifying the documentation, processing and maintaining

Service

2.

Pre-consultation

Consultation
service by medical professional

Service

3.

Disinfecting
the skin by using Alcohol and cotton by a medical professional

Cotton,
alcohol and services by medical professional

Both

4.

Injecting
the vaccination to the person

Usage
of Syringe, composition of drug and services by medical professional

Both

5.

Consultation
including medical Advice

Post
vaccination observation and consultation by medical professional

Service”

Based on above it was argued that the activity of vaccination is composite supply where health care service is principal supply and hence exempt.

The ld. AAR went to examine first as to whether the administering of COVID-19 vaccine by hospitals is supply of goods or services or both.

The ld. AAR observed that, two activities are involved in this transaction, ‘sale of vaccine’ under ‘supply of goods’ and ‘administering of vaccine’ under ‘supply of service,’ and when it comes to administering of the vaccine by hospitals, it involves a combination of two supplies, which are naturally bundled, i.e., ‘supply of vaccine’ and the ‘service component’ by way of administering the same. Therefore, it is composite supply.

It is further observed that both the supplies are intrinsically connected with each other, and viewed as a single package by the recipient, where he purchases the vaccine and gets it administered subsequently. The ld. AAR decided, which of the above two, is the principal supply. It observed that generally, the primary requirement of the recipient would be the receipt of the vaccine, basing on his choice i.e., Covishield or Covaxin. Thus, the ld. AAR held that the supply of goods constitutes the major supply. It is further held that the proper administration of the vaccine by a technically qualified personnel as prescribed by the guidelines of the government becomes the ancillary supply, which involves ‘service charge’. With above analysis, the ld. AAR held that the taxability of the total transaction in the instant case is based on the tax rate of the principal supply i.e., sale of vaccines which is at 5 per cent. It is also held that it is not healthcare service but sale of goods.

 

25 Sri Sairam Gopalkrishna Bhat
(AAAR No. KAR-AAAR/05/2022
dated 25th August, 2022)

Appeal to AAAR – Condonation of delay in Filing appeal

Appellant received Advance Ruling order No. KAR/ADRG/03/2022 dated 21st January, 2022 passed by AAR. Appeal filed to AAAR. The appeal was delayed by 65 days. The delay was sought to be condoned based on Supreme Court order in Suo Motu Writ (Civil) No.3/2020 dated 10th January, 2022 where in limitations are extended due to Covid lockdown. The date wise chart of events is as under:

Actions
relating to the impugned advance ruling

Dates as per Section 100 of the
CGST Act of Situation 1

Dates computed as per Supreme Court
order dt.10.1.2022 Situation 2

Remarks

Date
of issue of AAR order

21.1.2022

21.1.2022

Date
of receipt of AAR order by the Appellant

19.2.2022

19.2.2022

 

Date
of limitation for filing an appeal

21.3.2022

30.3.2022

Period
between 20.2.2022 to 28.2.2022 is excluded as per SC order”

Further
period of 30 days condonable by AAAR

20.4.2022

29.4.2022

 

Date
of filing appeal

26.5.2022

26.5.2022

 

No
of days delay after condonable period

36

27

 

The ld. AAAR reproduced the operative part of above order of Supreme Court as under:

“5. Taking into consideration the arguments advanced by learned counsel and the impact of the surge of the virus on public health and adversities faced by litigants in the prevailing conditions, we deem it appropriate to dispose of the M. A No 21 of 2022 with the following directions:

I. The order dated 23.03.2020 is restored and in continuation of the subsequent orders dated 08.03.2021, 27.04.2021 and 23.09.2021, it is directed that the period from 15.03.2020 till 28.02.2022 shall stand excluded for the purposes of limitation as may be prescribed under any general or special laws in respect of all judicial or quasi-judicial proceedings.

II. Consequently, the balance period of limitation remaining as on 03.10.2021, if any, shall become available with effect from 01.03.2022.

III. In cases where the limitation would have expired during the period between 15.03.2020 till 28.02.2022, notwithstanding the actual balance period of limitation remaining, all persons shall have a limitation period of 90 days from 01.03.2022. In the event the actual balance period of limitation remaining, with effect from 01.03.2022 is greater than 90 days, the longer period shall apply.

IV. It is further clarified that the period from 15.03.2020 till 28.02.2022 shall also stand excluded in computing the periods prescribed under Section 23(4) and 29A of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, Section 12A of the Commercial Courts Act, 2015 and provisos (b) and (c) of Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 and any other laws, which prescribe period(s) of limitation for instituting proceedings, outer limits (within which the court or tribunal can condone delay) and termination of proceedings.”

The appellant was relying on Para 5(III). The ld. AAAR did not agree with above submission observing that the limitation in present case expired after 28th February, 2022 and not prior to 28th February, 2022.

The ld. AAAR also examined the position from different angle as under:

“15. There is another reason why the directions at Para 5(III) extending the limitation period to 90 days from 28-02-2022 will not apply to this case. No doubt the Hon’ble Supreme Court has passed the orders on extending the period of limitation by exercising its power under Article 142 of the Constitution. However, it is a settled principle of jurisprudence that even while exercising that power, the Supreme Court cannot render the statutory provision otiose. The limitation period of 30 days as laid down in Section 100(2) of the CGST Act will continue to prevail with the exception that the 30 days period will be computed from 01-03-2022 as per the Hon’ble Supreme Court’s directions at Para 5(I) and not from 19-02-2022 which is the date of communication of the impugned order. Therefore, the appeal filed on 26-05-2022 is beyond the period of limitation prescribed under Section 100(2) of the CGST Act.”

The ld. AAAR also held that it is bound by 30 days’ time limit for condonation and no power to condone any delay beyond 30 days.

It is held that section 5 of Limitation Act is not applicable to appeals to be filed u/s 100(2). The appeal was rejected on ground of limitation.

Financial Reporting Dossier

A. KEY RECENT UPDATES

1. PCAOB COMPLETES 20 YEARS

On 30th July, 2022, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) completed 20 years of existence. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX) of 2002 established the PCAOB, a non-profit corporation, to oversee the audits of US public companies, protect investors, and further the public interest in the preparation of informative, accurate, and independent audit reports. The PCAOB also oversees the audits of brokers and dealers, including compliance reports filed under federal securities laws. Since its creation, the PCAOB has:

•    Registered over 3,800 audit firms,

•    Completed more than 4,300 firm inspections in 55 countriesreviewing more than 15,000 audits of public companies and over 1,000 broker-dealer engagements,

•    Issued more than 330 settled orders, and

•    Sanctioned more than 230 firms and 270 individuals.

2. FASB – PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS TO ACCOUNTING FOR INVESTMENTS IN TAX CREDIT STRUCTURES

On 22nd August, 2022, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an Exposure Draft (ED) of Accounting Standards Update, Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method. The ED proposes amendments to US GAAP Topic 323, Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures. The proposed amendments would permit reporting entities to elect to account tax equity investments, regardless of the program from which the income tax credits are received, using the proportional amortization method if specified conditions are met.

In 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-01 that introduced an option allowing entities to elect to apply the proportional amortization method to account for investments made primarily to receive income tax credits and other income tax benefits. The guidance limited the proportional amortization method to investments in low-income housing tax credit (LIHTC) structures. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the income tax credits, and other income tax benefits received and recognizes the net amortization and income tax credits and other income tax benefits in the income statement as a component of income tax expense/(benefit). Investments in other tax credit structures are typically accounted for using the equity or cost method, resulting in investment gains and losses and tax credits being presented gross on the income statement in their respective line items. [https://www.fasb.org/page/getarticle?uid=fasb_Media_Advisory_08-22-22]

3. SEC – PAY VERSUS PERFORMANCE RULES

On 25th August, 2022, the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) adopted amendments to its rules requiring registrant companies to disclose information reflecting the relationship between executive compensation paid and the registrant’s financial performance (Pay vs Performance Rules). The rules implement a requirement mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act and require registrant companies to provide a table disclosing specified executive compensation and financial performance measures of the five recent fiscal years. A company must report its total shareholder return (TSR), the TSR of companies in its peer group, its net income and a chosen financial performance measure. Using the information presented in the table, registrants will be required, inter alia, to describe the relationships between the executive compensation paid and each of the performance measures, as well as the relationship between the registrant’s TSR and the TSR of its selected peer group. [https://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2022/34-95607.pdf]

4. PCAOB – AGREEMENT SIGNED WITH CHINESE AUTHORITIES, TAKING FIRST STEP TOWARD COMPLETE ACCESS FOR PCAOB TO SELECT, INSPECT AND INVESTIGATE IN CHINA

On 26th August, 2022, the PCAOB signed a Statement of Protocol with the China Securities Regulatory Commission and the Ministry of Finance of the People’s Republic of China (PRC). This was the first step taken towards opening the access for the PCAOB to inspect and investigate registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong, consistent with the US law.  In 2020, the US Congress passed the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act (HFCAA). Under this Act, beginning with 2021, after three consecutive years of PCAOB determinations that positions taken by authorities in PRC obstructed the board’s ability to inspect and investigate registered public accounting firms in mainland China and Hong Kong completely, the companies audited by those firms would be subject to a trading prohibition on US markets. In 2021, the PCAOB made determinations that the positions taken by PRC authorities prevented the PCAOB from inspecting and investigating in mainland China and Hong Kong completely. The PCAOB is now required to reassess its determinations by the end of 2022. [https://pcaobus.org/news-events/news-releases/news-release-detail/fact-sheet-china-agreement]

5. IASB – PROPOSALS TO UPDATE IFRS FOR SMEs ACCOUNTING STANDARD

On 8th September, 2022, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) published proposals to update the IFRS for SMEs Accounting Standard. The Exposure Draft, Third Edition of the IFRS for SMEs Accounting Standard, aims to update the IFRS for SMEs literature to align it with: The Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting; the simplified requirements based on IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement and IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers; and updating new requirements in IFRS 3, Business Combinations, IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, IFRS 10, Consolidated Financial Statements and IFRS 11, Joint Arrangements. The proposed updates include other improvements made to full IFRS Accounting Standards since the publishing of the previous (second) edition of IFRS for SMEs Accounting Standard in 2015. [https://www.ifrs.org/content/dam/ifrs/project/2019-comprehensive-review-of-the-ifrs-for-smes-standard/exposure-draft-2022/snapshot-ed-ifrsforsmes-sept2022.pdf]


INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING MATERIAL

UK FRC – Thematic Review, Judgements and Estimates: Update. [26th July, 2022.]

IAASB – First-Time Implementation Guide for ISA 315 (Revised 2019),
Identifying and Assessing the Risks of Material Misstatement. [27th July, 2022.]

IAASB – New FAQs for Reporting Going Concern Matters in the Auditor’s Report. [1st August, 2022.]

FASB – 2022 FASB Investor Outreach Report. [4th August, 2022.]

UK FRC –
Snapshots of Current Practice in Auditor Reporting. [16th August, 2022.]

UK FRC – Thematic Review, Earnings per Share (IAS 33). [8th September, 2022.]


B. EVOLUTION AND ANALYSIS OF ACCOUNTING CONCEPTS – INDEFINITE-LIFE INTANGIBLE ASSETS

SETTING THE CONTEXT

An intangible asset is an identifiable non-monetary asset without physical substance. The Day 2 (subsequent) measurement of indefinite-life intangible assets under prominent GAAPs has seen interesting developments over the years, which are discussed herein.

THE POSITION UNDER PROMINENT GAAPS

US GAAP
Historical Developments

The Accounting Principles Board (APB) of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) issued Accounting Research Bulletin (ARB) No. 43 in 1959. Chapter 5, Intangible Assets of ARB No. 43, classified intangible assets as ‘Type a’ and ‘Type b’.

‘Type a’ intangible assets included those whose term of existence was limited by law, regulation, or agreement, or by their nature – for example, patents, copyrights, leases, licenses, franchises for a fixed term, etc.

‘Type b’ intangible assets included those with no such limited term of existence and as to which there was, at the time of acquisition, no indication of limited life – for example, trade names, secret processes, subscription lists, perpetual franchises, etc.

‘Type a’ intangible assets were required to be amortized to the income statement over the period benefitted. As regards ‘Type b’ intangible assets, the guidance stated that when it becomes reasonably evident that the term of existence of a ‘Type b’ intangible assets has become limited and that it has, therefore, become a ‘Type a’ intangible asset, then its cost should be amortized by systematic charges in the income statement over the estimated remaining period of usefulness.

This accounting practice was criticised since alternative methods of accounting for costs were acceptable. Some companies amortized intangible assets over a short arbitrary period to reduce the amount of the asset as rapidly as practicable, while others retained it until evidence showed a loss of value, and then recorded a material reduction in a single accounting period.

Such criticisms led the APB to issue APB Opinion No. 17, Intangible Assets, in 1970. APB Opinion No. 17 required goodwill and other intangible assets to be amortized by systematic charges over the period expected to be benefitted by those assets, not to exceed 40 years. The Board opined (in para 22) that accounting for the cost of a long-lived asset after acquisition normally depends on its estimated life. The cost of assets with perpetual existence, such as land, is carried forward as an asset without amortization, and the cost of assets with finite lives is amortized by systematic charges to the income statement. Goodwill and similar intangible assets do not clearly fit either classification; their lives are neither infinite nor specifically limited but are indeterminate. Thus, although the principles underlying the then practice conformed to accounting principles for similar types of assets, their applications had led to alternative treatments. Amortizing the cost of goodwill and similar intangible assets on arbitrary bases in the absence of evidence of limited lives or decreased values resulted in recognising expenses and decreases of assets prematurely, but delayed amortization of the cost until a loss was evident and thereby recognised the decreases after the fact. The Board felt that a practical solution would be to set a minimum and maximum amortization period. Allocating the cost of goodwill or other intangible assets with an indeterminate life over time is necessary because the value almost inevitably becomes zero at some future date. Since the date at which the value becomes zero is indeterminate, the end of the useful life must necessarily be set arbitrarily at some point or within some range of time for accounting purposes.

APB Opinion No. 17 presumed that goodwill and all other intangible assets were wasting assets (i.e., finite lived assets), and thus the amounts assigned to them should be amortized in determining net income. It also mandated an arbitrary ceiling of 40 years for that amortization. The FASB noted that having the same maximum amortization periods for intangible assets as for goodwill might discourage entities from recognizing more intangible assets apart from goodwill in mergers and acquisitions. Not independently recognizing those intangible assets when they exist and can be reliably measured adversely affects the relevance and representational faithfulness of the financial statements.

In 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, which superseded APB Opinion No. 17. SFAS No. 142 did not presume such goodwill and intangible assets to be wasting assets. Instead, it mandated that the goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives should not be amortized but should be tested annually for impairment. Intangible assets that have finite useful lives would continue to be amortized over their useful lives but without the constraint of an arbitrary ceiling.

Current Position

Extant US GAAP ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Others carries forward the guidance of SFAS No. 142. The relevant extracts from the standard are: “The accounting for a recognized intangible asset is based on its useful life to the reporting entity. An intangible asset with a finite useful life shall be amortized; an intangible asset with an indefinite useful life shall not be amortized.” [ASC 350-30-35-1.]

IFRS
Historical Developments

IAS 38, Intangible Assets, issued in 1998, assumed that the useful lives of intangible assets were always finite. The standard also prescribed a presumptive maximum useful life of 20 years. The presumption was rebuttable, though.

The IASB amended IAS 38 in 2004, whereby the rebuttable presumption of useful life of 20 years was withdrawn, and the concept of indefinite life intangible assets (not subject to amortisation but annual impairment testing) introduced.

In developing the revised standard, the IASB observed that the useful life of an intangible asset is related to its expected cash inflows. For example, some intangible assets are based on legal rights conveyed in perpetuity rather than for finite terms. As such, these assets may have cash flows associated with them that may be expected to continue for many years or indefinitely. The Board concluded that if the cash flows are expected to continue for a finite period, the useful life of the asset is limited to that finite period. However, if the cash flows are expected to continue indefinitely, the useful life is indefinite.

To be representationally faithful, the amortisation period for an intangible asset generally should reflect that useful life and, by extension, the cash flow streams associated with the asset. The Board concluded that it is possible for management to have the intention and the ability to maintain an intangible asset in such a way that there is no foreseeable limit on the period over which that particular asset is expected to generate net cash inflows for the entity [38.BC 61.]. Accordingly, IAS 38 (Revised) required an intangible asset to be regarded as having an indefinite useful life when, based on an analysis of all the relevant factors, there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset is expected to generate net cash inflows for the reporting entity.

Current Position

Under extant IFRS (IAS 38, Intangible Assets), the subsequent measurement of an intangible asset is based on its useful life. An entity must assess whether an intangible asset’s useful life is finite or indefinite.

The depreciable amount of an intangible asset with a finite useful life shall be allocated on a systematic basis over its useful life. [38.97.]

An intangible asset with an indefinite useful life shall not be amortised. [38.107.] It may be noted that an intangible asset is regarded as having an indefinite useful life when there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset is expected to generate net cash inflows for the entity. ‘Indefinite’ does not mean ‘infinite’. An entity must test an indefinite useful life intangible asset for impairment annually. [38.108.]

An entity should also disclose for an intangible asset assessed as having an indefinite useful life, the carrying amount of that asset and the reasons supporting the assessment of indefinite useful life. While giving these reasons, the entity should describe the factors that played a significant role in determining that the asset has an indefinite useful life.

Ind AS
Current Position

Ind AS 38, Intangible Assets is in line with IFRS (IAS 38, Intangible Assets) in the accounting topic of Day 2 (subsequent) measurement of indefinite life intangible assets.

AS
Current Position

Paragraph 62 of AS 26, Intangible Assets (IGAAP), which deals with measurement after initial recognition, requires intangible assets to be carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. The depreciable amount of an intangible asset should be allocated on a systematic basis over the management’s best estimate of its useful life. However, there is a rebuttable presumption that the useful life of an intangible asset will not exceed 10 years. However, if there is persuasive evidence that the useful life will be a specific period longer than 10 years, the presumption stands rebutted, and the reporting entity is required to amortise the intangible asset over the best estimate of its useful life and subject it to impairment testing annually. In such circumstances, the entity must also disclose why the presumption is rebutted and the factors that played a significant role in determining such useful life.

THE LITTLE GAAPS
US FRF for SMEs

Chapter 13, Intangible Assets of the AICPA’s US Financial Reporting Framework for Small and Medium-Sized Entities (FRF for SMEs), a self-contained framework not based on US GAAP, considers all intangible assets to have a finite useful life. The standard states that when the precise length of an intangible asset’s useful life is not known, the intangible asset is amortized over the best estimate of its useful life [13.55.].

IFRS for SMEs

Prior to the 2015 ‘Comprehensive Review’ of IFRS for SMEs by the IASB (effective 1st January, 2017), if an entity could not reliably estimate the useful life of an intangible asset, it was presumed to have a default 10-year life.  

Extant International Financial Reporting Standard for Small and Medium-sized Entities (IFRS for SMEs), Section 18, Intangible Assets Other than Goodwill considers all intangible assets to have a finite useful life. The requirement also states that if the management cannot reliably establish the useful life of an intangible asset, then it shall determine the life based on the best estimate, which should not exceed ten years.

C. GLOBAL ANNUAL REPORT EXTRACTS – REMUNERATION POLICY FOR EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

BACKGROUND

The UK Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, mandates disclosures of ‘Directors Remuneration Report’ by quoted companies.

Relevant extracts from Schedule 8 of the Regulation (Quoted Companies: Directors Remuneration Report) are provided below.

PART 4
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

24.—(1) The information required to be included in the directors’ remuneration report by the provisions of this Part must be set out in a separate part of the report and constitutes the directors’ remuneration policy of the company.

25.—(1) The directors’ remuneration report must contain in tabular form a description of each of the components of the remuneration package for the directors of the company which are comprised in the directors’ remuneration policy of the company.

26. In respect of each of the components described in the table there must be set out the following information—

(a)    how that component supports the short and long-term strategic objectives of the company (or, where the company is a parent company, the group);

(b)    an explanation of how that component of the remuneration package operates;

(c)    the maximum that may be paid in respect of that component (which may be expressed in monetary terms, or otherwise);

(d)     where applicable, a description of the framework used to assess performance including—

(i)    a description of any performance measures which apply and, where more than one performance measure applies, an indication of the weighting of the performance measure or group of performance measures;

(ii)    details of any performance period; and

(iii)    the amount (which may be expressed in monetary terms or otherwise) that may be paid in respect of —

(aa)    the minimum level of performance that results in any payment under the policy, and

(bb)    any further levels of performance set in accordance with the policy;

(e)    an explanation as to whether there are any provisions for the recovery of sums paid or the withholding of the payment of any sum.


EXTRACTS FROM ANNUAL REPORTS

Flutter Entertainment Plc, (Listed on LSE, FTSE 100 index constituent); Y.E. 31st December, 2021 Revenue – £ 6.04 billion.

Directors Remuneration Report – Remuneration Policy

Remuneration Policy table

The table below sets out our Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors. It has been represented in full and unchanged from 2020:

Element

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation and performance measures

Maximum opportunity

Salary

To attract and retain high-calibre
talent in the labour market in which the Executive Director is employed.

Generally reviewed annually but may
be reviewed at other times of the year in exceptional circumstances.

 

Salaries (inclusive of any Director
fees) are set with reference to individual skills, experience,
responsibilities, Company performance and performance in role.

 

Independent benchmarking is
conducted on a periodic basis against companies of a similar size and
complexity, and those operating in the same or similar sectors, although this
information is used only as part of a broader review.

Increases (as a percentage of
salary) will generally be in line with salary inflation and consistent with
those offered to the wider workforce.

 

Higher increases may be appropriate
in certain circumstances including, but not limited to:

 

· where an individual changes role;

 

· where there is a material change
in the responsibilities or scope of the role;

 

· where an individual is appointed
on a below market salary with the expectation that this salary will increase
with experience and performance;

 

· where there is a need for
retention;

 

· where salaries, in the opinion of
the Committee, have fallen materially below the relevant market rates; and

 

· where the size of the Group
increases in a material way.

 

The Committee will review salaries
if the proposed combination with The Stars Group completes. This may lead to
increases awarded at rates higher than the wider workforce level, given that
it would represent a significant change in the scale and complexity of the
business and therefore the roles of the Executive Directors.

Benefits

To provide market competitive, cost
effective benefits.

Employment-related benefits may
include (but are not limited to) private medical insurance, life assurance,
income protection, relocation, travel and accommodation assistance related to
fulfilment of duties, tax equalisation and/or other related expenses as
required. Where expenses are necessary for the ordinary conduct of business,
the Company may meet the cost of tax on benefits.

The value of benefits may vary from
year-to-year in line with variances in third-party supplier costs which are
outside of the Company’s control, business requirements and other changes
made to wider workforce benefits.

Pension

To provide retirement benefits that
are appropriately competitive within the relevant labour market.

Paid as a defined contribution
and/or cash supplement.

Contribution of up to 15% of salary

(or an equivalent cash payment in
lieu) for current Executive Directors. These will reduce to the UK and
Ireland wider workforce level from the start of 2023. For any new Executive
Directors appointed during the term of this Policy, contributions will be set
in line with the wider workforce level upon recruitment.

Annual bonus and DSIP

To incentivise and reward the
successful delivery of annual performance targets. The DSIP also provides a
link to long-term value creation.

The Committee reviews the annual
bonus prior to the start of each financial year to ensure that the
opportunity, performance measures, targets and weightings are appropriate and
in line with the business strategy at the time.

Threshold performance will result in
an annual bonus pay-out of 25% of the maximum opportunity.

 

For target performance, the annual
bonus earned is two-thirds of the maximum opportunity.

Annual bonus and DSIP

 

Performance is determined by the
Committee on an annual basis by reference to Group financial or strategic
measures, or personal objectives, although the financial element will always
account for at least 50% of the bonus in any year. The DSIP will be subject
to a financial underpin; for 2020 this will be a revenue underpin but a
different measure may be used in future years.

 

Half of any annual bonus is paid in
cash, with the remaining half deferred into shares under the DSIP. Any
deferred element is released 50% after three years and 50% after four years
from the date of grant.

 

Malus and
clawback provisions apply to the annual bonus and DSIP both prior to vesting
and for a period of two years post-vesting. Dividends (or equivalent) accrue
and are paid on DSIP awards that vest.

Maximum annual opportunity of 285%
of total salary for the CEO and 265% of salary for other Executive Directors.

LTIP

To attract, retain and incentivise
Executive Directors to deliver the Group’s long-term strategy while providing
strong alignment with shareholder interests.

Annual grant of shares or nil-cost
options, vesting after a minimum of three years, subject to the achievement
of performance conditions.

 

The Committee reviews the
performance measures, targets and weightings prior to the start of each cycle
to ensure that they are appropriate. The measures and respective weightings
may vary year-on-year to reflect strategic priorities, but at least 75% will
always be based on financial measures (which can include TSR).

 

Following vesting, awards are
subject to a holding period of up to two years, such that the overall
timeframe of the LTIP will be no less than five years. Directors may sell
sufficient shares to satisfy the tax liability on exercise but must retain
the net number of shares until the end of this two-year period.

 

Malus and clawback provisions apply
to the LTIP, which allow the Company to reduce or claw back awards during the
holding period. Dividends (or equivalent) accrue and are paid on LTIP awards
that vest.

The normal maximum opportunity is
180% of salary for the CEO and 150% of salary for other Executive Directors.
Threshold performance will result in no more than 25% vesting.

SAYE

To facilitate share ownership and
provide further alignment with shareholders.

The Company operates Save As You
Earn share plans for all employees (in the UK this is an HMRC-approved and in
Ireland this is an Irish Revenue-approved plan); the Executive Directors may
participate in the plan on the same basis as other employees.

 

Participants are invited to save up
to the monthly limit over a three-year period and use these savings to buy
shares in the Company at up to the maximum discount allowable in the relevant
jurisdiction.

Maximum opportunity is in line with
HMRC and Irish Revenue limits (currently £500 and €500 per month for UK and
Irish employees respectively).

 

Maximum opportunity for employees in
other countries is the equivalent of €500 per month.

Shareholding guidelines

To create alignment between the
interests of Executive Directors and shareholders.

Executive Directors must build up
and maintain a holding of shares in the Company equivalent to a minimum of
300% of salary for the CEO and 200% of salary for other Executive Directors.
Executive Directors must retain half of post-tax vested awards until the
guidelines are met. Shareholding guidelines may be met through both
beneficially owned shares and vested but unexercised options on a notional
net of tax basis. Executives are required to hold the lower of their respective
shareholding guideline and the actual shareholding immediately prior to
departure for two years post-departure.

n/a

D. FROM THE PAST – “ACCOUNTING IN THE PAST HAS NOT TOLD THE WHOLE TRUTH”

Extracts from a speech by Russell G. Golden (then FASB Chairman) at the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development, Geneva held in 2015:

“Accounting standards must be established in an arena free of bias and free of even the hint of political or business interference. If investors and other stakeholders ever sensed that standards were being set behind the scenes, or to benefit a particular industry or group, they would lose faith in financial reporting and, by extension, the capital markets.

While our process is designed to circumvent politics, outside forces sometimes come into play. One example centered on stock options.

In 1993, FASB issued a proposal that would have required companies to expense the value of their stock options. This did not go over well with some companies, especially with tech industry startup companies that used stock options to compensate employees. In a nutshell, expensing stock options would make profits appear smaller.

Also opposing it were all eight of the major accounting firms. Four of the five commissioners at the SEC spoke out publicly against us. SEC Chairman Arthur Levitt also said he could not support the proposal. In fact, one of the only people who spoke out in our favour was Warren Buffett.

Congress got involved. In the end, we tempered the rule so that companies could either report the cost of options in a footnote, with no effect on earnings, or book them as an expense.

Fast forward to 2001. A series of accounting scandals—including Enron—forced Congress to get serious about reforming corporate practices. The stock options proposal finally made it into GAAP—shortly after Congress enacted the Sarbanes–Oxley Act of 2002. By the way, Sarbanes-Oxley is formally known as “Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act.”

Years later, Arthur Levitt publicly admitted that his failure to support the FASB on stock options was the single worst decision that he made during his tenure as chair of the SEC.

Standards that provide an objective view of a company’s financial position enable investors and other users to make the best-informed decisions possible about the allocation of their capital, and second, allows our capital markets to operate as efficiently as they can.

We currently are working to solve some accounting problems where accounting in the past has not told the whole truth.”

Glimpses of Supreme Court Rulings

11 National Petroleum Construction Company vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax, Circle 2 (2), International Taxation, New Delhi & Ors. (2022) 446 ITR 382(SC)

Deduction of tax at source – Payment to non-resident – Issue of a certificate u/s 197(1) of the IT Act–Scope of enquiry and investigation in proceedings for grant of Certificate u/s 197 of the IT Act – Difference of opinion amongst the judges of Division Bench – Reference made to a larger Bench

The Appellant, National Petroleum Construction Company, was a company incorporated under the laws of the United Arab Emirates (UAE) and was a tax resident of that country. The Appellant was, inter alia, engaged in the fabrication of petroleum platforms,pipelines and other equipment, installation of petroleum platforms, submarine pipelines, onshore and offshore oil facilities and coating of pipelines.

Pursuant to different tender notices issued by the ONGC from time to time, the Appellant submitted tenders, inter alia, for installation of petroleum platforms and submarine pipelines. The tenders submitted by the Appellant were accepted, and contracts executed by and between the Appellant and ONGC. The first contract executed was between the Appellant and ONGC in the F.Y. 1996-97, corresponding to the A.Y. 1997-98.

On 28th August 2005, the Appellant was awarded a contract termed as Contract No. MR/OW/MM/NHBS4WPP for the Well Platform Project-II, hereinafter referred to as ‘LEWPP Contract’, pursuant to a global tender floated by the ONGC in July 2005. This was the third contract between the Appellant and ONGC. Later on 23rd November 2006, the Appellant entered into another contract termed as Contract No. MR/OW/MM/C-Series/03/2006, hereinafter referred to as ‘C-Series Contract’, for C-Series Project.

The scope of work as described in the “General Conditions of Contract” for LEWPP Contract and C-Series Contract included, “surveys (pre-engineering, pre-construction/pre-installation and post-installation), design, engineering, procurement, fabrication, anticorrosion and weight coating (in case of rigid pipeline), load-out, tie-down/sea fastening, tow-out/sail-out, transportation, installation, hook-up, installation of submarine pipelines, installation and hook-up of submarine cables, modifications on existing facilities, testing, pre-commissioning, commissioning of entire facilities as described in the bidding document.”

The contracts referred to above included various activities. Whilst the activities related to survey, installation and commissioning were done entirely in India, the platforms were designed, engineered and fabricated overseas – in Abu Dhabi.

The Appellant had been filing its Income Tax Returns from the A.Y. 1997-98. Its income had been computed on a presumptive basis by taxing the gross receipts related to the activities in India, less verifiable expenses at the rate of 10 per cent and the receipts pertaining to activities out of India at the rate of 1 per cent. The provisions of the Agreement for Avoidance of Double Taxation, hereinafter referred to as the “AADT”, between India and the UAE were applicable in determining the taxable income of the Appellant under the IT Act.

The Appellant adopted the said basis for computing its assessable income and filed its returns for the A.Y. 1999-2000 onwards. Accordingly, the returns filed by the Appellant for the A.Ys. 2004-05, 2005-06 and 2006-07 were processed u/s 143(1) of the IT Act. However, the returns filed by the Appellant for A.Ys. 2007-08 and 2008-09, were not accepted by the Assessing Officer, hereinafter referred to as the ‘AO’.

The AO passed a Draft Assessment Order dated 31st December 2009 for the A.Y. 2007-08 holding that the Appellant had a Fixed Place Permanent Establishment in India in the form of a Project Office in Mumbai. The AO further held that Arcadia Shipping Ltd. (ASL), an agent of the Appellant had a Permanent Establishment in India, which constituted a Dependent Agent Permanent Establishment, hereinafter referred to as “DAPE”, of the Appellant.

With regards to the Appellant’s contention that the fabricated material was sold to ONGC outside India, the AO found that the contract was a turnkey and a composite one. It was not divisible as claimed by the Appellant. Accordingly, the AO held that the entire contractual receipts, including the payments for activities performed outside India, were taxable in India. The consideration received by the Appellant for design and engineering was held to be Fees for Technical Services, hereinafter referred to as the ‘FTS’. Since the Appellant had not maintained separate books on the contract, the AO estimated the Appellant’s profit at 25 per cent of the consideration received from ONGC.

The Appellant did not accept the Draft Assessment Order and filed its objections before the Dispute Resolution Panel, hereinafter referred to as the “DRP”. The DRP held that Article 5 of the AADT provided an inclusive definition of ‘Permanent Establishment’ (PE) and that the Appellant’s Project Office constituted a PE of the Appellant in India. The DRP concurred with the AO that ASL was a DAPE of the Assessee.

The DRP observed that the pre-engineering or pre- design survey, claimed to be done by a sub-contractor employed by the Appellant, was an integral part of the contract and the time spent by the subcontractor would also constitute the time spent by the Appellant in India, in computing residence in India for over nine months during the Assessment Year, in terms of the AADT.

The DRP rejected the contention that the contract was a divisible contract and the income of the Appellant for the activities done outside India was not taxable under the IT Act.

The Appellant filed an appeal against the order of the assessment passed by the AO before the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal hereinafter referred to as the “ITAT”. The ITAT concurred with the AO and rejected the Appellant’s contention that it did not have a PE in India. The ITAT also concurred with the AO that the establishment of ASL in India was a DAPE of the Appellant.

The ITAT, however, accepted the Appellant’s contention that the contract could be segregated into offshore and onshore activities, and the Appellant’s income for the activities carried on out of India could not be attributed to its PE in India.

The ITAT rejected the Appellant’s contention that the tax payable should be computed as per the formula adopted in the preceding years, i.e. 10 per cent of the receipts attributable to activities in India, less expenses in India and 1 per cent of the receipts attributable to activities carried on overseas.

By a judgment and order dated 29th January 2016, in the appeal being ITA No. 143 of 2013, filed by the Appellant and other related appeals filed by the Revenue, the Division Bench of the High Court of Delhi concurred with the view of the ITAT that consideration for activities carried on overseas could not be attributed to the Appellant’s PE in India. The Court observed that it was not disputed that invoices raised by the Appellant specifically indicated whether the work was done outside India or in India. Thus, even though the contracts might be turnkey contracts, the value of the work done outside India was segregable.

Two contracts were concluded by and between the Appellant and ONGC, one dated 30th September 2016, hereinafter referred to as LEWPP Contract, and the other dated 7th February 2018, hereinafter referred to as the R-series Contract. The Appellant received payments for work done under the said two contracts in F.Y. 2019-20 corresponding to the A.Y. 2020-21.

By a judgment and order dated 9th May 2017 in Writ Petition (C) No. 2117 of 2017, the High Court of Delhi set aside a Certificate dated 31st January 2017 issued by the Respondent No. 1 u/s 197 of the IT Act, requiring deduction of TDS at the rate of 4 per cent on all payments made by the ONGC to the Appellant for activities out of India and within the country in respect of the contract dated 30th September 2016. The R-series Contract was executed after the judgment of the High Court dated 9th May 2017, referred to above. The High Court had no occasion to consider the R-series contract.

On or about 8th May 2019, the Appellant applied for a certificate u/s 197 of the IT Act for deduction of nil tax on payments received from ONGC for activities carried on outside India, in the F.Y. 2019-20 in relation to the aforesaid contracts.

The Respondent, Income Tax Authorities raised queries on its portal, to which the Appellant responded by a letter dated 21st May 2019 addressed to the Respondent No. 1. On further query from the Income Tax Department, the Appellant filed a reply on 13th June 2019 pointing out that no income from activities outside India could be brought to tax in India. The Appellant also submitted a table showing the similarities between the contracts forming the subject-matter of the decision of the High Court and the contracts in the year under consideration, that is, the F.Y. 2019-20.

By the said letter dated 13th June 2019, the Appellant pointed out that for over two and half months since the start of the F.Y. 2019-20, no certificates had been issued to the Appellant u/s 197 of the IT Act as a result of which the Appellant was suffering undue hardship as its cash flow was being hampered. The Appellant, therefore, requested the Respondent No. 1 to issue certificate at the earliest. On 17th June 2019, the Appellant submitted activity-wise key dates for each platform under the R-Series and LEWPP Contracts to the Respondent No. 1.

By letter dated 22nd June 2019, addressed to the Respondent No. 1, the Appellant answered further queries. However, in view of the financial crunch faced by the Appellant, the Appellant requested:

“The Applicant humbly submits that since it is facing financial hardship as the first quarter of F.Y. 2019-20 has come to an end and it is yet to have the lower withholding tax certificate, the Applicant (without prejudice to its legal position), is willing to offer a concession to have the certificate at the tax rate of 4% plus applicable surcharge and cess for the entire contractual revenues, which is in line with the recently concluded assessment proceedings for A.Y. 2016-17 in Applicant’s own case, where your goodself concluded that the entire contractual revenues were chargeable to tax u/s 44BB of the Act at an effective tax rate of 4% plus applicable surcharge and cess. In light of the above, it is our humble request to your goodself to kindly issue the certificate at your earliest convenience.”

The Appellant had contended that a certificate of nil TDS, for payments received in respect of activities outside India, should have been issued to the Appellant, in deference to decisions rendered by various appellate authorities from the A.Ys. 2007-08 to 2015-16, opining that income in respect of activities out of India was not taxable in India and as also the judgments of the Delhi High Court referred to above.

In the A.Y. 2018-19, the Respondent had followed the same approach as in the A.Y. 2017-18 and issued a certificate dated 10th April 2018 u/s 197 of the Act for nil TDS in respect of payments for activities outside India. This direction was in respect of both LEWPP Contract as well as R-Series Contract.

However, in departure from the position taken in the previous years, the Respondent No. 1 issued a certificate dated 26th June 2019 u/s 197(1) of the IT Act for the F.Y. 2019-2020 corresponding to the A.Y. 2020-2021 directing ONGC to deduct TDS at the rate of 4 per cent on receipts in respect of activities both outside and inside India.

The Appellant filed a Writ Petition under Article 226 of the Constitution of India being Writ Petition (C) No. 8527 of 2019, inter alia, challenging the said certificate dated 26th June 2019. The Writ Petition was dismissed by the High Court.

Both the judges of the Supreme Court wrote independent judgements differing form each other.

According to Hon’ble Ms. Justice Indira Banerjee, the High Court rightly held that the question of whether the Appellant had PE, could not possibly be undertaken in an enquiry for issuance of a certificate u/s 197 of the IT Act, having regard to the time-frame permissible in law for deciding an application, more so, when regular assessment had been completed in respect of the immediate preceding year and the Appellant was found to be taxable under the IT Act at 10 per cent of the contractual receipts. The Assessing Authority in that year had found that the Appellant had PE in India in the concerned Assessment Year and that the appeal of the Appellant was possibly pending disposal.

According to the leaned judge, whether the Appellant had PE or not, during the Assessment Year in question, was a disputed factual issue, which had to be determined on the basis of the scope, extent, nature and duration of activities in India. Whether project activity in India continued for a period of more than nine months, for taxability in India in terms of the AADT, was a question of fact, that had to be determined separately for each Assessment Year.

Further, it was noted that by its letter dated 22nd June 2019, referred to above, the Appellant had made a request to the Revenue for issuance of a certificate u/s 197(1) of the IT Act permitting deduction of TDS at the rate of 4 per cent plus applicable surcharge and cess, for all contractual receipts, in line with assessment proceedings for the A.Y. 2016-2017 without prejudice to its legal position, since the Appellant had been facing financial hardship and urgently required funds. On 26th June 2019, the Respondent No. 1 issued the impugned Certificate directing ONGC to deduct TDS at the rate of 4 per cent for all sums receivable in respect of activities both outside and inside India. According to the learned judge, the impugned certificate being as per the request of the Appellant, it was not open to the Appellant to make a volte-face and challenge the impugned certificate.

It was further noted that in the final assessment for one or two preceding Assessment Years, it was found that the Appellant did have PE in India and appeals were pending. Furthermore, in course of hearing, Counsel for the Revenue had handed a Draft Assessment Order, issued in respect of the Assessment Year in question, that is, 2020-21, holding that the Appellant had PE in India and was liable to tax in India under the IT Act. According to the learned judge, in any event, tax deducted at source was adjustable against the tax, if any, ultimately assessed as payable by the Assessee and any excess tax deducted was refundable with interest. Hence, interference was not warranted at this stage.

It was however clarified that any observation made by the Court or by the High Court would not influence the final assessment which has to be made in accordance with the law considering all relevant facts and circumstances or any appeal therefrom. In the event, it was found that the Appellant was not liable to tax and would be entitled to refund of TDS with interest.

After going through the judgment and the opinion formed by Justice Ms. Indira Banerjee, Hon’ble Shri Justice J.K. Maheshwari, respectfully disagreed to the conclusions as drawn therein for the following reasons.

According to the learned judge, on reading of the relevant provision and the rules, it was clear that for issuance of a certificate u/s 197 of the IT Act, an application should be made to Assessing Officer under Sub-rule (1) of Rule 28. The Assessing Officer after recording satisfaction that existing and estimated tax liability justifies the deduction of tax at lower rate or no deduction of tax as the case may be shall issue a certificate. While exercising the power to issue a certificate, the Assessing Officer is required to follow the procedure as per Sub-rule (2). He shall consider the existing and estimated tax payable on estimated income of the previous year; tax payable on the assessed or returned income of the last four years from previous year; existing liability under the IT Act; advance tax payment i.e. tax deducted and collected at source for the assessment year relevant to the previous year till the date of making application under sub-rule (1) of Rule 28. Thus, for the purpose of issuance of certificate under Chapter XVII of Section 197 of the IT Act, the procedure for determination has been prescribed to the Assessing Officer on which satisfaction may be recorded by him.

The learned judge, after considering the provisions for assessment of income concluded that, the issuance of the certificate u/s 197(1) is based on the existing and estimated tax liability after recording satisfaction by Assessing Officer following the procedure so prescribed, in rules. However, the procedure for assessment as specified in Chapter XIV of the IT Act is different.

The learned judge noted that the High Court in the impugned order relied upon the proceedings of the Revenue Department, which had been referred in para 10 of the judgment. As per the proceedings referred, the department had acknowledged the High Court order dated 29th January 2016 and said that for A.Y.s 2007-2008 to 2010-2011 there was no PE in India, but the department filed the appeal C.A. No. 8761/2016 which was pending before the Supreme Court. In para 10(7), the High Court further referred the decision of Delhi High dated 9th May, 2017 passed in W.P.(C) No. 2117/2017 and CM No. 9268/2017. The said judgment was solely on the issue of issuance of the certificate u/s 197 relating to the F.Y. 2016-2017. As per the ratio of the said judgment, it was clear that the certificate issued by the Respondent No. 1 regarding deductions of the TDS at the rate of 4 per cent on the entire payment made by the ONGC was set aside. Following the said decision, the department issued the certificate for F.Y. 2016-2017 at the rate of 4 per cent excluding surcharge and cess for inside India revenue and at the rate of 0% for outside India revenue. Further for F.Ys. 2017-2018 and 2018-2019 certificates were issued following the said decision of Delhi High Court for both type of contracts i.e. LEWPP and R-Series. Thereafter, it was recorded that assessments for A.Ys. 2015-2016 and 2016-2017 were completed with a finding that activities of the Appellant were covered u/s 44BB of the IT Act. It was further recorded that the assessment for A.Y. 2017-2018 was selected under CASS which was still pending. Thereafter, noting was made that it was difficult to bifurcate the revenue generated by onshore and offshore activities. However, the rate of deduction proposed was at the rate of 4 per cent. The relevant excerpt of note sheets further reflected that the demand of existing liability was Rs. 35.88 crores for the year 2015-16 and 2016-17 but later it was reduced to Rs. 2.67 crores out of which Rs. 2.63 crores pertained to A.Y. 2017-18 which was still under scrutiny for assessment, thus there appeared to be no existing demand.

According to the learned judge, the said note sheets of the Revenue did not reflect that Clause (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of Rule 28AA(2) of Rules regarding estimated and assessed liability of last four previous years; existing liability and advance tax payment i.e. deducted and collected at source till the date of submitting application had been considered for determination, and that the Assessing Officer had applied its mind prior to issuance of desired certificate.

The learned judge was of the opinion that the Delhi High Court made unreasonable attempt to distinguish previous order dated 9th May, 2017 relying on the note sheets of the revenue and tried to distinct LEWPP and R-Series contracts. According to the learned judge, on admitting the certificates at 0% tax deductions for both LEWPP and R-Series contracts for the preceding financial years, the High Court was not justified to make distinction between two types of contracts. In fact the Court ought to have seen the satisfaction recorded by the Assessing Officer after determination of the issues specified in Rule 28AA(2). The Appellant had reiterated that the terms of LEWPP contract and R-Series contract were identical while department without disputing the said facts relied upon the orders of assessment passed in previous years without bringing on record the fact of estimated liability. According to the learned judge, distinction drawn, accepting the contention of the revenue by the High Court ignoring admission of issuing certificate for both types of contracts was completely misplaced. In fact, the certificate u/s 197(1) was issued during a financial year, and on closing of the said financial year, the assessment of which would be made after submission of the return of income and documents with respect to the income from the contract of that particular year. The department may enquire about establishment of PE and income attributable to that PE in assessment proceeding but while dealing the issue of issuance of certificate u/s 197(1) relying upon said issues by the High Court is not justified. During the course of the hearing, the counsel for the Appellant handed over two orders dated 8th September, 2021 passed by Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals) for A.Ys. 2016-2017 and 2017-2018 allowing the appeals filed by the Appellant challenging the assessment order for respective assessment year. While allowing the appeal, Commissioner of Income Tax held that the Appellant did not have PE during relevant financial year and, accordingly, the PE contract receipts were not taxable in India.

Further, the record of the case indicated that for the F.Y. 2017-18 two certificates each dated 8th June, 2017 were issued for zero TDS for the A.Y. 2018-19. Similarly, for the F.Y. 2018-19 (A.Y. 2019-20) two certificates dated 10th April, 2018 and 8th May, 2019 were issued for zero TDS. Therefore, after the order of the High Court dated 9th May, 2017, it ought to have been of relevant consideration to Assessing Officer to record satisfaction, which had not been considered by the High Court. The reply of the Appellant dated 22nd June, 2019 had been referred in the impugned order stating that the Appellant reserved its right subject to legal objections and requested for issuance of certificate at the rate of 4 per cent plus applicable surcharges and cess because of financial hardship. The said letter should not have influenced the wisdom of the Court, where the prescribed procedure under Rule 28AA had not been followed by the Assessing Officer.

According to the learned judge, since there was no change in circumstances and the situation of the Appellant in the F.Ys. 2017-2018 and 2018-2019 (A.Ys. 2018-19 and 2019-20) respectively and at the F.Y. 2019-20 in question (A.Y. 2020-21), were the same, the principle of consistency ought to be followed while considering the application u/s 197 of the IT Act.

The learned judge held that the order passed by the High Court was without considering the perspective and scope of issuance of the certificate for deduction of tax at lower rate or no deduction at tax and also without following the prescribed procedure. The High Court had wrongly distinguished the previous judgment dated 9th May, 2017 on the premises which was not tenable, and relied upon undertaking dated 22nd June, 2019 of Appellant submitted perforce.

In view of the difference of opinion between the judges, the Registry was directed to place the matter before the Hon’ble Chief Justice of India so that an appropriate Bench could be constituted to hear the case.

From The President

Dear BCAS Family,

When you get this message you would have been heaving a sigh of relief from the battle against the timeline for filing the income tax returns and the tax audit reports. Much needs to be talked about and put forward to the concerned authorities on the procedural issues that we all faced but at the start of this auspicious season of festivals, let us focus on some positives.

“It’s not India’s decade. I actually think it’s India’s century…” Let these words of Bob Sternfels, CEO, McKinsey & Co. reverberate in our minds, hearts and being, and inspire us! I was absolutely enthused when I read it, and I think all Indians should align and work towards building India, the great nation that we are. Bob ardently believes that India is where economic history is going to be written. India, he said is the future talent factory of the world. By 2047, India would have 20 per cent of the world’s working population. Manufacturing would also move to the next level with critical supply chains being reimagined. Digitisation is another pillar; he believes that will play a pivotal role in India’s economy.

While the major economies of the world are staring at stagnant growth, spiralling inflation and looming recession, India is surging ahead. For the first quarter of the F.Y. 2022-23, India’s GDP growth rate was a phenomenal 13.5 per cent – that’s 2.8 times higher than the average GDP growth for the 20 largest economies. To accelerate the pace of development and enable India to keep striding confidently ahead, the government has regularly introduced a spectrum of focussed growth boosters. Make in India, Start-up India, Digital India, the Smart City Mission and the Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation…are just some of the government’s flagship initiatives to strengthen the nation’s economy.

India is certainly on a good wicket!

The government’s concerted efforts to attract investments both from local and global sources are already paying rich dividends. With more than 100 unicorns valued at US$ 332.7 billion, India has the third-largest unicorn base in the world. India recognises almost 80 start-ups each day, that’s the highest per date rate in the world. This achievement is the result of the government’s foresight and diligence in implementing ‘Ease of Doing Business’ measures. Tax incentives, intellectual property rights and regulatory reforms are some of the key focus areas that have enabled corporate entities to take root and flourish. CMIE data on investments in new projects by the private sector for June 2022 has escalated 117 per cent over the pre-Covid level.

Financial services are another benchmark that clearly defines the growth trajectory of the economy. It has notched a 9.2 per cent increase in credit growth – with disbursal in F.Y. 2023 close to Rs. 6 trillion. Interestingly, MSME, which employs many people and retail loans have been the main drivers of this growth. Another key indicator of a vibrant economy is the growing momentum of cashless payments. The drive to encourage digital payments was initiated to curtail black money and corruption. This endeavour got a further impetus during the pandemic, which pushed many more to adopt digital transaction for personal safety. Unified Payment Interface registered a record 657 crore transactions in August, amounting to Rs. 10.7 lakh crore – reflecting the choice of a digitally empowered generation.

Manufacturing has been picking up momentum…in May 2022, the Index of Industrial Production (IIP) stood at 137.7 driven by mining, manufacturing and electricity sectors. This is fairly commendable when one factors in the devastating impact of the Ukraine war which severely disrupted global supply chains and sent commodity and energy prices steeply upwards.

Spiralling Tax Collections

With the decimating of the pandemic, India’s economy has not merely revived but demonstrated impressive growth. Further ramping up India’s economic surge are the concerted efforts and visionary policies of the proactive government. Business processes have been simplified and clearances streamlined, to encourage investment across all sectors. Technology has been effectively leveraged, to plug tax leakages. And the results have been quite astounding…

The gross collection of Direct Taxes for the F.Y. 2022-23 stands at Rs. 8,36,225 crore compared to Rs. 6,42,287 crore in the preceding financial year, registering a growth of 30 per cent. Advance Tax too has shot up, with collections for the F.Y. 2022-23 at Rs. 2,95,308 crore as on 17th September, 2022 resulting in a growth of 17 per cent.
.
Also remarkable is the huge increase in the speed of processing of income tax returns, with almost 93 per cent of the duly verified ITRs having been processed. Refunds amounting to Rs. 1,35,556 crore have been issued in the F.Y. 2022-23, an increase of over 83 per cent over the previous year.

GST collections have ascended 28 per cent year-on-year to touch Rs. 1.44 lakh crore in August. This is the sixth consecutive month in which GST collections have stayed above the Rs. 1.4 lakh crore mark. The stepped-up collection is a mirror of confidence in the government and the use of technology to nudge many more into contributing to nation-building.

Does this mean all is well in India and this is a story about India shining? Have we reached a point where we do not need to ponder over the areas where we need to better our record both as society and elected government? No way! In my humble opinion in our haste to seizing economic opportunities, we are overlooking social ills and disparities. No government can function effectively without the active contribution by its subjects. Are we participating in the initiatives of disseminating education to underprivileged of almost 50 crore people? Are we helping in any way people to get water and other basic necessities? Our record as citizens is far from encouraging on these issues. Hence, consequential inequality is increasing alarmingly and needs to be addressed urgently.

At the government level there seems to be a perception that for every aberration noticed in the economy, a tightened hold of bureaucracy and further compliances would cure the malaise and resolve the issue. This has resulted in an uncanny situation where on one hand “Ease of Doing Business” is getting priority in government policy; while on the other hand the increasing bureaucratic compliances is becoming an antithesis to the idea. Let us hope that we as nation will overcome these hurdles.

Let me have the pleasure to give you all a little update on some important developments and events.

ICAI announced Audit Quality Maturity Model (AQMM) will become mandatory for certain audit firms to self-assess their audit quality maturity from next financial year. This indeed is a welcome step. At BCAS we had some very interesting events organized. Seminar on Charitable Trusts, Workshop on Process Automation under GST, Felicitation of newly qualified CAs, and Workshop on IA were truly appreciated by the participants. A Workshop on DSC Management is being organized on the 8th October by the Technology Committee. There are many more interesting events being planned in the coming months. May I request you to keep tab on the announcements?

And before I sign off, let me wish You and Your Families a very Happy Navratri and Diwali. Let the light of knowledge kindle our lives with unending bliss and happiness.

Representation Made

1. BCAS has submitted, “Representation to the Charity Commissioner”, regarding extension of time-limit for audit submission of audited accounts and related documents in the Office of Charity Commissioner for FY 2022-23

To read the Representation – Scan here

2. BCAS has submitted, “Representation to the Finance Minister of India”, regarding Notification No. 7/2023 dated February 21, 2023, in respect of filing Form 10B & 10BB, deferring the applicability by one year.

To read the Representation – Scan here

SOCIETY NEWS

‘GST ISSUES RELATING TO INTERMEDIARY’

The Indirect Tax Study Circle of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society arranged its inaugural meeting on ‘GST Issues relating to Intermediary’ on 7th July which was addressed by Group Leader CA Yash Dhadda and Mentored by CA Udayan Chokshi.

CA Yash Dhadda made a detailed presentation on the law and issues relating to Intermediary Services under GST. The presentation broadly covered the following:

(1) Taxability under the erstwhile Service Tax regime;
(2) Definition and Place of Supply provisions under GST;
(3) Current outcome of writ petitions;
(4) Discussion on case studies covering various scenarios.

All the above issues were discussed at length. Mentor CA Udayan Chokshi explained the complexities involved in various scenarios and shared his views on the same. Important case studies and advance rulings were also discussed.

More than 150 participants benefited from the presentation shared by the duo of CA Yash and CA Udayan.

GST INTERPLAY – CUSTOMS, FTP & SEZ

The BCAS Indirect Tax Study Circle arranged a two-day meeting on ‘GST Interplay – Customs, FTP & SEZ’ on 31st July, and 10th August, 2021. It was addressed by Group Leader CA Rishabh Singhvi and Mentored by CA Prashant Deshpande.

CA Rishabh Singhvi made a detailed presentation on the concepts and parameters for differences and similarities between the various indirect tax laws, viz., Customs, GST, FTP and SEZ. Several case studies were drafted by the Group Leader and discussed at length by the participants. The following important issues were discussed:

(i)  Merchant Trade,
(ii) EOU Unit Implications,
(iii) SEZ Unit Implications,
(iv) MOOWR Implications,
(v) Dual Incidence Implications,
(vi) Rule 96(10) issues, and
(vii) FTA Benefits.

Mentor CA Prashant Deshpande guided the group discussion at various stages and shared his expert views on the multiple tax issues involved. Important case studies and advance rulings were also taken up.

CA Jayesh Gogri had mentored and guided the Group Leader in drafting the presentation and the case studies.

The active participation of more than 80 members helped them to benefit from the group discussion.

DEPARTMENTAL AUDIT & ADJUDICATION PROCEDURES

The Indirect Tax Study Circle’s meeting on ‘Case Studies on Department Audit and Adjudication Procedures and Practical Issues’, which was held on 7th August, was addressed by Group Leader CA Keval Shah with CA Rajiv Luthia as Mentor.

Group leader CA Keval Shah had drafted detailed case studies for discussion which covered the following aspects in regard to Department Audit and Adjudication:

(a) Whether the scope of Departmental GST Audit can cover the period under Service Tax;
(b) Partial submission of data within time limit u/s 65(4) of the CGST Act, 2017;
(c) Interest on ineligible input credit availed but not utilised;
(d) Eligibility of ITC claimed in GSTR3B but not reflected in GSTR2A;
(e) GST on purchases from unregistered dealers;
(f) Payment of tax and interest demanded by audit team through utilisation of ITC; and
(g) Eligibility of ITC on delayed payment of GST under the RCM.

Mentor CA Rajiv Luthia guided the group discussion and shared his expert views on the multiple tax issues involved. Important case studies and advance rulings were also discussed. More than 60 participants benefited from the presentation.

SILVER JUBILEE ITF CONFERENCE

 

The Silver Jubilee International Tax and Finance (ITF) Conference, 2021 was conducted online from 12th to 16th August with a record attendance of 474 members from around 36 locations all over India. The total number of participants, including faculties and special invitees, crossed the 500-mark.

In keeping with the tradition of past ITF Conferences, this year’s Conference, too, was designed to include various contemporary and practically relevant topics for the international tax practitioner.

Eminent personalities and experts graced the Conference and shared their invaluable thoughts and experiences on their respective areas of expertise. The five-day Conference was marked by 13 technical sessions, including three group discussion papers, five presentations, three panel discussions (spread over four sessions) and one fire-side chat.

There were a total of 32 members on the faculty, including speakers and session chairmen, 29 group leaders and 19 contributors for case studies and the background material. It clocked over 35 hours of solid study during the Conference.

Facilitating Group Discussions: This year’s ITF had three papers for group discussion written by CA Pinakin Desai, CA Padamchand Khincha and CA Yogesh Thar. The participants were split into six, each group ably led by 29 group leaders (across the three papers) who helped generate in-depth discussion of the case studies from the papers. The paper writers could undertake a virtual tour of each group to follow the discussions by the participants.

Day 1: 12th August

President CA Abhay Mehta gave his opening remarks and explained the BCAS’s activities and its new initiatives. Chairman of the International Taxation Committee Dr. CA Mayur B. Nayak welcomed the participants and made the introductory remarks.

The Conference was inaugurated by the Past Chairman of the International Taxation Committee and the Chairman of the very first ITF Conference, CA Dilip J. Thakkar, with a welcome address. The President of the ICAI, CA Nihar Jambusaria, also addressed the participants. This being the Silver Jubilee Conference, CA Rashmin Sanghvi, Founding Member of the ITF study group, also spoke.

The Keynote Address was delivered by Padma Vibhushan N.R. Narayana Murthy on a very interesting and relevant topic – ‘The role of culture in improving governance in a company’. He laid stress on three key values, namely, ethics, transparency and honesty, for building a sound organisational culture and governance in a company.

As readers would be aware, investment and business activities have substantially increased in the Gujarat International Finance Tec-City (GIFT City) and various regulatory amendments have been made to enhance the lure of GIFT City – India’s first International Financial Services Centre (IFSC). On the first day of the Conference, Advocate Siddharth Shah dealt with ‘GIFT City IFSC – Regulatory and Tax Aspects of Investments and Transactions’ in great detail and explained various complex nuances to the participants. CA Vispi Patel chaired the session and also provided his insights on the subject.

Day 2 – 13th August

The day began with a group discussion on the paper written by CA Pinakin Desai on ‘Controversial Issues Arising from Tax Treaty Interpretation’.

CA Gautam Doshi spoke on ‘Structuring of Family Trusts – FEMA & Other Regulatory Aspects’. He covered various aspects of the subject in great detail, including conceptual explanations, legal and practical points for consideration, provisions of income-tax, FEMA, SEBI and even CRS regulations. Past President CA Dilip J. Thakkar chaired the session and also provided insights on the issues involved.

CA Pinakin Desai, dealing with his paper ‘Controversial Issues Arising from Tax Treaty Interpretation’, for over two and a half hours, highlighted in a detailed but succinct manner various issues such as possibility of access to tax treaty in light of general anti-avoidance rules (GAAR); principal purpose test (PPT) driven by MLI; simplified limitation of benefits provision (SLOB) driven by MLI; and certain select issues of treaty interpretation. Interestingly, CA Pinakin Desai was also a speaker and the Chairman of the International Taxation Committee at the 1st ITF Conference held in 1997 at the Manas Resorts, Igatpuri, Maharashtra. Past President CA Kishor Karia chaired the session and also gave his views on the subject.

The last session of the day was the panel discussion on ‘Experience and Developments in Transfer Pricing’. The panel consisted of CA Vijay Iyer, Dr. CA Hasnain Shroff and CA Kunj Vaidya and was chaired and Moderated by CA T.P. Ostwal.

The panel shared its thoughts and gave insights on specific issues in transfer pricing through case studies. The case studies covered practical issues which would be of relevance in today’s scenario, such as the Covid-19 impact on TP arrangements, APAs for service entities and profit attribution to PE, section 56(2)(X) and TP valuation, impact of secondary adjustment provisions, Covid-19 impact on the manufacturing sector and so on.

Day 3: 14th August

The proceedings started with a group discussion on the paper written by CA Padamchand Khincha on ‘Recent Developments in Taxation of Digital Economy in India’.

Dr. CA Anup Shah spoke on ‘Startups – Tax, FEMA & Regulatory Aspects’ covering various relevant issues such as registration and certification, funding options, exit options and new-age structures, SPACs, Externalisation of Investments and so on. Past President CA Chetan Shah chaired the session and set the ball rolling with his opening remarks.

CA Rashmin Sanghvi, speaking on ‘Future of International Tax Practice and Global Economy’, gave his perspective on the current status of the Indian regulatory system and international tax practice in India. He then described the background of the global events impacting international tax, especially the digital tax war, and provided guidance to professionals on the future of international tax practice. Past President CA Raman Jokhakar chaired the session and offered his perspectives on the topic.

Prior to the fireside chat and panel discussion on taxation of digitised economy, Advocate Mukesh Butani spoke succinctly on Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 of the OECD proposal in the context of taxation of the digitised economy.

In the fireside chat (recorded earlier) on ‘Global Developments in Taxation of Digitised Economy’ with Advocate Mukesh Butani, Mr. Pascal Saint-Amans, Director, Centre for Tax Policy and Administration, OECD, shared his thoughts and gave participants an insight into the potential future of taxation of the digitised economy and what one can expect in the near future. The chat was widely covered by the media in India as well as abroad.

Subsequently, there was a panel discussion on ‘Global Developments in Taxation of Digitised Economy’. The panel consisted of Mr. Carlos Protto, Director of International Tax Relations, Ministry of Economy, Argentina; Mr. Rajat Bansal, a senior IRS official and CCIT; and CA Radhakishan Rawal. It was chaired and Moderated by Advocate Mukesh Butani. The panel covered some of the nuances of the 2-Pillar approach agreed upon by the Inclusive Framework and also gave its views on the future of unilateral measures and Article 12B of the UN Model.

CA Padamchand Khincha, with his paper on ‘Recent Developments in Taxation of Digital Economy in India’, highlighted the various developments in India on the subject, including Significant Economic Presence (SEP), Equalisation Levy (EL), TDS provisions u/s 194-O and taxation of software in light of the recent Supreme Court judgment. Past President CA Rajan Vora chaired the session and gave his valuable inputs on the subject.

Day 4: 15th August

The day began with a group discussion on the paper written by CA Yogesh Thar on ‘Emerging issues in Cross-Border Personal Taxation’.

The first part of the panel discussion on ‘International Taxation – Recent and Emerging Issues and Developments in Law, MCs and Jurisprudence’, was held on Day 4. The panel consisted of Mr. Kamlesh Varshney, IRS and Joint Secretary (TPL) – Finance Ministry, Senior Advocate Ajay Vohra and CA Padamchand Khincha and was chaired and Moderated by CA Pranav Sayta. It was a unique and technically-rich discussion, as the panellists discussed issues from different perspectives.

The issues discussed covered a range of topics of relevance in today’s world – issues related to tax residence of individuals, the applicability of anti-abuse provisions, i.e., GAAR and PPT, availing benefit under the MFN Clause, withholding tax aspects in Multilateral Instrument (MLI), digital currency (classification of income and related issues), Covid-19-related taxation of foreign companies in India, and the term ‘Liable to tax’ and interpretation of Article 3(2).

The frank and thorough exchange of views among the panellists, ably supplemented by the Chairman’s probing queries, made the discussion very interesting and elaborate and provided a lot of food for thought to the participants. The panel discussion was based on case studies prepared by BCAS contributors who also presented their case studies to the participants.

CA Yogesh Thar, while dealing with his paper on ‘Emerging issues in Cross-Border Personal Taxation’, raised interesting points arising from recent developments in personal taxation due to amendments in section 6 relating to residence in India, and Covid-related issues in personal taxation. Past President CA Gautam Nayak chaired the session and also gave his inputs.

The day ended with a special programme, ‘Reminiscences of ITF Journey’ wherein the role of all past Chairmen, coordinators, speakers and contributors of the previous ITF Conferences was recognised, their experiences were relived and their efforts applauded – thus creating an emotional walk down memory lane for all participants. The programme was anchored by Dr. CA Mayur B. Nayak and CA Mayur B. Desai. It was well attended by past contributors and they shared memories of every Conference. CA Jagat Mehta prepared the presentation with details of past Conferences with photographs.

Day 5: 16th August

The second part of the panel discussion on ‘International Taxation – Recent and Emerging Issues and Developments in Law, MCs and Jurisprudence’ (already explained above) was held on Day 5. The frank and thorough exchange of views continued between the panellists, Mr. Kamlesh Varshney, IRS and Joint Secretary (TPL) – Finance Ministry, Senior Advocate Ajay Vohra and CA Padamchand Khincha, ably supplemented by Chairman CA Pranav Sayta’s probing queries.

CA S. Krishnan spoke on ‘Foreign Tax Credit – Practical Aspects and Experience with Case Studies’ covering various issues related to the topic and shared his rich, practical experience. CA Dinesh Kanabar chaired the session and also provided his insights.

Concluding remarks

While the personal touch and the camaraderie amongst participants during past physical Conferences were definitely missed, the participants were hugely enthused by the various sessions. This was the second consecutive ITF Conference held online, wherein delegates participated from their respective places – but thanks to the seamless connectivity, it was one of the most engaging and successful Conferences.

The Silver Jubilee ITF was held under the guidance of the Chairman of the International Taxation Committee Dr. CA Mayur Nayak. CA Abbas Jaorawala as the Chief Conference Director, ably assisted by CA Mahesh Nayak as Joint Conference Director, minutely supervised all the sessions personally and devoted a tremendous amount of time and effort to make it the resounding success that it turned out to be.

Other members of the core team were CA Ganesh Rajgopalan, CA Rutvik Sanghvi, CA Siddharth Banwat, CA Anil Doshi, CA Jagat Mehta, CA Natwar Thakrar, CA Tarunkumar Singhal and CA Rajesh P. Shah. Several others also made laudable contributions of time and effort to make the Conference a landmark event for the BCAS. It ended on a high note and received encouraging response and feedback from the participants.

Proceedings of the Conference can be viewed on YouTube at: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HWR2h3f0frg and also via the following QR Code:

 

 ‘LOCAL AND GLOBAL INVESTING’

The BCAS organised a lecture meeting by Mr. Kushal Thaker on ‘Evaluation of Stocks – New Economy vs. Old Economy – Local and Global Investing’ on 18th August.

It was planned with the aim of empowering professionals in understanding evaluation techniques and equipping them with the requisite knowledge as they set out on the road to becoming efficient business advisers.

President CA Abhay Mehta welcomed the participants and offered his remarks on the subject. CA Mihir Sheth introduced the speaker, Mr. Kushal Thaker, who is an astute trader and investor in commodities, equities and currency also known as ‘Specunomist’.

 

 

The speaker explained the concepts relating to various asset classes and their analysis.

Key issues and learnings of the meeting
1. New Economy vs. Old Economy
(a) New Economy: IT sector has experienced quantum leap from .com in 2000 to an apps-based life and now moving to Artificial Intelligence,
(b) Old Economy: Cement to Metal to Mining,
(c) Now, old economy is helping new economy companies by providing raw material and other products that act as inputs for new economy stocks,
(d) To analyse Electric Vehicle Companies, it is important to study the trend of commodities like copper, lithium and nickel. This can be extended to companies undertaking mining of these commodities.

2. Local and Global Investing
(e) Look at stocks beyond the Indian border. It’s likely that India may not have companies listed in that space,
(f) For example, global copper and lithium mining. There are no lithium mining companies listed in India. To take advantage of the upward trend in lithium, investing in global lithium mining would be beneficial.
(g) Never think in terms of defensive stocks. That comes only in a bear market. A bear market scenario in India is unlikely over the next decade.

3. Crude Oil
(h) As crude prices go up, investors usually look to buy oil-producing and oil marketing companies. It will be much better to have globally diversified companies in this space, as Indian companies are either government-controlled or in the small caps space.

4. E-commerce
(i) The pandemic acted as a tailwind for e-commerce. But then there were no e-commerce companies listed in India. Now we have Zomato. So, investing in global e-commerce is profitable as these companies have given mammoth returns during the last one year.

5. Key drivers of growth for the next decade
(j) High tech, new economy, old economy stocks – all supplemented new economy stocks,
(k) Hence one cannot see any bear cycle. Of course, corrections are likely, but only of approximately 10% to 20%, but not a bear market,
(l) A bull market is always going on somewhere in world. So it is not necessary stick to the Indian market,
(m) Be bullish on commodities – gold, silver, steel, rare earth or base metals, natural gas.

6. Beginners into International equity
(n) Internationally, ETF on FAANG returns is lower than the return generated by individual stocks,
(o) Direct investment through brokerage houses – Interactive brokers or Kotak Securities

7. Cryptocurrency
(p) Crypto is an asset class by itself. Each crypto has a role to play. Top 15 cryptos are worth reading against 800 cryptos being available for trading,
(q) SWIFT code is a messaging service between international banks and Indian banks for transfer of forex. SWIFT cannot move fast. But crypto is direct transfer of funds and very fast, too. Crypto-backed services are Ripple and Stellar,
(r) Some cryptos are moving into gaming and bond markets,
(s) India has 11 Crypto platforms and each has its own Crypto (currency). If there are more miners (of Cryptocurrencies), then volatility is going to be very high.

8. IPOs
(t) New IPOs in fintech and logistics companies are good,
(u) Investors should not hesitate from investing in high-growth loss-making companies as long as they don’t foresee any competition coming up in that space,
(v) Also, look into how management is planning for future growth. Many of these new e-commerce and fintech companies have global presence,
(w) If the company has good potential of going into Artificial Intelligence or becoming a Tech Company, supporting fast-growing companies can be considered as good potential investments.

The speaker, Mr. Kushal Thaker, also addressed the queries raised by the participants and shared his thoughts on evaluation techniques for stocks and commodities.

The meeting concluded with a vote of thanks proposed by CA Anand Bathiya to Mr. Kushal Thaker, who addressed the participants from his office in Chicago, USA.

The proceedings of the meeting are available on YouTube at:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UDBOMkHCN2E and also on the following QR Code:

 

‘MUMBAI’S COVID PANDEMIC MANAGEMENT MODEL’

The BCAS, along with the Dharma Bharti Mission and the Public Concern for Governance Trust, organised a lecture meeting in memory of the Late Shri Narayan Varma on ‘Mumbai’s Covid Pandemic Management Model’ on 24th August. It was addressed by Mr. Iqbal Singh Chahal, IAS and Commissioner of the BMC. It was held through virtual mode on Zoom platform with live-streaming on YouTube.

 

Ms. Farheen Peshimam started the proceedings and shared a video containing fond memories of the late Shri Narayan Varma with the three associations. She also read a message from the Late Shri Narayan Varma’s Family.

Mr. Paramjeet Singh, President of the Dharma Bharti Mission, delivered the welcome address. He also welcomed the keynote speaker and the three awardees. He gave an insight into the various initiatives taken and the contributions made by the Late Shri Narayan Varma during his lifetime and the impact he made on society and the three organisations at large. Ms Farheen Peshimam then formally introduced Mr. Iqbal Singh Chahal.

Mr. Chahal started by describing the scenario under which he had taken charge of the BMC on 8th May, 2020. Since then, innumerable initiatives had been taken by him and the BMC during the pandemic; he summarised these as follows:

• Systems were created to fight the long war against Covid-19. The model that was created had 27 sub-models to fight the pandemic;
• The model was implemented by dividing Mumbai into 24 war rooms with a real-time dashboard of the Covid-19 cases;
• The approach was a combination of proactive and offensive steps to contain the pandemic at the very start;
• Containment zones were created to chase the virus;
• Sanitization drives were conducted to break the chain of the virus and prevent the multiplication of cases;
• Appointing community leaders in slum areas so as to achieve better coordination;
• Increase spending by BMC on the medical infrastructure and addition of 800 ambulances to fight the virus;
• Distribution of free PPE kits to doctors and medical practitioners;
• A Covid dashboard was created with public and private hospitals and all the reports were managed by a BMC-appointed team of doctors;

• Hospital beds were allotted on the basis of social equality, thereby avoiding a chaotic or panic situation of patients running from one hospital to another;
• Creation of seven Jumbo centres in various parts of the city which were converted into full-fledged greenfield hospitals in record time under the mentorship of top doctors;
• Private hospitals helped by agreeing to cap the rates of beds and other medical facilities which made this a successful public-private partnership;
• Pre-emptive stocking of life-saving medicines at the onset of the second wave proved to be crucial to successfully manage and control the second wave;
• Various campaigns run by BMC to fight Covid-19, like ‘My family, My responsibility’ and ‘No Mask No entry’ to create awareness among the people;
• Initiatives taken to avoid any major mishaps during the oxygen crisis in the second Covid-19 wave and the cyclone faced by Mumbai in the month of May, 2021.

Mr. Chahal shared that the speed of vaccination was quite steady and if this continued, then Mumbai would be spared any major third wave that was likely to hit in October-November, 2021. He lauded the contribution of various NGOs in distribution of food packets and other initiatives. He also responded to the questions from the participants before concluding his session.

To summarise Mr. Chahal’s address, he made some important statements:

1. Let us not be demoralised,
2. We have been chosen by God and given this opportunity to serve humanity,
3. Systems will fight the pandemic and not the individuals, and
4. We have to chase the virus in an offensive manner.

Following this excellent talk, the three Narayan Varma Memorial Awards were announced.

1. The first awardee was Advocate Maharshi Dave, Founder of Sparsh Trust. This Trust was initially founded to help stray dogs in the city, but its principles led them to expand their efforts towards helping both animals and humans.

Giving a brief talk, Mr. Dave emphasised that the foundation believed in the concept of service and empathy. It believed that the more one gave, the more one got. ‘The platform provided by this event is very important for the Trust as it helps in spreading the word about the services that we can provide to many more in need,’ he added.

2. The next awardee was Shri Ravi Singh, Founder of Khalsa Aid International. This is a UK-based humanitarian relief charity that provides aid to people affected by various natural as well as man-made disasters. Even in this pandemic, it was at the forefront and donated planeloads of oxygen cylinders and oxygen concentrators to all parts of India and the world.

3. The third and final awardee was Mr. Ranga Rao, who retired as Assistant Director in the Intelligence Bureau in January, 2010 after 39 years of service. The Late Shri Narayan Varma had encouraged Mr. Rao to learn how to use RTI. Soon, Mr. Rao had started filing RTI applications to address the grievances brought to his attention by poor citizens. The success rates of these applications encouraged his group to start a programme which focused on spreading awareness about the use of RTI to help resolve several issues. Since 2013, Mr. Rao has taught more than 2,000 students all over India the use of the RTI Act to fight corruption.

The meeting ended with a vote of thanks to Mr. Iqbal Singh Chahal proposed by BCAS President CA Abhay Mehta, who officially concluded the meeting.

The lecture is available on YouTube at https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IgaLf8rqvZs and via QR Code

 

‘GDP & ECONOMIC ANALYSIS – PERSPECTIVE AND IMPORTANCE FOR CAS’

A lecture meeting was organised by the BCAS on ‘GDP & Economic Analysis – Perspective and Importance for CAs’. It was delivered by CA Raj Mullick on 25th August.

 

.

The lecture was designed with the aim of empowering professionals in understanding and interpreting economic data and economic indicators, to broaden the horizon for advising and enabling professionals in taking a more holistic view about the way businesses are carried out, and their overall impact on the country at large.

President CA Abhay Mehta welcomed the participants and shared his views on the topic under discussion. CA Chirag Doshi introduced the speaker.

The speaker, CA Raj Mullick, made a detailed presentation on the concepts relating to Gross Domestic Product (GDP) and its analysis. The presentation broadly covered the following:

1. Economy during the pandemic,
2. Micro- and macro-economics,
3. Economy’s income and expenditure,
4. What is GDP?
5. GDP components – (Consumption, Investment, Government spending, Net exports),
6. Real vs. nominal GDP,
7. GDP indicators,
8. Limitation of GDP as a measure of a nation’s well-being,
9. International differences in GDP and quality of life,
10. Saving and investment in national income accounts,
11. Impact of pandemic on the GDP,
12. GDP – Current India @ 2021,
13. GST indicators,
14. Role of Chartered Accountants.

CA Raj Mullick made extensive use of charts, circular flow diagrams and graphics to explain the concept of GDP and so on. He also conducted a quick check of the understanding of the participants by posing practical case studies and eliciting responses on the impact of various situations on the GDP.

The participants took active part by sharing their views on the questions and case studies posed by the speaker. More than 100 persons benefited from the presentation shared by him.

CA Mrinal Mehta proposed the vote of thanks.

The lecture is available on YouTube at https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_bVuE73LaEk and also via QR code:

AMENDMENTS IN INCOME-TAX ACT, 1961

The Students’ Forum, under the auspices of the BCAS HRD Committee, organised a training session for CA Article Students on ‘Changes in Income-tax Forms and Corresponding Amendments in the Income-tax Act, 1961 for Individuals and HUFs’ on 30th August.

The Study Circle was led by CA Utsav Shah and CA Viren Doshi who are experts on the subject. CA Khubi Shah, the coordinator, introduced the speakers and spoke about the various activities and events conducted by the BCAS Students’ Forum. He encouraged students to actively participate in the events organised by the Forum.
The speakers covered the return-filing process right from the beginning and described in detail the filing of returns on the newly-launched portal using the new utilities introduced. They discussed in detail the section-wise and clause-wise changes and corresponding changes in the return format.

CA Utsav and CA Viren also covered the detailed process and utility walkthrough and guided the students on filing various sections of the form and precautions to be taken to avoid validation error, defective return and demand u/s 143(1). A return-filing checklist was also provided for the benefit of the students.

The session ended with CA Dnyanesh Patade, coordinator, proposing the vote of thanks both to the speakers and to the participants. Around 100 students participated in the interactive session and their feedback was very positive.

The entire session can be viewed on the BCAS YouTube channel at ‘Training Session for CA Article Students – YouTube’ and also via the following QR Code:

 

TREE PLANTATION & EYE CAMP PROJECT 2021

After a gap of one year because of the Covid-19 pandemic, it was time to continue with the decade-old legacy of contributing to the upliftment of tribals and needy persons. The current pandemic has taught us the importance of oxygen, immunity and healthcare.

The HRD Committee under the aegis of the BCAS Foundation organised a two-day visit to Dharampur and Vansda on 25th and 26th September with the objective of caring for nature by planting trees, to provide primary healthcare and quality education to the tribal population, and to help in reaching out to the hitherto neglected people and provide them with timely treatment of cataracts. Thanks to the generosity of our esteemed donors, the BCAS contributed Rs. 7,00,000 for these noble causes.

In view of the current scenario of Covid, a small group of 21 volunteers, representing BCAS on behalf of the donors, got together for the symbolic tree plantation and attended the eye camp. It also visited three NGOs active in the remote villages.

(1) Sarvodaya Parivar Trust (SPT). The group reached Pindval-Dharampur to visit the SPT centre. The trust implements the vision of Acharya Vinoba Bhave of unconditional service to tribals. It works in the fields of environment, education and water conservation and follows a holistic approach for poverty alleviation based on Gandhian principles. The BCAS group interacted with the trustees and volunteers. It also met the children studying at the centre, interacted with them and distributed sweets. The group, along with a team of local farmers, conducted symbolic tree plantation in the fields. It planted mango and bamboo saplings. The BCAS Foundation contributed Rs. 3 lakhs for the plantation of 10,000 trees. Sujataben told them about the activities being conducted by the trust in 35 nearby villages and the challenges faced by them in doing the same. She also explained the outcome of the activities which impacted the life of thousands of residents of the hilly region.

(2) ARCH – Action Research in Community Health, Nagaria. ARCH was founded by the Late Dr. Daxaben Patel to provide basic preventive, curative and maternal-child health services. The Managing Trustees are Mr. Rashmibhai and  Mr. Sudarshan Iyengar, former Vice-Chancellor of Gujarat Vidyapeeth and a leading scholar on Gandhian studies. They and their young and passionate associates took the BCAS team through various innovative teaching techniques for students and their skill development programme, as also the new water-saving techniques used in the plantation. ARCH also conducts mobile health camps in inaccessible villages. The BCAS contributed Rs. 1,50,000 for the triple purposes of tree plantation, skill development and children’s education.

(3) Dhanvantari Trust – Sant Ranchhoddas Eye Hospital Vansda. This body runs an eye hospital which provides free cataract operations and other kinds of eye care for the indigent people. Ghanshyambhai and other trustees described the contribution of the founder trustee, the Late Dr. Kanubhai, in pioneering a 100-bed hospital and that has conducted over 60,000 eye operations with the support of doctors and volunteers who identify patients and arrange for their treatment at Vansda. He explained how ignorance about eye problems because of extreme poverty, misconceptions and so on, result in blindness among the poor. The trustees also talked about the future plans of bettering the facilities, services and upgrading the equipment. The BCAS Foundation contributed Rs. 2,50,000 for the eye camp which performed 250 cataract operations.

 

 

It was a touching experience to see the devotion and selfless service by volunteers for upliftment of the tribal society. All the participants and Trustees expressed their thanks to BCAS for organising the visit to the project sites.

Society News

LEARNING EVENTS AT BCAS

1. Full Day Workshop – “Use of Technology in GST Compliance” held on 9th September, 2023, at BCAS Hall.

The Indirect Taxation Committee jointly with Technology Initiative Committee organised a full day workshop on the use of technology in GST compliance through a demonstration of various automation tools. Automation and use of software in compliance processes can help professionals increase the efficiency of their team and improve compliance.

The 1st session was addressed by CA Jigar Doshi and CA Yash Goenka on strategies for evaluation and selection of automation software and practical challenges in implementation. They explained the checkpoints and important considerations while selecting ERP and ASP / GSP Software.

This was followed by a Panel Discussion on Issues, challenges and areas for automation in GSTR1, GSTR 3B and ITC Reconciliation by use of ASP / GSP Software. The Panel was composed of Darshan Shah and CA Punit Mehta from Tally, CA Aneree Shah from ClearTax and CA Vaishali Dedhia and the panel was moderated by CA Mandar Telang.

The 3rd session was addressed by CA Nachiket Pendharkar who explained the use of VBA and Macros in Excel for preparation of data for GST returns and reconciliation.

CA Rajiv Narayanan explained and demonstrated the use of Robotic Process Automation and Artificial Intelligence tools like Python, Alteryx, Chat GPT and Gamma.app in the 4th and the final session. He emphasised on the increase in efficiency and accuracy of the team by use of RPA and AI.

The event was attended by more than 50 participants and they benefited from the deliberations of the speakers.

2. Half Day Seminar on “Revised Format of Audit Report for Charitable Institutions”, held on 2nd September, 2023, at IMC, Churchgate.

A half-day seminar on Revised Format of Audit Report containing a session explaining the changes made in Form 10B and 10BB applicable for A.Y. 2023–14 followed by a Panel Discussion was organised by the Taxation Committee in a hybrid mode.

CA Sonalee Godbole explained Form 10B clause-wise with a break-up of the details being called by the auditor. She explained the care to be taken while reporting the information and the risks associated with incorrect or incomplete reporting and how the auditor is responsible for the entire reporting to the Income-tax Department.

At the time of the panel discussion — clause-wise questions and answers were undertaken by CA Anil Sathe and CA Gautam Nayak. They cited the decisions of the courts and tribunals which helped the participants to understand the coverage of the revised forms.

The seminar ended with a Q&A session with the participants. The seminar was attended by over 425 participants physically and online.

Representation dated 11th September, 2023, requesting the deferment of the applicability of the revised form 10B / 10 BB (Audit report for Charitable Trusts) by one year.

Based on the various aspects discussed in the said seminar, the Society, with the help of Taxation Committee, also made a representation to the Hon’ble Finance Minister on 11th September, 2023, expressing concerns over complex coverage of the forms vis-a-vis machinery and resources available with the assessees (viz. charitable / non-profit organisations) to compile the details and information called for in the said forms. The Society therefore requested the deferment of the revised forms for a period of one year and continuance of the old forms for the time being.

To read the Representation, Scan the QR code on the following page:

[Editor’s Note: Vide Circular No. 16/2023, dated 18th September, 2023 the CBDT has extended the due date for furnishing Audit Reports in form 10B/Form10BB for the A.Y. 2023–24 from 30th September, 2023, to 31st October, 2023]

3. “Forensic Accounting and Investigation Standards (FAIS)” event held on Friday, 1st September, 2023, at Hotel Parle International.

The ICAI has recently issued revised Forensic Accounting and Investigation Standards (FAIS). These standards have now become mandatory for all the engagements conducted on or after 1st July, 2023. Internal Audit Committee organised this seminar to enlighten the participants about the framework governing these revised standards, the basic concepts covered in the standards, legal framework and report writing. The seminar received a good response, particularly from young participants who want to foray into the field of forensic audits.

The seminar was divided into four sessions followed by a panel discussion. The faculty for the sessions were part of the Expert committee of ICAI which was involved in the standard-setting process and hence they had good insights on the topic. CA Satish Shenoy, in his key-note address, spoke about the need for FAIS, governing framework and professional opportunities for CAs. CA Nikunj Shah, in the first technical session discussed various concepts across FAIS. This was followed by discussion about its relevance and recognition and the extent of reliance on the work of the professionals in legal world which was taken by CA Uday Kulkarni. Lastly, CA Chetan Dalal shared his practical experiences, recent cases and discussed a few tips about the report writing. The seminar ended with a panel discussion between all the three technical session experts and interaction with the participants in Q&A form which was guided by CA Ashutosh Pednekar. All speakers were very lucid and they made the sessions very interesting and engaging with lots of examples.

Link for downloading the standards:  https://resource.cdn.icai.org/75009daab030723.pdf

4. Direct Tax Laws Study Circle on “Key changes under TCS provisions” on 1st September, 2023, in Online Mode.

The study circle meeting was led by CA Chaitee Londhe wherein the participants discussed the following points:

• Amended Provisions of Section 206C(1G) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 and her analysis of the same.

• Overview of the Amendments introduced to the TCS provisions by the Finance Act, 2023.

• Subsequent changes were introduced to the TCS provisions by way of Circular No. 10/2023.

• Amended Provisions of Section 206CC and 206CCA of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

• Amendments introduced in the Liberalised Remittance Scheme of RBI.

• Clarifications issued by the CBDT with respect to the amended TCS provisions.

The speaker delivered a comprehensive analysis and insightful perspective on the amended TCS provisions, offering invaluable clarity by dissecting the CBDT’s issued clarifications.

5. Panel Discussion on “Investing in India’s AmritKaal: Equities and beyond” held on Friday, 25th August, 2023, in Online Mode.

In a dynamic financial landscape, the event “Amrit Kaal” organised by the Managing Committee shed light on the shifting paradigms of investment. The speakers Mr Kushal Thaker, Mr Aditya Sood, and CA Vikas Khemani meticulously navigated through the evolving asset classes, emphasising how Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs), Commodities, Portfolio Management Services (PMS), and even Sovereign Gold Bonds are carving distinctive realms within the investment spectrum. These unconventional avenues, once ancillary, are now emerging as robust investment classes, offering diversification and new avenues for wealth creation.

A pivotal theme of the event was the transformation in India’s macroeconomic landscape. The speakers illuminated how India’s economic trajectory has witnessed notable shifts over recent years, reshaping the investment narrative. Insights were shared on the changing dynamics of growth, inflation, fiscal policies, and global positioning, offering attendees a comprehensive view of the macroeconomic trends shaping investment decisions.

Of paramount significance was the discourse around equity investments. The event unpacked how equity, as an enduring asset class, is extending its allure to new entrants in the market. With insightful discussions on long-term strategies, risk management, and the role of technology, attendees gained a profound understanding of the opportunities and challenges that equity investments present, not only for seasoned investors but also for those embarking on their investment journey.

Throughout the event, the resonating message was the need for adaptability. The financial landscape is no longer static; it’s a dynamic ecosystem where traditional norms are being redefined. The event encapsulated the essence of embracing change, whether by exploring diverse asset classes, decoding macroeconomic shifts, or embracing equity investments as a transformative force.

The panel discussion was guided by CA Abhay Mehta who moderated the session.

Link for watching the session: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0xs5frO6kdo

QR Code:

6. Direct Tax Laws Study Circle meeting on “Reassessment under the Income-tax Act — Law and Practice” held on Thursday, 24th August, 2023, via Zoom.

Dharan Gandhi took up Part 2 of the meeting on the topic of Reassessment under the Income-tax Act — Law and Practice, wherein he discussed the following concepts and issues relating to the assessment procedures:

• Section 150 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 relating to cases where assessment is in pursuance of an order on appeal.

• Section 151 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 relating to Sanctions for issue of notices by the specified authority for the purposes of Section 148 and Section 148A.

• Procedure for reassessment under the new provisions in Search and Non-Search Cases, and Search Cases of a third-party including steps, approval and time period relating to the same.

• Relevant Case Laws on Section 148 and 148A of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

• Analysis and views of various courts on notices issued at different points in time.

The speaker conducted a thorough examination of the recently established reassessment provisions, clearing not only their intricacies but also delving into the diverse perspectives presented by various courts in response to the raised issues during the reassessment proceedings. The session concluded with a vote of thanks.

7. Direct Tax Laws Study Circle meeting on Issues with respect to “Deductions under Capital Gains” held on Friday, 18th August, 2023, in Online Mode.

The study circle meeting was led by CA Shashank Mehta in which the participants discussed various issues w.r.t. allowability of deductions under capital gains, with the help of Case Studies. The following concepts were covered:
• Cost of Acquisition with respect to section 55 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (Act).

• Eligible exemption as per section 54F read with section 50C of the Act.

• Cost of acquisition in case of House Property where the entire amount of Interest is not allowed as a deduction u/s 24(b) of the Act.

• Eligible Indexation as per section 48 of the Act.

• The criteria to be fulfilled for claiming exemption as per section 54, section 54EC, section 54F of the Act.

• Deduction under section 54 in case investment in new house property is not purchased in the name of the Assessee.

The group leader provided a comprehensive breakdown of capital gains deductions, citing case studies and case laws to illustrate allowable deductions and exemptions shedding light on important concepts.

8. BCAS’s Social Cause Visit to Umargaon: “Nurturing Education and Nature” on 5th and 6th August, 2023.

As one of the initiatives of the Managing Committee, in a remarkable display of community spirit, BCAS & BCAS Foundation orchestrated a two-day event that combined the power of education and environmental stewardship. A group of 27 dedicated volunteers participated in the social cause visit at Umargaon.

The event kicked off with a Social Cause visit to schools helped by the BCAS Foundation in collaboration with the Rushabh Foundation which took on the admirable responsibility of providing education infrastructure in 25 schools, through the introduction of Digital Classrooms. These schools overcame the challenge of teacher shortages and ignited a newfound enthusiasm for learning. Witnessing the astonishing results achieved in just six months was nothing short of awe-inspiring. BCAS has assured its support to ensure quality education for all. The team played indoor and outdoor games, fostering an atmosphere of joy and inclusivity.

As planned, the team visited Bhaskar Save’s Natural Farm, “Kalpavruksha”. Revered as the ‘Father of Natural Farming’ in India, Bhaskar Save and his successors illuminated the principles of Natural Abundance. Exploring the dichotomy between Natural and Organic Farming, the team learned how the farmer aligns with the fundamental principle of cooperation inherent in nature itself. The five critical concerns of farming — Tillage, Fertility Inputs, Weeding, Irrigation, and Crop Protection — were elegantly addressed through nature’s intricate balance. Bhaskar Save’s conviction that “Non-violence is only possible through natural farming” resonated deeply, a testament to the harmony that can be achieved through sustainable practices.

 

On the subsequent day, the group ventured to the proposed land of the MaBap Foundation. The four pillars of the foundation are PrakrutikChikitsa (Natural Healing), SanskrutikVikas (Cultural Development), Vedic Abhyas (Vedic Practices), and AdhyatmikUnnati (Spiritual Progress), through which the foundation embodies holistic growth. The significance of PanchTatva (Five Elements)

in every facet of existence was highlighted, setting the tone for a symbolic tree-planting ceremony. Excitement and enthusiasm rippled through the group as they planted Ashopalav, Neem, Mango, Jamun, and Saru trees, marking a significant stride towards BCAS’s 75th year.

The group treasured enriching memories and returned with an enlightening experience of profound learning, gratitude, and an unshakable belief in the power of concerted efforts to create a better world.

9. A Panel Discussion on “Disclosure of Foreign Assets and Incomes” held on 26th July, 2023, in Online Mode.

The Taxation Committee organised a Panel Discussion on Disclosures of Foreign Incomes and Assets in a virtual mode. The Panel consisted of CA RutvikSanghavi, CA KartikBadiani, and CA Mahesh Nayak who co-authored the book on “Disclosures of Foreign Assets and Incomes” published by BCAS.

CA Hardik Mehta moderated the session addressing various questions to each of the panelists bringing out comprehensive responses from each Panelist.

CA Rutvik Sanghavi explained the importance and objective and the rationale behind the enactment. He also stressed on the principles one needs to keep in mind while reporting the same. He also explained the importance of the documentation for reporting the foreign assets and income. He also briefly touched upon reporting of gifts, ESOPs, etc. The issue of mismatches was also explained and how to mitigate the same with proper documentation.

CA Kartik Badiani answered questions with respect to reporting in the foreign asset schedules including the impact of change in residential status, reporting by minors, reporting of joint holding of house properties, investments in Gift City etc. He also took the case study of ESOPs and its reporting issues.

CA Mahesh Nayak took the participants through the case study of overseas brokerage accounts and how to report the same. He also explained as to which cases will be covered in subparts A1 to A4 and others in B of the FA Schedule.

All three panelists touched upon various other issues involving the FA schedule and what each subpart intends to cover. They even explained the issue regarding the easy availability of foreign exchange rates for reporting., the issue of calendar year vs. financial year etc. The panel discussion was very well received and appreciated the insights shared by all three panelists.

Link to access the space session:  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dXoApEdvwnw

QR Code:

10. A Twitter Space Session on “Filing ITR for A.Y. 2023–24” held on 4th July, 2023, in Online Mode.

This Twitter Space Session on filing ITR for A.Y. 2023–24 was organised by the Technology Initiative Committee, with an objective of sharing the crucial precautions and best practices for filing ITR that professionals need to observe.

In a candid discussion that was moderated by the chairman of the committee, CA Ameet Patel, the speakers, CA Nitin Shinghala, CA Sanjeev Lalan, and CA Rajni Shah, shared insights on the dos and don’ts for tax professionals to ensure a hassle-free tax filing experience.

The session was open to all and got an encouraging response as several non-members, including representatives from the media attended the same.

Miscellanea

I. WORLD NEWS — ECONOMY

1. Two Fed Officials Suggest That Interest Rates Will Rise Again

In their first comments since the Federal Reserve Bank decided to keep the US key interest rate unchanged this week, officials from the bank signaled that the hiking cycle hasn’t ended.

Fed Governor Michelle Bowman and Boston Fed President Susan Collins both warned in separate events that inflation is still a threat.

“Inflation is still too high, and I expect it will likely be appropriate for the Committee to raise rates further and hold them at a restrictive level for some time to return inflation to our 2 per cent goal in a timely way,” Bowman said in a speech at an event of the Independent
Community Bankers of Colorado in Vail. “I see a continued risk that energy prices could rise further and reverse some of the progress we have seen on inflation in recent months.”

Bowman said that, according to economic projections assessed by the FOMC, inflation will stay above the Fed’s 2 per cent “at least until the end of 2025.”

The Fed’s Federal Open Market Committee voted on Wednesday to maintain the benchmark rate in the range of 5.25 per cent to 5.50 per cent, the highest level in 22 years. Both Bowman and Collins said they supported the decision.

Projections in the Fed’s dot plot, which accompanied the announcement, showed the likelihood of one more hike this year and two cuts in 2024, or two fewer than indicated in June’s update.

“I expect rates may have to stay higher, and for longer, than previous projections had suggested, and further tightening is certainly not off the table,” Collins said at the annual convention of the Maine Bankers Association. “There are some promising signs that inflation is moderating and the economy rebalancing. But progress has not been linear and is not evenly distributed across sectors.”

Annual U.S. inflation accelerated to 3.7 per cent in August from 3.2 per cent in July, pressured mainly by gas prices. The Fed has two more monetary policy meetings in 1st November, and 13th December, 2023.

(Source: International Business Times — By Helder Marinho — 22nd September, 2023)

2. SPORTS

1. India Fires First World Record of Asian Games as Japanese Teen Dazzle

India claimed the first world record of the Hangzhou Asian Games on Monday as hosts China snapped up more gold medals and 15-year-old skateboarder Hinano Kusaki triumphed for Japan.

The Indian trio of DivyanshPanwar, RudrankkshPatil and AishwaryTomar blew away the field with a new world-best 1,893.7 points to win the men’s 10m air rifle team event on day two of the multi-sports extravaganza.

They beat the previous mark of 1,893.3 set by China last month in Baku.

In doing so they won India’s first gold of a Games where the hosts have swept 28 of the 44 titles decided so far.

“In the 10m event they are both perfect athletes,” Tomar said of his teammates. “Playing with them is huge, it’s really good.”

Another shooting world record fell to China’s Sheng Lihao in the men’s 10m air rifle with his 253.3 points surpassing teammate Yu Haonan’s 252.8 from Rio four years ago.
“I had good luck in the final. I did quite well today, I was basically smooth,” said Sheng.

Like India, Macau clinched its first gold in Hangzhou, with wushu athlete Li Yi winning the Changquan title to become the first woman in history from the Chinese territory to earn an Asian Games gold.

“I’m really proud. This one completes the process so I feel really fortunate,” said the 31-year-old.

“This, maybe, brings my 20 years as an athlete to a perfect end.”

In other early action on day two, Kusaki dazzled in skateboarding to easily win the women’s park final at Qiantang Roller Sports Centre.

“I am very happy with how everything went,” said the teenager.

After winning all seven gold medals in the swimming pool on the opening day, China is primed to dominate again on Monday night, spearheaded by breaststroke world champion Qin Haiyang.

The Chinese star caused a major upset at the world championships in Fukuoka in July when he won the 100m gold in 57.69 ahead of a stacked field and in the absence of British great Adam Peaty.

He went on to complete an unprecedented clean sweep of the breaststroke titles, an achievement he is aiming to match at his home Asiad as he builds towards next year’s Paris Olympics.

Qin, the second-fastest ever over 100m after Peaty, was in a class of his own in the heats, touching in 58.35 to better the previous Games best set by Japan’s Yasuhiro Koseki in 2018.

South Korea’s Choi Dong-yeol came in second — a gaping 1.55 seconds behind Qin.

Hong Kong’s Siobhan Haughey could prevent another Chinese clean sweep when she lines up in the women’s 200m freestyle final.

(Source: International Business Times — By Martin Parry — 25th September, 2023)

3. BUSINESS

1. India fourth in number of startups with $50million + funding: Study

India ranks fourth in the world in the number of scaleups, or startups that have received more than $50 million of disclosed VC investment. Ahead of India are the US, China, and the UK, the first edition of Startup Genome’s Scaleup Report said.

However, it’s ahead of the UK in the total VC investment that has gone into these scaleups, and in the cumulative tech value investment of the scaleups. India, the report says, has recorded 429 scaleups, with a VC investment of $127 billion and a total value of tech investment of $446 billion.

The report is a research into scaleup success factors, building on the question of what behaviours, resources, and characteristics of startups differentiate those that within four to eight years scaled to $50 million and higher valuations from those startups that didn’t.

Startup Genome, an innovation policy advisory and research firm, surveyed startups in over 80 cities across more than 40 countries and looked at 60 plus metrics.

The report said India has startups with 50 per cent or more of their customers coming from outside of their continent and having the highest scaleup rate. This can partly be attributed to startups that tailor their products and services to truly global markets — not just beyond their country, but beyond their continent — dramatically increasing their potential customer base.

Startups based in large countries (US excluded) scale at a higher rate when they focus on their domestic market. In those countries, the size of the domestic market is so large that it may be worth delaying or forgoing global markets. This is certainly clear in India, where B2C startups can achieve unicorn status and billion-dollar exits without going out of the country. Startups with a local connectedness index score of 6 or above achieve a scaleup of 5.1 per cent compared to 3.8 per cent for those with a score of 2 to 4 — a 34 per cent boost. The local connectedness index measures the size, density, and quality of a startup’s local network. Early-stage startups with a higher local connectedness index see their revenue grow twice as fast as those with a lower local connectedness index.

Scaleup success rate clearly increases with global connectedness, and startups that develop a high level of global connectedness have a 3.2 times higher chance of scaling than those with a low level. Ecosystems that are more connected to top global ecosystems (such as Silicon Valley, NYC and London) see their startups go global at a much higher rate on average (66 per cent correlations between those very distinct variables)

Founders looking to improve their chances of scaling should ensure that they offer stock options for all employees, have more than five global connections to top ecosystems, and have at least three advisers for their startup.

(Source: Times of India – By ShilpaPhadnis – 25th September, 2023)

Regulatory Referencer

I. COMPANIES ACT, 2013

1. One-time relaxation for filing of Forms–3, Form–4 and Form–11 under the LLP Act without any additional fee: MCA has granted one-time relaxation in additional fees for LLPs that are/were unable to file Forms 3, 4 and 11 within due dates. Filing of Forms 3 and 4 without additional fees shall be applicable for event dates from 1st January, 2021 and onwards. The filing of Form 11 without additional fee shall be applicable for F.Y. 2021-22 onwards. Further, these forms shall be available for filing from 1st September, 2023 onwards till 30th November, 2023. [General Circular No. 8/2023, dated 23rd August, 2023]

2. MCA extends the tenure of the Company Law Committee by another one year till 16th September, 2024: The Ministry of Corporate Affairs vide an order dated 18th September, 2019 had constituted the Company Law Committee to examine and recommend various provisions and issues pertaining to the implementation of the Companies Act, 2013 and the LLP Act, 2008. The tenure of the said Company Law Committee was set to expire on 16th September, 2023 which is now extended till 16th September, 2024. [Order No. 2/1/2018-CL-V, dated 13th September, 2023]

II. SEBI

3. Voluntary delisting norms for non-convertible debt securities and non-convertible redeemable preference shares: SEBI (LODR) (3rd Amendment) Regulations, 2023 are notified. As per the amended norms, a new chapter —VI A has been added which prescribes the framework for voluntary delisting of non-convertible debt securities/ non-convertible redeemable preference shares. It shall not be applicable on certain listed entities like a listed entity that has outstanding listed non-convertible debt securities or non-convertible redeemable preference shares issued by way of a public issue etc. [Notification No. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2023/149, dated 23rd August, 2023]

4. Additional disclosures for certain Foreign Portfolio Investors: SEBI has mandated the criteria for submission of additional disclosures by foreign portfolio investors under FPIs norms. As per the criteria, details of all entities holding any ownership, economic interest, or exercising control in the FPIs need to be provided by certain FPIs. These are FPIs that hold more than 50 per cent of their Indian equity Assets Under Management (AUM) in a single Indian corporate group and FPIs that individually, or along with others hold more than R25,000 crore of equity AUM in the Indian markets. [Circular No. SEBI/ HO/ AFD/ AFD — POD — 2/CIR/ P/2023/148, dated 24th August, 2023]

5. Framework for unitholders of REITs and InvITs allowing them to exercise their board nomination rights: SEBI has released a framework for eligible unit holders of Real Investment Trusts (REITs) and Infrastructure Investment Trusts (InvITs) allowing them to exercise their board nomination rights. As per the framework, the manager of a REIT / InvIT must review whether the eligible unit holders who have exercised their board nomination right, continue to hold the required number of units of REIT / InvIT and make a report on the same. The circular shall be effective immediately. [Circular No: SEBI/HO/DDHS-POD-2/P/CIR/2023/153 & 154, dated 11th September, 2023]

DIRECT TAX: SPOTLIGHT

1. Guidelines under Section 10(10D) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 — Circular No. 15/2023, dated 16th August, 2023:

Finance Act, 2023 made amendments to Section 10(10D). These amendments significantly impact the income-tax exemption eligibility for sums received under life insurance policies.

The circular contains comprehensive guidelines, designed to determine the taxability of consideration received under eligible life insurance policies with the help of a series of detailed scenarios and examples.

2. Extension of timelines for filing Form 10B/10BB and Form ITR 7 for Assessment Year 2023-24 — Circular No. 16/2023, dated 18th September, 2023:

The CBDT has extended the due date for furnishing Audit reports in Form 10B/Form 10BB for A.Y. 2023–24 from 30th September, 2023 to 31st October, 2023.

Consequently, the due date for filing the Return of Income in Form ITR-7 for the A.Y. 2023–24 has also been extended from 31st October, 2023 to 30th November, 2023.

3. Insertion of Rule 11UACA Computation of income chargeable to tax under section 56(2)(xiii)- Income-tax (Sixteenth Amendment) Rules, 2023 – Notification No. 61/ 2023, dated 16th August, 2023:

The Rule provides computation of income chargeable to tax under Section 56(2)(xiii), where any person receives at any time during any previous year any sum under a life insurance policy.

4. Amendment to Rule 26 Rate of Exchange for the purpose of deduction of tax at source on income payable in foreign – Income-tax (Seventeenth Amendment) Rules, 2023 – Notification No. 64/ 2023, dated 17th August 2023.

5. Amendment to Rule 3(1) computation of perquisite value of rent-free accommodation provided by employer — Income-tax (Eighteenth Amendment) Rules, 2023 —Notification No. 65/ 2023, dated 18th August, 2023.

6. Insertion of Rule 134 and Form 71- Application under section 155(20) regarding credit of tax deduction at source – Income-tax (Twentieth Amendment) Rules, 2023 — Notification No. 73/2023, dated 30th August, 2023:

Where any income has been included in the return of income furnished by an assessee for any assessment year and tax on such income has been deducted at source in a subsequent financial year, the assessee can apply to the Assessing Officer in Form 71 to obtain credit of TDS.

FEMA AND IFSCA REGULATIONS

1. RBI allows residents to make study-related remittances in IFSCs under LRS:

Presently, remittances to IFSCs under LRS can be made only for making investments in securities. Resident individuals can now remit payment of fees to foreign universities or foreign institutions in IFSCs for pursuing courses mentioned in the Notification No. S.O. 2374(E), dated 23rd May, 2022 under the purpose ‘studies abroad’ as mentioned in Schedule III of Foreign Exchange Management (Current Account Transactions) Rules, 2000. [A.P. (DIR SERIES) Circular No. 6, dated 22nd June, 2023]

2.Discontinuation of MIFOR as a ‘Significant Benchmark’:

RBI has announced that after 30th June, 2023, the Mumbai Interbank Forward Outright Rate (MIFOR) shall cease to be recognised as a ‘significant benchmark’. This decision comes as a result of the cessation of the US Dollar LIBOR. The updated list of significant benchmarks shall come into effect from 1st July, 2023. [Circular No. FMRD.FMSD. 03/03.07.25/2023-24, dated 23rd June, 2023]

3. International Credit Card usage brought under LRS:

On 16th May, the Government omitted Rule 7 of Current Account Transaction Rules resulting in transactions made through the use of ICCs by residents abroad to be covered under LRS. The purpose was to bring transactions made through ICCs under the TCS net. This change was covered in the previous journal. However, after hue and cry, the Government has backtracked and reinstated the rule, w.e.f. 16th May. In effect, the use of ICCs abroad is again outside the LRS limit and the status quo is maintained. However, further changes can be expected by 1st October 2023, the date till when TCS on LRS has been deferred to. [Notification No. G.S.R. 472(E) [F. NO. 1/5/2023-EM], dated 30th June, 2023]

4. IFSCA introduces the definition of ‘distributor’:

IFSCA has introduced the definition of ‘distributor’ in IFSCA (Capital Market Intermediaries) Regulations, 2021 and made related amendments in other regulations. [Notification No. IFSCA/2023-24/GN/REG040, dated 3rd July, 2023]

5. Central Government prescribes the procedure for import, export, procurement and supply of ships by an IFSC Unit:

The Government has amended the SEZ Rules by inserting a new Rule 29B to set the procedures for import or export or procurement from or supply to the Domestic Tariff Area of ships by a Unit in the International Financial Services Centre. [Notification No. G.S.R. 481(E) [F. NO. K-43013(13)/2/2022-SEZ], dated 4th July, 2023]

6. RBI issues report of the IDG on Internationalization of INR:

An Inter-Departmental Group (IDG) of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) was formed to examine the internationalization of INR. The objective of the IDG was to review the extant position of INR as an international currency and to frame a road map for the internationalization of INR. The IDG has submitted its report containing its final set of recommendations. The recommendations of the report will be examined by RBI for implementation. [Press Release 2023-2024/539, dated 5th July, 2023]

7. IFSCA allows IFSC Banking Companies to set up banking units in IFSC in addition to IFSC banking Units:

IFSCA has amended its Banking Regulations to allow IFSC Banking Companies to set up banking units in IFSC in addition to IFSC banking Units. The amendment allows the establishment of a banking unit in an IFSC as either an IFSC Banking Unit (IBU) or an IFSC Banking Company (IBC). Earlier, this option was not available. The key amendments include the introduction of the terms “IFSC Banking Unit” and “IFSC Banking Company”, along with the criteria for granting a license or permission to set up an IFSC banking company have been prescribed. [Notification No. IFSCA/2023-24/GN/REG041, dated 6th July, 2023]

Letters to the Editor

To
The Editor,
BCAS,
Mumbai

Respected Sir,

This has reference to the latest articles by Dr. Anup P. Shah in the September Edition of BCAJ.

The article written by Mr. Anup Shah is of great importance as most of the clients of a practicing chartered accountant have borrowed funds for personal / business purposes. The Indian System of borrowing from banks and financial institutions invariably seek collateral securities and backed by guarantee from one or more guarantors. Often such guarantors are not aware of their responsibilities and future contingent liabilities.

The author has provided detailed analysis of provisions under Indian Contract Act as also other contemporary laws such as IBC laws, etc. The evolution of legal case laws and up to date situation of applicable laws to a guarantor have been brought out succinctly and comprehensively. The utility value of such articles of day to day advisory services to clients has been enormous and highly useful. Many of articles written by the author Dr. Anup P. Shah have been highly useful for day to day practice for CAs and tax practicing professionals.

We thank Mr. Anup Shah for taking time out of his very busy schedule and rendering yeoman’s service to the profession on a regular basis for last several years by way of comprehensive articles under the heading “Law and Business”.

CA Mukesh Shah

Dear BCAJ Team,

I write to express my profound appreciation for the enlightening two-part interview featuring Senior Advocate Shri Arvind Datar. His valuable insights derived from a 40-year-long professional journey shed light on a multitude of aspects:

• The early struggles and eventual triumphs in his career trajectory provide a glimpse into the challenging yet rewarding path of the legal profession.

• The delicate balance between his writing experiences and demanding work life offers a perspective that aspiring professionals can learn from.

• From gleaning wisdom from seasoned seniors to imparting guidance and motivation to the younger generation, Shri Datar’s advice and reflections present a roadmap for budding legal minds.

• His candid and bold views, along with suggested improvements to legal provisions, shed light on the need for fairness within the legal system and the hardships faced by the citizens and taxpayers of our nation.
This piece stands as one of the boldest contributions within BCAJ, and I hope it resonates with the right audience, conveying a powerful message.

A significant portion of the credit for this enriching experience goes to the thoughtfully crafted and practical questions posed by the three astute interviewers. Shri Datar reciprocated with equal thoughtfulness, delivering a unique experience for BCAJ readers.

I vividly recall Shri Datar’s impactful address during the release of the Festschrift “Essays and Reminiscences” in honour of N.A. Palkhivala at NCPA, Mumbai, in January 2020. He shared the painstaking efforts and unwavering commitment of his team in curating old records and documents to bring forth the book, even at the expense of their professional practice.

This interview represents a rare and invaluable opportunity, and all involved made the best of it for the benefit of all.

Kudos and three cheers to everyone involved!

Thank you.

CA Suhas Paranjpe

Welfare Kingdom

Once upon a time, there was a kingdom which had two different names in two languages. People were fighting among themselves about which name should be used in government communications. The king was very strict, selfless and disciplined. He wanted to make his country strong and very wealthy.

Once, he was sitting in his court discussing the situation in the country along with his ministers. Suddenly, he heard some people shouting and crying outside the court. The security person came in and reported that some people in very simple attire wanted to meet the king.

King : Who are they?

Security : Maharaj, I don’t know, but they appear to be some social workers.

King : You should have asked them what they want.

Security : I asked, but I didn’t understand what they were saying.

King : You are an idiot. Can’t you understand even simple things?

Security : I am sorry, Maharaj. Sometimes, even our bosses don’t understand what law they have made! And bosses say that sometimes even the ministers don’t understand!

King : Shut up.

Security : Maharaj, they were uttering the words like trust foundation, charity and so on.

Minister (politely intervenes) : Maharaj, they might be trustees of some charitable organisations.

King : Security, let them in.

Minister : Maharaj, I request that only they may come. If they are accompanied by some chartered accountant, please don’t allow him.

King : Why?

Minister : These CAs often make some logical arguments for which we may not have an answer!

King : I wonder why and how charity organisations still exist. I had asked you to make such laws that would force them to close their shops! I also wonder why these CAs continue to help the trusts. Anyway, Security, ask CAs to wait outside only.

Security : Ji Maharaj.

(Eight to ten persons enter.)

Minister : All of you, please introduce yourselves one by one.

Person 1 : Maharaj, I am running schools for poor students in villages and slum areas. They charge negligible fees or often give free education.

Person 2 : I provide medical and health services to people in remote villages and also in cities. We cater mainly to poor patients.

Person 3 : I am running yoga centres everywhere at a nominal charge.

Person 4 : I try to preserve monuments and heritage properties. It is honorary work.

Person 5 : I work to conserve the environment. I don’t take any remuneration.

Person 6 : I work for the upliftment of the poor and needy — like orphans, handicapped persons, destitute women, unsupported old people and the like.

Person 7 : Maharaj, I do general social work — like running libraries, spreading good moral values, running old age homes and so on.

King : What is your grievance?

People : We are doing selfless work for society. We raise funds by literally begging around.

King : Then what?

People : We are made to pay tax at a very high rate, even higher than business organisations.

King (to minister) : Is it true? Why so?

Minister : They may not have submitted a couple of forms. Maharaj, for my Ministry, their social work is not important. Paperwork is more important. There should be compliance.

People : Maharaj, we cannot afford the compliance cost. And our country’s infrastructure is so well developed that we have no electricity for hours together, no water for days together and no roads to approach our CA in the district place.

Minister : Who asked you to do all this work?

People : We do it voluntarily. We have been doing it for decades. Since ours is a Welfare Kingdom, many people are poor, and deprived of many things.
King : But we are becoming a superpower. We need revenue.

People : Maharaj, there is a lot of ambiguity and anomaly in the law.

Minister (stops them) : You can approach the judiciary.

People : Our grandfathers have already approached the judiciary. Our grandsons may get the decision.

Minister : Maharaj, please don’t worry. We will change the law from retrospective effect!

King : Good.

Minister : Maharaj, these CAs give us a lot of headaches.

King : Make such stringent regulations for CAs that they also will close their offices. Punish everybody.

Minister : Yes, Maharaj. The number of students has already reduced. Even those who pass dare not enter the profession.

King : Very good. So we will have peace of mind.

People (to minister) : What about ease of doing business?

Minister : It is for ‘business’ and not for ‘social work’.

Folks, we are scheduled to fly abroad to teach and guide other countries to improve their tax system.

Good bye!

Corporate Law Corner – Part A | Company Law

13. Case Law No. 01/October/ 2023

M/s. VINAYAK BUILDERS AND DEVELOPERS PRIVATE LIMITED

No. ROC/ PAT/ Inquiry/13665/834

Office of the Registrar of Companies,

Bihar-Cum-Official Liquidator,

High Court, Patna Adjudication Order

Date of Order: 18th August, 2023

Order for penalty for violation of section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 11(d) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 for non-disclosure in the Auditor’s Report by the Statutory Auditor.

FACTS

As per the documents available on MCA Portal, Mr SK was the auditor of the company for the financial year ending 31st March, 2017.

Registrar of Companies, Bihar (“RoC”) on inspection of the financial statements of M/s VBDPL for the financial year ending 31st March, 2017 observed that, in the column of details of Specified Bank Notes (SBNs) held and transacted during the period from 8th November, 2016 to 30th December, 2016 was mentioned as zero. However, the directors of M/s VBDPL in their reply dated 17th January, 2019 had enclosed a letter dated 16th January, 2019 from ICICI Bank in which the details of the deposit amount had been mentioned as follows:

Date Amount Denominations
14th November, 2016 150,000 1000 x 150
15th November, 2016 50,000 1000 x 50
24th November, 2016 200,000 1000 x 200
02nd December, 2016 150,000 1000 x 150

As per Ministry’s Notification No. G.S R. 307(E) dated 30th March, 2017, the following clause was inserted in rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 after clause (c), namely:

“(d) Whether the company had provided requisite disclosure in its financial statements as to holdings as well as dealings in specified Bank Notes during the period from 8th November, 2016, to 30th December, 2016, and if so, whether these are in accordance with the books of accounts maintained by the company.”

Hence, it appeared that the provisions of Section 143(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 11(d) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 had been contravened by the Auditor for the financial year 31st March, 2017 for Non-disclosure of Specified Bank Notes (SBN) held and transacted during the period from 8th November, 2016 to 30th December, 2016 and therefore he was liable for penalty under section 450 of the Companies Act, 2013.

Based on the above facts, RoC had issued a show cause notice for default under section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013. However, no reply was received to the show cause notice from Mr SK, Auditor.

Further, RoC had also issued a “Notice for Hearing” to M/s SK, Auditor in default to appear personally or through an authorised representative under Rule 3(3), Companies (Adjudication of Penalties) Rules, 2014 on 11th August, 2023 and also to submit their response, if any, one working day prior to the date of hearing.

On the date of the hearing, Mr SK neither appeared nor any submission was made regarding the aforesaid non-compliance. Hence, it was concluded that the provisions of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 had been contravened by the auditor and therefore he was liable for penalty u/s 450 of the Companies Act, 2013 for the financial year ended 31st March, 2017.

HELD

Adjudication Officer (‘AO’) after considering the facts and circumstances of the case and after taking into account the provisions of Rule 11(d) of Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 (as amended), imposed a penalty on Mr SK, Chartered Accountants as per the below mentioned table:

Further, it was directed to pay the penalty within 90 days of the order.

#Final Penalty was imposed pursuant to the provision of section 446B of the Companies Act, 2013 since M/s VBDPL satisfied the criteria of being a Small Company where Mr SK was an auditor.

Nature of
default
Relevant section under the Companies Act, 2013

 

Name of

persons on whom the penalty is imposed

 

No. of

days of default

 

Penalty

for defaults as per Section 450 of the Companies Act, 2013 (₹.)

 

Total

penalty

(₹)

 

Final penalty imposed as per Section 446B of the Companies Act, 2013 () #

 

Non-disclosure in Audit Report Section 143(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 11(d) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 Mr SK, Chartered Accountants NA 10,000 10,000 5,000

SEBI Acts Tough against Market Manipulators

The Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) on 16th September, 2022, passed a stiff order of penalty, on a case involving, among others, allegedly synchronised trades. By the other order, it also debarred some of the parties from the securities markets. Soon thereafter, in June 2023, the Securities Appellate Tribunal (“SAT”) rejected the appeals against the order in an almost dismissive way to the appeal. What is noteworthy is that SEBI has shown that it means serious business in such cases. The penalty levied is fairly large, considering the facts and figures involved, apart from the order to restrain persons from the markets. This should hopefully show that SEBI now means business in tackling this almost uniform feature in cases of market manipulation. If this approach continues, this should mean that the manipulators see a strong deterrent to engaging in such activities.

SYNCHRONISED MANIPULATIVE TRADING

Price manipulation is rarely carried out without involving synchronised trading. But, such cases have seemingly gotten away without strong deterrent penal measures. The use of synchronised trades has been a regular feature for decades.

The pattern is almost consistent in such cases. The manipulators, using blatant or camouflaged techniques, use this modus operandi with successful results. Small investors rarely carry out the most basic efforts and work to check up on the history of price and volume, or the fundamentals of the company. So while investors pile on by being attracted to the prospect of quick and handsome, the manipulators sell and exit.

COMMON PATTERNS OF SYNCHRONISED MANIPULATIVE TRADING

The method may vary in small details, but some features are common. There is a circular on trading amongst a group of persons who also steadily increase the quoted price. This artificial spurt in price and volume is meant to create an image that something good is about to happen which selected people know and anticipate.

Another common pattern has been to project that the company is engaged in a business that is the latest fad. At one time, for example, we had the dotcom boom, then internet-based services and apps, infrastructure, etc. The advantage of using such methods from the point of view of the manipulators was that past fundamentals become totally irrelevant. There may be occasional star performers and some genuine but failed attempts. But smart manipulators recognised that this front would attract investors. This included changing the name of the company, passing resolutions to start such a business, etc.

What allegedly happened in this particular case? (Till there is a finality in the form of a Supreme Court, one cannot consider the matter as closed for this particular case.) The price of the shares was hiked up by a slow increase with small synchronised trades at successively higher prices. SEBI has also stated that thereafter, even SMSes were circulated about the potential of the company. And hence, yet again, as public interest grew, those who held shares in the company sold them at a high price. And, yet again, the price slowly crashed to as low as almost 2 per cent of the highest price.

WHETHER THE LAW IS LACKING?

It is not as if the law is lacking in this regard. Multiple provisions in the SEBI PFUTP regulations deal with such manipulative practices. The transactions have been dissected into individual steps and portions and make each of them specifically an offence. This includes circular trading, artificially jacking up the price, the price, spreading false news, etc.

IMPLEMENTATION OF THE LAW

That is the law. Next comes the investigation which plays an important role. These days, SEBI carries out very meticulous analysis of the parties, the trades, the bank accounts, etc., of the parties. These days much of the data is available almost instantaneously thanks to electronic trading. SEBI then takes it to the next level by meticulously investigating the background of the parties, including their relations, personal or commercial, and study of their bank statement and internal transactions. The parties may not even realise that they are being investigated since such information is available from stock exchanges or other authorities directly. Of course, at a later stage, SEBI may summon some or all of the parties to question them independently. Often, the weakest persons in the group, including those who are mules, may break down and confess. But even otherwise, too, many of the facts, available from credible independent third parties like banks, brokers, etc., cannot be so easily countered or explained away.

LOW DETERRENT ACTION IN THE PAST

What was perhaps lacking was the final step of a strong deterrent step which would make the wrongdoers feel the loss and even realise that such acts are simply not profitable enough. Unfortunately, in too many cases, while the penalty has been levied, it has rarely been proportionate to the severity of the crime.

A recent example that can be taken is of the brazenness of false trading in illiquid options. It was found that thousands of persons engaged in circular trades in illiquid options. The objective did not seem to be enticing and cheating investors. Rather, it was very likely to pass on profits or loss for tax evasion. A person who had profits and did not want to pay tax traded in the options by buying high and then selling very low and that too with the same counterparty and also, often, within a gap of barely minutes. Though this may not harm investors directly, it violates multiple SEBI regulations and, worse, creates an impression of stock markets as being a lawless jungle. When SEBI initiated proceedings, it was prolonged by the need to serve notice, give hearings to each party, etc. Quite a few parties went in to appeal the clogging of the dockets of SAT, which requested SEBI to come with a scheme of settlement. SEBI did so but for various reasons including Covid, it did not get the required response. So the dockets of SAT clogged again, which yet again requested SEBI to make another attempt. The second scheme of 2022 got a better turnout. However, the moral here was that since the parties got away effectively with barely a rap on the knuckles, it did not have any real deterrent effect.

Hopefully, orders like this one, assuming they attain finality, will make parties think really hard before contemplating such acts. And even if there is some change in appeal, it will be a lesson in principle generally.

A SIMILAR FIRM APPROACH IS NEEDED IN OTHER OFFENCES

Going a step further, I think a similar firm hand is needed in other categories of market evils, including insider trading, front running, etc., where often there is no real deterrent action. Fortunately, here too, the data generated is quick and SEBI’s investigation is often thorough. Law is also helpful and empowers SEBI to disgorge the illicit profits, debar parties, etc. SEBI has powers to levy very stiff penalties. Here, too, if some examples are set, there can be a fear and also a sense of inevitability of getting caught. Granted that parties can be more sophisticated here using mules, underhand passing of profits, use of sophisticated technology, etc. So establishing guilt may not always be easy. But here again, SEBI often interviews the weakest links in the chain who may spill the beans. That said, perhaps some changes could help.

CLOSING NOTE: PROPOSAL OF SEBI TO DEEM CERTAIN SUSPICIOUS TRANSACTIONS AS VIOLATIONS UNLESS REBUTTED

Although discussed in great detail earlier in this column, it is worth mentioning that a group of radical proposals to deal comprehensively with the menace of insider trading, front running, etc., have been made by SEBI in a consultation paper issued in March 2023.

This aspect is worth mentioning since SEBI has proposed to deal particularly with those sophisticated manipulators where there is multiple evidence of crime committed all over but it is difficult to pinpoint the parties and find them guilty. Very specific examples of what had transpired in certain actual cases (names withheld in paper but not difficult to guess).

SEBI noted that while several Supreme Court rulings have generally supported the stand of SEBI in using circumstantial evidence of a clear pattern of suspicious transactions, it was also noted that this was not sufficient enough, and a generic set of enabling provisions was needed. The Supreme Court ruling allowed SEBI to use the lower benchmark of circumstantial evidence to indicate guilt. But that too required crossing certain hurdles which sophisticated market manipulators and legal technicalities could make the process difficult and delayed.

Hence, SEBI has proposed a set of provisions which would deem the parties involved as guilty if a certain pattern of suspicious trading is observed. This does not mean that this one-sided judgement of SEBI would close the matter. The parties would still get a chance to present their case and rebut the finding and allegation. In short, the onus shifts to the parties to rebut the allegations or be deemed guilty.

These provisions, if implemented, could certainly make the task of SEBI easier. But there is also a flip side to this. Presently, SEBI carries out extensive investigations to establish guilt. It is possible that these efforts may be diluted if such deeming provisions are available.

Also, such provisions are like putting a genie out of the bottle, which cannot be put back in. SEBI may be perceived to be exercising arbitrariness. While good benchmarks are provided before the provisions are applied, one would not know how they are applied in actual cases. Here again, considering the rewards, large sophisticated abusers of the law may continue to escape. Smaller parties on the other hand may find it difficult to hire expensive legal advice to present a credible and effective defence to shift the onus back.

It is also doubtful how courts would view such provisions, which almost give a one-sided power to SEBI to a large extent. Whether such provisions are held arbitrary and unconstitutional? This aspect becomes even more important when we consider that it is SEBI, who would make Regulations to implement this proposal and not Parliament made law or amendments. In the nearly six months after its introduction, there does not seem to be any indication from SEBI of whether and how it is going to implement these proposals. But, to conclude, a fair re-haul of the law is certainly needed to counter the brazen cases of market abuse.

Hindu Law: Rights of an Illegitimate Child in Joint Property

INTRODUCTION

The codified and uncodified aspects of Hindu Law deal with several personal issues pertaining to a Hindu. One such issue relates to the rights of an illegitimate child, in relation to inheritance to ancestral property, self-acquired property of his parents, right to claim maintenance, etc. This feature has earlier (March 2021) examined the position of the rights of an illegitimate child. However, recently a larger bench of the Supreme Court in Revanasiddappa vs. Mallikarjun, C.A. No. 2844/2011, Order dated:1st September, 2023, has examined the position of such a child’s rights in respect of joint family / HUF property.

VOID / VOIDABLE MARRIAGE

The Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, applies to and codifies the law relating to marriages between Hindus. It states that an illegitimate child is one who is born out of a marriage which is not valid. S.16(1) of this Act provides that even if a marriage is null and void, any child born out of such marriage who would have been legitimate if the marriage had been valid, shall be considered to be a legitimate child. Hence, all children of void/voidable marriages under the Act are treated as legitimate. The Act also provides that such children would be entitled to rights in the property of their parents.

SUCCESSION TO PROPERTIES OF OTHER RELATIVES

However, while such a child born out of a void or voidable wedlock would be deemed to be legitimate, the Act does not confer any rights on the property of any person other than his parents. This is expressly provided in s.16(3) of the Hindu Marriage Act.

In JiniaKeotin&Ors. vs. Kumar SitaramManjhi&Ors. (2003) 1 SCC 730, the Supreme Court held that s.16 of the Act, while engrafting a rule of fiction in ordaining the children, though illegitimate, to be treated as legitimate, notwithstanding that the marriage was void or voidable chose also to confine its application, so far as succession or inheritance by such children is concerned to the properties of the parents only. It held that conferring any further rights upon such children would be going against the express mandate of the legislature.

This view was once again endorsed by the Supreme Court in Bharatha Matha & Anr vs. R. Vijaya Renganathan, AIR 2010 SC 2685 where it held that a child born of void or voidable marriage is not entitled to claim inheritance in ancestral coparcenary property but is entitled only to claim share in self-acquired properties, if any.

CONTROVERSY IN THE ISSUE

The above issue of whether illegitimate children can succeed in ancestral properties or claim a share in the HUF was given a new twist by the Supreme Court in 2011 in the case of Revanasiddappa vs. Mallikarjun (2011) 11 SCC 1. The question which was dealt with in that case was whether illegitimate children were entitled to a share in the coparcenary property or whether their share was limited only to the self-acquired property of their parents under s.16(3) of the Hindu Marriage Act? It disagreed with the earlier views taken by the Supreme Court in JiniaKeotin (supra), BharathaMatha (supra) and in Neelamma&Ors. vs. Sarojamma&Ors (2006) 9 SCC 612, wherein the Court held that illegitimate children would only be entitled to a share of the self-acquired property of the parents and not to the joint Hindu family property.

The Court observed that the Act uses the word “property” and had not qualified it with either self-acquired property or ancestral property. It has been kept broad and general. It explained that if they have been declared legitimate, then they cannot be discriminated against and they will be at par with other legitimate children, and be entitled to all the rights in the property of their parents, both self-acquired and ancestral. The prohibition contained in s. 16(3) will apply to such children only with respect to the property of any person other than their parents. Qua their parents, they can succeed in all properties! The Court held that there was a need for a progressive and dynamic interpretation of Hindu Law since Society was changing. It stressed the need to recognise the status of such children which had been legislatively declared legitimate and simultaneously recognisethe rights of such children in the property of their parents. This was a law to advance the socially beneficial purpose of removing the stigma of illegitimacy on such children who were as innocent as any other children.

The Supreme Court also explained the modus operandi of succession to ancestral property. Such children will be entitled only to a share in their parents’ property but they cannot claim it in their own right. Logically, on the partition of an ancestral property, the property falling in the share of the parents of such children would be regarded as their self-acquired and absolute property. In view of the Amendment, such illegitimate children will have a share in such property since such children were equated under the amended law with legitimate offspring of a valid marriage. The only limitation even after the Amendment was that during the lifetime of their parents such children could not ask for partition but they could exercise this right only after the death of their parents.

Hence, the Court in Revanasiddappa (supra) concluded that it was constrained to take a view different from the one taken earlier by it in JiniaKeotin (supra), Neelamma (supra) and Bharatha Matha (supra) on s. 16(3) of the Act. Nevertheless, since all these decisions were of Two-Member Benches, it requested the Chief Justice of India that the matter should be reconsidered by a Larger Bench.

CURRENT STATUS

After a long wait of more than 12 years, the Supreme Court Larger Bench has finally resolved the matter in the case of Revanasiddappa vs. Mallikarjun, C.A. No. 2844/2011, Order dated: 1st September, 2023.The issue for determination, as framed by the Supreme Court, was “Whether such an illegitimate child, who has been deemed to be legitimate by virtue of s.16 of the Act, can succeed only to the self-acquired properties of his parents or even to their ancestral properties?” The Court was also examining whether such a child could become a coparcener in the HUF.

LEGITIMACY UNDER SECTION 16

The first issue settled by the Apex Court was that legitimacy bestowed by s.16 of the Hindu Marriage Act was irrespective of whether (i) such a child was born before or after the commencement of the Amendment Act of 1976 which introduced s.16; (ii) a decree of nullity was granted in respect of that marriage under the Act and the marriage was held to be void. Further, where a voidable marriage has been annulled by a decree of nullity, a child ‘begotten or conceived’ before the decree has been made, is deemed to be their legitimate child, notwithstanding the decree.

HUF AND HINDU SUCCESSION ACT

The Court examined the meaning of an HUF and its genesis under the Hindu Law. It also examined the rights of coparceners to succeed to the share of their father in the HUF in light of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956. This could be by way of a Will or by intestate succession. In the case of intestate succession, the provisions of the Hindu Succession Act provide for Class I heirs to succeed to the property of a Hindu male. In this situation, the Court noted that the Hindu Succession Act did not distinguish between legitimate Class I heirs and illegitimate heirs. The fact that legitimacy has been bestowed upon the children of a void marriage by virtue of s.16 of the Hindu Marriage Act would mean that no distinction can be drawn between those children who were legitimate and those who are deemed to be legitimate.

INTESTATE PROPERTY INCLUDES SHARE IN HUF

All property of an intestate Hindu male was to be divided amongst his Class I heirs. The Apex Court observed that the phrase “all property” means all property belonging to the intestate and included the share in his HUF. The Hindu Succession Act also provided for a notional partition of the HUF to determine the share of the deceased in the HUF. The legislature had provided for the ascertainment of the share of the deceased on a notional basis. The expression ‘share in the property that would have been allotted to him if a partition of the property had taken place’ indicated that this share represented the property of the deceased. Where a person died intestate, the property would devolve in terms of the Hindu Succession Act. The Court held that in the distribution of the property of the deceased who had died intestate, a child who was recognised as legitimate under the Hindu Marriage Act would be entitled to a share. Since this was the property that would fall to the share of the intestate after the national partition, it belonged to the intestate. Hence, where the deceased had died intestate, the devolution of this property must be among the children – legitimate as well as those conferred with legitimacy by the Legislature. The Court gave an illustration of a HUF with 4 coparceners. Of these, C2, one coparcener dies and is survived by his wife and two children. One of the two children is illegitimate but deemed to be legitimate as above. A notional partition of the HUF would take place, and C2’s share would be determined as 1/4th and this 1/4th would be split equally amongst his widow, his legitimate child and his illegitimate child. Each of them would get a 1/3rd share in C2’s 1/4th share, i.e., a 1/12th share in the HUF.

ENTITLED TO SHARE BUT NOT A COPARCENER

However, the Court held that the illegitimate child would not ipso facto become a coparcener in the HUF. He would get a share in his deceased father’s HUF share but not directly become a coparcener in the HUF. This is because the HUF property is not the exclusive property of his father. S.16(3) of the Hindu Marriage Act has an express carve out that a deemed legitimate child cannot succeed to properties of other relatives. To make him a coparcener would violate s.16(3). It noted several amendments during the year to the Hindu Succession Act to remove gender biases. But the legislature has not stipulated that a child whose legitimacy is protected by s.16 of the Hindu Marriage Act, would become a coparcener by birth.

The very concept of a coparcener postulated the acquisition of an interest by birth. If a person born from a void or voidable marriage to whom legitimacy was conferred by s.16 were to have an interest by birth in a HUF, this would affect the rights of others apart from the parents of the child. Holding that the consequence of legitimacy under s.16 was to place such an individual on an equal footing as a coparcener in the coparcenary would be contrary to the provisions of s.16(3) of the Hindu Marriage Act.

CONCLUSION

The issue relating to HUF rights of illegitimate children has been quite contentious and litigation-prone. After a long wait, the issue has reached finality. The Court has aimed for a balancing approach by protecting the rights of the deemed legitimate child on the one hand and also preserving the rights of other HUF coparceners on the other hand!

Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs) — Examining the Application of PARI-PASSU and PRO-RATA Concepts

Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs) play a vital role in India’s economy. They provide risk capital in the form of equity/quasi-equity capital for pre-revenue stage companies, early and late-stage ventures, growth companies that wish to scale their operations, and even companies facing distress.

The size of AIFs has grown to a significant amount over the years. There are around 1,100 AIFs registered with SEBI with over 8.44 trillion INR in commitments (as of 30th June, 2023), witnessing an annual growth rate of over 30 per cent.

Considering the need of the economy for such funds, its growth and the huge amount committed, SEBI, aptly supported by its policy advisory committee, is continuously making sincere attempts to ensure transparency and good governance. Recently in May 2023 SEBI, in its consultation paper titled Consultation paper on proposal with respect to pro-rata and pari-passu rights of investors in Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs)”, has empathetically asserted:

“Considering that fair treatment of investors is a core and inherent principle for a pooled investment vehicle, as also evident from global references given above it is essential to expressly provide that AIFs shall not provide any differential treatment to investors which affects economic rights of other investors. Therefore, it is necessary to explicitly provide for fair treatment of all investors as a principle under the AIF Regulations, from the perspective of investor protection.” (para 31 — emphasis supplied)

The objective of this article is to critically examine the extant regulations on pari-passu and pro-rata rights of investors in AIF and the fair treatment of all investors as regards investors joining a fund at different points in time.

What is pari-passu?

Pari-passu is a Latin term that means “ranking equally and without preference.” Applied in the context of investments, pari-passu means that multiple parties to an investment joining an investment scheme at different points of time with varying amounts are treated the same, “ranking equally and without preference — in the sense that the assets or securities would be managed with equal preference or a preference weighted on the value or amount invested and when invested in either the asset or securities.”

Fundraising by an AIF scheme/ fund:

SEBI Regulations governing AIFs viz. SEBI (Alternative Investment Funds) Regulations, 2012, contemplate that a fund approved by SEBI may be able to attract investors to such a fund at different points of time, committing varying amounts (subject to the minimum prescribed). The terms used for investors joining at different points of time are (i) investors joining at the time of First Closing, (ii) investors joining at Subsequent Closing(s), and (iii) investors joining at the time of Final Closing. The Private Placement Memorandum (PPM — explained later) (in section VII) requires each scheme to specify indicative timelines for Initial closing, Subsequent closing(s), Final closing, Commitment Period and Term of the Fund/Scheme.

Considering the above, there is a need to place all these investors joining at different points of time with varying amounts on equal footing.

In mutual fund equity schemes where daily NAV based on the market prices is readily available, all subsequent investors join based on this daily NAV at the time of joining.

However, the investments by most AIFs are in private equity/ quasi equity. These investments have certain time frame depending on the period of nurturing required and success and growth of the ventures. They are illiquid investments and can’t have daily market value. Considering this limitation, the best way to put these investors joining at different points of time with varying amounts is by ensuring equal IRR (Internal Rate of Return) or equal RoI (Return on Investment) for all investors. The implementation of this system may be practically cumbersome and, therefore, in order to simplify the process, in cases of AIFs, this is ensured by what is popularly known as equalization method. In this method, there are three different types of contributions which investors joining during subsequent closing(s) and final closing have to pay — Catch-up Contribution, Compensatory Contribution and Management Fees Additional Contribution. The first two viz. Catch-up Contribution and Compensatory Contributions are meant to place subsequent investors on equal footing vis-à-vis earlier investors and therefore, are distributed by the fund amongst earlier investors on pro-rata basis.

In this article, I am making an attempt to specifically focus on the following:

• The precise nature of Catch-up Contribution and Compensatory Contribution.

• How they are quantified, collected from subsequent contributors (investors) and distributed pro-rata amongst original/ prior contributors.

In Annexure 1, I have brought out the key concepts and the regulatory framework that guides the functioning of AIFs.

The subject of the economic rights of investors during fundraising by AIF — specifically in the context of Category II AIF is very significant.

MODEL CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT:

Every investor investing in an AIF has to enter into an agreement which is called a Contribution / Subscription Agreement.

The format of PPM provided by SEBI in Part A in Section VII titled ‘Principal Terms of the Fund/Scheme’ requires the Investment Manager to specify the indicative timeline for various closings, the payments unitholders participating in subsequent closings have to make (like catch-up contribution, compensatory contribution).

SIDBI, which manages Fund of Funds, on its website, provides a model contribution agreement.

https://www.sidbivcf.in/files/new_announcement/Model per cent20Contrubution per cent20Agreement per cent20for per cent20AIFs.pdf

The relevant definitions for the present subject are:

• “Catch-up Contribution”

• “Compensatory Contribution”

• “Final Closing”

• “First Closing”

• “Subsequent Closing”

• “Subsequent Contributor”

Clause 3 of this model agreement deals with the “Induction of new contributors and the issue of Units.”

For brevity, the same are not reproduced here.

On reading the above definitions and clause 3 of the model agreement and requirements of PPM, it conveys:

1. At every subsequent closing up to the Final Closing, subsequent contributors shall pay Catch-up Contribution as well as Compensatory Contribution.

2. Both these amounts collected by the Fund shall be distributed amongst the contributors who were admitted prior to such subsequent closing pro rata in proportion to their respective capital contributions.

Considering the above-stated provisions usually contained in all contribution/ subscription agreements and similar provisions contained in PPMs, it is evident that AIFs have to collect catch-up and compensatory contributions from subsequent investors and distribute the same pro-rata amongst prior/ earlier investors.

The next step is to understand how these two contributions are quantified, collected and distributed.

The methodology of quantifying, collecting and distributing Catch-up Contributions and Compensatory Contributions are explained using case studies.

CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTION:

Before a private equity fund is launched, the IM solicits commitments to invest from potential investors. These soft commitments are not legally binding and do not represent future subscriptions. They, however, indicate as to how much capital might be raised.

Once the IM decides to launch the fund, the PPM is published and circulated amongst potential/prospective investors. Thereafter, hard commitments are made by investors with whom contribution/subscription agreements are signed.

The IM can seek to raise additional commitments and capital at any time between the First Closing and the Final Closing.

The above is illustrated below by a hypothetical case of Rahul Fund as at First Closing on 30th November, 2018 (Table no. 1):

 

Investor

COMMITMENT(INR)

OWNERSHIP

The IM 5,00,00,000 10 per cent
Investor1 15,00,00,000 30 per cent
Investor 2 15,00,00,000 30 per cent
Investor 3 15,00,00,000 30 per cent
TOTAL 50,00,00,000 100 per cent

The Fund issues a drawdown notice dated 1st December, 2018 calling upon the investors to contribute 10 per cent aggregating to Rs. 5,00,00,000 and all investors send their contributions by 31st December, 2018. Accordingly, the above data will appear as under (Table no. 2):

INVESTOR COMMITMENT OWNERSHIP DRAWDOWN 1
The IM 5,00,00,000 10 per cent 50,00,000
Investor1 15,00,00,000 30 per cent 1,50,00,000
Investor 2 15,00,00,000 30 per cent 1,50,00,000
Investor 3 15,00,00,000 30 per cent 1,50,00,000
TOTAL 50,00,00,000 100 per cent 5,00,00,000

One year after the Initial Closing, the IM decides to seek additional capital commitments and finds an investor (Investor 4 in the table below). Rahul Fund’s investor allocation will now be as under (Table no. 3):

 

INVESTOR COMMITMENT OWNERSHIP DRAWDOWN 1
The IM 5,00,00,000 8.33 per cent 50,00,000
Investor1 15,00,00,000 25 per cent 1,50,00,000
Investor 2 15,00,00,000 25 per cent 1,50,00,000
Investor 3 15,00,00,000 25 per cent 1,50,00,000
Investor 4 10,00,00,000 16.67 per cent NIL
TOTAL 60,00,00,000 100 per cent 5,00,00,000

 

With this additional investor’s commitment, the initial investors’ ownership has been diluted, yet the new investor hasn’t paid anything into the fund. Investor 4 could simply make the initial drawdown payment to balance things out, but this wouldn’t accurately compensate the initial investors and would eat into Fund’s IRRs.

Instead, an equalisation needs to be completed.

What is equalisation — catch-up contribution?

Equalisation is the process of truing up all investors as if they had all joined a fund on its initial closing date. The process of doing so is multi-pronged. This is called catch-up contribution.

First, Investor 4 pays in drawdown 1 on 31st December, 2019. But rather than making the payment to the fund, the payment is allocated across the initial investors, according to their percentage of ownership of the fund (Table no. 4).

 

INVESTOR COMMITMENT OWNERSHIP DRAWDOWN 1 Returned/called Adj.Drawdown1 Per cent drawdown
The IM 5,00,00,000 8.33% 50,00,000 (8,35,000) 41,65,000 8.33
Investor1 15,00,00,000 25% 1,50,00,000 (25,00,000) 1,25,00,000 25
Investor 2 15,00,00,000 25% 1,50,00,000 (25,00,000) 1,25,00,000 25
Investor 3 15,00,00,000 25% 1,50,00,000 (25,00,000) 1,25,00,000 25
Investor 4 10,00,00,000 16.67% NIL 83,35,000 83,35,000 16.67
TOTAL 60,00,00,000 100% 5,00,00,000 NIL 5,00,00,00 100

The magic of equalisation is putting Investor 4 as if Investor 4 had joined the Fund at the time of initial closing — at par with the IM and other three Investors 1, 2 & 3.
Clause 3.1.of the model agreement also states:

“The Investment Manager shall promptly distribute Catch-up Contributions amongst the Contributors who were admitted prior to such Subsequent Closing pro rata in proportion to their respective Capital Contributions and such amounts distributed to the Contributors shall be added back to their Unpaid Capital Commitments, ……….”

This provision is illustrated as under (Table no. 5):

INVESTOR COMMITMENT DRAWDOWN 1 Unpaid capital commitment Returned/called Adj.Drawdown1 Adjusted unpaid capital
The IM 5,00,00,000 50,00,000 4,50,00,000 (8,35,000) 41,65,000 4,58,35,000
Investor1 15,00,00,000 1,50,00,000 13,50,00,000 (25,00,000) 1,25,00,000 13,75,00,000
Investor 2 15,00,00,000 1,50,00,000 13,50,00,000 (25,00,000) 1,25,00,000 13,75,00,000
Investor 3 15,00,00,000 1,50,00,000 13,50,00,000 (25,00,000) 1,25,00,000 13,75,00,000
Investor 4 10,00,00,000 NIL nil 83,35,000 83,35,000 9,16,65,000
TOTAL 60,00,00,000 5,00,00,000 45,00,00,000 NIL 5,00,00,00 55,00,00,000

From this Table No. 5, it is evident that the share in catch-up contribution received by The IM and Investors 1, 2 and 3 adds up to unpaid capital commitment by all four of them. This, in essence, means that the share in the catch-up contribution received is part refund of the amount they had already paid. This is relevant in deciding the taxability, if any, of this share in catch-up contribution received by original/ prior investors.

The cardinal principle of an AIF is — All investors have to be treated at par — equally treated (barring a few issues like set-up fees, and management fee structure). This ‘catch-up contribution’ has the effect of putting all investors on an equal footing. The outcome should be that, having re-balanced contributed capital, the amount of uncalled capital for each partner is consistent with the percentage ownership of each partner after this subsequent closing.

A basic premise in the treatment of subsequent closings is that subsequent investors should be treated as if they had invested at the beginning.

Following this principle, the new/subsequent investors who join at a later date are put at par with original/ prior investors following this system of catch-up contribution and its pro rata distribution amongst prior/ original investors.

Note that, so far, it appears that the fund does not receive cash on 31st December, 2019; the net effect of the cash flows shown is zero as the flows simply re-balance the investor’s capital

COMPENSATORY CONTRIBUTION:

However, there is one more area where also, both these types of investors need to be put at par — time value of money.

In the given case, the original three investors and the IM had put their money by December, 2018. Whereas the new investor 4 puts his pro rata contribution in December, 2019 — after a lapse of a year. This issue is addressed by what is called Compensatory Contribution in India and Equalisation Interest abroad. The same is amplified as under.

What is Equalisation Interest — called Compensatory Contribution in India?

In the given case, the IM and 3 original investors paid their first drawdown on 31st December, 2018. Whereas, Investor 4 pays Rs. 83,35,000 only on 31st December, 2019 — after a time lapse of 1 year. To compensate for this, Investor 4 also pays compensatory contribution at a specified rate per annum. Normally, this rate is the Hurdle Rate provided in the Contribution/ Subscription Agreement. This compensatory contribution is also distributed amongst original/ prior investors pro-rata.

The collection of Compensatory Contribution from the new investor and distribution of the same amongst the IM and original three investors will put all investors at par vis-à-vis each other. Any drawdown(s) thereafter will be paid by all the 5 investors as per their respective shares of unpaid capital commitments.

The impact of Compensatory Contribution is illustrated on the following page:

INVESTORS DATE AMOUNT Per cent HOLDING Equalisation Interest
Original Investors:
Investment Manager 31-12-2018  2,00,00,000 7.41 per cent  1,95,09,000
Investor 1 31-12-2018  20,00,00,000 74.07 per cent  19,50,11,000
Investor 2 31-12-2018  5,00,00,000 18.52  per cent  4,87,60,000
Final Closing:
Investor 3 30-06-2021  94,00,00,000 -26,32,80,000

Investor 3 pays interest at 10 per cent p.a. (compounded quarterly), being hurdle rate, from 31st December, 2018 to 30th June, 2021.

The readers will notice the loss original investors would suffer (almost close to 100 per cent of the invested amount) if an investment manager decides to waive this equalisation interest.

These calculations look relatively easy and straightforward, but it is easy to imagine how they quickly become increasingly complex as factors multiply. Funds might have multiple capital calls that they need to track between the initial and subsequent closing, as well as multiple closings with different investors on-boarding at different times.

Whether Investment Manager has the right to waive Catch-up and/or Compensatory Contributions?

Clause 3 of the Model Contribution Agreement deals with the Induction of new contributors and issue of Units). This clause states — “The Investment Manager shall however, have the power to waive or increase/reduce, subject to the consent of the Advisory Committee, the Compensatory Contribution on Catch-up Contributions to be received and accepted at such Subsequent Closings.”

In this context, readers’ attention is invited to SEBI’s Consultation paper with respect to pro-rata and pari-passu rights of investors issued in May 20231. In this paper, inter alia, it is stated, “While the above principle is not explicitly stated in AIF Regulations, maintaining pro-rata rights of investors in each investment of the scheme of AIF, including while making distribution of investment proceeds, is an essential characteristic of the AIF structure.”


1. https://www.sebi.gov.in/reports-and-statistics/reports/may-2023/consultation-paper-on-proposal-with-respect-to-pro-rata-and-pari-passu-rights-of-investors-of-alternative-investment-funds-aifs-_71540.html

Considering the above, the right, if any, of the investment manager to waive catch-up and/ or compensatory contribution has to be subject to conditions, and the fund and the trustee are responsible for ensuring pari-passu rights of all investors — initial as well as subsequent — at all times.

As mentioned earlier, accounts of each fund have to be audited each year and the auditor may consider examining, during the course of audit, whether the fund has collected and distributed catch-up as well as compensatory contributions from subsequent investors or not. And, if not, the auditor needs to examine whether such an act affects the pro-rata and pari-passu rights of investors or not. If the auditor finds that it affects this essential characteristic of the AIF structure, it may be his responsibility to suitably report the same.

Taxation of Catch-Up Contribution & Compensatory Contribution:

Also, considering that category II AIF enjoys pass-through status, it is important to understand the income-tax implications of the catch-up contribution and compensatory contribution collected from subsequent contributors and distributed by the Fund amongst prior/ original contributors.

No attempt is made here to analyse income tax implications of these two amounts either in the hands of the Fund or in the hands of contributors (both original as well as subsequent contributors).

However, the potential tax issues are listed as under:

1. The Fund:

• Whether it is a business income and therefore liable to be taxed in the hands of the Fund,

• If not, whether, while passing on both these amounts to original/ prior investors, whether the Fund is required to deduct tax at source? If yes, whether on both the amounts or only on equalisation interest (compensatory contribution)?

2. Subsequent contributors (new investors):

• Whether catch-up contribution as well as compensatory contribution will be treated as ‘cost’ while computing their taxable capital gain? If not, does it mean that same will not give any tax relief in respect thereof to such subsequent investors?

• Whether compensatory contribution which is in the nature of equalization interest (and not actual interest) can be claimed as deduction while computing gross taxable income of such a subsequent contributor in the year of payment?

3. Original / prior contributors:

• Whether these amounts are ‘capital receipts’ or ‘revenue receipts’?

• Whether catch-up contribution received can be adjusted against the amounts paid against earlier drawdown(s) to reduce that amount?

• If not, whether the catch-up contribution is liable to be taxed as capital gain or as income from other sources?

• Whether compensatory contribution (which is in the nature of equalisation interest) liable to be taxed as ‘interest income’? Or, whether the same too will go to reduce the cost already incurred? [NOTE: It is important to note that these so called ‘subsequent investors’ too will qualify to receive both ‘catch-up contribution’ as well as ‘compensatory contribution’ whenever there is any fresh round of fund-raising post their investment.]

CONCLUSION

Considering the above, I submit that it is the responsibility of the Investment Managers, PPM Auditors and Investors to assess if the true principles of catch up and compensatory contributions have been followed.

i. The investment managers have to decide whether to adopt equalisation method at the times of each subsequent closing(s) and final closing.

ii. The AIF PPM Auditors (who can be internal/external auditors or legal professionals), while conducing audits of PPM and annual accounts, have the responsibility to examine the actions and decisions of the IM and, if required, to report on the same.

iii. The investors too need to be vigilant as to their rights to receive catch-up and compensatory contributions whenever they notice that the fund in which they have invested has raised fresh commitments.

The writer has come across an instance where the IM, using its discretionary power, waived these contributions even though such a waiver negatively impacted the investor’s economic rights in his regard.

The annual audit of PPM compliance is mandated in the interests of investors. Considering this, SEBI regulations must provide that this annual audit report should also be shared with each investor along with corrective action(s) taken by AIFs. Considering the automation in back-office systems, the time allowed for conducting such an audit too needs to be reduced to maximum 90 days. SEBI also needs to take initiative to form an investors forum which can, on an on-going basis, disseminate information to investors in the matter of their economic rights and representatives of such a forum are included in alternative investment policy advisory committee.

ANNEXURE 1

The background on AIFs is briefly stated for readers’ quick references and understanding.

What is an Alternative Investment Fund (“AIF”)?

Alternative Investment Fund or AIF means any fund established or incorporated in India which is a privately pooled investment vehicle which collects funds from sophisticated investors, whether Indian or foreign, for investing it in accordance with a defined investment policy (stated in PPM) for the benefit of its investors.

AIF does not include funds covered under the SEBI (Mutual Funds) Regulations, 1996, SEBI (Collective Investment Schemes) Regulations, 1999 or any other regulations of the Board to regulate fund management activities. Further, certain exemptions from registration are provided under the AIF Regulations to family trusts set up for the benefit of ‘relatives‘, employee welfare trusts or gratuity trusts set up for the benefit of employees, ‘holding companies‘ etc. [Ref. Regulation 2(1)(b)]

(source – SEBI FAQs)
https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebi_data/attachdocs/1471519155273.pdf

AIFs are regulated by the capital market regulator’s SEBI (Alternative Investment Funds) Regulations, 2012 as amended from time to time and circulars issued by SEBI.

https://www.sebi.gov.in/legal/regulations/apr-2017/sebi-alternative-investment-funds-regulations-2012-last-amended-on-march-6-2017-_34694.html

SEBI’s Master Circular dated 31st July, 2023 on AIFs:
https://www.sebi.gov.in/legal/master-circulars/jul-2023/master-circular-for-alternative-investment-funds-aifs-_74796.html

SEBI circulars on AIFs:
https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/home/HomeAction.do?doListingAll=yes&cid=25

SEBI also has formed Alternative Investment Policy Advisory Committee under the chairmanship of Mr N R. Narayana Murthy. This committee has published three reports which are available on SEBI’s website.

Report dated 31st December, 2015:

https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebi_data/attachdocs/1453278327759.pdf

Report dated 26th November, 2017:
https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebi_data/attachdocs/jan-2018/1516356419898.pdf

In terms of SEBI AIF Regulations it is mandatory to obtain certificate of registration from SEBI for enabling AIFs to operate under one of the following 3 categories:

• Category I — AIFs which invest in start-up or early stage ventures or social ventures or SMEs or infrastructure. Includes venture capital funds, SME funds, social venture funds, infrastructure funds, angel funds, etc.

• Category II — AIFs, which do not fall in Category I or Category III and which do not undertake leverage or borrowing other than to meet day-to-day operational requirements. Includes private equity funds or debt funds for which no specific incentives or concessions are given by the government or any other regulator.

• Category III — AIFs, which employ diverse or complex trading strategies and may employ leverage including through investment in listed or unlisted derivatives. Includes hedge funds or funds, which trade for short term returns, or open-ended funds, for which no specific incentives or concessions are given by the government or any other regulator.

Private Placement Memorandum (PPM):

The PPM is a risk disclosure document (akin to a prospectus issued by a company making public issue) used for marketing a fund to its potential/ prospective investors.

In terms of Regulation 12, AIF has to, at least 30 days prior to the launch of a scheme, submit Placement Memorandum with the Board and the Board may communicate its comments which will have to be incorporated in the placement memorandum before it can be released to prospective investors. Circular dated 5th February, 2020 issued by SEBI has prescribed format for PPM.

The PPM is divided into two parts — Part A requiring minimum disclosures in respect of 15 sections listed in annexure I to the circular and Part B where any additional information in relation to the Fund/Scheme, Manager, investment team which does not form part of the standard disclosures and the section-wise supplementary section under the earlier sections, can be indicated. Considering a sizable amount invested by each investor and high risks associated with such investments, investors should read the PPM and understand the precise nature of the fund where the amount is being invested, particularly provisions which directly or indirectly affect investors’ economic and legal rights.

http://www.aibi.org.in/Circulars/Disclosure per cent20Standards per cent20for per cent20Alternative per cent20Investment per cent20Funds per cent20(AIFs).pdf

https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebi_data/commondocs/feb-2020/an_1_p.pdf

Economic rights:

The parity of economic rights between investors of AIFs is necessary as well as critical. It is observed that at times, the PPMs adopt different practices which provide differential benefits/rights to certain investors over others. Few such terms on which differential economic rights are provided by AIFs are Drawdown timeline, Hurdle rate of return/performance linked fee, Transfer rights, Information rights, Compensatory contribution for investors on-boarded in subsequent closings including catch-up contribution for maintaining pro-rata rights of investors, and Co-investment rights.

Even though PPMs may provide equal rights to investors in these matters, the IMs may, using their discretion, give such preferential rights to a select group of investors or waive catch-up as well as compensatory contributions. As the minimum investment amount prescribed is rupees one crore, general perception is that the investors are sophisticated and capable of taking decision to invest after properly studying PPM and understanding its contents. However, this perception in reality may not be correct.

AIFs and AUDIT REQUIREMENTS:

To complement the measures prescribed by SEBI, chartered accountants as auditors and consultants, also have an important role to play to ensure orderly growth of AIFs and protection of investors’ economic rights.

The accounts of each fund managed by a registered AIF have to be audited annually by a qualified auditor. Each AIF has to provide Annual Report to all its investors including financial information of investee companies and detailed risk profiles. The auditor’s report along with audited accounts are shared with the investors in each such fund along with the annual report. In order to further protect investors’ interests, SEBI circular has introduced a specific requirement that the terms of a contribution or subscription agreement (by any name it may be called) signed with each investor must be aligned with the terms of the Private Placement Memorandum (PPM — what is PPM is explained earlier) and contribution agreement cannot go beyond the terms of the PPM. The Investment Managers are required to ensure that they carry out all activities of the AIF in accordance with the PPM and that they should maintain fairness in ensuring that investors economic and legal rights are of paramount importance.
Also, with a view to ensure that the management team has complied with the terms of PPM, SEBI has introduced a requirement for annual audits of PPM. The results of the audit and any necessary corrective action must be shared with (i) the Trustee, Board, or Designated Partners of the AIF; (ii) the Board of the Manager; and (iii) SEBI within six months of the financial year’s end.

AIFs that have not received any funding from investors are exempt from the requirement of audit compliance. However, within six months of the end of the financial year, a Certificate from a Chartered Accountant declaring that no money has been raised must be provided to support this claim.

Considering SEBI’s persistent attempts to increase good governance and risks management in the management of AIFs through compliances and disclosures, management teams face number of challenges in their functioning and time is not far when large sized funds will need external audit firms to conduct internal audits to assist the management.
Considering the above, such high risk non-traditional investments present number of challenges to chartered accountants as auditors, tax experts & consultants to ensure that they discharge their expected obligations with due care and caution.

Considering the huge amount generated by AIFs, the responsibilities cast on auditors are enormous and, therefore, the auditors need to be familiar with various special features of AIFs, particularly economic rights of investors. One such important feature is — investors joining a fund at different points of time and ensuring they all stand in equal footing — paripassu.

In May 2023, SEBI had come out with several proposals for stricter regulations of AIFs. SEBI issued four consultation papers.

AIF Taxation:

Category I and Category II AIFs enjoy pass-through status. This subject is known to most tax practitioners.
Government’s role in AIF Funding:

Fund of Funds:

Government of India (GoI) created access to a large capital of funds for startups in India, through the scheme “Fund of Funds for Start-ups” to create a nation of job creators than job seekers. This Fund is operated by SIDBI. https://www.sidbivcf.in/en

Self-Reliant India (SRI) Fund — Mother-Daughters Fund:

MSME Sector is very important for the Indian economy in terms of contribution to GDP and employment generation. Considering that the GoI has set-up SRI Fund (Mother Fund) to assist MSME sector through Daughters Fund in the form of Category II Alternative Investment Fund (AIF) who are oriented towards providing funding support to MSMEs as growth capital, in the form of equity or quasi-equity. The details are available at https://dcmsme.gov.in/Final per cent20SRI per cent20Operating per cent20Guidelines per cent20 per cent20approved per cent20by per cent20Minister per cent20 per cent2017 per cent2008 per cent202021.pdf

The SRI Fund is managed by NSIC Venture Capital Fund. The details are available at http://www.nvcfl.co.in/AboutUs

From Published Accounts

COMPILERS’ NOTE

Reporting on the impact of climate change and steps taken to mitigate the same and become ‘carbon neutral’ is today increasingly gaining importance. Auditors are also increasingly required to consider these impacts on the financial statements (in many jurisdictions, regulations also mandate auditors to do so) and modify the audit plan and reporting accordingly.

Given below is an instance of such reporting by auditors and corresponding disclosure in Notes to the financial statements.

A similar extract was given in this column on page 75 of BCAJ December, 2020. If a comparison is to be made, the level of disclosures and reporting has significantly increased since then.

BP P.L.C (UK)

From Independent Auditor’s Report on Consolidated Financial Statements for the year 31st December, 2022.

KEY AUDIT MATTER

The potential impact of climate change and the energy transition (impacting PP&E, goodwill, intangible assets, investments in joint ventures and provisions).

Climate change impacts BP’s business in several ways as set out in the strategic report on pages 1 to 76 of the Annual Report and Note 1 of the financial statements on page 185 (reproduced below). It represents a strategic challenge and a key focus of management. The related risks that we have identified for our audit are as follows:

Forecast assumptions used in assessing the value-in-use of oil and gas PP&E assets within BP’s balance sheet for impairment testing, particularly oil and gas price assumptions and their interrelationship with forecast emissions costs, may not appropriately reflect changes in supply and demand due to climate change and the energy transition (see ‘Impairment of upstream oil and gas PP&E assets’ below).

The timing of expected future decommissioning expenditures with respect to oil and gas assets may need to be brought forward with a resulting increase in the present value of the associated liabilities due to the impact of climate change.

In addition, there is an exposure to decommissioning obligations that may revert back to BP in respect of assets transferred to third parties through historical divestments. The risk of exposure is enhanced due to the impacts of climate change which have heightened long-term financial resilience concerns for many industry participants.

Furthermore, provisions for decommissioning refining assets, not generally recognised on the basis that the potential obligations cannot be measured given their indeterminate settlement dates, might need to be recognised if reductions in demand due to climate change curtail their operational lives; (see ‘Decommissioning provisions’ below).

The recoverability of certain of the group’s $4.2 billion total Exploration and Appraisal (E&A) assets capitalised as of 31st December, 2022 (2021 $4.3 billion) are potentially exposed to climate change and the global energy transition risk factors (see Note 15). This is because a greater number of E&A projects may not proceed as a consequence of the energy transition leading to lower forecast future oil and gas prices, BP’s intention to reduce its hydrocarbon production (by around 25 per cent by 2030 relative to 2019 — see page 186) and potentially increased objections from stakeholders to the development of certain projects. The determination of whether and when E&A costs should be written off, impaired, or retained on the balance sheet as E&A assets, remains complex and continues to require significant management judgement.

The carrying value of BP’s refining assets within PP&E may no longer be recoverable, due to changes in supply and demand which arise as a consequence of climate change and the energy transition, for example, the adoption of electric vehicles in markets where BP has significant fuel refining activity. Management identified impairment indicators in respect of certain refineries during the year. As a result, impairment tests were performed to assess the recoverability of the refineries’ carrying values. As disclosed in Note 4 to the accounts on page 208, management has recorded an impairment charge of $1,366 million in respect of the Gelsenkirchen refinery in Germany, driven by changes in economic assumptions.

BP’s intention to reduce its hydrocarbon production (by around 25 per cent by 2030 relative to 2019 and the group’s wider strategy includes potentially disposing of certain higher emissions intensity upstream oil assets and others. As a consequence, for certain assets and investments judgment is required in the determination of the recoverable amount as to whether it should consider the estimated disposal proceeds from a third party, as a key input. Management recorded $2.9 billion (2021 $1.1 billion) of pre-tax impairment charges in 2022 for such potential disposals as described in Note 4. There is a risk that management judgments taken to determine whether impairment charges are required based on BP’s view of whether transactions are likely to proceed or not, and BP’s strategic appetite regarding the value of disposal consideration that would be accepted, are not reasonable.

The carrying value of the group’s investments in low-carbon energy assets may no longer be recoverable due to an increase in the low-carbon energy discount rate, project development costs increasing as a result of higher inflation and the impact that the increased activity within the sector, as a result of the energy transition, has had on the demand for low carbon energy supply chain goods and services.

The useful economic lives of the group’s refining assets may be shortened as society moves towards ‘net zero’ emissions targets and BP seeks to achieve its net zero ambition, such that the depreciation charge is materially understated. Of the total refining assets carried in the balance sheet, all but an immaterial residual value relating primarily to land and buildings will be fully depreciated by 2050. As disclosed in Note 1 to the accounts, management concluded that demand for refined products is expected to remain sufficient for the existing refineries to continue operating for the duration of their remaining useful lives and hence no changes to the useful economic lives of its refinery assets were required.

The total goodwill balance as of 31st December, 2022 is $12.4 billion, of which $7.2 billion relates to upstream oil and gas assets. The carrying values of goodwill may no longer be recoverable as a consequence of climate change and therefore may need to be impaired. For oil production & operations (OP&O), goodwill is allocated to Cash Generating Units (CGUs) in aggregate at the segment level and for gas & low carbon energy (G&LCE) goodwill is allocated to the hydrocarbon CGUs within the segment. The most significant assumption in the goodwill impairment tests affected by climate change relates to future oil and gas prices (see ‘Impairment of upstream oil and gas PP&E assets’ below). Given the significant level of headroom in the goodwill impairment tests, management identified no other assumption that could lead to a material misstatement of goodwill due to the energy transition and other climate change factors. Disclosures about sensitivities for goodwill are included within Note 14 on page 221. The Contracting and Procurement (C&P) segment has a goodwill balance of $4.7 billion, of which the most significant element is $2.5 billion relating to the Lubricants business. Notwithstanding the expected global transition to electric vehicles which may reduce demand for Lubricants, due to the substantial headroom in the most recent impairment test (as described in Note 14), management has assessed as remote the likelihood that the recoverable amount of goodwill is less than its carrying value.

Climate change-related litigation brought against BP, as disclosed in Note 33 to the financial statements, may lead to an outflow of funds requiring provision.

The above considerations were a significant focus of management during the period which led to this being a matter that we communicated to the audit committee, and which had a significant effect on the overall audit strategy. We therefore identified this as a key audit matter.

HOW THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT RESPONDED TO THE KEY AUDIT MATTER

Overall response
We held discussions with management, with our Climate Change specialists and within the group engagement team to identify the areas where we felt climate change could have a potential impact on the financial statements.

We also continued to utilise a climate change steering committee comprising a group of senior partners with specific climate change and technical audit and accounting expertise within Deloitte to provide an independent challenge to our key decisions and conclusions with respect to this area.

Audit procedures
The audit response related to two of the audit risks identified is set out under the key audit matters for ‘Impairment of upstream oil and gas PP&E assets’ on pages 157–159 and ‘Decommissioning provisions’ on pages 160–161. Other procedures are as follows:

In respect of the recoverability of E&A assets capitalised as of 31st December, 2022:

• We obtained an understanding of the group’s E&A write-off and impairment assessment processes and tested relevant internal controls, which specifically consider climate change-related risks;

• We challenged and evaluated management’s key E&A judgments with regard to the impairment criteria of IFRS 6 and BP’s accounting policy. We corroborated key judgments with internal and external evidence for assets that remained on the balance sheet. This included analysing evidence of future E&A plans, budgets and capital allocation decisions, assessing management’s key accounting judgement papers, reading meeting minutes and reviewing licence documentation and evidence of active dialogue with partners and regulators including negotiations to renew license or modify key terms;

• We assessed whether the progression of any projects that remain on the balance sheet would be inconsistent with elements of BP’s strategy and in particular its net zero carbon commitments and BP’s intention to reduce its hydrocarbon production (by around 25 per cent by 2030 relative to 2019 — see page 186).

We have considered the impact of potential changes in supply and demand on the group’s refining portfolio and reviewed internal and external market studies of future supply and demand. In relation to the Gelsenkirchen refinery impairment test, we assessed the valuation methodology, tested the integrity and mechanical accuracy of the impairment model and assessed the appropriateness of key assumptions and inputs, notably forecast refining margins and energy input costs, challenging and evaluating management’s assumptions by reference to third party data where available. We also evaluated management’s ability to forecast future cash flows and margins by comparing actual results to historical forecasts and tested management’s internal controls over the impairment test and related inputs.

We challenged management’s analysis that identified the specific assets that are likely to be disposed of by BP as part of its strategy. Where relevant, we challenged BP’s asset impairment assessments based on their estimated disposal proceeds and whether transactions are judged likely to proceed or not. We obtained evidence of any negotiations with third parties, carefully considered BP’s strategic intent in this context and challenged management’s assessment of the recoverable amounts for material transactions. We also tested relevant controls which covered both the recoverable amounts determined and the likelihood of transaction completion.

In respect of the impairment tests performed on certain low-carbon energy investments, we tested the result by:

• Testing the relevant controls over low-carbon energy impairment tests including controls over key assumptions and the discount rate;

• Assessing the low carbon energy discount rate with input from our valuation specialists;

• Challenging and evaluating the key assumptions within the impairment tests, which included capital and operating cost assumptions, forecast yield and power price assumptions, debt and interest assumptions, and the applicability of the Inflation Reduction Act legislation on investment credit assumptions and

• Testing the mechanical accuracy of the impairment models.

We challenged management’s assertion that no changes are required to the assessed useful economic lives of refining assets as a consequence of climate change factors. In doing this, we obtained third-party reports assessing future refined petroleum product demand for those countries which are included in our group’s full audit scope for the C&P segment. In particular, we considered the forecasts as set out in the IEA World Energy Outlook 2022 which shows that demand for refined petroleum products is expected to remain sufficient for at least the current remaining useful economic lives of the refineries such that current depreciation rates are appropriate, including under the Announced Pledges Scenario which is associated with a temperature rise of 1.7°C in 2100 (with a 50 per cent probability).

We performed procedures to satisfy ourselves that, other than future oil and gas price assumptions, there were no other assumptions in management’s oil and gas goodwill impairment tests to which reasonably possible changes due to the energy transition and other climate change factors could cause goodwill to be materially misstated. We obtained evidence which supported management’s conclusion that goodwill relating to the C&P segment activities is not impaired due to climate change or other factors.

With regards to the climate change litigation, we designed procedures specifically to respond to the risks that provisions could be understated or that contingent liability disclosures may be omitted or be inaccurate including:

• Holding discussions with the group general counsel and other senior BP lawyers regarding climate change matters;

• Conducting a search for climate change litigation and claims brought against the group;

• Making written inquiries of, and holding discussions with, external legal counsel advising BP in relation to climate change litigation and;

• Reviewing the contingent liability disclosures in the annual report on pages 257–259.

We read the other information included in the Annual Report and considered (a) whether there was any material inconsistency between the other information and the financial statements; or (b) whether there was any material inconsistency between the other information and our understanding of the business based on audit evidence obtained and conclusions reached in the audit.

KEY OBSERVATIONS

Key observations in relation to oil and gas price assumptions used in oil and gas PP&E asset impairment tests and the impact of climate change on decommissioning provisions are set out in the relevant key audit matter below.

We concluded that the key E&A assessments had been appropriately determined and the judgments management had made were appropriately supported. We did not identify any additional impairments or write-offs from the work we performed. We also confirmed management’s view that they did not consider that the progression of any of their E&A assets would be inconsistent with BP’s current strategy and management’s capital frame and capital allocation intentions in light of climate change and the energy transition.

We are satisfied:

• with the results of our procedures relating to the carrying value of refining assets and that the impairments recorded are reasonable;

• that management’s planned disposal-related asset impairment assessments are reasonable and we did not identify any additional material impairment;

• with the results of the low-carbon energy impairment tests, noting that the investment valuations remain sensitive in particular to capital and operating cost assumptions, the ability to secure project financing at the interest rates assumed, and for certain projects the pricing that can be secured under future power purchase contracts. The discount rate used by management was lower than we would have expected but this did not impact the outcome of the tests;

• with the results of our procedures relating to the assessment of the useful economic lives of refining assets and therefore depreciation charges, based on the market studies we read;

• with the sensitivity analysis disclosures around the energy transition and other climate change factors performed in respect of the goodwill balances; and that the group’s goodwill balances are not materially misstated;

• with management’s assertion that no provision should currently be made in respect of climate change litigation. Based on the audit evidence obtained both from internal and external legal counsel, we concluded that management’s disclosure of the contingent liabilities in respect of these matters is appropriate and that management’s other disclosures in the Annual Report relating to climate change are consistent with the financial statements and our understanding of the business.

Whilst many of BP’s oil and gas properties and refining assets are long-term in nature, by 2050, the remaining carrying value of assets currently being depreciated will be immaterial, this date being the target set by the majority of governments with ‘net zero’ emissions targets and also by BP, being Aim 1 of the ‘Getting to net zero’ strategy set out on page 45. At current rates of depreciation, depletion and amortisation (DD&A), the average remaining depreciable life of the upstream oil and gas PP&E (within the OP&O and G&LCE segments) is just six years and the refining assets (within the C&P segment) is thirteen years.

FROM NOTES ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Significant accounting policies, judgments, estimates and assumptions.

Judgments and estimates made in assessing the impact of climate change and the transition to a lower carbon economy.

Climate change and the transition to a lower carbon economy were considered in preparing the consolidated financial statements. These may have significant impacts on the currently reported amounts of the group’s assets and liabilities discussed below and on similar assets and liabilities that may be recognized in the future. The group’s assumptions for investment appraisal form part of an investment decision-making framework for currently unsanctioned future capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment, and intangibles including exploration and appraisal assets that is designed to support the effective and resilient implementation of BP’s strategy. The price assumptions used for investment appraisal include oil and gas price assumptions, which are producer prices and are therefore net of any future carbon prices that the purchaser may be required to pay, and an assumption of a single carbon emissions cost imposed on the producer in respect of operational greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions (carbon dioxide and methane) in order to incentivize engineering solutions to mitigate GHG emissions on projects. The group’s oil and gas price assumptions for value-in-use impairment testing are aligned with those investment appraisal assumptions, except for 2023 oil and gas prices which reflect near-term market conditions. The assumptions for future carbon emissions costs in value-in-use impairment testing differ from the investment appraisal assumptions, are described below:

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and goodwill

The energy transition is likely to impact the future prices of commodities such as oil and natural gas which in turn may affect the recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment and goodwill in the oil and gas industry. Management’s best estimate of oil and natural gas price assumptions for value-in-use impairment testing was revised in 2022. Prices are disclosed in real 2021 terms. The Brent oil assumption from 2024 up to 2030 was increased to $70 per barrel to reflect near-term supply constraints before steadily declining to $45 per barrel by 2050 continuing to reflect the assumption that as the energy system decarbonizes, falling oil demand will cause oil prices to decline. The price assumptions for Henry Hub gas up to 2035 and up to 2050 were increased to $4.00 per MMBtu and $3.50 per MMBtu respectively, reflecting increased demand for US gas production to offset reduced Russian gas flows. The revised assumptions sit within the range of external scenarios considered by management and are in line with a range of transition paths consistent with the temperature goal of the Paris Climate Change Agreement, of holding the increase in the global average temperature to well below 2°C above pre-industrial levels and pursuing efforts to limit the temperature increase to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels.

As noted above, the group’s investment appraisal process includes a single carbon emissions price assumption for the investment economics which is applied to BP’s anticipated share of BP’s forecast of the investments assets’ scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions where they exceed defined thresholds and is assumed to be payable by BP as the producer or as a non-operator. However, for value-in-use impairment testing on BP’s existing Cash Generating Units (CGUs), consistent with all other relevant cash flows estimated, BP is required to reflect management’s best estimate of any expected applicable carbon emission costs payable by BP, including where BP is not the operator, in the future for each jurisdiction in which the group has interests. This requires management’s best estimate of how future changes to relevant carbon emission cost policies and / or legislation are likely to affect the future cash flows of the group’s applicable CGUs, whether currently enacted or not. Future potential carbon pricing and/or costs of carbon emissions allowances are included in the value-in-use calculations to the extent that management has sufficient information to make such an estimate. Currently, this results in limited application of carbon price assumptions in value-in-use impairment tests given that carbon pricing legislation in most impacted jurisdictions where the group has interests is not in place and there is not sufficient information available as to the relevant policy makers’ future intentions regarding carbon pricing to support an estimate.

Where we consider that the outcome of a value-in-use impairment test could be significantly affected by a carbon price in place in any jurisdiction, this is incorporated into the value-in-use impairment testing cash flows. The most significant instances where a carbon price has been incorporated in this way are for the UK North Sea and Gelsenkirchen refinery, where assumptions of approximately £100 / tCO2e and an average of approximately €70 / tCO2e were applied in the 2022 value-in-use impairment tests respectively.

However, as BP’s forecast future prices are producer prices, the group considers it reasonable to assume that if, in addition to the costs already in place, further scope 1 and 2 emission costs were partially to be borne directly by oil and gas producers including BP in future and the prevalence of such costs were to become widespread, the gross oil and gas prices realised by producers would be correspondingly higher over the long term, resulting in no expected overall materially negative impacts on the group’s net cash flows. See significant judgments and estimates: recoverability of asset carrying values for further information including sensitivity analysis in relation to reasonably possible changes in the price assumptions and carbon costs.

Production assumptions within the upstream property, plant and equipment and goodwill value-in-use impairment tests reflect management’s current best estimate of future production of the existing upstream portfolio. The group sees the expected reduction in upstream hydrocarbon production by around 25 per cent by 2030 from its 2019 baseline (see page 11) being achieved through future active management, including divestments, and high-grading of the portfolio. Changes in upstream production since 2019 will be included in the best estimate to the extent the divestments have been announced or completed however, as the specific future changes to the remainder of the portfolio are not yet known, the current best estimate used for accounting purposes does not include the full extent of the expected upstream production reduction. See significant judgments and estimates: recoverability of asset carrying values and Note 14 for sensitivity analyses in relation to reasonably possible changes in production for upstream oil and gas properties and goodwill respectively.

Impairment reversals were recognized on certain upstream oil and gas properties partly as a result of the higher near-term assumptions. See Note 4 for further information. For the customers & products segment, though the energy transition may impact demand for certain refined products in the future, management anticipates sufficiently robust demand for the remainder of each refinery’s useful life.

Management will continue to review price assumptions as the energy transition progresses and this may result in impairment charges or reversals in the future.

Exploration and appraisal of intangible assets

The energy transition may affect the future development or viability of exploration prospects. A significant proportion of the group’s exploration and appraisal intangible assets were written off in 2020 and the recoverability of the remaining intangibles was considered during 2022. No significant write-offs were identified. These assets will continue to be assessed as the energy transition progresses. See significant judgement: exploration and appraisal intangible assets and Note 8 for further information.

Property, plant and equipment — depreciation and expected useful lives

The energy transition may curtail the expected useful lives of oil and gas industry assets thereby accelerating depreciation charges. However, a significant majority of BP’s existing upstream oil and natural gas properties are likely to be fully depreciated within the next 10 years and, as outlined in BP’s strategy, oil and natural gas production will remain an important part of BP’s business activities over that period. The significant majority of refining assets, recognized on the group’s balance sheet on
31st December, 2022 that are subject to depreciation, will be depreciated within the next 12 years; demand for refined products is expected to remain sufficient to support the remaining useful lives of existing assets. Therefore, management does not expect the useful lives of BP’s reported property, plant and equipment to change and does not consider this to be a significant accounting judgment or estimate. Significant capital expenditure is still required for ongoing projects as well as renewal and / or replacement of aged assets and therefore the useful lives of future capital expenditure may be different. See significant accounting policy: property, plant and equipment for more information.

Provisions: decommissioning

The energy transition may bring forward the decommissioning of oil and gas industry assets thereby increasing the present value of associated decommissioning provisions. The majority of BP’s existing upstream oil and gas properties are expected to start decommissioning within the next two decades. The group’s expectation to reduce its upstream hydrocarbon production by around 25 per cent by 2030 from its 2019 baseline is expected to be achieved through future active management, including divestments, and high-grading of the portfolio. Any resulting increases or decreases to the weighted average timing of decommissioning will be driven by the profile of assets held in the revised portfolio. Currently, the expected timing of decommissioning expenditures for the upstream oil and gas assets in the group’s portfolio has not materially been brought forward.

Management does not expect a reasonably possible change of two years in the expected timing of all decommissioning to have a material effect on the upstream decommissioning provisions, assuming cash flows remain unchanged.

Decommissioning cost estimates are based on the known regulatory and external environment. These cost estimates may change in the future, including as a result of the transition to a lower carbon economy. For refineries, decommissioning provisions are generally not recognized as the associated obligations have indeterminate settlement dates, typically driven by the cessation of manufacturing. Management will continue to review facts and circumstances to assess if decommissioning provisions need to be recognized. Decommissioning provisions relating to refineries on 31st December, 2022 are not material. See significant judgments and estimates: provisions for further information.

Accounting of Export Incentives

Accounting for Government Grants can be complex because grants may be subjected to numerous conditions, some of which could provide conflicting signals as to what the grant is trying to compensate or incentivise. Additionally, Ind AS 20 is based on the legacy IAS 20, which has not been revised for many years and may have outlived its utility. The accounting of the grant should reflect what the grant is meant to do, on a broad level. Here, we look at an export incentive scheme and discuss the various accounting issues and the appropriate Ind AS accounting and presentation.

QUERY

Gopaldas Exports Ltd (GEL), the exporter, is eligible to receive export incentives for merchandise exports under the RoDTEP (Remission of Duties and Taxes on Exported Products) Scheme under the Foreign Trade Policy of the Government of India. Under the scheme:

1. GEL is entitled to receive Duty Credit Scrips (DCS) ranging from 1.5 per cent to 2 per cent of the exported goods, depending on the type of product exported.

2. DCS can be used by the GEL for payment of import duty or it may sell it in the market. Typically, the DCS scrips would fetch 80 per cent to 95 per cent of the value in the market, depending upon the demand and supply for DCS at the time of sale.

3. DCS is allowed at the time of presentation of the shipping bill, but it is subject to receipt of foreign exchange. If foreign exchange is not ultimately collected, DCS will be deemed to be ineligible.

GEL has raised the following queries:

1. Is the DCS incentive a government grant or government assistance?

2. At what point in time should DCS be recorded as income?

3. At what amount should DCS be recorded as income?
4. Whether the incentive income is presented as revenue from operations, other income or other operating revenue?

RESPONSE

First, let us take a look at the various relevant references.

Ind AS 20 Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance

Definition

Government grants are assistance by the government in the form of transfer of resources to an entity in return for past or future compliance with certain conditions relating to the operating activities of the entity. They exclude those forms of government assistance which cannot reasonably have a value placed upon them, and transactions with the government which cannot be distinguished from the normal trading transactions of the entity.

7 Government grants, including non-monetary grants at fair value, shall not be recognised until there is reasonable assurance that: (a) the entity will comply with the conditions attached to them; and (b) the grants will be received.

9 The manner in which a grant is received does not affect the accounting method to be adopted in regard to the grant. Thus, a grant is accounted for in the same manner whether it is received in cash or as a reduction of a liability to the government.

29 Grants related to income are presented as part of profit or loss, either separately or under a general heading such as ‘Other income’; alternatively, they are deducted in reporting the related expense.

GN on Division II – Ind AS Schedule III to the Companies Act 2013

9.1.7. Revenue from operations needs to be disclosed separately as revenue from (a) the sale of products, (b) the sale of services and (c) other operating revenues. It is important to understand what is meant by the term “other operating revenues” and which items should be classified under this head vis-à-vis under the head “Other Income”.

9.1.8. The term “other operating revenue” is not defined. This would include Revenue arising from a company’s operating activities, i.e., either its principal or ancillary revenue-generating activities, but which is not revenue arising from the sale of products or rendering of services. Whether a particular income constitutes “other operating revenue” or “other income” is to be decided based on the facts of each case and a detailed understanding of the company’s activities.

9.1.9. The classification of income would also depend on the purpose for which the particular asset is acquired or held. For instance, a group engaged in the manufacture and sale of industrial and consumer products also has one real estate arm. If the real estate arm is continuously engaged in leasing of real estate properties, the rent arising from leasing of real estate is likely to be “other operating revenue”. On the other hand, consider a consumer products company which owns a 10 storied building. The company currently does not need one floor for its own use and has given the same temporarily on rent. In that case, lease rent is not an “other operating revenue”; rather, it should be treated as “other income”.

9.1.10. To take other examples, the sale of Property, Plant and Equipment is not an operating activity of a company, and hence, profit on the sale of Property, Plant and Equipment should be classified as other income and not other operating revenue. On the other hand, the sale of manufacturing scrap arising from operations for a manufacturing company should be treated as other operating revenue since the same arises on account of the company’s main operating activity.

RESPONSE TO QUERY 1

Government grants are assistance by the government in the form of transfer of resources to an entity in return for past or future compliance with certain conditions relating to the operating activities of the entity. They exclude those forms of government assistance which cannot reasonably have a value placed upon them and transactions with the government which cannot be distinguished from the normal trading transactions of the entity. For e.g., free access to water supply by the government, which is not subjected to any normal trading transaction or future condition, would qualify as government assistance.

A reasonable value can be placed on the DCS scrips and are earned basis conditions to be fulfilled and arise from normal trading transactions. Consequently, basis the Ind AS definition, the DCS scrips qualify as government grants. Additionally, as per paragraph 9, it does not matter if the incentive is received in cash or by way of scrips; that does not change the view that the incentive is a grant.

RESPONSE TO QUERY 2

As per paragraph 7, government grants, including non-monetary grants at fair value, shall not be recognised until there is reasonable assurance that: (a) the entity will comply with the conditions attached to them; and (b) the grants will be received.

The most important condition for earning the DCS incentive is the export of the merchandise. However, if the foreign exchange remittance is not received, GEL will be ineligible for the DCS incentive. It may be fair to assume that the export proceeds will be collected in due time since most of the exports are based on letters of credits or another form of guarantees. Therefore, the DCS incentive shall be recognised once the export is made and revenue is recognised in accordance with Ind AS 115 Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

RESPONSE TO QUERY 3

As per paragraph 7, government grants, including non-monetary grants at fair value, shall not be recognised until there is reasonable assurance that: (a) the entity will comply with the conditions attached to them; and (b) the grants will be received. Therefore, the DCS incentive should be recognised at the full amount, subject to the following adjustments:

  • If DCS is intended to be sold rather than used for importing goods, appropriate adjustments should be made for the decline in the market value. For e.g., the value of DCS is Rs. 100, but it can be sold in the market only at R80, DCS should be recognised at Rs. 80, rather than Rs. 100.
  •  To the extent it is estimated that foreign exchange would not be received, the DCS incentive amount to be recognised should be reduced.

RESPONSE TO QUERY 4

In the extant case, the government is providing an incentive to export rather than paying any revenue amount on behalf of the importer. Therefore, treating this as revenue from operations is clearly incorrect. However, with respect to classification as other income or other operating revenue, there seems to be a debate.

Paragraph 29 of Ind AS 20 requires the presentation of the incentive as ‘other income’. On the other hand, as per the guidance (paragraphs 9.1.7 to 9.1.10 above) under the ICAI GN on Division II – Ind AS Schedule III to the Companies Act 2013, the incentive may be presented as ‘other operating revenue’ if those arise from the normal trading activities of the entity. Since DCS arises from GEL’s trading activities, the same is operating in nature, and hence may be presented as ‘other operating revenue’. Basis paragraph 29 of Ind AS 20, the incentive may even be presented as ‘other income’.

Sustainability Reporting and Opportunities for Practitioners

INTRODUCTION

The nations across the world are in a race to become the most developed economies. This race has not only exploited the resources to the extent of their near extinction, but also resulted in the world becoming a gas chamber of pollution. People are now realising the irreversible damage that they have done to the environment and are trying to gather as much information as possible to understand the causal-effect relationship of this never-ending race. Investors and other stakeholders are holding the industries and companies responsible for the depletion of the quality of the environment. Their expectations are being evaluated by the regulatory authorities, and in return, relevant regulations have been passed for adequate disclosures by the companies. G20 nations in New Delhi also reiterated their commitment to achieve global net zero GHG emissions / carbon neutrality by or around mid-century in the recently concluded G20 Summit.

Globally, the companies are now disclosing how their operations are making use of the natural resources and what is the impact of the same on the neighbouring environment. There are many sustainability reporting frameworks which are commonly used by companies for disclosing their sustainability-related information, viz. GRI Standards issued by the Global Sustainability Standards Board (GSSB), Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations issued by the Financial Stability Board, SASB standards issued by the Sustainability Accounting Standard Board (SASB)(now part of International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB)). Recently, ISSB has issued IFRS S1 (General Requirements for Disclosure of Sustainability-related Financial Information) and IFRS S2 (Climate-related disclosures), which will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1st January, 2024, with a ‘climate first’ transition option available to entities, allowing them to provide only climate-related disclosures in the first year of applying IFRS S1 and IFRS S2.

Environmental-Social-Governance (ESG) disclosures have become a popular tool to attract investors and other stakeholders. Few companies are marketing their sustainability policies without executing the same in action at the ground level. By doing so, these policies may convey misleading information about how a company’s products / services and practices are environmentally sound. To avoid these instances of green washing, the regulators in various countries felt the need for assurance of ESG disclosures.

Assurance providers provide assurance on the ESG disclosures made by the company under various assurance frameworks and guidance like International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3000 (Assurance Engagements Other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information) / ISAE 3410 (Assurance Engagements on Greenhouse Gas Statements) (issued by International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board (IAASB)), AA1000 Assurance Standard v3 issued by Account Ability Standards Board, etc.

The objective of this article is to provide the regulatory requirements on sustainability reporting in India and the mandatory reasonable assurance requirements from financial year 2023-24 onwards. It also covers the role of Chartered Accountants in Sustainability reporting and assurance.

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING IN INDIA

Business Responsibility and Sustainability Reporting (BRSR) for listed entities

India, in response to the worldwide changes, has come up with a sustainability framework of Business Responsibility and Sustainability Reporting (BRSR), which helps the companies to meet the stakeholders’ expectations on disclosures relating to the area of ESG. Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) vide circular1 dated 10th May, 2021 had issued the guidelines for the top 1,000 listed entities (by market capitalisation) to voluntarily provide BRSR disclosures in FY 2021–22 and mandatorily from FY 2022–23 as a part of their annual report. The goal of the new reporting format is to co-relate the financial performance of an entity to its sustainability performance. These disclosures are based on the principles covered in the National Guidelines on Responsible Business Conduct (NGRBC) issued by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs in 2019, which itself emanates from the UN Sustainable Development Goals. The circular also provided the format of BRSR along with guidance on certain aspects of some key performance indicators (KPIs) of BRSR.


1. https://www.sebi.gov.in/legal/circulars/may-2021/business-responsibility-and-sustainability-reporting-by-listed-entities_50096.html

The BRSR disclosures are segregated into the following three different sections:

1. Section A: General Disclosures
Information relating to the listed entity, like products / services offered, operations, markets served by the entity, CSR details, etc., needs to be disclosed.

2. Section B: Management and Process Disclosures
This section is aimed at helping businesses demonstrate the structures, policies and processes put in place towards adopting the NGRBC Principles and Core Elements.

3. Section C: Principle Wise Performance Disclosures
This section is aimed at helping entities demonstrate their performance in integrating the Principles and Core Elements with key processes and decisions.

There are nine principles (mentioned below) under which an entity needs to provide ‘Essential’ and ‘Leadership’ disclosures. Essential indicators need to be provided mandatorily, and Leadership indicators are voluntary in nature.

ASSURANCE ON BRSR CORE FOR LISTED ENTITIES

To take the BRSR to the next level, SEBI has introduced the concept of “BRSR Core” as a subset of BRSR. It contains selected KPIs related to BRSR. To enhance the reliability of disclosures in BRSR, SEBI has mandated the reasonable assurance of BRSR Core to the top 150 listed entities (by market capitalisation) from FY 2023 – 24 onwards, which will be extended to the top 1,000 listed entities (by market capitalisation) by FY 2026 – 27 in a phased manner vide amendment in Regulation 34(2)(f) of SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirement) Regulations, 2015 (LODR Regulations). The format of BRSR Core has been prescribed by SEBI vide circular2 dated 12th July, 2023.


2. https://www.sebi.gov.in/legal/circulars/jul-2023/brsr-core-framework-for-assurance-and-esg-disclosures-for-value-chain_73854.html

In line with the BRSR Core attributes, the format for BRSR has also been amended. BRSR Core consists of KPIs under the following nine ESG attributes:

ESG Attribute Description
Change in GHG footprint Scope 1 & 2 emissions & intensity
Change in water footprint Water consumption & intensity
Energy footprint Details of total energy consumed from renewable
Embracing circularity Break-up of waste management across 8 categories
Employee well-being & safety Amount spent (per cent of revenue) on employee wellbeing initiatives (including health insurance, daycare, maternity benefits, etc. and details on safety-related incidents)
Gender diversity  per cent of wages paid to women and complaints on POSH
Inclusive development  per cent of materials sourced from MSMEs, small producers and job creation opportunities in small towns
Fair engagement with customers & suppliers No. of days of accounts payable and per cent of negative media sentiment
Open-ness of business Conducting business with concentrated (limited) parties along with loans and investments made to related parties

 

BRSR CORE FOR VALUE CHAIN PARTNERS OF LISTED ENTITIES

SEBI has also mandated the disclosures as per BRSR core for value chain partners of the top 250 listed entities (by market capitalisation) from FY 2024–25 on a comply-or-explain basis. These value chain partners encompass top upstream and downstream partners of a listed entity, cumulatively comprising 75 per cent of purchases / sales (by value), respectively. A listed entity covered above will be required to report the KPIs in the BRSR Core for their value chain to the extent it is attributable to their business with that value chain partner.

Further, with effect from FY 2025–26, SEBI has directed the limited assurance of the disclosures in BRSR Core for value chain partners on a comply-or-explain basis.

Disclosing data with respect to value chain partners may involve several practical challenges, e.g., a compilation of data for entities outside the group, defining reporting boundaries, and assurance of such data.

BRSR FOR LISTED ENTITIES NOT COVERED ABOVE

As regards listed entities which are not covered within the ambit set in the abovementioned circulars, SEBI has provided that these entities, including the ones listed on SME Exchange, can voluntarily comply with the requirements to disclose their and their value chain’s disclosures in the BRSR / BRSR Core as the case may be, as a part of their annual report and to provide reasonable / limited assurance on such disclosures.

GENERAL GUIDANCE TO ASSURANCE PROVIDERS

Information provided by the companies in BRSR relates to both financial as well as non-financial information. Financial information like paid-up share capital, corporate social responsibility details, products / services sold by the entity, related party transactions, employee-related benefits, etc., can be referenced from the financial statements and notes / disclosures annexed to those. However, non-financial disclosures which relate to the information pertaining to the measure of greenhouse gas emissions (Scope 1 and 2), water discharge, circular economy, etc., require technical expertise. Assurance providers should have requisite knowledge of both financial and non-financial metrics for providing quality assurance services. Technical knowledge of planning, executing, and concluding the assurance engagement as per the auditing standards and framework governing the assurance of sustainability reports is also a prerequisite for providing effective and efficient assurance services.

The International Federation of Accountants (IFAC) has performed an annual benchmarking study3 on global practices in sustainability disclosure and its assurance for three consecutive years: 2019, 2020 and 2021. For 2021, a study on 1,350 companies across 21 jurisdictions was done. 1,283 of 1,350 companies reported ESG information in 2021 compared to 1,283 of 1,400 in 2020. Further, 63 per cent of the assurance engagements were provided by audit firms as against 61 per cent and 57 per cent in 2020 and 2019, respectively. For the remainder of the engagements, other assurance providers were appointed.


3. https://ifacweb.blob.core.windows.net/publicfiles/2023-02/IFAC-State-of-Play-Sustainability-Assurance-Disclosures_0.pdf

In the Indian context, according to a publication by a large firm, for the FY 2021–22, basis analysis of the data for the top 20 listed companies (by market capitalisation as on 31st March, 2023), 14 of these companies have disclosed information pertaining to BRSR. 13 Companies out of 14 (i.e., 93 per cent), have specifically disclosed that the sustainability report or integrated report have been subject to assurance in accordance with International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3000, Assurance Engagements Other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information (issued by International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board (IAASB)) / AA1000 Assurance Standard v3 issued by Accountability Standards Board. Some of the non-financial disclosures / metrics disclosed in the BRSR also form part of such an integrated report. The assurance providers on four companies are non-audit firms. Out of the remaining nine companies, one has not included the assurance report in its annual report. It is pertinent to note that only two companies out of the balance seven companies have appointed a Chartered Accountant (member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India) as the assurance provider.

To provide a reasonable / limited level of assurance on sustainability reporting, the Sustainability Reporting Standards Board (SRSB) of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) has issued the following standards:

  • Standard on Sustainability Assurance Engagements (SSAE) 3000, ‘Assurance Engagements on Sustainability Information.’
  • Standard on Assurance Engagements (SAE) 3410, ‘Assurance Engagements on Greenhouse Gas Statements.’

SSAE 3000 is an umbrella standard applicable to all assurance engagements on sustainability information. In case there is subject matter information to which a specific assurance standard applies (e.g., GHG emissions), SSAE 3000 will apply in addition to the subject matter-specific standard (e.g., SAE 3410). The effective date of application of SSAE 3000 and SAE 3410 is as follows:

  • Voluntary basis for assurance reports covering periods ending on 31st March, 2023.
  •  Mandatory basis for assurance reports covering periods ending on or after 31st March, 2024.

SEBI’s recently issued FAQs4 has specified that assurance of BRSR is profession-agnostic. In its recent circular dated 12th July, 2023, SEBI clarifies that assurance providers should have the necessary expertise for undertaking assurance. However, what constitutes “necessary expertise” has not been defined in the circular. The Board of the listed entity shall ensure that the assurance provider appointed for assuring the BRSR Core has the necessary expertise for undertaking reasonable assurance in the area of sustainability.


4. https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebi_data/faqfiles/aug-2023/1691500854553.pdf

Furthermore, a person appointed as an assurance provider should have no conflict of interest with the listed entity. SEBI circular read with FAQs lays down the over-arching principle that there should not be any conflict of interest with the assurance provider appointed for assuring the BRSR Core. If an assurance provider sells its products or offers any non-audit or non-assurance services to a listed entity or its group entities, irrespective of whether the nature of the product / service is financial or non-financial, it will not be eligible to undertake assurance of the BRSR Core. The Circular does not mandate or recommend the use of any specific assurance standard. The assurance provider may appropriately use a globally accepted assurance standard on sustainability / non-financial reporting, such as the International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3000 or assurance standards issued by the ICAI. Whilst requiring certain prescribed entities to get an independent assurance of their data, the lack of clarity or uniformity in the qualifications/affiliations of the assurance service providers may result in different standards / yardsticks being adopted, thereby making it difficult for the stakeholders to assess the level of compliance by different entities. It would be desirable if SEBI lays down some common yardsticks / format of assurance reporting as well as the professional qualifications for the assurance service providers, other than CAs.

An assurance on sustainability-related disclosures can be at a limited level or reasonable level. For a limited assurance engagement, the assurance procedures are limited as compared to reasonable assurance but sufficient to express negative assurance. For a limited assurance engagement, we may place relatively greater emphasis on inquiries of the entity’s personnel and analytical procedures and relatively less emphasis, if any, on tests of controls and obtaining evidence from external sources than would be the case for a reasonable assurance engagement.

ROLE OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS IN SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING AND ASSURANCE

With the increasing focus on environmental sustainability, governance, and ethical practices, there is no better time than now for CAs to explore this area. Similarly, new regulatory standards and emerging requirements for non-financial reporting add a new layer to the demand. For effective implementation of the new framework prescribed by SEBI and to meet the increasing need of stakeholders for such information, it is essential for the companies to establish a comprehensive data management system, as such information needs to be collated and coordinated between various functional departments / units within the entity. Further, if the management decides to disclose information on a consolidated basis, then information relating to various components / affiliates needs to be accumulated in one place without any impact on the quality and reliability of the same. All these can be achieved only when the entity invests in designing and implementing adequate internal controls over the processes, systems and information produced by the company for disclosures in the BRSR.

A CA may support the management in designing and implementing the relevant internal controls to ensure that there are reduced or no instances of unintentional errors / intentional green washing. The professionals may also support the companies in assessing their readiness for BRSR. They may support in developing ways to measure the metrics in BRSR, developing processes and controls to produce and verify the information and supporting in preparation of BRSR reports. While the collection mechanisms are different, CAs are well-positioned to help companies design methods to track and analyse ESG data. However, they will have to comply with the provisions of the ICAI code of ethics and SEBI circular for listed entities (i.e., they cannot provide assurance on BRSR core in case they provide the above-stated services).

A CA in practice or statutory auditor has relevant knowledge of standards on auditing (SA) along with knowledge of how an assurance engagement is planned, executed, concluded, and documented. Considering SEBI circular permits even CAs to provide assurance services, they must involve subject matter experts in accordance with SA 620, ‘Using the Work of an Auditor’s Expert’ while providing assurance, primarily in respect of various environmental aspects like calculation of emissions, measures adopted towards “net zero” etc. Similarly, for reporting/disclosing data in respect of the value chain partners, practitioners may have to rely on the work of their auditors in accordance with SA-600, ‘Using the Work of another Auditor’. The regulators may issue suitable clarifications/guidance in this regard.

ICAI has already opened the doors of opportunities for Chartered Accountants by issuing SSAE 3000 for Chartered Accountants who can provide assurance under this standard. Moreover, ICAI has also announced a BRSR certificate course whose aim is to disseminate knowledge and awareness amongst its members on Global Trends in Corporate Sustainability Reporting, Disclosure requirements- BRSR and BRSR Lite and Assurance aspects of Sustainability Report.5


5. https://learning.icai.org/committee/business-responsibility-certificate-course-batch17/

CONCLUSION

India being the first country to mandate reasonable assurance on BRSR core from the FY 2023 – 24 onwards, companies should gear up and assess their readiness for independent assurance mandated by the regulator. The focus should be on establishing internal controls, systems, and processes akin to financial reporting systems. Assurance providers may enhance their understanding of the assurance framework and standards, a transition from limited to reasonable assurance, considering many companies were obtaining limited assurance on a voluntary basis, engage in timely discussions with the audit committees to identify the issues, if any and better plan their engagements.

Why Gen Z Should Be Chartered Accountants?

Born from 1997 to 2012, Gen Z — or Zoomers — have grown up with mobile phones, social media and, of course, the internet. With ease, they hop between the planet Earth, and the Metaverse in their digital ‘avatars’. These ‘digital nagriks (natives)’ are the most globally connected generation in human history. While the world gets older, India is getting younger, with Gen Z comprising 27 per cent of its population — higher than the world’s average of 24 per cent and much higher than the average Gen Z population of China, Europe and North America, at 17 per cent each1. This emerging generation is steering the future of work, in an environment where expectations change rapidly, where careers are being shaped by a multitude of issues, including shifting social behaviours and values.


1. NASSCOM Report – “Gen Z and Millennials: Reshaping the Future of Workforce” – December 2022

UNDERSTANDING GEN Z

The economic and societal backdrop of a developing nation have shaped their behaviours and their views on work. Yes, the remuneration package matter to Gen Z — but other things matter even more. As some members of this generation would be looking out for a professional qualification, it is imperative that we draw their attention towards chartered accountancy — which offers a lifetime of rewarding benefits. So, what does Gen Z expect from a professional career?

Job security

Gen Z is worried for job security, and their concern is certainly understandable. This generation witnessed their parents going through the global financial crisis and also experienced something that none of the previous working generations has ever seen — the full wrath of COVID-19 — which created a domino of mayhem and disruptions. Seeing their parents and families suffer from financial instability, they have a stronger focus on finding stable careers. They would obviously choose a career that would provide long-term employability, allowing them to earn, save, and expand their knowledge.

Continual skill acquisition

Gen Z attacks their stress about job security with a tried and tested strategy, i.e., they would choose a career that can provide them with continuous skill acquisition and opportunities to future proof their professional life. Gen Z would gravitate towards a career option that provides opportunities for continuous learning and aids the acquisition of new capabilities. Gen Z believes that new skills would bring multiple benefits: help generate new and innovative solutions, support the development of a more energised and committed workforce, and foster inter-generational learning opportunities.

Gaining international experience

Experience is the best teacher. As a truly connected global generation, it is not surprising that Gen Z sees opportunities to pursue international career experiences high on the priority list. Gen Z would step outside their comfort zone with ease to gain experience that would give them a competitive advantage, e.g., the experience of advanced business processes / practices, a higher level of confidence, opportunity to develop cross-cultural communication skills.

Technology — an enabler

Nowadays, Gen Zers can frequently be seen interacting with Artificial intelligence (‘AI’) powered conversational chatbots — the smart technology currently in rage. This chatbot learns and grow from the existing database, deliver humanised experiences by delivering bespoke answers to customer queries and providing relevant suggestions. AI technologies, natural language processing and blockchain are further boosting the speed and scale of decision-making and providing the tech architecture for collaborative working and better insights. These digital natives are interested in a professional qualification which will enable them to harness the potential of these smart technologies. Not surprisingly, they are also concerned about the impact of smart technology on their own job opportunities for the future.

Protecting the planet

Gen Z believes that solving today’s environmental/societal issues is just as important as making profits. Gen Zers are highly interested in finding work that is linked with social responsibility and that contributes to the betterment of our planet. They would like to bring their talent and tech know-how to pursue careers with higher purpose and do jobs that make a difference to the planet.

A SHOUTOUT TO GEN Z FOR CHARTERED ACCOUNTANCY

Chartered accountancy is deeply rooted in its strong heritage, and its contribution to Indian businesses and the global economy is indelible. It is purpose-driven with specific opportunities to make a real difference to broader issues. Chartered accountancy provides a breadth of skills and the portability of the finance roles and across industries. These factors can help mitigate Gen-Z concerns about job security and provide a passport to multiple careers and roles in varied businesses. Following broad career opportunities emerge for Gen Z.

Business entrepreneurs

From being the ‘Indian Warren Buffett’ or establishing the world’s fourth largest bank or being the Chairman of one of the largest global conglomerates, chartered accountants have emerged as prominent entrepreneurs. Their success stories not only underscore the value of chartered accountancy qualification but serves as an inspiration for Gen Z. Their professional background enables them to make well-informed decisions, negotiate deals, make strategic investments, manage finances effectively, and ensure the sustainability of businesses.

The explosive growth of digital payments and the success of fintech (start-up) companies are creating newer entrepreneurial opportunities. There has been an uptick in the number of entrepreneurs expressing interest in this field; most happen to be chartered accountants themselves, because they understand the ballgame best. Several chartered accounting aspirants seem to be gravitating towards fintech — being aided by the vibrant start-up culture in the country.

Modern finance leaders

A highly effective modern finance leader is someone who can ‘join the dots’ between functions in their organisation. This quality requires a broad mix of skills such as knowing the business inside out, achieving business agility, driving performance with the right key performance indicators, and ensuring insightful financial reporting to achieve short-term and long-term goals. The field of finance is buzzing — with India leading the adoption of some of the novel trends in financial inclusion, e.g., fintech is spearheading the country’s financial inclusion agenda through hyper-focused products for end consumers and embedded financial products and services like banking, payments, lending, co-branded cards, and more. Career-wise, being a chartered accountant is an ideal pathway to finance leadership roles for Gen Zers in any organisation. Gen Zers, as a Chief Financial Officer, would take a seat at the strategy planning table and help influence the future direction of the company.

Assurance champions

From auditing to risk management, from corporate governance to compliance roles, a dynamic and challenging environment is driving assurance needs across businesses. Increased stakeholder scrutiny of organisation performance and processes and the ever-growing need for reliable information is further fuelling the demand for high-quality assurance professionals.

The assurance profession is transforming the look and experience of roles of the future, with the usage of cutting-edge automated tools and techniques, e.g., anomaly detectors — which uses machine learning and AI for sensing anomalous entries in large databases. Though technology is an enabler, it takes human insight and professional experience to ultimately understand the context underlying the output as well as the causation of the output relative to the inputs provided. The bright future of assurance makes it a compelling career choice for Gen Z in any professional services firm.

Tax advocates

Tax policy plays an important role in any economy — from funding public services to incentivising public and organizational behaviour. The increasing digitalization of the global economy has seen greater focus by the OECD2 and its BEPS 2.03 project to address its impact on direct taxation, particularly when organizations and individuals operate in markets with limited physical presence. Unlike direct taxes, indirect taxes are not a bottom-line cost for many clients, but the compliance requirements can be complex and can impact cash flows.


2. Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development
3. Base Erosion and Profit Shifting

When Gen Z train as tax practitioners, they will acquire skills that can be relevant to almost any domain of their choosing — including working in a firm providing tax advisory services or working as the tax head of an organisation operating in multiple tax jurisdictions. This will not only put their mathematical side of the brain at work but also encourage them to solve complex challenges using logic and tax expertise. Thanks to this, Gen Z won’t have to worry about being stuck in just one or two fields — and can explore as much as they want to.

Data explorers

Growing data sources present exponential analytics-led roles for driving improved and faster insight, formulating competitor strategies, or facing risk challenges. The true value of data analysis comes when decisions are made using insights derived from the data — given impetus by the growth in the volume of data and breakthroughs in technology, e.g., how cab-hailing companies identify demand for cab at any given time or location. Determination of the economic value of businesses using appropriate valuation models — especially for start-ups is an evolving area for chartered accountants. Backed by regulations e.g., the Companies Act, 2013 and valuation standards, the emergence of valuation professionals is on rise.

To uncover the economic value of businesses or provide deeper insights, a professional must first understand the business context. Not only do chartered accountants understand this context, but they also live it. Organisations foresee a great future in these emerging knowledge domains and call upon the tech-savvy Gen Z to plunge into big data analytics/valuation of businesses and leverage the huge opportunities available.

Trusted advisors

Organizations are capitalising on risks caused by disruption. They are updating their risk functions to generate fresh value and provide a competitive advantage. With growing capabilities in tools and technologies to support these changes, business and strategy consulting is a real opportunity.

As a qualified chartered accountant, Gen Z will be able to provide strategic advice to help achieve optimal — and sustainable — results. Whether a business is in crisis or is simply facing an operational challenge, Gen Z would be professionally equipped to help management teams identify and prioritise the most critical issues, stabilise the business, establish a leadership and stakeholder consensus around the solution, and deliver tangible results quickly. Merger and acquisition advisory is another attractive area where Gen Z can refine entity growth strategy, perform deal sourcing, conduct diligence, and achieve greater synergies during merger and acquisition integration.

Technology-centric roles are growing rapidly, and those in Gen Z who want to apply their ‘digital’ skills to help solve real business issues will have lots of opportunities. With increased digitisation comes the risk of cyber security. Gen Z can play a critical role in implementing and executing a strategy and overarching cyber program that allows for rigorous, structured decision-making and financial analysis of cyber risks.

HOW CAN EMPLOYERS HARNESS THE POTENTIAL OF GEN Z?

If an organisation is looking to attract, hire and retain incoming Gen Z talent, it will need a smart strategy in place. They should first try to understand them and then acknowledge the potential and ideas they have that can revolutionise the workplace and leave a mark on the organisation. Some recommendations include the following.

Mentor, but don’t teach

Gen Z expects to be led by example. If you can’t convince them with your approach, Gen Zers won’t follow your word. From their perspective, a title in the corporate hierarchy fails to impress them. An increasing number of CEOs and founders are giving up on the attributes of power (be it a separate office, a tie, or a badge in a gold frame). Humble leadership comes to the forefront for this generation because it matches Gen Z’s values perfectly.

Let them make mistakes

Gen Z sees mistakes more often as experiences and lessons learned. Experienced professionals should support them and observe them — but shouldn’t micromanage. Give feedback right away. When explaining what went wrong, be consistent and patient. Creating a culture of continual feedback and acknowledgement is essential in engaging Gen Z. Identifying new ways of recognising exceptional performance and sharing with peers and across the organisation, as well as articulating what their specific contribution, is essential to motivation. It’s really powerful for an organisation to visibly demonstrate how they have listened to Gen Z feedback by implementing ideas that help shape future strategies and policies.

Employers can create spaces such as “innovation hubs or sandboxes” within their organisations that allow for experimental thinking and flow of ideas that can positively impact the future of their organisation, drive change management and better engagement.

Integrate organisational purpose with individual needs

Gen Z is keen to understand the ‘big picture’ – what their contribution would be to the vision of the enterprise. Gen Z is attracted to organisations that can offer security through long-term career prospects. Strengthening this aspect with interventions that particularly support career development, such as regular career conversations, is powerful. Identifying opportunities for Gen Z to grow in a way that caters to their uniqueness is vital to their engagement and retention.

Exploit their digital mastery

Organisations should create roles that are tech-focused, as Gen Z is known to attack business problems differently by leveraging technology and rapidly creating solutions. Companies must institute a culture of constant innovation using digital solutions to keep pace with the societal changes that are impacting their future business. Boards can help management teams prioritise technology investment and iterative efforts with an eye towards the future. Enterprises should see Gen Z as fantastic ambassadors and early adopters to encourage the rest of the business to use digital.

Rethink learning: short and visual

Gen Z watches YouTube videos, listens to podcasts, and binges shows. Organisations need to create learning content that will grasp their attention. Mobile learning opportunities and new learning platforms continue to evolve, and everything from gamification to simulation and Augmented and Virtual Reality are becoming staple offerings for employers that understand how Gen Z want to acquire knowledge and learn. Peer-to-peer learning opportunities are also powerful.

Don’t forget to have fun!

For Gen Zers, work is part of life — the hard division into 9-5 work is blurred. The younger generation wants to feel good not so much at work as while working. Smile, play, have fun, organise social initiatives, charity runs, and donations etc. This is what interests and engages them. Create an excuse for integration, fun, and joint laughter.

MAKING THE PROFESSION MORE ‘COOL’

With India targeting a USD 5 trillion economy by 2025, many finance professionals (auditors / corporates) are getting extremely jittery4. Reaching this goal would not only require a gargantuan amount of investments – ranging from USD 5 trillion to USD 7 trillion but, more importantly, would definitely require a reliable pipeline of modern financial professionals. Veterans are grappling with a chasm in talent gap as well as skill gap — as professionals lack the ability to support broader business goals across various industries. Addressing these challenges requires a collective effort from industry stakeholders, including firms, educational institutions, professional bodies, and recruiters.


4. The Gap in India’s Economy Worrying an Ex-Deloitte Boss — India edition of Bloomberg on 21st September, 2023

The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India — our alma mater — has already formulated the new curriculum in line with International Education Standards and National Education Policy, 2020, after considering the inputs from various stakeholders. The new curriculum comes into effect from 1st July, 2023 and would equip future chartered accountants with the requisite technical knowledge and professional skills to perform well at the workplace. The new curricula emphasise more on the development of higher-order skills of application, analysis and interpretation. A special feature is the multi-disciplinary case study at the Final level, which would help students integrate professional knowledge in different subject areas, analyse and apply such knowledge in problem-solving. While implementing the new curricula, the Institute should make serious efforts to.

Dispel common misconceptions plaguing the profession: It is a very common belief that accountants just have to work on calculations, and creativity is not required for the same. However, this is untrue, as finding tax deductions and constructing a client’s financial portfolio benefit from creativity. Another common belief is that it is extremely difficult to clear the exams. Debunking the misconceptions about the profession would certainly invigorate the much-needed force into the talent pipeline.

Incorporate practical case studies: Case studies are effective ways to get students to practically apply their skills and their understanding of learned facts to a real-world situation. They are particularly useful where situations are complex, real-life case studies in the learning material will provide a more engaging experience for aspiring chartered accountants.

Provide career counselling: Career counselling should include personalised guidance and support to help the students make informed decisions about their career path. It should involve assessing one’s interests, skills, values, and personality traits to help identify potential career paths that align with their goals and aspirations.

Keep the curricula agile: Flexible, innovative and agile curricula offer many advantages over more traditional approaches. Agile curricula would deliver better results by focusing on learners and provide the flexibility to include employability skills matched to the market’s needs. The curriculum would also be open to incremental improvement, ensuring that it gets better and better.

CLOSING ENTRIES

Chartered accountants are the foundation base of the economy. Being nation-builders, the qualification of a chartered accountant would prepare Gen Z with the skills and knowledge to achieve anything they want in the field of finance. In the new world of work, career routes and opportunities for continuous learning and acquiring new capabilities will continue to open up for chartered accountants as pathways diversify further. Irrespective of role, sector, industry, or geography, it’s the application of these vital skills and the sheer diversity of future possibilities afforded by a background in chartered accountancy that be a key attraction for Gen Z. It seems that chartered accountancy remains a pretty good bet for Gen Z and continues to be a gateway to a good career with a positive image.

Natural Hedging – A Practical Approach to Designation and Effectiveness

A. Introduction

 

Predictability of cash flows is one of the primary goals of a business while charting its short-term as well as long-term capital management plan. For this, risk management is one of the important aspects. The company is exposed to various risks ranging from political, geographical, economical to natural risks. One of the risks that we are going to discuss is exposure to foreign exchange fluctuation risk and hedging through a non-derivative instrument. Foreign currency exposure in a business originates on various transactions such as import and export of goods/services, foreign currency borrowings, overseas investments, etc. A company can manage this risk with a clear risk management and treasury policy. If the company opts to hedge its foreign exchange risk, it can do it by passive hedging or active hedging.

 

B. Hedging

 

In simple terms, from a foreign currency risk perspective, it is a technique or an approach whereby an entity can secure or ring-fence its cash flows while the exchange rate may fluctuate in future till the expected foreign currency cash flows hit the bank account.

 

It is to be noted that hedging is not about gaining or losing. It is about fixing the price risk and freezing the volatility for the future. It can arise on account of interest rates, commodity prices, currency, etc.

 

“To hedge, in finance, is to take an offsetting position in an asset or investment that reduces the price risk of an existing position. A hedge is, therefore, a trade that is made with the purpose of reducing the risk of adverse price movements in another asset.” – Investopedia

 

An entity can protect its profits/cashflows by entering into various types of derivative contracts. Exposure to foreign currency can be hedged by forward contracts, future contracts and currency options, call options, swaps, etc. These contracts can be entered into with commercial banks / authorised dealers as counterparties.

 

Another way of viewing risk is net basis. The company could be exposed to the same foreign currency risk exposure on, say, trade receivables, highly probable revenue, loans, investments, etc., as well as on outflows arising on account of trade payables, borrowings, interest payments, etc. In this scenario, depending on the matching profile of cash inflows and outflows, the company may enter into derivative contracts to hedge its net open exposure on foreign currency. The strategy to hedge on a net basis brings in the concept of Natural Hedge.

 

C. Passive hedging

 

Passive hedging is not an accounting term but is used by businesses while formulating risk management policies. Passive hedging means taking hedge positions matching with underlying maturities and are held till maturity. With this approach, the company is insulated from unwanted volatility in the income statement at a minimal/no hedge cost. At the same time, it could miss a potential gain if that arises in the short term.

 

Passive hedging can be done by either taking a derivative instrument such as forward contracts or a non-derivative financial instrument such as trade receivables or trade payables / borrowings depending on the side of forex risk a company wants to hedge.

 

D. Active hedging

 

Active hedging, on the other hand, is undertaking a foreign currency position in the market with a derivative instrument which caps the loss and retains the potential of an upside in a derivative position, which again should be in line with the Company’s Risk Management and Treasury Policy. Here the position is not held till maturity of the underlying, but will be squared off if the trade hits the stop loss limits or becomes favourable at any point of time during the contract period. Given the dual objective of loss protection and trying to generate some returns, this cannot be done through non derivative instruments. 

 

Thus, from Company’s Risk Management and Treasury policy, Natural hedging will form part of its Passive hedging strategy. 

 

E. Regulatory framework

 

This section brings out some aspects which are allowed by regulators but may not strictly pass the accounting test.

 

RBI has issued comprehensive guidelines on derivatives vide RBI/FMRD/2016-17/31FMRD Master Direction No. 1/2016-17, where it defines hedging as an activity of undertaking a derivative contract to offset the impact of an anticipated or a contracted exposure. It allows an entity to take Short i.e., Sell position without having a corresponding purchase option. (“Written option”).

 

A written option does not qualify as a hedging instrument unless it is designated as an offset to a purchased option. [para B6.2.4 of Ind AS 109]

 

‘Specific Directions’ under the RBI guidelines allow domestic non-retail corporates having a rupee liability may, at their discretion, to convert the rupee liability into a foreign currency liability through a currency swap. This position can be taken by the entity with authorised dealers without proving any foreign currency exposure.

 

Thus, an entity having, say Rs. 500 crore loan from Indian institutions can approach the authorised dealer and take a rupee swap to US dollar / Japanese Yen / Swiss Franc / any other currency.

 

Further, it states that entities may take positions (long or short), without having to establish the existence of underlying exposure, up to a single limit of USD 100 million equivalent across all currency pairs involving INR, put together, and combined across all exchanges.

 

Attention is also drawn to Master Direction No.5, dated 1st January, 2016, on “External Commercial Borrowings, Trade Credit, Borrowing and Lending in Foreign Currency by Authorised Dealers and Persons other than Authorised Dealers”, as amended from time to time and A P (DIR Series) Circular No. 11 dated 6th November, 2018, in terms of which certain eligible borrowers raising foreign currency denominated External Commercial Borrowing (ECB), having an average maturity of less than five years, are mandatorily required to hedge 70 per cent their ECB exposure.

 

For hedge purposes, an ECB may be considered naturally hedged if the offsetting exposure has the maturity/cash flow within the same accounting year. (para 2.5.1 of Master Direction No 5, issued on 1st January, 2016, issued by RBI)

 

Under Ind AS 109, a derivative maturing, say on, 15th March, 2024, with underlying offsetting cashflow occurring on 15th April, 2023, would be difficult to qualify as an effective hedge on two counts, viz, 1) Timing mismatch, and 2) from 16th April, 2023, till 15th March, 2024, the derivative is without an underlying and thus, won’t qualify as a qualifying hedge during FY 23–24.

 

F. Chapter 6 Hedge accounting – Ind AS 109 Financial Instruments (Relevant extracts)

 

It is well understood that Ind AS 109 allows entities to designate non-derivative instruments under hedge relationships and hence in this article, we will focus on non-derivative instruments that are allowed to be designated under hedging relationships.

 

Hedging Instrument:

 

Para 6.2 of Ind AS 109 states that for a hedge of foreign currency risk, the foreign currency risk component of a non-derivative financial asset or a non-derivative financial liability may be designated as a hedging instrument provided that it is not an investment in an equity instrument for which an entity has elected to present changes in fair value in other comprehensive income.

 

Hedge Item:

 

As per para 6.3.1 of Ind AS 109, a hedged item can be recognised as asset or a liability, an unrecognised firm commitment or a highly probable forecast transaction or a net investment in a foreign operation.

 

Further, para 6.3.5 of Ind AS 109 states that for hedge accounting purposes, only assets, liability, firm commitments or highly probable forecast transactions with a party external to the reporting entity can be designated as hedge items.

 

Hedge Qualification:

 

6.4.1 “A hedging relationship qualifies for hedge accounting only if all of the following criteria are met:

 

(a) The hedging relationship consists only of eligible hedging instruments and eligible hedged items.

 

(b) At the inception of the hedging relationship, there is a formal designation and documentation of the hedging relationship and the entity’s risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. 

 

(c) The hedging relationship meets all of the following hedge effectiveness requirements:

 

(i) There is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument;

 

(ii) The effect of credit risk does not dominate the value changes that result from that economic relationship.

 

(iii) The hedge ratio of the hedging relationship is the same as that resulting from the quantity of the hedged item that the entity actually hedges and the quantity of the hedging instrument that the entity actually uses to hedge that quantity of hedged item……” 

 

Key takeaways from Ind AS 109 perspectives:

 

1. Hedging of only foreign currency risk elements can be done through non-derivative financial instruments i.e., borrowings, receivables.

 

2. The counterparty in a hedge relationship should be an external party from a reporting group perspective.

 

3. To be effective, there should be an economic relationship between the hedge item and the hedge instrument.

 

4. The company should have a formal risk management policy and strategy in place.

 

5. Formal designation and documentation should be in place at the inception of the relationship and in alignment with the management policy.

 

G. Hedge item vis-a-vis hedge instrument:

 

Table 1 tabulates the choice of hedging instruments available under both (derivative / non-derivative) categories for a qualifying hedge relationship under Ind AS 109.

 

Table 1
Sr. No Hedge item Derivative Instruments Non-Derivative instruments
1.  Interest-bearing foreign currency liability (FX risk) Forward contract, Interest rate swap, Principal swap, Cross currency swap, Call options, Floor options, etc. Foreign currency receivable on balance sheet, loan receivables, dividend receivables, etc
2. Highly probable foreign currency revenue (FX risk) Forward contract, Put options, etc. Foreign currency liability on balance sheet
3. Receivables (FX risk) Forward contract, Put options, etc. Foreign currency liability, etc.
H. Natural hedge accounting

 

Guidance is available in terms of testing effectiveness for a “derivative” instrument used for hedging foreign currency risk of an underlying exposure as compared to a “non-derivative” instrument. In this article, we will run through effectiveness testing for a non-derivative instrument.

 

If both the hedged item and non-derivative instrument as tabulated above, are on the balance sheet and monetary in nature, under Ind AS 21, both will be marked to market, thereby offsetting in P&L. (B5.7.4 of Ind AS 109)

 

To select a relationship which impacts P&L, we will take the example of designation for those relationships where the hedge item is off the balance sheet, such as point 2 in table 1. This is because if there is no designation, borrowing will be marked to market at every reporting date under Ind AS 21 while forecasted revenue will not, and thus impacting P&L if not hedge accounted.

 

Example: Company A, with INR as a functional currency, has a US$400 of borrowing @ 4.5 per cent p.a. interest, payable on a monthly basis, with bullet repayment in the ninth month. The company has highly probable forecasted US$ linked revenues on a monthly basis that match the cash flows linked to US$ borrowings, both for interest and repayment of principal.

 

Company A designates highly probable foreign currency revenue as a hedge item and existing foreign currency interest-bearing liability as a non-derivative hedging instrument under Cash Flow Hedge.

 

Foreign currency liability is measured at amortised cost in financial statements, while highly probable revenue is an off-balance sheet item.

 

In accordance with B6.5.4 of Ind AS 109, when measuring hedge ineffectiveness, Company A shall consider the time value of money of the Hedge item to make it comparable to the Hedging instrument, which is subject to amortised cost and is also a present value measurement.

 

The IASB noted that hedging instruments are subject to measurement either at fair value or amortised cost, both of which are present value measurements. Consequently, in order to be consistent, the amounts that are compared with the changes in the value of the hedging instrument must also be determined on a present-value basis. The IASB noted that hedge accounting does not change the measurement of the hedging instrument, but that it might change only the location of where the change in its carrying amount is presented. As a result, the same basis (i.e. present value) for the hedged item must be used in order to avoid a mismatch when determining the amount to be recognised as hedge ineffectiveness [BC6.281 IFRS 9].

 

In the given case, foreign currency liability is measured at amortised cost. Considering no outstanding interest payments, discounting the borrowing with its coupon rate, the present value of borrowing matches with its amortised cost. Refer to Table 2 on the right.

 

Similarly, Company A present values the expected designated revenue against each corresponding cash flow of the Hedge instrument, discounted at the same discount rate of the Hedge instrument, giving us the present value of the hedged item. Refer Table 3 below.

 

(Table 2 – The net present value of non-derivative hedging instrument)
(Table 3 – NPV of the hedged item at inception)
In Table 3, to provide a broader view of assessing effectiveness under different scenarios, the table considers three different sets of cash flows designated as Hedge items against the Hedge instrument, which is kept constant.

 

It can be seen that in scenario 2.1 of Table 3, the effectiveness is 100 per cent, which reduces to 98.92 per cent in scenario 2.2 and further goes down to 95.61 per cent in scenario 2.3, where we altered revenue designations assuming different revenue expectations. Table 3 reflects the effectiveness at the inception of the hedge.

 

As a first step to establish hedge qualification, apart from applying critical terms match test, the Company establishes an approach to test effectiveness at every reporting date. Though there is no 80-125 principle prescribed under Ind AS 109, Company A will have to document a logical range, beyond which Company A will not apply hedge accounting. Say in the above example, if the result of effectiveness was 72 per cent, then it would be subjective on the Company to adopt hedge accounting.

 

One may debate on what discount rate should be used to measure the change in fair value of the hedged item (forecast sale) for effectiveness testing. There is no explicit guidance on what rate should be used under Ind AS or in IFRS. An acceptable approach would be to use a risk-free rate / borrowing’s coupon rate to discount both the hedged item and the hedging instrument for the purposes of calculating ineffectiveness.

 

We now move towards splitting the effective and ineffective MTM in the above example. In accordance with paragraph 6.5.11 of IFRS 9, the lower of the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument (borrowing) and the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item (revenue) is recognised through other comprehensive income in a separate component of equity.

 

At every subsequent reporting date (say Month 6), Company A remeasures the NPV at a constant discount rate and arrives at the revised effectiveness percentage and the amount to be accounted in Other Comprehensive Income (‘OCI’) and Income Statement (‘P&L’). Refer to computation table 4.

 

(Table 4 – NPV of the hedged item at subsequent reporting rate with OCI vs. P&L impact)
*Month 0 - 1US$ = Rs. 80 and Month 6 - 1US$ = Rs. 82

 

NPV of the hedging instrument is assumed to be the same, considering no outstanding interest payments and borrowing accounted at amortised cost. The above is performed at every reporting date till Borrowing is settled. The MTM in OCI is recycled to the income statement when the underlying hedge item hits the income statement.

 

Disclosures:

 

21A of Ind AS 107, states the disclosure requirements for those risk exposures that an entity hedges and for which it elects to apply hedge accounting. Hedge accounting disclosures shall provide information about:

 

a. Entity’s risk management strategy and how it is applied to manage risk;

 

b. How the entity’s hedging activities may affect the amount, timing and uncertainty of its future cash flows.

 

c. The affect that hedge accounting has had on the entity’s balance sheet, statement of profit and loss and statement of change in equity.

 

I. Documentation for hedging of a foreign currency exposure using a non-derivative hedging Instrument:

 

Company: XYZ Limited

 

Functional Currency: INR Table 5
Hedging objective The objective of the transaction is to hedge currency exchange fluctuations with respect of forecasted foreign currency-denominated sales.
Date of designation (Date of designation of existing foreign currency liability or Date of designation of new foreign currency liability at inception)
Type of hedge Cash flow Hedge
Hedging instrument Interest-bearing foreign currency liability on the balance sheet (US$…..)
Hedged item The highly probable foreign currency revenue on the date of designation US$……. matches the outflow on the hedging instrument on a monthly basis. (tabulation of inflows to be done)
Hedged period Monthly expected (say, US$) revenue (tabulated as above)
How “hedge effectiveness” will be assessed As the cash flows of the underlying and the hedging instrument occur at similar times, changes in cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged are expected to be completely offset by the instrument.
How “hedge ineffectiveness” will be measured Effectiveness will be measured by using the offset method of testing.

The company shall consider the time value of money of the Hedge item to make it comparable to a Hedging instrument, which is subject to amortised cost (a present value measurement).

In accordance with paragraph 6.5.11 of IFRS 9, the lower of the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument (borrowing) and the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item (revenue) is recognised through other comprehensive income in a separate component of equity.

[Though there is no 80-125 principle prescribed under Ind AS 109, Company A will have to document a logical range, beyond which Company A will not apply hedge accounting. Say in the above example, if the result of effectiveness was 72 per cent, then it would be subjective on the Company to adopt hedge accounting]

 

COMPLETED BY: ______________________________DATE: ____________

 

J. Conclusion

 

a. Achieving the hedge objective with a non-derivative instrument is a cost-efficient way of hedging exposures while also addressing P&L volatility from reporting perspective.

 

b. Hedge accounting can be done even with mismatch in cashflows between hedge instrument and its designated underlying, using NPV approach.

 

c. Company’s results, that are reflective of its stated risk management policy have higher reliability and acceptability levels amongst its stakeholders.

Development Agreements under GST and Tax Implications

INTRODUCTION

It is now commonplace to undertake real estate development by entering into development agreements. Such development agreements typically involve multiple stakeholders, two typical stakeholders being the landowner and the developer. A popular manner of entering into a development agreement is a scenario where the land-owner grants development rights to the Developer in return for monetary consideration. At times, the monetary consideration is fixed and lumpsum, whereas, at times, the monetary consideration can be variable based on the final selling price of the developed property by the Developer. At times, the consideration for the grant of development rights is non-monetary in nature, in the sense that the Developer allots certain developed property back to the Owner for either self-consumption or further sale. In many cases, the development agreement may provide for a combination of both monetary as well as non-monetary considerations. In such a scenario, the development agreement is generally understood to be a barter agreement whereby:

a. The developer pays a monetary consideration for a grant of development potential to the owner.

b. The developer further allots some flats / units in the new building to the owner. The owner may further sell the units allotted either during construction or post-construction.

c. The developer generally sells / allots balance flats / units to prospective new purchasers who join in or become members of the proposed society during construction. Some flats/units may remain unsold at the time of receipt of the completion certificate and may be sold thereafter.

Therefore, the entire business arrangement can be summarised as under:

  • Transaction 1: Transactions between Developer and Owner
  • Transaction Set 2: Transactions between Developer and New Buyers
  • Transaction Set 3: Transactions between Owner and New Buyers

TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN DEVELOPERS AND BUYERS

In view of Entry 5(b) of Schedule II of the CGST Act, 2017, it is evident that the said transactions constitute services to the extent that some consideration is received prior to the completion certificate. However, in view of the retrospective amendment to Section 7 of the CGST Act, 2017, Schedule II has been relegated to merely a classification schedule rather than a deeming provision. It could, therefore, be argued that the said transactions would constitute transactions of the sale of immovable property and, therefore, not liable for GST. However, such a position could be litigated. Based on the settled industry position of conservatism, the applicable GST may be discharged on such transactions.

Depending on the nature of the units being developed, the transactions could be taxable under the different sub-clauses specified in Entry 3 of Notification No. 11/2017 — CT (Rate). Further, abatement in the value on account of land would be available. However, each of the tax rates mentioned in Entry 3 is conditional (except sub-clause (if) dealing with the construction of commercial apartments in a REP other than an RREP and construction of residential apartments in an ongoing project), and therefore, the following conditions need to be fulfilled:

  • No Input Tax Credit is available for inputs and input services.
  • The tax has to be paid through electronic cash ledger only.
  • 80 per cent of the value of inputs and input services are procured from registered suppliers only, and in case of a shortfall, the tax @ 18 per cent is discharged on such shortfall under the reverse charge mechanism.

It is a settled proposition that if no consideration is received prior to the receipt of the completion certificate, the transaction does not constitute a provision of service but is that of the sale of the building and therefore, no GST is payable if the residential unit is sold and the entire consideration is received after issuance of completion certificate.

TRANSACTIONS WITH LAND OWNER

At this juncture, it may be relevant to examine the tax implications of Transaction 1 i.e., the entering into the development agreement by the landowner with the developer. As far as Transaction 1 is concerned, it may be noted that there are two separate deliverables where the GST implications need to be analysed separately:

a. Deliverable by the Owner to the Developer — Here, the owner grants the development rights to the developer and, in turn, is compensated in the form of monetary consideration as well as constructed units. Essentially person to be tested as a supplier in these cases is the owner. One needs to examine whether the owner can be said to have supplied service in the nature of the transfer of the development rights and whether such service can be taxable in the hands of the promoter developer as a recipient of such service under the reverse charge mechanism in view of the specific recitals of Entry 5B of Notification 5/2019 — CT(Rate).

b. Deliverable by the Developer to the Owner — Here, to the extent of the area allotted to the Owner, the developer undertakes the activity of constructing the units for the Owner. The consideration received by the developer is in the form of development rights being granted to the developer. In the case of this leg of the transaction, the suspected supplier is the promoter developer himself, and the issue which needs examination is whether the Developer can be said to have provided services to the Owner warranting payment of GST.

TAXABILITY OF DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS

Section 9 of the CGST Act, 2017 provides for a levy of CGST on all intra-state supplies of goods or services or both. In general, the tax is required to be paid by the taxable person being the supplier of the goods or services or both. However, Sections 9(3) and 9(4) empower the Government to notify cases where the recipient will pay the tax on a ‘reverse charge’ basis. It may be important to note that the provisions of Section 9(3) & 9(4) can operate only in a scenario where there is a levy created by Section 9(1) and in that sense, the provisions of Section 9(3) & 9(4) are subservient to the provisions of Section 9(1). At the cost of repetition, the levy is imposed under section 9(1) only on supplies of goods or services or both. It is therefore important to understand the scope of the terms “goods” and “services” and check whether the transactions contemplated fit within any of the said terms.

The term “goods” is defined under section 2(52) to mean every kind of movable property other than money and securities but includes actionable claim, growing crops, grass and things attached to or forming part of the land which are agreed to be severed before supply or under a contract of supply. Since, in the instant case, the subject matter of the transaction is an immovable property, it is evident that there is no supply of goods.

The term “service” is defined under section 2(102) to mean anything other than goods, money and securities but includes activities relating to the use of money or its conversion by cash or by any other mode, from one form, currency or denomination to another form, currency or denomination for which a separate consideration is charged.

On going through the above definition of service, it is evident that the term service has been very loosely defined under GST. A literal reading of the definition indicates that anything which is not classifiable as goods would be a service. However, the context requires that a purposive interpretation rather than a literal interpretation of the definition should be adopted. The purposive interpretation would suggest that the transaction should bear an essential character of service.

Prior to the introduction of GST, the term service was defined under section 65B(44) of the Finance Act, 1994 to mean any activity carried out by a person for another for consideration. It thereafter included declared services and excluded certain transactions. The basic meaning attributed to the concept of service as being any activity carried out by a person for another for a consideration provides the essence of the general understanding of the word service and a similar context should be applicable in the GST law as well especially considering the fact that the GST Legislation in effect is consolidating many erstwhile indirect taxes rather than imposing a tax on some activities/sectors which were not taxable earlier.

One can also read the definition of service as being anything other than goods in the context of the Supreme Court decision in the case of Tata Consultancy Services Limited vs. State of Andhra Pradesh [2004 (178) ELT (022) SC] where the fundamental attributes of goods were listed. In the said case, the Hon’ble Court held that any property becomes goods if it satisfies the three conditions, namely utility, capability of being bought and sold and capability of being transmitted, transferred, delivered, stored and possessed.

As rightly held in the above decision, any property, whether tangible or intangible, is classifiable as goods if it has the following attributes, namely:

  • The item should have a utility,
  • The item should be capable of being bought and sold,
  • The item should be capable of being transmitted, transferred, delivered, stored and possessed.

In fact, the concept of transferability provides the attribute of anything becoming property. Such properties can be further classified into moveable properties, immovable properties, tangible or intangible. Some of these may constitute goods while some may not. When the concept of service is examined, it has to be examined vis-à-vis this aspect of transferability. If there is a possibility of transferability, it would not amount to a service.

In the instant case, since the transaction is one related to the transfer of rights in an immovable property, it can be contended that the same cannot amount to the supply of service. Therefore, the transaction does not qualify to be either a supply of goods or a supply of services and therefore, the levy under section 9(1) is not attracted. Accordingly, it can be argued that the moment the levy is not attracted, the further question of reverse charge mechanism does not apply.

It may further be noted that Section 7(2) of the CGST Act, 2017 stipulates that the activities or transactions specified in Schedule III shall be treated neither as the supply of goods nor a supply of services, thus excluding such transactions from the levy of CGST under section 9 of the Act. Schedule III Entry 5 specifies that the sale of land and sale of buildings as transactions which shall be treated as neither a supply of goods nor a supply of services. It can be argued that the purposive interpretation would further suggest that the exclusion provided vide Schedule III Entry 5 should be applicable in the instant case.

Further support can be drawn from Entry 1(b) of Schedule II, which classifies any transfer of right in goods or of undivided share in goods without the transfer of title thereof is a supply of services. It, however, falls short of specifically classifying the transfer of right in immovable property without the transfer of title within the scope of services.

At this point, it may be essential to elaborate on the fact that the taxability of every transaction has to be seen with reference to the dominant intention of the parties entering into the contract. To analyse any transaction, it may be of utmost importance to look at the intention of the parties to the contract. Section 8 of the CGST Act does provide that the tax implications of the principal supply will govern the tax implications of a composite contract. Therefore, the essence of the transaction, along with the dominant intention, has to be looked into before determining the taxability of any transaction.

In general understanding, a development right is a right to develop the land for agricultural, residential and commercial use. Essentially, land, like any other asset, is a bundle of several rights that accrue to it. Several rights one may identify with land are development rights, possession rights, cultivation rights etc.

By granting the development rights, one can argue that it shall not result in the transfer of ownership of the land in totality but only the aspectual right to develop the land has been transferred. Therefore, the moot question to be answered is whether the grant of development rights would amount to the transfer of title in an immovable property. If the said transfer amounts to a transfer in title, whether it is equivalent to either a sale of land or a transaction which cannot qualify as a service.

Blackstone defines the term “Title” to be “the means whereby the owner of lands has the just possession of his property. “Title” is the means whereby a person’s right to property is established. In Canbank Financial Services vs. Custodian, 2004 (8) SCC 355 – 2004 (7) SC 507, it was held by the apex court that the word “Title” generally used in the context to the property means a right in the property. The title of a property connotes a bundle of rights. The ‘Title’ in an immovable property is the means whereby a person’s right to such property in praesenti is established and does not include a bare expectancy to get such right in due course of time i.e., title means a present right or interest in an immovable property capable of being transferred. The expression Title conveys different forms of a right to a property, which can include a right to possess such property.

In Syndicate Bank vs. Estate Officer (AIR 2007 SC 3169), it was held by Supreme Court that:

“A jurisprudential title to a property may not be a title of an owner. A title which is subordinate to an owner and which need not be created by reason of a registered deed of conveyance may at times create title. The title which is created in a person may be a limited one, although conferment of full title may be governed upon fulfilment of certain conditions. Whether all such conditions have been fulfilled or not would essentially be a question of fact in each case”.

Based on the above arguments, it is possible to contend that the development rights granted by the owner to the Developer are not covered in the definition of service and accordingly cannot be subjected to GST.

Having said that on first principles and based on the legislative framework, a transaction of the grant of development rights by the owner to the developer does not amount to a rendition of service and therefore not liable for GST at all, it will be important to recognize the existence of the following notifications:

a) Notification No. 4/2019 — CT(Rate) amending exemption Notification No. 12/2017 — CT(Rate) to introduce an Entry 41A in the list of exempted services whereby services by way of transfer of development rights (herein refer TDR) or Floor Space Index (FSI) (including additional FSI) on or after 1st April, 2019 are exempted conditionally. Effectively the condition stipulates that the promoter-developer shall pay tax proportionate to the unsold units at the time of receipt of the completion certificate.

b) Notification No. 5/2019 — CT(Rate) which prescribes the reverse charge mechanism in this regard.

It is very likely that the Department may use a reverse analogy to contend that Notification No. 4/2019 — CT(Rate) grants conditional exemption and therefore to the extent of unsold units on the date of the completion certificate, the levy is attracted on a proportionate basis. It can be argued that such a contention of the Department would be incorrect due to various reasons.

It is a settled legal proposition that the existence of an exemption / reverse charge notification cannot by itself infer or presume the existence of a levy. In a particular case, the conduct of musical programs was excluded from the levy provisions of the Entertainment Tax Act. A notification issued under the said Act also granted an exemption, however, subject to certain conditions. When the authorities attempted to demand the entertainment tax citing non-compliance with the conditions mentioned in the notification, the Supreme Court held that if the transaction is excluded from the levy itself, the exemption actually becomes redundant and the conditions mentioned in the said exemption notification have no relevance. One may refer to the Supreme Court decision in the case of Gypsy Pegasus Limited vs. State of Gujarat 2018 (15) GSTL 305 (SC).

Even for a moment, if it is assumed that the scope of ‘service’ is wide enough to include a grant of development rights, it would be important to analyse whether the said ‘supply’ is covered under section 7(1) of the CGST Act. This is important because the scope of supply for the purposes of GST is restricted only to the supplies of goods or services made in the course or furtherance of business. In the instant case, the alleged supply of service is made by the owner. Based on the specific facts of each case, it may be possible for the owner to argue that he is not in the business of development of the real estate, but merely holds the land as an investment or capital asset and therefore the grant of the development right is more in the nature of a transfer of capital asset rather than business activity.

In the context of service tax, the Chandigarh CESTAT was examining the applicability of service tax on transferable development rights. Relying on various judicial precedents, the Tribunal held that there is no element of service in a transaction of transfer of development rights since the same pertains to immovable properties. (DLF Commercial Projects Corporation vs. Commissioner of Service Tax 2019 (27) GSTL 712 (Chandigarh Tribunal)). The said decision is pending before the Supreme Court.

Therefore, a view that no GST is payable by the developer on the development right granted to him is legally possible. However, the position will be litigative and will not be free from doubt. If the developer chooses to adopt a conservative stand and does not like to challenge the vires of the notifications issued in this regard, the tax liability would be determined based on the discussions in the subsequent paragraphs.

Having accepted a position that due to the specific notifications issued in this regard, the grant of development right through the development agreement constitutes a service, the immediate next questions would be the value of the development rights and the effective rate of tax applicable on the same.

Rule 27 of the CGST Rules, 2017 specifies that where the supply of goods or services is for a consideration not wholly in money, the value of the supply shall be the open market value of such supply. The execution of the development agreement attracts stamp duty. For the said purpose, the development right is valued by the respective authorities. The said value can be adopted for the purposes of GST. At this point, it may also be noted that para 2A of Notification No. 11/2017 — CT(Rate) prescribes a value for construction service and not the value for development rights and is therefore not applicable in the current case. The said para is analysed separately later.

Since there is no specific entry in the rate schedule dealing with the transfer of development rights, the same would get covered under the residuary entry for real estate services (HSN 9972) and be liable for GST @ 18 per cent.

Entry 41A of Notification No. 12/2017 — CT(Rate) provides for a conditional exemption in this regard. The said entry exempts service by way of transfer of development rights for construction of residential apartments by a promoter in a project, intended for sale to a buyer. The amount of GST exemption available for construction of the residential apartments in the project under this notification shall be calculated as under:

GST payable on TDR or FSI (including additional FSI) or both for construction of the project] x (carpet area of the residential apartments in the project ÷ Total carpet area of the residential and commercial apartments in the project)

The abovementioned exemption is subject to the condition that the promoter shall be liable to pay tax at the applicable rate, on a reverse charge basis, on such proportion of the value of development rights as is attributable to the residential apartments, which remain un-booked on the date of issuance of the completion certificate, or first occupation of the project, as the case may be, in the following manner:

GST payable on TDR or FSI (including additional FSI) or both for construction of the residential apartments in the project but for the exemption contained herein] x (carpet area of the residential apartments in the project which remain un-booked on the date of issuance of completion certificate or first occupation ÷ Total carpet area of the residential apartments in the project)

It is further provided that the tax payable shall not effectively exceed 1 per cent of the value in case of affordable residential apartments and 5 per cent of the value in case of residential apartments other than affordable residential apartments remaining un-booked on the date of issuance of completion certificate or first occupation.

Interestingly, the entry provides for an exemption for the development rights attributable to the residential apartments, but through a condition, imposes a tax to the extent of the unbooked apartments on the date of the completion certificate. This approach may again seem circumspect and could be challenged legally. However, the intention is clearly evident — to require payment of GST on the unsold apartments on the date of the completion certificate.

Entry 5B of Notification No. 13/2017 — CT(Rate) prescribes a reverse charge mechanism in the case of services supplied by way of transfer of development rights and accordingly, the promoter is made liable for payment of GST. In the instant case, the developer would be registered as a promoter under RERA and would become liable for payment of GST under the reverse charge mechanism.

Further, Notification No. 6/2019 — CT(Rate) prescribes that the liability to pay the tax shall arise on the date of issuance of the completion certificate for the project, where required, by the competent authority or on its first occupation, whichever is earlier.

The GST Implications on the development rights transferred under the development agreement are accordingly summarized below:

a) There is a school of thought to argue that no GST is attracted to the transfer of development rights under the development agreement. However, the said position would be litigative.

b) The value of the development rights is to be determined under Rule 27 as the open market value. Accordingly, the value adopted for stamp duty purposes can be considered to be the value.

c) The service would get classified under HSN 9972 and be liable for GST @ 18 per cent.

d) The tax is to be paid under the reverse charge mechanism by the developer.

e) The tax has to be paid on the date of issuance of the completion certificate for the project.

f) In view of a partial conditional exemption, GST is payable on a proportionate basis to the extent of the un-booked area as of the date of the completion certificate. For example, if 20 per cent of the developed area remains un-booked as of the date of the completion certificate, GST will be payable only to the extent of 20 per cent of the GST calculated amount.

TAXABILITY OF FLATS ALLOTTED TO OWNER

That brings us to the second leg of the question — as to whether GST is payable on the constructed units provided to the owner? In the instant case, it is evident that there is a supply of service of construction by the developer to the owner for a non-monetary consideration and therefore, the transaction does qualify as a supply liable for GST. This view was also followed by the Hon’ble Tribunal in the case of LCS City Makers vs. Commissioner [2013 (30) S.T.R. 33 (Tri. — Chennai)].

Notification No. 6/2019 — CT(Rate) prescribes that the promoter-developer will pay GST on the construction service provided by him against the consideration in the form of development rights at the time when the completion certificate is received. Further, para 2A of Notification No. 11/2017 — CT(Rate) specifies that the value of construction service in respect of such apartments shall be deemed to be equal to the total amount charged for similar apartments in the project from the independent buyers nearest to the date on which such development right is transferred to the promoter. Considering the ad hoc deduction provided towards the land value, effectively GST @ 5 per cent becomes payable on the date of the receipt of the completion certificate in the case of residential apartments, again without any input tax credit.

Further, when the construction is underway, the owner could enter into a further agreement for the sale of the under-construction unit with a third party on which the issue of taxability may arise. As far as the owner is concerned, there are multiple reasons to suggest that no GST liability is attracted. Clearly, the agreement is for the transfer of a title in an immovable property under construction. Even if full effect has to be given to Schedule II Entry 5(b), the said entry requires ‘construction’ as well as ‘sale’. In the instant case, admittedly, no construction activity is carried out by the owner, but by the Developer. Having said so, a doubt is created due to the fourth condition of the rate notification prescribed for the developers. The said condition reads as under:

Provided also that where a registered person (landowner-promoter) who transfers development right or FSI (including additional FSI) to a promoter (developer-promoter) against consideration, wholly or partly, in the form of construction of apartments, —

(i) the developer-promoter shall pay tax on the supply of construction of apartments to the landowner-promoter, and

(ii) such landowner-promoter shall be eligible for a credit of taxes charged from him by the developer-promoter towards the supply of construction of apartments by developer-promoter to him, provided the landowner-promoter further supplies such apartments to his buyers before issuance of completion certificate or first occupation, whichever is earlier, and pays tax on the same which is not less than the amount of tax charged from him on the construction of such apartments by the developer-promoter.

In view of the above condition, a presumption is sought to be created that the landowner would also be liable for payment of GST if he resells the property under construction. Since the landowner would also be entitled to input tax credit of the taxes charged by the developer, in the interests of conservatism, it may be preferable to adopt this position rather than litigate on the same. Therefore, in such a scenario, the owner can discharge GST @ 5 per cent on the consideration actually received by him. He would be eligible for the input tax credit of the GST @ 5 per cent charged by the developer on the notional value (i.e., as per the first sale agreement) and would be liable to pay the differential tax. It may be noted that as per the above condition, the output tax payable by the landowner cannot be less than the input tax credit.

While in general, the developer is entitled to defer the tax till the date of completion certificate, in the above instance, such deferment can result in blockage of credit since the said facility of deferment of tax is not available to the owner selling the flat. Therefore, in such a situation, it may be advisable for the developer to discharge the tax beforehand and issue a valid tax invoice to the landowner enabling him to claim the input tax credit.

The tax implications on the owner’s share can be summarised as under:

a) If not registered, the Owner should register himself with the GST Authorities.

b) The Developer should prepone the tax liability and discharge GST @ 5 per cent based on the first sale agreement value and issue a valid tax invoice to the owner.

c) The Owner should claim the input tax credit of the tax charged by the Developer to him.

d) The Owner should collect GST @ 5 per cent of the agreement value when he sells the under-construction unit to a third party.

e) The Owner should discharge the GST collected by utilizing the input tax credit charged by the Developer and balance in cash.

CONCLUSION

This Article deals with the basic provisions applicable to a development agreement and touches upon some of the controversial areas relating to GST. The Article has specifically avoided coverage of specific types of transactions like redevelopment projects, slum rehabilitation schemes and redevelopment of tenanted properties. Also, as could be seen from the article, the law has undergone a substantial change w.e.f. 1st April, 2019, and this article has also avoided discussion on the tax implications of ongoing projects. We intend to discuss these aspects in subsequent issues.

Section 9 r.w. Article 13 of India-Mauritius DTAA – Where Mauritius company had acquired CCPS prior to 1.4.2017 but they were converted into equity shares after said date, without there being any substantial change in rights of the assessee, LTCG derived from the sale of such equity shares were within the ambit of Article 13(4) of India-Mauritius DTAA, and hence, was exempt from tax in India.

7. Sarva Capital LLC vs. ACIT

[2023] 153 taxmann.com 618 (Delhi-Trib.)

ITA No.: 2289/Del./2022

A.Ys.: 2019–20

Date of Order: 10th August, 2023

 

Section 9 r.w. Article 13 of India-Mauritius DTAA – Where Mauritius company had acquired CCPS prior to 1.4.2017 but they were converted into equity shares after said date, without there being any substantial change in rights of the assessee, LTCG derived from the sale of such equity shares were within the ambit of Article 13(4) of India-Mauritius DTAA, and hence, was exempt from tax in India.

FACTS

The assessee was a tax resident of Mauritius. It was incorporated with the objective of investing in India in education, agriculture, healthcare, microfinance institutions and other financial services sectors. Mauritius tax authority had granted TRC to the assessee. The assessee had invested in CCPS of ‘V’ prior to 1st April, 2017. CCPS were converted into equity shares of ‘V’ as per the terms of their issue without there being any substantial change in the rights of the assessee. The conversion resulted in only a qualitative change in the nature of the rights of the shares but did not alter voting or other rights of the assessee.

The assessee sold the shares during the A.Y. 2019–20 and earned long-term capital gain (“LTCG”) from the same. The assessee claimed LTCG as exempt in terms of Article 13(4) of India-Mauritius DTAA. Subsequently, it revised its return and offered LTCG to tax in terms of Article 13(3B) of India-Mauritius DTAA.

AO denied the benefit of DTAA to the assessee and brought to tax, the entire LTCG under the IT Act.

HELD

(i) Valid TRC bars AO from questioning tax residency:

• The assessee was granted TRC by Mauritius Tax Authority. It is well settled that if an assessee is holding a valid TRC, the AO in India cannot go behind such TRC to question the tax residency of the assessee and deny benefits of DTAA.

• ITAT placed reliance on UOI vs. AzadiBachaoAndolan1 to support its view that DTAA benefit cannot be denied even if Mauritius does not levy capital gains tax.

• AO’s allegations that the assessee, (a) was set up for tax avoidance purposes through treaty shopping, (b) was a conduit company and there was an absence of commercial rationale or substance behind the setting up of the assessee were not supported by any material / evidence.

(ii) CCPS acquired prior to 1st April, 2017, converted to equity shares after that date:

• Since the assessee had acquired CCPS prior to 1st April, 2017, LTCG derived from the sale of equity shares after the conversion of CCPS was covered under Article 13(4) of India-Mauritius DTAA and not under Article 13(3A) or 13(3B) of India-Mauritius DTAA.

• Therefore, in terms of Article 13(4) of India-Mauritius DTAA, LTCG was taxable only in the country of residence of the assessee (i.e., Mauritius).

• A perusal of Article 13(3A) of India-Mauritius DTAA shows that the expression therein is ‘gains from the alienation of shares’. The term ‘shares’ has been used in a broader sense and will cover within its ambit all shares, including preference shares.

• Initially, the assessee had claimed LTCG as exempt in terms of Article 13(4) of India-Mauritius DTAA. Subsequently, it revised its return and offered LTCG to tax in terms of Article 13(3B) of India-Mauritius DTAA. However, that would not preclude the assessee from claiming benefit under Article 13(4) if LTCG were clearly within the ambit of Article 13(4) of India-Mauritius DTAA

Section 54B — Where assessee claimed capital gains arising on sale of agricultural land as exempted u/s 54B on purchase of another agricultural land, since the assessee had furnished all sales documents viz., agreement to sell and purchase, receipt, possession letter, GPA and affidavit, along with a copy of the return filed by the land owner, from whom new land was purchased, wherein she had declared capital gains arising from the sale of its land to assessee, the benefit of exemption u/s 54B was allowable.

34. ITO vs. Babita Gupta

[2022] 100 ITR(T) 252 (Delhi – Trib.)

ITA No.: 5313 (Delhi) of 2019

A.Y.: 2014–15

Date of Order: 18th October, 2022

 

Section 54B — Where assessee claimed capital gains arising on sale of agricultural land as exempted u/s 54B on purchase of another agricultural land, since the assessee had furnished all sales documents viz., agreement to sell and purchase, receipt, possession letter, GPA and affidavit, along with a copy of the return filed by the land owner, from whom new land was purchased, wherein she had declared capital gains arising from the sale of its land to assessee, the benefit of exemption u/s 54B was allowable.

FACTS

In the course of assessment proceedings, the AO noticed that the assessee had sold agricultural land measuring 8 bighas situated in the Revenue Estate of Bakkarvala Village, Delhi for a consideration of ₹8,76,56,250 and claimed long-term capital gain of ₹8,48,80,881 as deduction u/s 54B of the Act. The assessee submitted the documentary evidences such as the copy of the agreement to sell, to purchase the agricultural land in the year 2000, copy of General Power of Attorney, copy of possession letter, affidavit of Shri Kali Ram Ganga Bishan (HUF) in proof of purchase of land by the assessee and copy of sale deed, dated 7th November, 2013, executed in the name of Pearls Life Style Developers (P) Ltd [Old Agricultural Land] and copy of the sale deed, dated 15th November, 2013, for the purchase of new agricultural land from Smt. Sumitra Devi Gupta, copy of General Power of Attorney, copy of possession letter, affidavit of Smt. Sumitra Devi Gupta in proof of purchase of land by the assessee[New Agricultural Land].

The AO while completing the assessment u/s 143(3) of the Act accepted the first transaction i.e., the sale of Old Agricultural land as genuine and fulfilled all the criteria and the second transaction i.e., the purchase of New Agricultural Land was not accepted on the ground that this transaction was made through General Power of Attorney only to claim deduction u/s 54B of the Act.

Aggrieved by the order of AO, the assessee filed an appeal before CIT(A). The CIT(A) considering the submissions of the assessee, the evidence furnished before him and following the decision of the Hon’ble Delhi High Court in the case of CIT vs. Ram Gopal [2015] 55 taxmann.com 536/230 Taxman 205/372 ITR 498 allowed deduction u/s 54B of the Act as claimed by the assessee.

Aggrieved by the order of CIT(A), the revenue filed a further appeal before the Tribunal.

HELD

The ITAT observed that the assessee immediately upon receiving the payments (through the banking channel) on account of sale consideration in respect of old agricultural land the assessee had invested the whole of the sale consideration received in respect of her old agricultural land towards the purchase of new agricultural land. Since the assessee had purchased the new agricultural land by investing the whole of the sale consideration in respect of the old agricultural land within the next few days, she had become eligible and entitled to claim the deduction / exemption u/s 54B of the Act, and accordingly, the assessee had claimed the deduction / exemption u/s 54B in her ITR filed for A.Y. 2014–15, which was denied by the AO.

The Tribunal observed that the AO accepted the transactions pertaining to old agricultural land and disbelieved the transaction of purchase of agricultural land from Smt. Sumitra Devi Gupta made by the assessee during the assessment year under consideration for the reason that there was no mutation in the Revenue Records and the purchaser of the property, Smt. Sumitra Devi Gupta, did not respond to the notice issued u/s 133(6) of the Act.

The ITAT further observed that in the course of appellate proceedings, the assessee had furnished the Return of Income filed by Smt. Sumitra Devi Gupta from whom the land was purchased by assessee, wherein the capital gain was declared by Smt. Sumitra Devi Gupta in her return of income for the A.Y. 2014–15.

The ITAT relied on the decision of the Delhi High Court in the case of Ram Gopal (supra) wherein it was observed that the Hon’ble Supreme Court’s decision in the case of Suraj Lamp & Industries (P) Ltd (340 ITR 1 SC) is of no consequence because the Hon’ble Apex Court had dealt with whether a sale or transfer based upon confirming a GPA amounted to sale / conveyance but the Hon’ble Apex Court did not consider and had no occasion to deal with section 2(14) and section 2(47) of the Act in the context of a claim of acquisition of rights of property and interest in a capital asset for the purpose of Income-tax Act, 1961. Applying the principles of this decision, the ITAT held that there was no infirmity in the order passed by the CIT(A) in allowing the exemption claimed u/s 54B of the Act as claimed by the assessee.

In the result, the appeal filed by the revenue was dismissed.

Section 4 — Where pursuant to search upon assessee-company, an addition was made merely on the basis of statements recorded of ex-employees and where no incriminating material was recovered from premises of assessee, impugned addition made without giving assessee opportunity to cross-examine said ex-employees and dealers was unjustified. The department had failed to follow the cardinal principle of providing adequate opportunity for rebuttal of evidence being sought to be relied upon.

33. DSG Papers (P) Ltd vs. ACIT/DCIT

[2022] 99 ITR(T) 241 (Chandigarh – Trib.)

ITA No.: 82 to 86 (Chd.) of 2022

A.Ys.: 2013–14 to 2017–18

Date of Order: 29th July, 2022

 

Section 4 — Where pursuant to search upon assessee-company, an addition was made merely on the basis of statements recorded of ex-employees and where no incriminating material was recovered from premises of assessee, impugned addition made without giving assessee opportunity to cross-examine said ex-employees and dealers was unjustified. The department had failed to follow the cardinal principle of providing adequate opportunity for rebuttal of evidence being sought to be relied upon.

FACTS

The assessee-company was engaged in the business of manufacturing paper and paper products. For the A.Y. 2013–14, the assessee company’s case was selected for scrutiny proceedings u/s 143(3) and was completed on 20th March, 2016, at the returned income. Subsequently, the PCIT, Patiala set aside the assessment order and directed the Assessing Officer (AO) to pass a fresh assessment order vide order u/s 263, dated 31st August, 2017. The assessment subsequent to the revisionary proceedings was completed on 26th December, 2018, wherein the income of the assessee company as per the original assessment order passed u/s 143(3) on 20th March, 2016, was confirmed.

Meanwhile, there was a search and seizure operation on 5th August, 2016, on the business premises of the assessee-company, and the search was also conducted on Shri Sanjay Dhawan, an ex-president of the assessee company as well as three-four dealers of the assessee company and some ex-employees of the assessee company. During the course of the search at the residential premises of Shri Sanjay Dhawan, parallel invoices of goods manufactured and sold by the assessee-company were allegedly recovered. The evidence of undervaluation of sales was allegedly in the form of statements of third parties recorded u/s 14 of the Central Excise Act, 1944. There was also allegedly evidence of unaccounted sales and undervaluation of accounted sales made to third parties in the form of e-mail communication between the assessee-company and third parties. The information was passed on by the Intelligence Wing of GST to the Income-tax Department that the assessee-company had been allegedly suppressing its turnover by way of not accounting for the sales by under-invoicing the sales. Relying upon the said information and the said statements, the AO had initiated the reassessment proceedings u/s 147.

During the course of reassessment proceedings, the assessee-company had specifically requested to cross-examine the persons on whose statements the AO had relied. However, the AO brushed aside the request of the assessee for the opportunity to cross-examine these persons by simply observing that since the assessee had no explanation to offer, there was no requirement for giving any such opportunity. The AO proceeded to reject the books of account maintained by the assessee-company u/s 145(3) of the Act and, thereafter, proceeded to complete the assessment after making an addition of ₹31,40,021 on account of additional net profit by applying the net profit rate of 4.42 per cent. The alleged undisclosed sales for the year were computed at ₹3,62,60,331.

Aggrieved, the assessee-company filed an appeal before CIT(A). The CIT(A) upheld the action of the AO in rejecting the books of account but gave partial relief with respect to additional net profit by holding that the average net profit rate of 3.64 per cent was to be applied rather than 4.42 per cent.

Aggrieved, the assessee-company filed an appeal before the ITAT.

HELD

The ITAT had observed that it was an undisputed fact that during the course of search proceedings conducted by the Central Excise Authorities, neither at the premises of the assessee-company nor from any other premises, any other evidence with regard to undisclosed sales was found except for the invoices recovered from the residence of Shri Sanjay Dhawan and the impugned additions on account of the undisclosed / additional net profit on alleged unaccounted sales have been made only on the basis of invoices recovered from the residence of Shri Sanjay Dhawan.

The ITAT also observed that it was an undisputed fact that the assessee-company had specifically requested the AO to provide an opportunity to it to cross-examine these persons but such an opportunity was not granted. The ITAT further observed the following:

i. the assessee–company had demonstrated with ample evidence that Shri Sanjay Dhawan was a disgruntled employee of the company whose intentions were to put the assessee-company into unnecessary financial trouble and litigation,

ii. that the allegation that the unrecorded goods were being transported by vehicles owned by the assessee-company is incorrect in as much as it was physically impossible for the same vehicle to have delivered goods at two different stations within a short span of time on the same day, when time is required not only for movement of goods from one station to another but time is also required for loading and unloading of goods,

iii. that the statement of one of the ex-employees was in contradiction to the statement of Shri Sanjay Dhawan and the Income-tax authorities had relied on both, which does not hold good.

The ITAT observed that the denial of cross-examination by the Income-tax authorities has a significant bearing on the final outcome of this batch of appeals for the simple reason that the AO has relied upon those statements which had been recorded at the back of the assessee and the assessee was not given any opportunity to effectively rebut. The department had failed to follow the cardinal principle of providing adequate opportunity for rebuttal of evidence being sought to be relied upon. The ITAT had relied on the following decisions:

i. Andaman Timber Industries vs. CCE [2015] 62 taxmann.com 3/52 GST 355 (SC),

ii. CIT vs. Rajesh Kumar [2008] 172 Taxman 74/306 ITR 27 (Delhi.),

iii. CIT vs. Dharam Pal Prem Chand Ltd [2008] 167 Taxman 168 / [2007] 295 ITR 105 (Delhi HC),

iv. Prakash Chand Nahta vs. CIT [2008] 170 Taxman 520 / 301 ITR 134 (Madhya Pradesh HC).

The ITAT held that in the absence of such cross-examination having been allowed to the assessee-company and also in view of no incriminating material having been recovered from any of the premises searched; coupled with the fact that the assessee-company had filed an FIR against Shri Sanjay Dhawan and the statement of ex-employee itself stated that the parallel invoices used to be destroyed after the delivery of the consignments, the Income-tax authorities should not have placed complete reliance without any corroborative evidence on such statements.

In the result, the appeal filed by the assessee-company was allowed.

Income from the business of consultancy qua stamp duty and registration would not be liable for taxation u/s 44ADA. The action of the assessee in offering profits of such business u/s 44AD was upheld.

32. Vishnu DattatrayaPonkshe vs. CPC

ITA No.: 1570/Mum./2023

A.Y.: 2017–18

Date of Order: 29th August, 2023

Sections: 44AD, 44ADA

 

Income from the business of consultancy qua stamp duty and registration would not be liable for taxation u/s 44ADA. The action of the assessee in offering profits of such business u/s 44AD was upheld.

FACTS

The Assessee e-filed its return of income declaring income, u/s 44AD of the Act, @8 per cent on receipts of ₹8,30,800 from the business of consultancy qua stamp duty and registration. The amount of ₹8,30,800 included the receipt of ₹4,81,280 on which TDS was deducted u/s 194J of the Act (fees for professional and technical services), and therefore, the AO / CPC added the income @50 per cent u/s 44 ADA of the Act, which resulted in making the addition of ₹2,40,640.

Aggrieved, the Assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A), who by taking into consideration that all the deductors are big corporates and deducted tax u/s 194J of the Act, construed that the receipts of ₹4,81,280 related to professional and technical services and are covered u/s 44ADA of the Act and, therefore, taxable @50 per cent. The Commissioner ultimately computed the total income of the Assessee to the tune of ₹2,68,640 (₹2,40,640 + ₹27,982 @8 per cent of ₹3,49,500) and restricted the income of ₹3,49,500 u/s 139(1) of the Act to the tune of ₹2,68,602 only.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the amount of ₹4,81,280 on which TDS was deducted u/s 194J of the Act, in fact, is part of the total receipt of ₹8,30,800 on which the Assessee has declared income @8 per cent u/s 44AD. However, both the authorities below applied the provisions of section 44ADA of the Act, which deals with persons carrying on legal, medical, engineering or architectural profession or profession of accountancy, technical consultancy or interior decoration or any other profession as is notified by the Board in the official gazette. The Tribunal noted that, admittedly, the Assessee is just a 10th/matriculation passed and does not have any qualification to act as a legal, medical, engineering or architectural professional or professional accountancy or technical consultancy of interior decoration or any other profession as is notified by the Board in the official gazette, as prescribed u/s 44AA of the Act.

The Tribunal held that the Assessee’s case does not fall under the provisions of section 44ADA of the Act. It deleted the addition of R2,40,640 sustained by the Commissioner.

Where valuation, as done by a registered valuer, vide a valuation report furnished by the assessee is rejected, the AO should refer the valuation to Departmental Valuation Officer (DVO).

31. ND’s Art World Pvt Ltd vs. ACIT

ITA No.: 6850/Mum./2019

A.Y.: 2016–17

Date of Order: 23rd August, 2023

Sections: 56(2)(viib), Rule 11UA

Where valuation, as done by a registered valuer, vide a valuation report furnished by the assessee is rejected, the AO should refer the valuation to Departmental Valuation Officer (DVO).

FACTS

The assessee, a company engaged in the business of art direction, set construction, studio and equipment hire, filed its return of income on 17th October, 2016, declaring a total income of ₹8,41,17,500. The Assessing Officer (AO) vide order passed u/s 143(3) of the Act determined the total income at ₹23,68,86,730 by making various additions / disallowances.

During the year under consideration, the assessee had issued 1,780 shares of a face value of ₹10 at a premium of ₹98,280 per share. On perusal of the financials called for, the AO noticed that the assessee had in the financial year relevant to A.Y. 2015–16 revalued upwards the assets held by the assessee and had created a revaluation reserve. The immovable assets in the balance sheet pertained to land situated at Karjat along with the other assets, buildings, sets, etc., which were shown at WDV. Should the assessee while computing the book value of the assets for determining the fair market value of the shares consider the book value or should it be a revalued amount which is not reduced by the upward revaluation of the assets. The AO held that the assessee has increased the value of the assets in the previous year by creating an upward revaluation, and as a result, has determined the higher price per share. The AO stated that the valuer had not considered the prevailing stamp duty value at the time of the valuation of the land and building of the assessee and had not specified as to what methodology or reference was made to substantiate the value of the assets. According to the AO, the valuer has merely arrived at the market value of the land at ₹6,500 per square feet without considering the value of the land, current market price and various other criteria and has also not made a comparable analysis of nearby land sold during that period. The AO stated that the valuer has not justified the charging of an additional premium in his report and has merely increased the value of the sets and buildings which are depreciable assets, the value of which does not increase over a period of time. A similar observation was made by the AO on the value of the vehicles, plant and machinery, office equipment, etc., which are properties subject to depreciation. The AO held that the assessee has failed to substantiate the increase in the value. The AO further stated that the Rule 11UA specifies that the revaluation of the assets is not to be considered for the calculation of the share premium.

The AO calculated the fair market value of the shares after removing the revaluation value of the assets and arrived at the share price of ₹17,815 per share as against the assessee’s determination of the value per share amounting to ₹80,465. He made an addition to the difference of share premium of ₹80,465 per share aggregating to ₹14,33,27,700 u/s 56(2)(viib) of the Act on the grounds that the premium value under Rule 11UA cannot be taken using the revaluation of the assets, thereby recomputing the premium value at ₹17,815 per share as against the assessee’s valuation of ₹98,280 per share.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who confirmed the action of the AO.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where it was contended, on behalf of the assessee, that theassessee would not be covered u/s 56(2)(viib) of the Act for the reason that the shares were transferred only amongst the family members of the assessee, and the assessee is a company. So then how can it have relatives? And even otherwise, neither the AO nor the CIT(A) has referred the matter to the DVO for the purpose of determining the valuation of the assets. It was submitted that Rule 11UA does not mention that the revaluation reserve is to be reduced and that only Rule 11UAA inserted w.e.f. 1st April, 2018, lays down the Rules for valuation and that Rule 11UAA was not applicable to the assessee for the impugned year. Reliance was placed on the decision of the coordinate bench in the case of DCIT vs. Pali Fabrics Pvt. Ltd. [2019] 110 taxmann.com 310 (Mum)(Trib).

HELD

The Tribunal noted that the DR contended that AO had challenged the validity of the valuation report and that the AO is entitled with the power of the valuer and can determine the value himself. Without prejudice, he stated that this issue may be remanded to the file of the AO for determining the valuation after referring the same to the DVO. The DR relied on the decision of the Delhi Tribunal in the case of Agro Portfolio Pvt Ltd vs. ITO [(2018) 94 taxmann.com 112 (Del Trib)].

The Tribunal observed that the difference of share premium was added u/s 56(2)(viib) of the Act since the AO has rejected the valuation determined by the assessee as per the valuation report submitted by the assessee vide letter, dated 13th December, 2018. The AO further has failed to accept the valuation report of the assessee for the reason that the valuer has not adopted any methodology or reference for the purpose of calculation of the land value without considering the factors such as value of the land as per stamp authority, land market price, location factors and the value at which the neighbouring lands were sold during that period, etc. It is observed from the said fact that the AO has not referred the said matter for valuation to the DVO while he has merely rejected the valuation report submitted by the assessee. The Tribunal found it pertinent to point out that the lower authorities have failed to exercise the option of referring the matter to the DVO for the purpose of valuation of the assets which are very much within the purview of the jurisdiction of the lower authorities.

The Tribunal considered it fit to remand this issue back to the file of the AO for the purpose of valuation of the assets by referring the same to the DVO and to consider the said issue in light of the valuation report of the DVO.

Provisions of section 56(2)(vii)(c) are not applicable on receipt of bonus shares / bonus units.

30. DCIT vs. Smt. Aruna Chandhok

ITA No.: 387/Del./2021

A.Y.: 2015–16

Date of Order: 5th September, 2023

Sections: 56(2)(vii)(c)

Provisions of section 56(2)(vii)(c) are not applicable on receipt of bonus shares / bonus units.

FACTS

The assessee, an individual, filed her return of income for the A.Y. 2015–16 on 16th October, 2015, declaring income under the head salary, house property, capital gains and other sources.

In the course of assessment proceedings, the Assessing Officer (AO) noticed that the assessee had, during the previous year relevant to the assessment year under consideration, received bonus shares and bonus units from Tech Mahindra Ltd. and JM Arbitrage Advantage Fund – Bonus options. The assessee was given a show cause as to why the value of these bonus shares and bonus units should not be added u/s 56(2)(vii)(c) of the Act. The assessee submitted that the provisions of section 56(2)(vii)(c) are not applicable to bonus shares / bonus units as these are received on capitalisation of profits. The value of the shares would remain the same, and there would be no increase in the wealth of the shareholders on account of bonus shares and his percentage of holding the shares in the company remains constant. Pursuant to bonus shares and bonus units, the share / unit gets divided in the same proportion for all the shareholders. There would be no receipt of any property by the shareholder and what is received is only split shares out of her own holding. Reliance was placed on the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. General Insurance Corporation Ltd [286 ITR 232 (SC)], which held that the issuance of bonus shares by a company does not result in any inflow of fresh funds and nothing comes to the shareholders. It was also submitted that the market price of any share after the bonus issue gets reduced almost in proportion to the bonus issue, and hence, there would be no increase in the market value of shares held by the assessee pursuant to the bonus issue. The overall wealth of a shareholder post-bonus or pre-bonus remains the same. Hence, the assessee received no additional benefit or income on the allotment of bonus shares, because it is only a split of his total rights in the wealth of a company, which remains the same even after the bonus issue.

The AO did not accept the contentions made by the assessee and taxed ₹36,10,63,656 u/s 56(2)(vii)(c) of the Act.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who distinguished the decisions relied upon by the AO and relied on the decision of the Delhi Tribunal, dated 27th January, 2017, in the case of Meenu Satija vs. PCIT. The CIT(A) held that the AO had misread the judgment of the Bangalore Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Dr Rajan Pai.

Aggrieved, revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD
The Tribunal held that bonus shares are issued on capitalisation of existing reserves of the company. It noted that the AO had not disputed that the overall wealth of the shareholder post-bonus or pre-bonus remains the same. Having held so, the Tribunal observed that it was wrong on the part of the AO to invoke section 56(2)(vii)(c) on the grounds that there is a double benefit derived by the assessee due to the bonus shares. The Tribunal noted that the issue is covered by the ratio of the decision of the Karnataka High Court in the case of PCIT vs. Dr. Ranjan Pai in ITA No. 501 of 2016, dated 15th December, 2020. The Tribunal held that the CIT(A) had rightly appreciated the contentions of the assessee.

The Tribunal not finding any infirmity in the order of the CIT(A) dismissed the grounds of appeal filed by the revenue and upheld the relief granted by the CIT(A) to the assessee.

Section 68 of the Act — Long term capital gain treated by AO as unexplained cash credit.

18. Principal Commissioner of Income Tax – 31 vs. Indravadan Jain, HUF

[Income Tax Appeal No. 454 OF 2018; Dated: 12th July, 2023; A.Y.: 2005-06; (Bom.) (HC)]

Section 68 of the Act — Long term capital gain treated by AO as unexplained cash credit.

Assessee had shown sale proceeds of shares in scrip RamkrishnaFincap Ltd (RFL) as long-term capital gain and claimed exemption under the Act. The Respondent had claimed to have purchased this scrip at ₹3.12 per share in the year 2003 and sold the same in the year 2005 for ₹155.04 per share. It was AO’s case that investigation revealed that the scrip was a penny stock and the capital gain declared was held to be accommodation entries. A broker BasantPeriwal & Co. (the said broker) through whom these transactions have been effected had appeared and it was evident that the broker had indulged in the price manipulation through a synchronised and cross-deal in the scrip of RFL. SEBI had also passed an order regarding irregularities and synchronised trades carried out in the scrip of RFL by the said broker. In view thereof, the Assessee’s case was reopened under Section 148 of the Act.

The AO did not accept the Respondent’s claim of long-term capital gain and added the same to the Assessee’s income under Section 68 of the Act. While allowing the appeal filed by the Assessee, the CIT[A] deleted the addition made under Section 68 of the Act.

The Tribunal while dismissing the appeals filed by the Revenue observed on facts that these shares were purchased by the Assessee on the floor of the Stock Exchange and not from the said broker, deliveries were taken, contract notes were issued and shares were also sold on the floor of Stock Exchange.

The Honourable High Court observed that the CIT[A] and ITAT had observed that the AO himself has stated that SEBI had conducted an independent enquiry in the case of the said broker and in the scrip of RFL, through whom the Assessee had made the said transaction, and it was conclusively proved that it was the said broker who had inflated the price of the said scrip in RFL. The lower authorities also did not find anything wrong in the Assessee doing only one transaction with the said broker in the scrip of RFL. The lower authorities concluded that the Assessee brought 3000 shares of RFL, on the floor of the Kolkata Stock Exchange through a registered share broker. In pursuance of the purchase of shares, the said broker had raised an invoice and the purchase price was paid by cheque and the Assessee’s bank account has been debited. The shares were also transferred into the Assessee’sDemat Account where it remained for more than one year. After a period of one year, the shares were sold by the said broker on various dates in the Kolkata Stock Exchange. Pursuant to the sale of shares, the said broker had also issued contract notes cum bill for the sale, and these contract notes and bills were made available during the course of Appellate proceedings. On the sale of shares, the Assessee effected delivery of shares by way of Demat instructions slip and also received payment from the Kolkata Stock Exchange. The cheque was deposited in the Assessee’s bank account. In view thereof, it was found that there was no reason to add the capital gains as unexplained cash credit under Section 68 of the Act. The ITAT therefore, rightly concluded that there was no merit in the appeal. In view thereof, the Appeal of Revenue was dismissed.

Section 37: Business expenditure — Commission payment — Wholly and exclusively for the purpose of the business — Revenue cannot sit in judgment over the assessee to come to a conclusion on how much payment should be made for the services received by the Assessee.

16. The Indian Hume Pipe Co. Ltd Construction House vs. Commissioner of Income Tax, Central II
[ITXA No. 744 OF 2002; Dated: 31st August, 2023; (Bom.) (HC)]

Section 37: Business expenditure — Commission payment — Wholly and exclusively for the purpose of the business — Revenue cannot sit in judgment over the assessee to come to a conclusion on how much payment should be made for the services received by the Assessee.

The Appellant-Assessee is a limited company listed on the stock exchange and is engaged mainly in the business of manufacturing and sale of R.C.C. Pipes, Steel Pipes etc., which are required for water supply and drainage systems. In the course of the assessment proceedings, the Appellant filed details of commission paid amounting to Rs. 26,90,104. The Appellant also filed copies of the agreements with the aforesaid parties and justified the allowability of the commission payment as business expenditure incurred in the course of its business. The Assessing Officer disallowed a sum of Rs. 22,89,941 on account of commission payment claimed as a deduction by the Appellant-Assessee.

The Assessing Officer disallowed the whole amount with respect to some parties and balance parties; the Assessing Officer allowed only 1/3rd as deductible expenditure and disallowed balance 2/3rd on the ground that the entire payment cannot be considered as laid out wholly and exclusively for the purpose of the business because neither the Appellant nor the recipients of commission could show that orders were procured with their assistance.

The Commissioner of the Income Tax (Appeals) disposed of the said appeal. With respect to ground relating to the disallowance of commission payment, the Commissioner (Appeals) followed his own order for the A.Y. 1985-86 and allowed the whole of the amount which was disallowed by the Assessing Officer, that is, Rs. 22,89,941.

Being aggrieved by the aforesaid order, the Respondent-Revenue filed an appeal to the Tribunal. The Tribunal disposed of the said appeal relating to the commission payment, and the Tribunal restricted disallowances to 2/3rd of the total commission. With respect to one party, the Tribunal directed to give relief of 1/3rd of the amount and with respect to other remaining parties, the Tribunal confirmed the disallowance made by the Assessing Officer on the ground that the Appellant-Assessee did not furnish any evidence in support of services rendered by these commission agents. The Tribunal further observed that there should have been a lot of correspondence between the Appellant-Assessee and the recipient of commission and in the absence of any evidence in this regard, the disallowance made by the Assessing Officer was justified. Being aggrieved by the Tribunal’s order, the Appellant-Assessee filed the appeal on a substantial question of law before the Hon. High Court.

The Appellant-Assessee consolidated appeals for A.Ys. 1986-87, 1987-88 and 1988-89 against common order passed by the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal, dated 18th January, 2002, was admitted on the following substantial question of law:

“Whether on the facts and in the circumstances of the case, the Appellate Tribunal’s conclusion that the commission agents had not rendered services to the Appellant company to warrant payment of commission is based on relevant and valid material and is sustainable in law?”

The Appellant-Assessee further contended that the commission agents are not related to the Appellant and further they have also produced the commission agreements with these agents in the course of the assessment proceedings. The payments have been made through a banking channel and there is no allegation that payments made to the commission agent have come back to the Appellant. The Appellant further submitted that the nature of services is such that there would not be any documentary evidence in support thereof.

The Respondent-Revenue contended that the Appellant-Assessee has failed to furnish any evidence to show that services have been rendered and therefore, the Assessing Officer was justified in disallowing the commission. The Respondent also brought to the notice of the Court Explanation 1 to Section 37(1) of the Act which was introduced by the Finance No. 2 Act of 1998 with retrospective w.e.f. 1st April, 1962. However, he fairly submitted that in the present appeal, the case of the Revenue is not based on Explanation.

The Hon. High Court held that the Assessing Officer, with respect to 4 parties, disallowed 2/3rd of the commission payment on the ground that the Appellant-Assessee could not furnish evidence about the services having been rendered. With respect to 3 parties, the AO disallowed the whole of the commission payment on the ground that they were acting as sub-contractors to the Appellant-Assessee and therefore no question arises to make payment of commission to these parties. With respect to 1, there was a discrepancy in the figures paid by the Appellant-Assessee and confirmed by the recipient and therefore the full amount was disallowed. The said disallowance was fully deleted by the First Appellate Authority. The Hon. Court observed that the Assessing Officer and the Tribunal both have not fully disallowed the commission payment but as partly allowed (1/3rd) and partly disallowed (2/3rd). If that be so, then the lower authorities have accepted the rendering of service by the commission agent and it is only on that basis that 1/3rd came to be allowed by the Assessing Officer and the Tribunal. The Court observed that the services are either rendered or not rendered and the Assessing Officer and the Tribunal having allowed partly the commission payment clearly indicate that both the authorities have accepted that the services have been rendered. The part disallowance confirmed by the Tribunal and the Assessing Officer would then amount to the Revenue venturing into the quantum of payment whether the commission payment was reasonable for rendering the services, which course of action, in the facts of the present case, is not permissible under the Act because the transaction is between unrelated parties. It is a settled position that the Revenue cannot sit in judgment over the assessee to come to a conclusion on how much payment should be made for the services received by the Appellant-Assessee. Therefore, the Tribunal was not justified in confirming the disallowance of 2/3rd as made by the Assessing Officer and allowing the relief of only 1/3rd of the expenses.

The Court further noted that there was no allegation made in the assessment order of any flow back of the commission payment by the commission agent to the Appellant-Assessee. The commission agents had confirmed the receipt of the commission. The payments had been made through banking channels. Therefore, even on this account, the genuineness of the payment cannot be doubted.

The AO and the Tribunal were not justified in bifurcating the commission payment between the work done for assisting in getting the tender and the follow up action for obtaining the payment. The agreement has to be read as a whole and merely because the payment of the commission is deferred in tranches, it could not be said that partly the payments are justified and partly are not justified. The action of the Assessing Officer and the Tribunal on this account would amount to rewriting of the agency agreement which is not permissible. Therefore, the finding of the officer and the Tribunal for disallowing part of the commission payment on the above basis was also not justified.

The Court further observed that the Appellant-Assessee was in the business, which inter alia involves
contracts / works awarded by the public sector/government, which necessitates the Appellant to apply for various tenders issued by the public sector co. / government across the country. To apply for such public tenders the Appellant is required to engage the services of agents. As per the commission agency agreement, the services rendered by the commission agent are for supplying information for working out the tender and to give information about the competitive tenders. The said agreement further requires the commission agent to keep the Appellant-Assessee informed about various clarifications required by the companies who floated the tenders. The role of the commission agent does not stop at this, but if the Appellant-Assessee gets the contract, then the commission agent has to follow up with these corporations for realising the payments on account of bills raised by the Appellant-Assessee. It is for such composite services to be rendered by the commission agent that the Appellant-Assessee makes payment of the commission.

The Court observed that merely because the contracts awarded to the Appellant are by Government / Public Corporations does not mean that the Appellant-Assessee cannot obtain services of the commission agents to assist them in the tendering process and for the follow-up action for recovery of the money. For the Appellant, it is fully a commercial activity and engaging expert/specialised services is under a written contract entered between the commission agents and the Appellant. It was not the case of the Revenue that there is any legal prohibition for the Appellant-Assessee to avail services of such commission agents. It was also not the case of the Revenue that these commission agents within the meaning of the Act are entities/persons related to the Appellant-Assessee and/or they are government employees. Therefore, it was the business prerogative of the Appellant-Assessee as to whose services they should engage in the course of its business and on what terms and conditions. Most significantly, the fact that the Assessing Officer and the Tribunal have allowed part of the commission payment for the purpose of business also indicates that the Revenue has accepted the services rendered and this part of expenditure in that regard was held to be allowable. There cannot be a contradictory course of action as the Revenue needs to be consistent.

It was true that it is for the Assessing Officer to decide, whether, any commission paid by the Appellant-Assessee to his agents is wholly or exclusively for the purpose of his business and the mere fact that the Appellant-Assessee establishes the existence of an agreement between him and his agent and the fact of actual payment, the discretion of an officer to consider, whether such expenditure was made exclusively for the purpose of the business is not taken away. The expenditure incurred must be for commercial expediency. However, in applying for the test of commercial expediency for determining whether an expenditure was wholly and exclusively laid out for the purpose of the business, the reasonableness of the expenditure has to be judged from the businessman’s point of view and not from the Revenue’s perspective. In view thereof, the appeal of the Assessee was allowed.

Section: 276B r.w.s 278B of the Act — Offence and prosecution — Prosecution to be at the instance of Chief Commissioner / Commissioner (Compounding of Offences) — Whether there is no limitation provided under sub-section (2) of section 279 for submission or consideration of compounding application.

17. Sofitel Realty LLP vs. Income Tax Officer (TDS) – Ward 2(2)(4)

[WP (L) No. 14574 OF 2023

Dated: 18th July, 2023; (Bom.) (HC)]

 

Section: 276B r.w.s 278B of the Act — Offence and prosecution — Prosecution to be at the instance of Chief Commissioner / Commissioner (Compounding of Offences) — Whether there is no limitation provided under sub-section (2) of section 279 for submission or consideration of compounding application.

The Petitioner, a Limited Liability Partnership firm, for the period of A.Y. 2009-2010, for various reasons did not deposit the TDS amount that it had deducted with the income tax authorities. Petitioner deposited those TDS amounts on or about 23rd March, 2010 beyond the time provided for deposit. This was before Petitioners even received a show cause notice from the department. Thus there was no outstanding amount of TDS.

Petitioner and its partners received the show cause notice, dated 30th November, 2011 calling upon Petitioners to show cause as to why prosecution against them be not lodged for an offence under Section 276B read with Section 278B of the Act. On 26th March, 2012, Petitioners filed a compounding application, dated 5th March, 2012, (first application) in the prescribed format. As the Petitioners failed to deposit the compounding fees in time, therefore, the Petitioner’s application, dated
5th March, 2012, came to be rejected.

On 26th August, 2013, PCIT passed a sanction order for initiation of prosecution against Petitioners. A complaint was filed before the Metropolitan Magistrate, 38th Court at Esplanade under Section 276B read with Section 278B of the Act. On 14th July, 2014, Petitioner no.1 paid the entire compounding fees of ₹7,39,984/- as was indicated by the department. On 8th October, 2015, Petitioner filed a fresh compounding application (second application) and also agreed to pay any further or additional compounding fees as may be directed. Almost three years later, on 21st September, 2018, the Petitioner received a letter, dated 17th September, 2018, annexing the copy of the order, dated 17th July, 2013. The Petitioner addressed a letter requesting the department to provide a copy of the order passed in the second application. In response, the Petitioner received a letter, dated 13th April, 2023.

In the affidavit in reply filed through one Shashi Shekhar Singh, Income Tax Officer (TDS)-2(2)(4) Mumbai, affirmed on 7th July, 2023, it is stated that compounding application, dated 8th October, 2015, is barred by limitation of time as per the compounding guidelines, dated 23rd December, 2014 issued by CBDT. In paragraph 8(vii), it is provided that in respect of offences for which complaint had been filed with competent court 12 months prior to the receipt of the application for compounding, such offences generally not be compounded. According to the affiant, since a complaint had been filed on 20th August, 2013, and the fresh compounding application, dated 8th October, 2015, was beyond the period of 12 months, the application is null and void.

The Honourable Court observed that it is not for the Income Tax Officer to decide the compounding application. Section 279(2) of the Act provides that any offence under chapter XXII of the Act may, either before or after the institution of proceedings, be compounded by the Principal Chief Commissioner of Income Tax or Commissioner of Income Tax or Principal Director General of Income Tax or Director General. The Income Tax Officer has no power to even state that the application is null and void.

There is no limitation provided under sub-section (2) of Section 279 of the Act for submission or consideration of the compounding application. What is relied upon by the Income Tax Officer is the Guidelines issued by the Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT). CBDT by the Guidelines cannot provide for limitation nor can it restrict the operation of sub-section (2) of Section 279 of the Act. The Guidelines are subordinate to the principal Act or Rules, it cannot override or restrict the application of specific provisions enacted by the legislature. The Guidelines cannot travel beyond the scope of the powers conferred by the Act or the Rules. It cannot contain instructions or directions curtailing a statutory provision by prescribing the period of limitation where none is provided by either the Act or the rules framed thereunder. Moreover, the explanation merely explains the main section and is not meant to carve out a particular exception to the contents of the main Section. The Court observed that just because the first application was rejected for default, does not mean the second application should be rejected.

The Court further observed that the compounding application cannot be rejected on the grounds of delay in filing the application. Moreover, there is also no restriction on the number of applications that could be filed. The only requirement under sub-section (2) of Section 279 of the Act is that the complaint filed should be still pending.

The Court directed the compounding application to be disposed of within eight weeks, the proceedings pending before the Additional Chief Metropolitan Magistrate, 38th Court, Mumbai shall remain stayed until the department disposes of the Petitioner’s compounding application, dated 8th October, 2015.

Revision — Powers of Commissioner — Bonafide mistake by assessee including exempt income in the computation of income — Time for filing revised return barred — No restriction on the power of Commissioner to grant relief — Orders rejecting applications of the assessee for revision unsustainable — Matter remanded to Commissioner for reconsideration.

50. Ena Chaudhuri vs. ACIT

[2023] 455 ITR 284 (Cal.)

A.Ys. 2007–08 and 2008–09

Date of order: 18th January, 2023

Section 264 of ITA 1961

 

Revision — Powers of Commissioner — Bonafide mistake by assessee including exempt income in the computation of income — Time for filing revised return barred — No restriction on the power of Commissioner to grant relief — Orders rejecting applications of the assessee for revision unsustainable — Matter remanded to Commissioner for reconsideration.

For the A.Ys. 2007–08 and 2008–09 the assessee inadvertently offered to tax exempted income relating to dividend and long-term capital gains and realized this only upon receipt of the order passed u/s. 143(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. Since the filing of the original return itself was delayed she could not file a revised return u/s. 139(5) for claiming a deduction of the exempted income and therefore, she filed revision applications u/s. 264 before the Commissioner. The Commissioner held that since the orders passed u/s. 143(1) were not erroneous, that since the original returns of income were filed beyond the specified dates the assessee was debarred from filing revised returns and dismissed the revision applications.

The Calcutta High Court allowed the writ petitions filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i) On the facts, the Commissioner had committed an error in law in dismissing the revision applications of the assessee filed u/s. 264 by refusing to consider on the merits the claim of the assessee that the income in question was exempted from tax and not liable to tax and was included in her return as taxable income due to a bona fide mistake and which she could not rectify by filing revised return since original return itself was belatedly filed and that she had no other remedy except filing of revision applications u/s. 264.

ii) The Commissioner while refusing to consider the claim of the assessee had misinterpreted Goetze (India) Ltd and also the scope of jurisdiction conferred upon him u/s. 264 by equating it with that of the jurisdiction of the Assessing Officer in considering the claim of any allowance or deduction claimed by an assessee in the return of income or without filing any revised return.

iii) The orders of the Commissioner u/s. 264 rejecting the revision applications of the assessee for the A.Ys. 2007–08 and 2008–09 were unsustainable and accordingly set aside. The matters were remanded back to the Commissioner for reconsideration.”

Recovery of tax — Stay of demand — Application for stay pleading financial hardship — Plea should be considered and speaking order passed thereon.

49. Tungabhadra Minerals Pvt Ltd vs. Dy. CIT
[2023] 455 ITR 311 (Bom.)
A.Y. 2008–09: Date of order: 30th September, 2022

Recovery of tax — Stay of demand — Application for stay pleading financial hardship — Plea should be considered and speaking order passed thereon.

Pursuant to search and seizure against the assessee u/s. 132 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, the assessment for A.Y. 2008-09 was completed u/s. 143(3) r.w.s. 153A of the Act after making an addition of R264.59 crores and consequently demand of R239.54 crores was raised. The assessment order was challenged in an appeal before the CIT(A) which was pending.

The assessee filed a stay application on 30th July, 2021 requesting for a stay of demand on the ground that the assessment order was bad and illegal. The assessee also pleaded financial difficulty. The assessing officer rejected the assessee’s application for stay of demand vide order dated 11th August, 2021 without assigning any reasons.

The assessee made an application before the Principal Commissioner largely on the grounds of financial stringency. However, vide order dated 17th November, 2021, the Principal Commissioner did not accept the plea of the assessee and directed the assessee to make payment of 10 per cent of the demand on or before 15th December, 2021. While passing the order, the Principal Commissioner did not deal with the assessee’s request for a stay on the basis of financial distress. Therefore, the assessee once again on 6th December, 2021 filed application before the Principal Commissioner categorically pointing out financial stringency and prayed for stay of demand. The application was once again rejected by the Principal Commissioner vide his order dated 29th December, 2021 and concluded that 10 per cent of the tax was required to be paid by the assessee.

The assessee filed a writ petition and challenged that order. The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) In an application for stay of demand, the aspect of financial hardship is one of the grounds which is required to be considered by the authority concerned and the authority concerned should briefly indicate whether the assessee is financially sound and viable to deposit the amount or the apprehension of the Revenue of non-recovery later is correct warranting deposit.

ii) In the assessee’s application dated 30th July, 2021 the assessee had asserted a categorical case of financial hardship. However, the Assessing Officer rejected the assessee’s application for stay of the demand, without assigning any reasons. The assessee approached the Principal Commissioner praying for the stay of the demand, reiterating the specific grounds in that regard contending that the Assessing Officer had not applied his mind to the aspect of financial stringency. However, the fate of the petition before the Principal Commissioner was not different. Although other issues on the merits had been considered by the Principal Commissioner, there were no reasons in the context of financial hardship, in both the orders passed by the Principal Commissioner being orders dated 11th August, 2021 and an order dated 29th December, 2021. Both orders were not valid.

iii) The Principal Commissioner of Income-tax is directed to hear the petitioner(s) on the stay application on the specific plea of the petitioner in regard to financial stringency and after granting an opportunity of hearing to the petitioner(s), pass an appropriate order on such issue. Let such exercise be undertaken as expeditiously as possible and in any case within two months from today.

iv) In the meantime, till a fresh decision on such an issue is taken, the impugned demands in question, relevant to these petitions, shall not be acted upon by the respondents.”

Recovery of tax — Interest for failure to pay tax — Waiver of interest — Effect of 220(2A) — Advance tax paid in time but mistakenly in the name and PAN of minor son — Amount credited to assessee’s account — Assessee co-operating in inquiry relating to assessment and recovery proceedings — Assessee entitled to complete waiver of interest.

48. FuaadMusvee vs. Principal CIT

[2023] 455 ITR 243 (Mad.)

A.Ys. 2009-10 and 2011-12

Date of order: 9th February, 2023

Section 220(2A) of ITA 1961

 

Recovery of tax — Interest for failure to pay tax — Waiver of interest — Effect of 220(2A) — Advance tax paid in time but mistakenly in the name and PAN of minor son — Amount credited to assessee’s account — Assessee co-operating in inquiry relating to assessment and recovery proceedings — Assessee entitled to complete waiver of interest.

The assessee, an individual, filed his returns of income for A.Y. 2009-10 declaring a total income of ₹88,37,380 and for A.Y. 2011-12 declaring a total income of ₹87,10,242. In the return of income, the assessee included the income of his minor son as per the provisions of section 64 of the Act. However, out of abundant caution, the assessee also filed the return of his minor son separately. The advance tax on the minor’s income was paid under the PAN of the minor son. The assessee, in his return of income, claimed credit of taxes paid of ₹21,27,450 and ₹25,41,037 which included the advance tax paid and tax deducted at source on account of the minor son also.

The return was processed u/s.143(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 and demand was raised since the credit for advance tax paid by the assessee in the PAN of the minor son was not granted. The assessee was informed that credit cannot be given for the amount paid under a different PAN and was asked to file a rectification application u/s. 154 of the Act.

However, since the assessee had paid the tax amounts, the assessee claimed a waiver of tax amounts and a total waiver of interest of ₹12,20,380 and ₹8,15,179 u/s. 220(2) of the Act for the period 29th December, 2012 to 25th November, 2018 as the assessee had paid the tax in 2011 itself, albeit under the PAN of the minor son. It was the contention of the assessee that since the amount was with the Department for all these years, there was no basis for the demand of interest. The Principal Commissioner, vide order dated 31st March, 2022 granted only a 20 per cent waiver of interest and directed the assessee to pay the balance of 80 per cent.

Aggrieved by the order of the Principal Commissioner, the assessee filed a writ petition before the Madras High Court. The High Court allowed the writ petition and held as follows:

“i) There was no lapse on the part of the assessee in the payment of his taxes and he had not committed any default; the taxes deposited under the assessee’s minor son’s account were duly credited to the assessee’s account immediately on the date of remittance. The petitioner had certainly suffered genuine hardship for no fault of his. Hence, interest could not be levied u/s. 220(2) of the Act when the advance taxes were in fact paid on time though mistakenly in the assessee’s minor son’s permanent account number.

ii) It was also not the case of the Department that the assessee did not cooperate in any enquiry relating to the assessment or any proceedings for recovery of the amount due from him. The Principal Commissioner had granted a partial waiver of interest to the assessee at 20 per cent without giving any reason as to how he arrived at that rate. There was no finding given by the Principal Commissioner that the assessee had not satisfied the three conditions required for waiver of interest u/s. 220(2A). He ought to have granted full waiver of the interest to the assessee, but, instead, erroneously had granted only a 20 per cent. waiver by non-speaking orders.”

Recovery of tax — Private Company — Recovery from the director — Non-recovery not shown to be attributable to neglect, misfeasance or breach of duty on the part of the assessee — Tax is not recoverable from Director.

47. Geeta P. Kamat vs. PCIT

[2023] 455 ITR 234 (Bom.)

A.Ys. 2008-09 and 2009-10

Date of order: 20th February, 2023

Sections 179 and 264 of ITA 1961

Recovery of tax — Private Company — Recovery from the director — Non-recovery not shown to be attributable to neglect, misfeasance or breach of duty on the part of the assessee — Tax is not recoverable from Director.

A show cause notice was issued upon the assessee u/s.179 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”) requiring the assessee to show cause why recovery proceedings should not be initiated upon her in her capacity as the director of Kaizen Automation Private Limited (KAPL) for the A.Ys. 2008–09 and 2009–10 due to non-recovery of taxes despite the attachment of the bank account.

In response to the show cause notice, the assessee submitted that the non-recovery of taxes could not be attributed to any gross neglect, misfeasance, breach of duty on her part in relation to the affairs of the company. The assessee contended that even though she was the director of KAPL, she neither had any control over the affairs of the company nor did she have any authority or independence to take decisions for the benefit of the company. Further, the assessee did not have any authority to sign any cheques on behalf of the company. No functional responsibility was assigned to her or her husband who was also a shareholder and director in the company.

The Assessing Officer passed the order u/s. 179 of the Act rejecting the contentions of the assessee and held that the assessee had failed to prove that she was not actively involved in the management of the company for the F.Ys. 2007–08 and 2008–09 and that there was no gross neglect misfeasance or breach of duty on the part of the assessee.

Against the said order, the assessee filed a revision application u/s. 264 of the Act which was rejected on the ground that the assessee was a director for the relevant assessment years and hence was liable.

The assessee filed a writ petition challenging the order passed u/s. 179 of the Act. The Bombay High Court, allowing the petition held as follows:

“i) If the taxes due from a private company cannot be recovered, then the same can be recovered from every person who was a director of a private company at any time during the year. Such a director can absolve himself if he proves that non-recovery cannot be attributed to any gross neglect, misfeasance or breach of duty in relation to the affairs of the company.

ii) The assessee had discharged its burden by bringing material on record to demonstrate a limited role in the company and lack of authority in the management of the company.

iii) The assessing officer had not placed any material on record to controvert the material placed on record by the assessee based on which the assessee could be held to be guilty of gross neglect misfeasance or breach of duty in regard to the affairs of the company.

iv) Theassessee having discharged the initial burden, the assessing officer had to show how the assessee could be attributed to gross neglect, misfeasance or breach of duty.

v) The order passed u/s. 179 by the assessing officer and the revision order passed u/s. 264 by the Principal Commissioner on similar grounds were unsustainable.”

Reassessment — Condition precedent — Service of valid notice — Notice sent to secondary email id though active primary email id given in the last return — No proper service of notice — Notice and subsequent proceedings and order set aside.

46. Lok Developers vs. Dy. CIT

[2023] 455 ITR 399 (Bom.)

A.Ys. 2015-16 to 2017-18: Date of order: 15th February, 2023

Sections 144, 144B, 147, 148, 156 of ITA 1961

Reassessment — Condition precedent — Service of valid notice — Notice sent to secondary email id though active primary email id given in the last return — No proper service of notice — Notice and subsequent proceedings and order set aside.

The petitioner a registered partnership firm which was carrying on a real estate development business. Notices u/s. 148 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 for reopening of assessment was served upon the secondary email id as per the PAN Card i.e., on LOKTAX2008@REDIFFMAIL.COM, and not on the primary registered email id i.e., loktax201415@rediffmail.com. The Petitioner filed writ petitions and challenged the reassessment notices dated 28th March, 2021, for the A.Ys. 2015–16, 2016–17 and 2017-18 issued u/s. 148 of the Act, the show-cause notice for proposed variation in the draft assessment order dated 25th March, 2022 and assessment order under section 144B read with section 144, notice of demand under section 156.

The Bombay High Court framed the following questions for consideration:
“Whether subsequent proceedings initiated by the Revenue authorities for non-compliance of notice under section 148 of the Income-tax Act would be vitiated on account of notice under section 148 of the Act being served on the secondary email id registered with permanent account number (PAN) instead of the registered primary e-mail id or updated e-mail id filed with the last return of income?”

The High Court allowed the writ petition and held as follows:

“i) The Assessing Officer ought to have considered the primary email id furnished by the assessee in the return filed for the A.Y. 2020–21 and had erred in issuing a notice on the secondary email id when there was a primary email id. The secondary email id had to be used as an alternative or in such circumstances when the authority was unable to effect service of any communication on the primary id. There was no prudence in issuing an email to the secondary email address. The Assessing Officer ought to have sent the notice under section 148 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 to both the primary email address and the e-mail address mentioned in the last return of income filed to pre-empt a jurisdictional error on account of valid service.

ii) The assessee was not wrong in refusing to participate in a proceeding vitiated by lack of valid service of notice. Accordingly, the notice u/s. 148 and all consequential proceedings including the notice for proposed variation in income and assessment order u/s. 144B read with section 144 were quashed and set aside. The Assessing Officer was at liberty to proceed with the assessment after issuance of fresh notice in accordance with law.”

Reassessment — Notice u/s. 148 — Limitation — Law applicable — Effect of amendments by Finance Act, 2021 — Notice barred by limitation under un-amended provisions — Notice issued on 30th July, 2022 to reopen assessments for A.Y. 2013-14 and A.Y. 2014-15 — Not valid.

45. SumitJagdishchandra Agrawal vs. Dy. CIT

[2023] 455 ITR 216 (Guj.)

A.Ys. 2013–14 and 2014–15: Date of order: 20th March, 2023

Sections 147, 148, 148A and 149 of ITA 1961

Reassessment — Notice u/s. 148 — Limitation — Law applicable — Effect of amendments by Finance Act, 2021 — Notice barred by limitation under un-amended provisions — Notice issued on 30th July, 2022 to reopen assessments for A.Y. 2013-14 and A.Y. 2014-15 — Not valid.

In the present petitions filed under article 226 of the Constitution, the respective petitioners have called in question the notices issued by Respondent No. 2. Assessing Officer u/s. 148 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 seeking to reopen the assessment in respect of A.Ys. 2013–14 and 2014–15 and the corresponding orders u/s. 148A(d) of July 2022. The challenge is on the basis of limitation. The notices u/s. 148 of the Act were originally issued under the un-amended provisions during the period April to June 2021 and were treated as show-cause notices u/s. 148A(b) of the Act in the light of the decision of the Supreme Court in Union of India vs. Ashish Agarwal [2022] 444 ITR 1 (SC); [2023] 1 SCC 617, and thereupon, the order u/s. 148A(d) was passed in July 2022.

The Gujarat High Court allowed the writ petitions and held as under:

“i) Section 147 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, empowers the Assessing Officer to reassess the income of the assessee subject to the provisions of sections 148 to 151 of the Act in case any income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment. Section 149 deals with the time limit for notice. By the Finance Act, 2021, passed on 28th March, 2021, and made applicable with effect from 1st April, 2021, section 148A was brought into force and section 149 was also recast. The first proviso to section 149 of the Act as introduced by the Finance Act, 2021, inter alia, stipulated that no notice u/s. 148 shall be issued at any time in a case for the assessment year beginning on or before 1st day of April 2021, if such notice could not have been issued at that time on account of being beyond the time limit specified under the provision as it stood immediately before the commencement of the Finance Act, 2021. Due to the pandemic of 2020 the Taxation and Other Laws (Relaxation and Amendment of Certain Provisions) Act, 2020 was passed. Various notifications were issued from time to time extending the time limits prescribed u/s. 149 of the Act for issuance of reassessment notice u/s. 148. The 2020 Act is a secondary legislation. Such secondary legislation would not override the principal legislation, the Finance Act, 2021. Therefore, all original notices u/s. 148 of the Act referable to the old regime and issued between 1st April, 2021, and 30th June, 2021, which stand beyond the prescribed permissible time limit of six years from the end of A.Y. 2013–14 and A.Y. 2014–15, would be time barred.

ii) The notices u/s. 148 of the Act relatable to the A.Y. 2013–14 or the A.Y. 2014–15, as the case may be, were beyond the permissible time limit, and therefore, liable to be treated as illegal and without jurisdiction.”

Reassessment — Notice — Charitable purpose — Registration — Law applicable — Effect of amendment of section 12A Charitable institution entitled to an exemption for assessment years prior to registration — Reassessment proceedings for earlier years cannot be initiated on account of non-registration.

44. Prem Chand Markanda SD College for Women vs. ACIT(E)

[2023] 455 ITR 329 (P&H)

A.Y. 2015-16: Date of order: 31st January, 2023

Sections 147 and 148 of ITA 1961

Reassessment — Notice — Charitable purpose — Registration — Law applicable — Effect of amendment of section 12A Charitable institution entitled to an exemption for assessment years prior to registration — Reassessment proceedings for earlier years cannot be initiated on account of non-registration.

The assessee was a society registered under the Registrar of Societies, Punjab running a college exclusively for girls since 1973. The assessee got substantial aid from the State Government in the shape of reimbursement of staff salary and therefore, prior to A.Y. 2016–17, it was entitled to blanket exemption from income tax in terms of clause (iiiab) of s.10 (23C) of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

The assessee apprehended that it may not fulfill the condition given under Rule 2BBB, which required that for institutions to be substantially financed, the percentage of government grant should not be less than 50 per cent and therefore, the assessee applied for registration u/s. 12AA on 28th March, 2016, before the competent authority. The assessee was granted registration vide order dated 30th September, 2016, which was applicable from A.Y. 2016–17 onwards until withdrawn by the Commissioner. The assessee again applied for fresh registration as per 12AB of the Act. Vide order dated
15th October, 2021, the assessee was again registered for a period of five years from A.Y. 2022–23 to A.Y. 2026–27.

Subsequently, on 16th March 2022, the assessee received a notice u/s. 148A(b) of the Act for reopening the assessment for A.Y. 2015–16 on account of bank interest and cash deposit in two of its bank accounts. In response to the notice, the assessee relied upon the third proviso to 12A(2) to contend that there was a bar to take action u/s. 147 for A.Y. preceding the year in which registration was granted. The objections were rejected vide order dated 29th March, 2022 and notice u/s. 148 of the Act was issued.

The assessee filed a writ petition challenging the notices issued under 148A(b) and section 148 of the Act. The Punjab and Haryana High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) Once the reply filed by the assessee pursuant to the notice had been rejected without examining the third proviso to section 12A(2) relegating the assessee to the alternative remedy would not be appropriate. After issuance of notice u/s. 148A(b) objections were filed by the assessee which were dismissed. A notice u/s. 148 for reopening the assessment u/s. 147 was issued wherein no reference was made to the third proviso to section 12A.

ii) Registration of the assessee was granted and was applicable from the A.Y. 2016–17. The registration was valid for claiming the benefit under sections 11 and 12. No proceedings u/s. 147 could be initiated for the A.Y. 2015–16. Hence, the show-cause notice u/s. 148A(b), the consequent order u/s. 148A(d) and the notice u/s. 148 being contrary to the third proviso to section 12A(2) of the Act, are set aside.”

Interest on refund — Additional Interest — Law applicable — Delay in granting refund pursuant to order of Tribunal as affirmed by the Court — Assessee is entitled to refund with interest and additional interest — Compensation awarded if process not completed within the prescribed period.

43. Bombardier Transportation India Pvt Ltd vs. DCIT

[2023] 455 ITR 278 (Guj.)

A.Y. 2005-06: Date of order: 23rd January, 2023

Sections 244 and 244A of ITA 1961

Interest on refund — Additional Interest — Law applicable — Delay in granting refund pursuant to order of Tribunal as affirmed by the Court — Assessee is entitled to refund with interest and additional interest — Compensation awarded if process not completed within the prescribed period.

The assessee filed an appeal against the order of penalty u/s 201(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The CIT(A) confirmed the penalty of ₹ 97,59,312. The assessee paid an amount of ₹ 90,46,000 in the F.Y. 2006–07. The Tribunal vide order dated 17th April, 2009 quashed the penalty levied upon the assessee. The department’s appeal before the High Court was dismissed vide order dated 4th August, 2016.

The assessee filed a complaint before the CPGRAMS on 19th June, 2017 for not giving effect to the order of the Tribunal and the High Court and for non-issuance of the refund. Though the replies were received on 11th June, 2017 and 2nd August, 2017, there was no whisper on the refund. Thereafter, on 16th October, 2017, 28th February, 2018, 7th March, 2018, 12th March, 2018, 16th March, 2018, 10th April, 2018 and 11th April, 2018 yet another complaint was filed before the CPGRAMS. The assessee submitted the details for the processing of the refund. However, the refund was not granted.

In such circumstances, due to the non-action on the part of the Department despite several complaints, the assessee filed a writ petition before the Gujarat High Court and prayed that the Assessing Officer be directed to give the refund due to the assessee and the interest and additional interest u/s. 244A due to the assessee shall be paid to the assessee.

The High Court allowed the petition and held as follows:

“i) Sub-section (1) of section 244A of the Income-tax Act, 1961 provides for interest on delayed refund and sub-section (1A) inserted by the Finance Act, 2016 provides for additional interest.

ii) Two separate portals being available for day-to-day functions for the processing of returns of income and for the processing of the returns or statements of tax deducted at source could not be the reason for the court to overlook the period of five years that had been taken by the Department after the tax appeal had been decided by the court on 4th August, 2016 and there had been no further challenge by the other party. The Department was not sure of the exact outstanding demand against the assessee. Even if there had been a manual deposit prior to the online process sufficient time of five years had been taken by the Department.

iii) With regard to the refund to be returned with the interest, sub-section (1A) inserted in section 244A had to be applied prospectively for the period of delay after the introduction of the relevant statutory provision. Under sub-section (1) of section 244A the Department had to grant interest at the statutory rate and both the provisions, sections 244 and 244A, applied and the Department had to grant the refund accordingly.”

Charitable Trusts Exemption – Application in India or Purposes in India

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION

Under the provisions of section 11(1)(a), a charitable or religious trust is entitled to exemption of income derived from property held under trust wholly for charitable or religious purposes, to the extent to which such income is applied to such purposes in India.

An issue has arisen before the courts as to whether exemption is available for such trusts in cases where income is spent outside India for the benefit of charitable purposes in India. In other words, whether for a valid exemption, the application of income is required to be made in India or it is sufficient that the purpose for which the income is applied is in India in order to be eligible for the benefit of exemption.

While the Delhi High Court has taken the view that the spending or application has to be in India, a contrary view has been taken by the Karnataka High Court, holding that the application has to be for purposes in India.

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SOFTWARE AND SERVICES COMPANIES’ CASE

The issue first came up before the Delhi High Court in the case of DIT(E) vs. National Association of Software and Services Companies 345 ITR 362.

In this case, the assessee, an association of Indian software companies, had spent Rs. 38,29,535 on
events / activities in connection with an exhibition in Germany. The assessee had claimed such amount as an application of income for charitable purposes, as it was in pursuance of its objects of promotion of the Indian software industry. The Assessing Officer (AO) did not allow such amount as an application of income, on the grounds that expenditure on activities outside India was not eligible to be treated as an application of income for charitable purposes under section 11(1)(a). The Commissioner (Appeals) upheld the order of the AO.

Before the Tribunal, on behalf of the assessee, it was argued that while the AO and the CIT(A) were of the view that the expenditure should have been incurred in India in order to be eligible for exemption, it was not the case of the Revenue that the expenditure incurred was not for the purpose of the charitable activities of the assessee. The fact that the expenditure was incurred for attaining the objects of the assessee’s trust was not in dispute and the dispute centred only on the issue that the expenditure had been incurred outside India and not in India. The provisions of section 11(1)(a) envisaged the grant of exemption with respect to income applied for attaining the charitable purpose. Even though section 11(1)(a) used the word “in India”, what was intended was that the income was to be applied to such purpose in India, i.e., the purpose of the expenditure should be to attain the charitable objects in India. The expenditure need not be incurred in India and the benefit of the expenditure incurred should give the charitable benefit in India. If any expenditure was incurred even outside India to achieve the charitable objects in India, it should be allowed as application, as it had been expended for advancing charitable objects in India and for fulfilling the charitable purpose in India. The assessee was primarily looking after the interests of software development and software growth in India. The expenditure had been incurred outside India for attaining the primary objects of the assessee’s trust for the promotion and export of software for India which, needless to say, was advancement of charitable object in India and the fulfilment of charitable purpose in India.

Before the Tribunal, it was further argued on behalf of the assessee that it was the software industry in India which benefited from the expenditure incurred by the assessee on the event in Hanover, Germany. In fact, by incurring the expenditure which had compulsorily to be incurred at the event in Hanover, Germany, no other person had got any benefit whatsoever, other than the Indian software industry on whose behalf and for whom the charitable activities were carried out. Further, it was pointed out that in section 11(1)(a), the words “in India” followed the words “to such purpose” and the words used were not “applied in India”. The legislature intended that the application should be in India, it would have specifically stated so, which was conspicuous by the absence of the words “in India” after “applied”. On behalf of the assessee, reliance was placed on the decision of the Tribunal in the case of Gem & Jewellery Export Promotion Council vs. ITO 68 ITD 95 (Mum), wherein it was held that even if the expenditure was incurred outside India, but it was for the benefit of charitable purposes in India, it was an application of income for the purposes of section 11(1)(a).

The Tribunal observed that the fact the legislature had put the words “to such purposes” between “is applied” and “in India” showed that the application of income need not be in India, but that the application should result in and be for the charitable and religious purpose in India. It noted that the Revenue did not dispute that the benefit of the expenditure was derived in India. It, therefore, held that expenditure outside India was an application of income for the purposes of section 11(1)(a).

Before the Delhi High Court, on behalf of the Revenue, it was argued that the expenditure, even if it was considered as an application of income, was outside India, and the mandate of the section was that the income should be applied in India to charitable purposes. The said condition not having been satisfied, it was urged that the Tribunal was wrong in holding that expenditure incurred outside India should be considered as an application of income of the trust in India.

The Delhi High Court referred to section 4(3)(i) of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1922, and its amendment with effect from 1st April,1952. It noted the observations of the Supreme Court in the case of H E H Nizam’s Religious Endowment Trust vs. CIT 59 ITR 582, where the Court noted and contrasted the differences pre- and post-amendment. The Supreme Court observed:

“Under the said clause, trust income, irrespective of the fact whether the said purposes were within or without the taxable territories, was exempt from tax in so far as the said income was applied or finally set apart for the said purposes. Presumably, as the state did not like to forgo the revenue in favour of a charity outside the country, the amended clause described with precision the class or kind of income that is exempt thereunder so as to exclude therefrom income applied or accumulated for religious or charitable purposes without the taxable territories.”

The Delhi High Court noted that prior to 1st April, 1952, there was no difference between an application of income of the trust within and outside the taxable territories. The amendment after 1952 made a reference to application or accumulation for application of income to such religious or charitable purposes as relate to anything done within the taxable territories. Dealing with the argument on behalf of the assessee that these words clearly showed that the charitable purposes must be executed within the taxable territories, and that it was immaterial where the income was actually applied, the Delhi High Court observed that it was difficult to conceive of a situation under which the charitable purposes were executed within the taxable territories but the income of the trust was applied elsewhere in the implementation of such purposes.

According to the Delhi High Court, the position was put beyond doubt by the proviso to section 4(3)(i) of the 1922 Act, which stated that the income of the trust would stand included in its total income if it was applied to religious or charitable purposes without the taxable territories. This was indicative of the object of the main provision — in the main part it was provided that the income should be applied for religious or charitable purposes within the taxable territories and in the proviso, an exception was carved out to provide that if the income was applied outside the taxable territories, even though for religious or charitable purposes, the trust would not secure exemption from tax for such income. The Delhi High Court also noted that the provisions of section 11(1)(c) of the 1961 Act were similar to the provisions of the proviso to section 4(3)(i) of the 1922 Act, and therefore, the Supreme Court’s observations applied to section 11(1)(c) of the 1961 Act as well.

The Delhi High Court was also of the view that the interpretation canvassed on behalf of the assessee was opposed to the natural and grammatical meaning that could be ascribed to the language of the section. The Court noted that the term “income applied to such purposes in India” answers three questions which arise in the mind of the reader: apply what? applied to what? and where? According to the Court, the answer to the first question would be: apply the income of the trust, the answer to the second question would be: applied to charitable purposes, and the answer to the third question would be: applied in India. Therefore, according to the Delhi High Court, grammatically also it would be proper to understand the requirement of the provision that the income of the trust should be applied not only to charitable purposes but also applied in India to such purposes. The Delhi High Court rejected the submissions on behalf of the assessee that the words “in India” qualified only the words “such purposes” so that only the purposes were geographically confined to India, stating that that did not appear to be the natural and grammatical way of construing the provision.

The Delhi High Court also observed that if the assessee’s interpretation was correct, then section 11(1)(c) would become redundant and otiose. If the income of the trust could be applied even outside India, so long as the charitable purposes were in India, then there was no need for a trust which tended to promote international welfare in which India to apply to the CBDT for a general or special order directing that the income, to the extent to which it was applied to the promotion of international welfare outside India, should not be denied the exemption. The Delhi High Court was, therefore, of the view that the words “in India” appearing in section 11(1)(a) and the words “outside India” appearing in section 11(1)(c) qualified the word “applied” appearing in those provisions and not the words “such purposes”.

Dealing with the assessee’s argument that the Court would be changing the group of words appearing in section 11(1)(a) by displacing the words “in India” and transposing them between the words “applied” and the words “to such purposes”, redrafting the clause as “to the extent such income is applied in India to such purposes”, the Delhi High Court observed that it would make no difference to the meaning to be ascribed to the group of words. In that case, perhaps the meaning would have been brought out in still more precise or clear terms, but there were different ways of expressing the requirement that the income of the trust should be applied in India in order to get an exemption. Even assuming that the language was not sufficiently expressive of the idea, the Court should be able to set right and construe the provision in the manner in which it made sense, unless by such construction, there resulted an absurdity which could not be countenanced at all. Looking at the history of the provision, according to the Delhi High Court, it could not be said that by construing section 11(1)(a) in the manner that the requirement was that the income of the trust should be applied in India for charitable or religious purposes, it was doing any violence to the provisions nor could it be said that the Court was condoning an absurd result.

The Delhi High Court referred to various decisions of the Supreme Court and the House of Lords for the proposition that the statute should be read literally, by giving the words used by the Legislature their ordinary, natural and grammatical meaning and the construction of section 11(1)(a) by the Court was in accordance with the rules laid down in the judgments cited by it.

The Court then dealt with the assessee’s arguments that the time had now come to take a fresh look at the section. Having regard to the globalisation of commerce and the vast strides made in cross-border trade and flight of capital, it was the need of the hour to shed conservative thinking on the subject and adopt a bold and innovative approach, by dispensing with the requirement that the application of the income of the trust should be in India in order to secure exemption for the trust. On behalf of the assessee, it had been claimed that this could be achieved by construing or interpreting the section in the manner suggested on behalf of the assessee. The Delhi High Court stated that what was contended by the assessee was not without force or merit, but that the Court was required to interpret the statute as it was, and not in the manner in which it thought the law ought to be. Further, according to the Court, in the matter of exemption from tax in an all-India statute, judicial restraint, and not innovativeness or novelty, might be the proper approach to follow.

The Delhi High Court, therefore, held that since the application of income was outside India, such expenditure was not eligible to be considered for exemption of the income as an application of income for charitable purposes in India.

A similar view was taken by the Madras Bench of the Tribunal, but in a reverse situation, in the case of Bharat Kalanjali vs. ITO 30 ITD 161 (Mad). In that case, the assessee had paid travel expenses in India to an Indian travel agency to send a troupe for dance performances abroad. The tour was organised by the Government of India at the request of the foreign government. In the said case, the Tribunal held that the expression “applied to such purposes in India” referred only to the situs of the expenditure and not to the place where the purposes were carried out, and the fact that the troupe gave the performance abroad was not a disqualification for treating the amount actually spent in India as application for charitable purposes in India.

OHIO UNIVERSITY CHRIST COLLEGE’S CASE

The issue again came up before the Karnataka High Court in the case of CIT(E) vs. Ohio University Christ College 408 ITR 352.

In this case, the assessee was a charitable trust registered under section 12A. It conducted MBA programs in India in collaboration with Ohio University, USA. The assessee trust had entered into an agreement with Ohio University, USA, whereby Ohio University sent its faculty to the assessee’s premises in India for teaching purposes, for which the assessee made payment to Ohio University for providing the faculty and other support services. In terms of the agreement, the assessee was required to pay a sum of USD 9,000 per student for the 18 months duration of the course (i.e., USD 3,000 per student for a 6-month period). At the end of the year, as the payments had not yet been made, the assessee had provided for / accrued the amount in its books of account, and the actual remittance was made in the subsequent year, from India to the overseas university. The assessee had claimed application of income in respect of expenditure incurred / provided by it, which included faculty teaching charges payable to Ohio University, USA.

The AO disallowed the claim of such faculty teaching charges payable to Ohio University on the grounds that mere making of an entry could not be considered as an application of income. The income had to be applied for charitable purposes only in India, and that the assessee had not proven that the payments made to Ohio University resulted in charitable purposes in India.

The CIT(A) allowed the assessee’s claim, observing that the application should be for charitable purposes in India, and if the payment was made outside the country in furtherance of charitable purposes in India, it could be counted as an application for charitable purposes in India.

Before the Tribunal, on behalf of the Revenue, it was submitted that the assessee had only made entries in the books of accounts in the relevant periods and had not utilised or spent the amount during the year. The actual payment of the same had happened in the subsequent year only, and as such, there was no application of income during the relevant year under consideration. It was submitted that the phrase “such income is applied to such purposes in India” appearing in section 11(1)(a) of the Act connoted “actual payment”, and since it had not happened, the assessee was not entitled to treat the provision as application of income.

On behalf of the assessee, it was urged that the assessee had actually incurred the said expenditure towards faculty teaching charges payable to Ohio University, USA, and therefore, it should be considered as having been applied under section 11(1)(a). It was submitted that the AO had misdirected himself in holding that the amounts had to be actually spent in the year under consideration for it to be considered as application of income. It was submitted that even if the payment was earmarked and allocated for charitable purposes, it should be taken to be applied for charitable purposes.

It was further submitted on behalf of the assessee, in response to the inquiry / contention that merely because the payment was made outside India, it did not mean that the charitable purpose was outside India. It was submitted that the charitable activities were rendered in India and just because the payment was made to parties outside India, it did not change the fact that the charitable activities were carried out in India. Reliance was placed on the decisions of the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal in the cases of Gem & Jewellery Export Promotion Council vs. Sixth ITO 69 ITD 95 (Mum) and National Association of Software & Services Companies vs. Dy. DIT (E), 130 TTJ 377 (Delhi).

The Tribunal noted that the services had been rendered by faculty members from Ohio University as the classes were taken in Bangalore. The services had been utilised for the trust’s objectives in India, viz., of imparting higher education in India. Ohio University had also offered the income earned by it from the assessee trust to tax in India. It was therefore clear that the activities of the assessee trust were conducted in India in accordance with its objects.

As regards the payments being made out of India, the Tribunal concurred with the view of the CIT(A) that merely because the payments were made outside India, it could not be said that the charitable activities were also conducted outside the country. The Tribunal further held that the decisions of the Mumbai and Delhi Tribunals (overruled on a different point) cited before it on behalf of the assessee squarely applied to the case before it.

The Tribunal further rejected the AO’s view that a specific exemption was required from CBDT for making a claim of application of income. The Tribunal noted that the said requirement had been specified only for those trusts that had as its objects, the promotion of international welfare. In the case of the assessee, the objects of charitable activities for imparting higher education in India had already been approved by the Department while granting the registration to the assessee trust.

Further holding that the amounts debited to the income and expenditure account, which were not actually disbursed during the year but in a subsequent year, amounted to application of income during the year, the Tribunal, therefore, held that the faculty charges payable to Ohio University amounted to an application of income for charitable purposes in India.

In further appeal, the Karnataka High Court took the view that the Tribunal had rightly held that section 11(1)(a) did not employ the term “spent” but used the term “applied” and the latter term had a wider connotation. The Karnataka High Court also held that the findings of the Tribunal, relying upon the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. Thanthi Trust 239 ITR 502 and High Court judgments in the case of CIT vs. Trustees of H E H the Nizam’s Charitable Trust 131 ITR 479 (AP) and CIT vs. Radhaswami Satsang Sabha 25 ITR 472 (All), were correct and justified. The Karnataka High Court, therefore, upheld the view taken by the Tribunal, holding that the amount of faculty charges payable to Ohio University amounted to application of income for charitable purposes in India.

OBSERVATIONS

The Delhi High Court, in holding that for an expenditure to be qualified as an application, the expenditure should be incurred in India, has decided the matter based on a strict grammatical interpretation of the language of the section and based on the history of the section. The Karnataka High Court, though not faced with a case where the activity for which expenditure was incurred was performed outside India, has adopted a more purposive interpretation in the matter by holding that the objective of the exemption was to encourage charitable organisations to do charity in India — i.e., to benefit beneficiaries in India, and therefore, the mere fact that the amount was actually disbursed outside India should not make any difference, so long as the purpose of doing charity in India was achieved.

As regards the history of the section referred to by the Delhi High Court, by referring to the Supreme Court decision, it is to be noted that the language of section 4(3)(i) was “in so far as such income is applied or accumulated for application to such religious or charitable purposes as relate to anything done within the taxable territories”. This language indicates that the action of the charitable activities for which expenditure is incurred has to be within India, and not the actual payment. As regards the distinction noted by the Supreme Court before the 1952 amendment and post the 1952 amendment, the words used are “to exclude therefrom income applied or accumulated for religious or charitable purposes without the taxable territories”. The present provisions of section 11 are not as explicit to exclude an overseas payment for an expenditure incurred for the benefit made available in India.

It is important to note that one of the observations made by the Delhi High Court while analysing these observations, which seems to have partially led it to take the view that it did, was that it was difficult to conceive of a situation under which the charitable purposes were executed within the taxable territories but the income of the trust was applied elsewhere in the implementation of such purposes. The classic illustration of this is the situation which was before the Karnataka High Court — where the teaching was actually in India to Indian students but only the expenditure was remitted outside India.

An angle, though not relevant to the issue under consideration, is a confirmation by the Karnataka High Court that application could arise on accrual itself, and actual payment may take place at a later point in time. What is relevant for the issue under consideration is where the accrual of the expenditure took place — if the obligation in respect of the expenditure arose in India, due to approval of the expenditure in India and agreement to incur the expenditure in India, the mere fact that the payee is outside India should not impact the fact that application of the income was in India.

In the context of the issue of accrual and payment, the decisions noted with approval by the Karnataka High Court in the cases of Thanthi Trust (supra), H E H the Nizam’s Charitable Trust (supra), and Radhaswami Satsang Sabha (supra) all support the view that application does not necessarily mean the same thing as actually paid — the mere fact of payment outside India in the context should, therefore, not impact the fact that application is in India, particularly where the decision to incur the expenditure is taken in India, is approved and agreed upon in India and the services or goods are actually utilised for activities carried out in India for the benefit of beneficiaries in India.

In conclusion, we notice that there are two distinct situations: one where the amount is paid outside India for an overseas activity, and a second where the amount is paid outside India for an activity performed in India. In our respectful opinion, once the benefit for the payment, wherever made, is located / received / found in India, the application should be treated as eligible for exemption from tax, and the place of receipt of payment and the performance of the activity should not be an obstacle in the claim.

Glimpses of Supreme Court Rulings

46. CIT vs. AbhisarBuildwell Pvt Ltd
(2023) 454 ITR 212 (SC)

Search and seizure — Assessment u/s 153A —Procedure – (i) In case of search under section 132 or requisition under section 132A, the AO assumes the jurisdiction for block assessment under section 153A; (ii) all pending assessments / reassessments shall stand abated; (iii) in case any incriminating material is found / unearthed, even, in case of unabated / completed assessments, the AO would assume the jurisdiction to assess or reassess the ‘total income’ taking into consideration the incriminating material unearthed during the search and the other material available with the AO including the income declared in the returns; and (iv) in case no incriminating material is unearthed during the search, the AO cannot assess or reassess taking into consideration the other material in respect of completed assessments / unabated assessments, meaning thereby, in respect of completed/unabated assessments, no addition can be made by the AO in absence of any incriminating material found during the course of search under section 132 or requisition under section 132A of the Act, 1961 — however, the completed / unabated assessments can be reopened by the AO in exercise of powers under sections 147 / 148 of the Act, subject to fulfillment of the conditions as envisaged / mentioned under sections 147 / 148 of the Act and those powers are saved.

According to the Supreme Court, the question posed for its consideration was, as to whether in respect of completed assessments / unabated assessments, whether the jurisdiction of AO to make an assessment is confined to incriminating material found during the course of search under section 132 or requisition under section 132A or not, i.e., whether any addition could be made by the AO in absence of any incriminating material found during the course of search under section 132 or requisition under section 132A of the Act or not.

The Supreme Court noted that it was the case on behalf of the Revenue that in case of search under section 132 or requisition under section 132A, the assessment has to be done under section 153A of the Act. The AO thereafter has the jurisdiction to pass assessment orders and to assess the ‘total income’ taking into consideration other material, even though no incriminating material is found during the search in respect of completed/unabated assessments.

The Supreme Court, at the outset, noted that various High Courts, namely, Delhi High Court, Gujarat High Court, Bombay High Court, Karnataka High Court, Orissa High Court, Calcutta High Court, Rajasthan High Court and the Kerala High Court have taken the view that no addition can be made in respect of completed / unabated assessments in absence of any incriminating material. The lead judgment was by the Delhi High Court in the case of Kabul Chawla (2016) 380 ITR 573 (Del), which had been subsequently followed and approved by the other High Courts, referred to hereinabove. One another lead judgment on the issue was the decision of the Gujarat High Court in the case of Saumya Construction (2016) 387 ITR 529 (Guj), which had been followed by the Gujarat High Court in the subsequent decisions, referred to hereinabove. Only the Allahabad High Court in the case of Principal CIT vs. MehndipurBalaji (2022) 447 ITR 517 (All) had taken a contrary view.

The Supreme Court observed that before the insertion of section 153A in the statute, the relevant provision for block assessment was under section 158BA of the Act. The erstwhile scheme of block assessment under section 158BA envisaged assessment of ‘undisclosed income’ for two reasons: firstly, there were two parallel assessments envisaged under the erstwhile regime, i.e., (i) block assessment under section 158BA to assess the ‘undisclosed income’ and (ii) regular assessment in accordance with the provisions of the Act to make assessment qua income other than undisclosed income. Secondly, the ‘undisclosed income’ was chargeable to tax at a special rate of 60 per cent under section 113, whereas income other than ‘undisclosed income’ was required to be assessed under regular assessment procedure and was taxable at the normal rate. Therefore, section 153A came to be inserted and brought into the statute. Under the section 153A regime, the legislation intended to do away with the scheme of two parallel assessments and tax the ‘undisclosed’ income also at the normal rate of tax as against any special rate. Thus, after the introduction of section 153A and in case of search, there shall be block assessment for six years. Search assessments / block assessments under section 153A are triggered by conducting a valid search under section 132. The very purpose of the search, which is a prerequisite / trigger for invoking the provisions of sections 153A / 153C is the detection of undisclosed income by undertaking extraordinary power of search and seizure, i.e., the income which cannot be detected in the ordinary course of regular assessment. Thus, the foundation for making search assessments under sections 153A / 153C can be said to be the existence of incriminating material showing undisclosed income detected as a result of the search.

According to the Supreme Court, on a plain reading of section 153A of the Act, it was evident that once a search or requisition is made, a mandate is cast upon the AO to issue a notice under section 153A to the person. The notice would require such person to furnish the return of income in respect of each assessment year falling within six assessment years immediately preceding the assessment year, relevant to the previous year in which such search is conducted or requisition is made, and assess or reassess the same.

The Supreme Court noted that as per the provisions of section 153A, in case of a search under section 132 or requisition under section 132A, the AO gets the jurisdiction to assess or reassess the ‘total income’ in respect of each assessment year falling within six assessment years. However, as per the second proviso to section 153A, the assessment or reassessment, if any, relating to any assessment year falling within the period of six assessment years pending on the date of initiation of the search under section 132 or making of requisition under section 132A, as the case may be, shall abate. As per sub-section (2) of section 153A, if any proceeding initiated or any order of assessment or reassessment made under sub-section (1) has been annulled in appeal or any other legal proceeding, then, notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1) or section 153A, the assessment or reassessment relating to any assessment year which has abated under the second proviso to sub-section (1), shall stand revived with effect from the date of receipt of the order of such annulment by the CIT. Therefore, according to the Supreme Court, the intention of the legislation seemed to be that in case of search, only the pending assessment /reassessment proceedings shall abate and the AO would assume the jurisdiction to assess or reassess the ‘total income’ for the entire six years period / block assessment period. The intention did not seem to be to reopen the completed / unabated assessments, unless any incriminating material is found with respect to the concerned assessment year falling within the last six years preceding the search. The Supreme Court, therefore held that, on the true interpretation of section 153A of the Act, 1961, in case of a search under section 132 or requisition under section 132A and during the search any incriminating material is found, even in case of unabated/completed assessment, the AO would have the jurisdiction to assess or reassess the ‘total income’ taking into consideration the incriminating material collected during the search and other material which would include income declared in the returns, if any, furnished by the assessee as well as the undisclosed income. However, in case during the search no incriminating material is found, in case of completed / unabated assessment, the only remedy available to the Revenue would be to initiate the reassessment proceedings under sections 147 / 148 of the Act, subject to fulfillment of the conditions mentioned in sections 147 / 148, as in such a situation, the Revenue cannot be left with no remedy. Therefore, even in case of block assessment under section 153A in case of unabated / completed assessment and in case no incriminating material is found during the search, the power of the Revenue to have the reassessment under sections 147 / 148 of the Act has to be saved, otherwise, the Revenue would be left without a remedy.

The Supreme Court further held that if the submission on behalf of the Revenue in the case of search even where no incriminating material is found during the course of the search in case of unabated / completed assessment, the AO can assess or reassess the income / total income taking into consideration the other material, is accepted then there will be two assessment orders, which shall not be permissible under the law.

For the reasons stated hereinabove, the Supreme Court was in complete agreement with the view taken by the Delhi High Court in the case of Kabul Chawla (supra) the Gujarat High Court in the case of Saumya Construction (supra) and the decisions of the other High Courts taking the view that no addition can be made in respect of the completed assessments in absence of any incriminating material.
In view of the above and for the reasons stated above, the Supreme Court concluded as under:

(i) that in case of search under section 132 or requisition under section 132A, the AO assumes the jurisdiction for block assessment under section 153A;

(ii) all pending assessments / reassessments shall stand abated;

(iii) in case any incriminating material is found / unearthed, even, in case of unabated / completed assessments, the AO would assume the jurisdiction to assess or reassess the ‘total income taking into consideration the incriminating material unearthed during the search and the other material available with the AO including the income declared in the returns; and

(iv) in case no incriminating material is unearthed during the search, the AO cannot assess or reassess taking into consideration the other material in respect of completed assessments / unabated assessments. This means, with respect to completed/unabated assessments, no addition can be made by the AO in the absence of any incriminating material found during the course of a search under section 132 or requisition under section 132A of the Act, 1961. However, the completed / unabated assessments can be reopened by the AO in the exercise of powers under sections 147 / 148 of the Act, subject to fulfillment of the conditions as envisaged/mentioned under sections 147 / 148 of the Act and those powers are saved.

47. Maharishi Institute of Creative Intelligence vs. CIT (E)
(2023) 454 ITR 533 (SC)

Charitable Trust — Registration under section 12A — The assessee cannot be denied the exemption in the absence of a certificate of registration, since the year 1987, i.e., from the date on which the assessee applied for registration under section 12A (when there was no requirement of issuance of a certificate of registration), it continued to avail the benefit of registration under section 12A at least up to the A.Y. 2007–08.

The assessee applied for registration under section 12A of the Act as per the provisions of law prevailing in the year 1987. Thereafter, the assessee continued to be granted the exemption under section 12A of the Act.

Till 1987 there was no requirement of issuance of any certificate of registration of section 12A. Only filing an application for registration under section 12A and processing the same by the Department was sufficient. However, in the year 1997, there was an amendment, which required the issuance of the certificate of registration under section 12A also.

Despite the above, the assessee even after 1997 continued to avail of the exemption under section 12A of the Act even post 1987 till the A.Y. 2007-08.

The AO considering the facts as in earlier years up to 2007-08 and based on the registration under section 12A in the year 1987, granted the benefit of exemption under section 12A and accordingly passed an assessment order for the A.Y. 2010-11.

The assessment order came to be taken under suomotu revision by the CIT in the exercise of powers under section 263 of the Act. The CIT set aside the assessment order on the ground that the AO mechanically granted the benefit of exemption under section 12A without in fact verifying whether any registration in favour of the assessee was issued under section 12A of the Act or not. Therefore, the CIT thought that the assessment order was against the interest of the Revenue.

In appeal, at the instance of the assessee, the Tribunal set aside the order passed by the CIT.

The order passed by the Tribunal was the subject matter of appeal before the High Court at the instance of the Revenue. Taking into consideration the amendment in the year 1997, the High Court allowed the appeal preferred by the Revenue and set aside the order passed by the Tribunal by observing that as the assessee had failed to produce the certificate of registration, the assessee was not entitled to the exemption under section 12A.

The assessee filed the review application which was dismissed.

The judgment and order passed by the High Court allowing the appeal preferred by the Revenue were the subject matter of the appeal before the Supreme Court.

The Supreme Court having heard the learned counsel appearing for respective parties noted that it was not disputed that since 1987 i.e. from the date on which the assessee applied for registration under section 12A, the assessee continued to avail the benefit of exemption under section 12A at least up to the A.Y. 2007-08. Even post-1997, the assessee continued to avail of the exemption under section 12A based on its registration in the year 1987.

In that view of the matter, the Supreme Court was of the view that the AO was justified in granting the benefit of exemption under section 12A for the A.Y. 2010-11. According to the Supreme Court, what was required to be considered was the relevant provision prevailing in the year 1987, namely, the day on which the assessee applied for the registration. At the relevant time, there was no requirement for the issuance of any certificate of registration.

The Supreme Court observed that for all these years after 1997 till the year 2007-08, the assessee continued to avail the benefit of exemption solely based on the registration in the year 1987. The Revenue and even the CIT never claimed that in the earlier years there was no certificate of registration or the registration was not granted at all. Even from the material on record, namely, a communication dated 3rd June, 2015 which was considered by the Tribunal, it was apparent that the assessee was granted registration on 22nd September, 1987. Therefore, it could not be said that there was no registration at all.

In view of the above, the Supreme Court held that the impugned judgment and order passed by the High Court was erroneous and unsustainable and was quashed and set aside. The order passed by the Tribunal was restored.

The appeal was accordingly allowed to the aforesaid extent.

BCAS — VOLUNTEERING — MAKING A DIFFERENCE

Dear Readers, BCAJ has completed over five decades of its illustrious journey. Publication of a monthly professional journal is a task in itself, as it entails wholesome responsibility and requires total commitment. BCAJ has had
10 editors so far. As the BCAS is celebrating its 75th year, it would be interesting to read what some of the editors have to share. In tune with the current Office Bearers’ Theme of “Change – Leaders – Charity” for the quarter ending December 2023, this issue carries a write-up by two of the editors who have shared their experiences of volunteering and leading the change. We hope that readers will find it interesting and youngsters will find it inspiring to volunteer with the highest degree of commitment and dependability.

ASHOK DHERE

Chartered Accountant

(Editor from August 2000 to July 2005)

Dear readers,

Our present editor CA Dr Mayur Nayak is making all-out efforts to popularise the journal amongst young professionals, and it is certainly a commendable effort in this special year for our BCAS. He has posed certain questions, and my job is to provide precise answers to the challenges which the B.C.A. Journal is going to face in the years to come. My thoughts are based on his questions but expressed randomly.

1. Immediately after qualifying in the CA examination, I became a member of the BCAS, thanks to the initial guidance and encouragement given by the seniors and active members of the BCAS like Shri Vasantbhai Kishnadwala, who was my teaching staff colleague in N. M. College of Commerce. Both of us were part-time lecturers. My initial attraction to the BCAS was the BCA Journal, which used to give a variety of knowledge and information in capsule form and in a manner helpful to young professionals. My association, therefore, with the BCAS and the journal is over 50 years old. I was first a member of the library committee and then the journal committee sometime in 1974 and the association continues even today, and certainly, it was a pleasure to work in different capacities for the journal.

2. Recently, I read a book on the classic epic Mahabharata. It depicts various characters in Mahabharata from a hitherto unknown angle. The principal lesson that we learn from the book is that the characters in Mahabharat are eternal and depict the sociology and psychology prevailing then and how it is present even today and will also be there tomorrow. It further states that your character is your destiny. By nature, I love working in an academic environment and the BCAS and BCAJ as I see it, is engaged in imparting professional education on a continuous basis. My own character is suited to this environment, and hence, my association with the BCAS was influenced by my character, and that is destiny. Monetary consideration for voluntary work in BCAJ was irrelevant, and its absence was never felt. I was, and I am, a happy and willing volunteer. There was a feeling that we must actively contribute to the educational activity here, and it does benefit us in the long run.

3. An editor of a professional journal has a tremendous responsibility, and it also becomes a delicate task because the principal participants and the contributors are rendering service voluntarily without expectation of any monetary reward. You sacrifice your time and energy because you want to be a partner in a professional development process.

4. Balancing one’s own professional work, the BCAS work and time for family and personal duties is always a tightrope walking. However, this is not only true for CAs, but it is also applicable in all walks of life. How one tackles this depends on an individual’s character. The best thing to do is work with pleasure; if you do it with pleasure, work becomes worship and does not remain a mere idiom.

5. The editor is actively involved in coordination between various contributors, printers and reviewers in a time-bound manner, and it is a task by itself. Each one is hard-pressed for time. Besides general difficulties, there are hidden egos. To manage all this is really the job of an editor. Fortunately, during my term of five years, I got a printer in Madhav Kanitkar who was also a keen student of English literature. Some of us write in vernacular English, which may contain grammatical errors. Madhav used to correct all this without any grumbling or extra charge. Our contributors are all devoted and fine people, but in their busy schedules, maintaining timelines used to pose problems. An editor has to maintain the timeline and also take care of the mood of the contributors. In such a situation, as a human being, at times, he is likely to lose his cool. How to remain cool and how to avoid tensions are things which are not available by way of guidance anywhere, and one has to learn it the hard way, and the editor is no exception to it. He needs to develop that skill. You succeed many times by efforts, but failure also must be tolerated. When I took over the charge, because of a variety of reasons, the monthly posting of the journal used to be delayed. Through the combined efforts of all, I was successful in restoring the timeliness of the journal.

6. My benefit as an editor is my own satisfaction, nothing else. You come in contact with various authors and prominent professionals with whom you develop a good rapport, and you remain updated with professional knowledge, and these are incidental but valuable benefits.

7. I honestly believe that this message to a younger generation is meaningless. This young generation is far more capable and knowledgeable and are masters in this digital world. It is enough that we should give them a feeling that in case they have any difficulty, we are always available for help. Such an assurance, in my opinion, is good enough.

8. The peculiarity of BCAJ is its ability to project the Chartered Accountant as not only a taxing and ticking professional, but as an ‘Independent Business Economic Advisor’. In my opinion, it enhances the reputation as a learned professional. The nature and the contents of the journal are such that it gives us a bird’s eye view of various professional issues.

9. At my age and in the time period I worked as an active professional, voluntary work did give satisfaction and other incidental benefits. The mindset of the younger generation will be different. In a new environment, it is a matter of further examination as to how the younger generation looks at the whole profession. The approach has to be different, and there should not be a cause to grumble.
10. Artificial intelligence is a certainty of the near future, and it is difficult to envisage in what way it will benefit. However, I would like to go with a belief that yesterday was bright, but tomorrow is pregnant with a new hope and a new life which is going to be brighter. There is no point in blowing the trumpet of the past.

11. Attracting youngsters to the journal would be a two-way traffic. We have no other alternative but to make constant improvements in the journal because everyone accepts that change is the only thing which is constant.

12. My best regards and best wishes for the journal.


GAUTAM NAYAK

Chartered Accountant

(Editor from August 2007 to July 2010)

At the request of the BCAJ Editor Mayur Nayak, I have put down a few thoughts on my journey with the Journal, and in particular, my period as the Editor.

I became a member of BCAS immediately after my qualification in January 1986, at the urging of my father, who was also a BCAS life member. I had, of course, become a fan of the BCA Journal during my articleship itself and aspired to one day write for the journal, which I so much admired.

I actually started my articleship two and a half years after my graduation and was therefore keen to learn as much as I could to make up for the lost time, as most of my contemporaries had already qualified as CAs one year after their graduation. While I was initially associated with the Publication Committee of BCAS, I also used to regularly attend study circle meetings as well as lecture meetings, besides attending as many seminars as I could.
Sometime in the late 1980s/early 1990s, I was fortunate to be requested to write reports in the form of summaries of these study circle discussions and lectures for the BCA Journal. Since this was something I was aspiring to do, I gladly took it up, jointly with other members who used to then contribute to these columns. This also gave me the benefit of gathering together and crystallising my thoughts on the subject discussed and cementing my knowledge on the subject. That was how my initial association with the Journal began.

In April 1996, I got the opportunity to join Pradip Kapasi as co-author of the column, ‘Controversy’, beginning a long inning, with both of us continuing as co-authors of this column till today. Writing for this feature has helped me immensely. Reading all case laws on a controversy, analysing the conflicting case laws and then applying one’s mind to arrive at a conclusion, besides discussing the complex issues with my co-author — though all this took a substantial toll on my time, it helped me be prepared for any client advice or representation before tax authorities since I was already aware of the intricacies of issues involved.

I was fortunate to take over the role of Joint Editor of the Journal after my term as President of BCAS, with Mr K C Narang as the Editor, for a couple of years. While I managed the editing of the text and production of the Journal, it was a privilege and treat to see the innovative thoughts and ideas that Mr Narang would come up with for the Journal. Every week, I would get three or four press clippings from him, with some news and his thoughts on how we could build on that for the Journal.

I was then the Editor of the Journal for a period of three years, from 2007 to 2010, with Sanjeev Pandit as my Joint Editor. It was indeed a challenge to live up to the exacting standards set by my predecessor, Mr Narang. When I started off, I was fortunate to have an experienced printer of the Journal, Mr Madhav Kanitkar, who took great pride in ensuring that the final product came out almost perfect in terms of language and layout. BCAS also had a Knowledge Manager, who was a CA Pinky Shah. The experienced Editorial Board, with stalwarts such as Mr K C Narang, Narayanbhai Varma, Kishor Karia, Ashok Dhere, and an enthusiastic convenor, Anup Shah, made my task easier in the initial stages.

Throughout my period as President of BCAS and then Joint Editor and editor of the Journal, I also continued my role as co-author of “Controversy”. Due to this, I ended up spending a substantial amount of time on the journal as a contributor writing for Controversy, chairing the monthly Journal Committee meetings and the Editorial Board meetings, and actually editing the journal every month. I spent about 15 to 20 per cent of my work time on the Journal! Fortunately, since I was by then part of a larger firm, I had a team to support my client work and could afford to spend that time.

More than half a day of the last few days and the first couple of days of each month were devoted to journal activities — writing the editorial, reading the proofs of the full journal, checking the index, coordinating with the printer, etc. Fortunately, being a speed reader, I could achieve all this. I had to plan all my travel to ensure that I was in Mumbai at that time of the month. Many times, my personal time on weekends (Saturdays as well as Sundays) would be taken up by this work. However, I found it thoroughly enjoyable since I would read the journal from cover to cover and thereby enhance my knowledge in the process, too.

The biggest challenge during my period as an editor was sometime in October 2009, when the long-time printer of the journal suddenly disappeared, possibly due to his financial difficulties. For the next two or three months, the production of the journal had to be managed directly with the staff of the printer, who could fortunately still continue with the proofreading, printing and mailing. Simultaneously, we had to finalise a contract with an alternative printer. Fortunately, we were introduced to an experienced printer, Spenta Multimedia, by Shri Narayan Varma. Spenta took over from the February 2010 issue, and we could continue publication of the journal without a break.

Editing the journal was indeed an enriching experience for me — not only in terms of enriching my knowledge, but also learning from and interacting with other stalwarts, contributors and members with whom I worked as a team. I had to necessarily review material on all areas of professional practice and different laws. Often, I would look up the relevant case laws or subjects on Google to verify a proposition or statement made by an author, the correctness of which I was unsure. Ultimately, it was the reputation of the Journal for correctness that was at stake. Today that would be much easier for an Editor with the aid of Artificial Intelligence. In those days, a large part of the production process, particularly the proofs were sent across manually for verification. Today, newer technologies facilitate sharing and speedier processing of data, e.g., online storage on Google Drive or MS One Drive facilitates simultaneous editing of a file by multiple persons working on different aspects of the same article.
The Journal may, of course, have to change to keep up with the changing times. With the younger generation now reading most literature online, with time constraints, and the desire for precise and concise material on any subject, the Journal also has been seeking to meet the challenge by catering to both — its older readership, who still need detailed analysis of a subject in physical form, as well as the younger online readership, who are more comfortable with a shorter, online version. Increasing specialisation has also meant that, sometime in the future, one may need to consider breaking up the journal into parts, each part dealing with a particular area of practice. That would also, of course, perhaps need multiple Editors, each dealing with their own area of specialisation.

Being a part of BCAS over the decades has been a thoroughly enriching experience in terms of gaining knowledge and making friends with other professionals. My experience has been that, so long as one wholeheartedly and sincerely contributes, you get more out of it in return than the loss of time that you devote to supporting it in its activities.

From The President

India is witnessing a telecom and IT revolution, and it is gaining prominence in its contribution to the world economy by providing state-of-the-art products and services to the world.

As per the NASSCOM report, the IT industry has a noticeable impact on improving the efficiency of almost every other segment of the economy.

The rollout of fifth-generation (5G) communication technology and the increasing adoption of artificial intelligence, cloud computing, Big Data analytics, and the Internet of Things (IoT) will further enlarge the size of the IT industry of India at the global level. India, with approximately 55 per cent of the world’s service-sourcing market, is poised to take a big leap in technology transformation in years to come.

However, certain myths about technology often arise from misconceptions, fears, or misunderstandings about how technology works and its impact on society. As technology is impacting our daily lives, it is time to clear certain myths about the use of technology. This myth-busting exercise is to provide insights to the readers on the ease of using technology and coming out of the fear syndrome while using technology in their daily lives.

TECHNOLOGY AND SOME OF ITS MYTHS

1. Myth: “incognito” and “private” keep everything secret
Fact: Incognito simply means the browser won’t keep track of your history, import your bookmarks or automatically log into any of your accounts. Basically, it’s good for keeping other people who use your computer from accessing links to what you’ve been doing. However, it won’t keep your identity hidden from the sites you visit or your ISP.

2. Myth: Leaving your phone unplugged the whole night destroys your battery
Fact: There’s no proof that this damages your phone’s battery in any way. Modern smartphones run on lithium-ion batteries, which are smart enough to stop charging when they’ve reached capacity.

3. Myth: More Megapixel means a better camera
Fact: The quality of an image is determined in large part by how much light the sensor is able to take in. Bigger sensors may come with larger pixels, and the larger the pixel, the more light it can absorb. So, it’s really the size of the pixels that matter as much or more than the sheer number of pixels.

4. Myth: You Shouldn’t shut down your computer every day
Fact: The truth is it’s actually good to turn off your computer regularly.

5. Myth: More Signal bar means more network
Fact: The bars just indicate how close you are to the nearest cell tower. But other factors impact how fast the internet on your phone performs.

6. Myth: Technology Always Makes Life Easier
Fact: While technology can simplify many tasks and improve convenience, it can also make life more complex and demanding. Constant connectivity, for example, can lead to information overload and stress.

7. Myth: Technology will solve all Education Problems
Fact: The belief that technology can completely revolutionise education and replace traditional teaching methods is a common myth. While technology can enhance learning, effective education also relies on skilled teachers and pedagogical strategies.

8. Myth: Technology may replace Chartered Accountants
Fact: Technology may not replace Chartered Accountants, but a technology-driven firm may, in the near future, replace a non-technology-driven firm.

The role of IT in India’s economic development is crucial. The Indian experts are most sought after across the world, and the future belongs to India with a great share of work from different parts of the world. Future education would also include courses being developed based on the latest technological advancements, knowledge, and skills. Our next generation will not just be job seekers but will be job creators.

BCAS AND ITS MYTH
As I kept meeting several chartered accountants in the last few months, a common query I hear from potential members is that the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society is for Chartered Accountants from Mumbai (formerly Bombay). To break this myth, I would like to share some data about the geographical coverage of our membership. We have approx. 5400+ members from Mumbai and 3200+ members from outside of Mumbai i.e. 60% from Mumbai and 40% from outside Mumbai.

BCAS has a presence in more than 350+ cities and towns of Bharat. This helps in breaking the myth that BCAS is only a Mumbai-based association. It is the largest voluntary body of professional Chartered Accountants in Bharat, and therefore, in essence, it is a “Bharatiya Chartered Accountants’ Society.”

REIMAGINE AND ITS MYTH
On the 4th, 5th, and 6th of January, 2024, BCAS is organising a mega-conference, ReImagining the Profession in the Changing Technological Environment. The event shall cover many thought-provoking ideas for the future of the finance, consulting, assurance, and taxation profession.

A myth regarding this event is that it is only for BCAS members. I would like to break the myth that this event is conceptualised keeping in mind, all kinds of finance professionals, whether Chartered Accountants or others, whether in Industry or in Practice, whether in Mumbai or outside, whether experienced or young, as this event talks about ReImagining the profession as a whole.

G20 SUMMIT 2023
Successful completion of the G20 Summit with a recommendation by India and acceptance of all members of G20 for inclusion of the African Union into the Group of nations, making the count G21 has established India’s prominence in driving the agenda of inclusive growth at the world level.

EVENTS AT BCAS
The theme for the July to September quarter was the impact of technology, and BCAS was at the forefront in organising a few workshops and Twitter Space Sessions related to the impact of technology on the profession.
A. Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society organised a workshop on the use of technology in GST compliance through a demonstration of various automation tools. Automation and use of software in compliance processes can help Chartered Accountants increase the efficiency of their team and improve compliance.

B. The Tech I Committee took the initiative to organise the Twitter Space Session on filing ITR for A.Y. 2023-24 from the BCAS Twitter handle.

This Twitter Space Session was conducted with the objective of sharing the crucial precautions and best practices for filing ITRs that professionals need to observe.

C. BCAS has always been at the forefront of arranging programs and seminars when any new provisions or standards are issued. A full-day seminar on Forensic Accounting and Investigation Standards (FAIS) was held in physical mode at the Hotel Parle International to introduce the participants to the framework governing these standards, the basic concepts covered in the standards, the legal framework, and report writing.

D. In a dynamic financial landscape, the event “Investing in Amrit Kaal” organised by BCAS shed light on the shifting paradigms of investment. The speakers meticulously navigated through the evolving asset classes, emphasising how Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs), Commodities, Portfolio Management Services (PMS), and even Sovereign Gold Bonds are carving distinctive realms within the investment spectrum.

September month was the month of festivals, and I, on behalf of the entire BCAS, seek forgiveness and also forgive everyone from the heart, Michami Dukkadam. I also wish everyone a very happy Ganesh Chaturthi.

As we move into the October to December 2023 quarter, the theme will be “Charter for Change.”

Cursed Animals

The Kingdom of Gods was governed by the God of Gods – GOG. Thousands of gods and demi-gods stayed happily in this kingdom. All facilities to enjoy their lives were freely available to them.

However, GOG was not sure whether all gods were performing their roles properly, and discharging their duties diligently. Therefore, he thought that a certain degree of checking or verification was required.

GOG asked Brihaspati, the Guru of the Gods, to set up certain principles and define the duties of various gods. It was a very complicated document to regulate the functions of all.

The question was – who would check all this? So, a very difficult examination was conducted. Very few intelligent gods passed the examination. GOG authorised them to perform the duty of checking. They were called ‘Registered Gods’ – RGs. The picture painted before them was a very rosy picture.

The first point of checking was Kubera, the treasurer of gods. Whether all gods to whom offerings were made by human beings on earth deposited their collections in the Kubera’s treasury. Whether Kubera utilised it properly, and whether the accounts were properly drawn up and presented.

GOG found that the Sun has become irregular. He disappeared in between and suddenly generated too much heat. It led to global warming. So, GOG introduced energy conservation checking and the overall functioning of the Sun.

It was then found that Varuna – the God of rains also became irregular. Issues of environment and pollution arose. So, environment checking was introduced.

Likewise, many things were added every year within the scope of RG’s work. RGs got tired. They did not get any extra remuneration. Gods whose performance was checked by RGs continued to behave in the same manner despite the adverse findings of RGs. In short, no one really respected RGs.

GOG once openly said, “RGs are not doing their job properly!” RGs had to face trials in the Heaven. They were found guilty. So, GOG cursed them – You shall go to the earth. You will work like donkeys; but the Government and common people will expect everything from you as if you were Gods. Your earnings will be meagre as no one will recognise the value of your services. You will have only responsibilities, and no one will care for what you want.

At the same time, you will have to pass very difficult exams. You will get a feeling that our status is elevated; but in reality you will always remain ineffective. You will not get support from anyone. Finally, you will feel frustrated.

Thereafter, these RGs were born on earth and came to be known as ‘Cursed Animals’.

Insider Trading Regulations for Mutual Funds – SEBI Issues Draft Consultation Paper

BACKGROUND
SEBI released, on 8th July 2022, a consultation paper (“the Paper”) for provision for prohibition of Insider Trading in mutual funds. It may be recollected that the current regulations related to Insider Trading, (the SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015, or “Insider Trading Regulations”) specifically state that they do not apply to mutual fund units. SEBI pointed out in the paper recently, two serious cases of alleged abuse by insiders of unpublished price sensitive information. Both included cases of redemption of units by insiders while having access to unpublished material information which allegedly helped them gain while the general public investors suffered. While the said persons acted against the SEBI rules under other generic provisions, there was clearly a void in terms of having specific provisions for insider trading in mutual funds.

Mutual funds have, as per Association of Mutual Funds of India, assets under management of – over Rs. 35 trillion. The stakes are clearly high and abuse of price sensitive information by trusted insiders could be of large amounts, as shown by the orders referred to (though not named) in the paper. Having a comprehensive set of regulations on insider trading for mutual funds thus was clearly overdue. SEBI thus took a quick step by issuing this Paper, that suggests detailed provisions for insider trading in mutual fund units, besides giving the draft wording of the new provisions as proposed.

A review of the proposed provisions can be made at this stage. A more detailed analysis of the notified regulations can be carried out once they are released.

BROAD FRAMEWORK OF THE PROPOSED REGULATIONS

SEBI does not propose to introduce separate insider trading regulations for mutual funds. Instead, it proposes to incorporate separate chapters in the existing Insider Trading Regulations for mutual fund units. Certain existing provisions have also been modified for this purpose.

The scheme of the proposed regulations, however, is broadly the same. There are similar definitions of an insider, connected persons, unpublished price sensitive information (UPSI), Code of Conduct, etc. These have been adapted to a significant extent to the unique features of mutual fund units. The offence of insider trading is on similar lines. The Code of Conduct for dealing in securities would also be laid down for mutual fund units. Even the concept of Trading Plan would be adopted and applied to mutual fund units.

Thus, the time tested, repeatedly amended current regulations and their framework is sought to be applied for mutual fund units. That can be good but also, in some ways, a bad thing, as later discussed herein.

It may be added here that, insider trading regulations for mutual fund units are not entirely new. There have been circulars/guidelines covering the subject in different ways that have been frequently amended over the years. But, clearly, these circulars/guidelines have relatively lesser legal standing as compared to the Regulations. Further, they are not as comprehensive. Now, as a part of the Regulations, they are intended to be comprehensive and carry the full force of the Regulations, thus inviting punitive/adverse actions as the consequences of their violations.

IMPORTANT FEATURES OF THE PROPOSED REGULATIONS FOR MUTUAL FUND UNITS

To begin with, the definition of ‘securities’ would be amended. Earlier, it specifically excluded mutual fund units. Now this exclusion would be omitted.

The definition of trading in securities would be amended to also include redeeming, switching, etc of securities. This would be in addition to the already existing activities of subscribing, buying, selling, etc. of securities. The new definition may sound like a hotch-potch since different concepts are mixed. Redemption and switching are unique features of mutual fund units, and hence sound out of place with other terms such as buying, etc. which are general for all types of securities.

The concept of ‘insider’, however, is defined separately for mutual fund units. It includes a connected person, and a person in possession of UPSI.

Similarly, the definition of ‘connected person’ is separately made for mutual fund units and rightly so. Apart from those who generally are accepted to have access to UPSI, a list of persons deemed to be connected has been provided that includes persons whose connection is unique to this industry.

The term UPSI is also separately defined to include several items of information. These items are considered unique to this industry. For example, it was found recently, that restrictions on redemption of securities created serious inconvenience and uncertainty amongst unit holders of a fund. It was also alleged and found that certain insiders had redeemed before such restrictions were announced. Information regarding restrictions on redemption or winding up of schemes is thus deemed to be UPSI.

Trading in securities (which now include mutual fund units) would be a contravention. So would be sharing or procuring of UPSI, except for specified ‘legitimate’ purposes.

Then, a unique feature related to sharing of UPSI is sought to be created for mutual fund units. A critical aspect of insider trading regulations is, when can unpublished price-sensitive information said to have become published? What are the acceptable modes of publishing UPSI to make this information available to the public. One acceptable means is to share information through the stock exchanges. However, this makes sense for listed entities. It is seen that almost 98% of the mutual fund units, as this Paper too emphasises, are unlisted. Hence, sharing of UPSI on exchanges would not help in achieving the objective of reaching the intended public. SEBI therefore proposes that a separate and independent platform be created under the aegis of AMFI or collectively owned by asset management companies, etc. The UPSI could be shared here, and since such an independent platform would be able to reach the mutual fund unit holders and prospective holders/public generally, it could prove to be a better mode and alternative.

The ‘Code of Conduct’ for trading in securities by designated persons is broadly in line with the existing Code for other securities. Similarly, the coverage of ‘fiduciaries’ for making a Code is also similar with audit firms, accountancy firms, valuers, law firms, etc. being specifically included under this category.

CONCERNS

The primary concern is that, using a time-tested existing framework for insider trading can also, unfortunately, be a disadvantage since the existing framework was tailored for a different form of security. Undoubtedly, SEBI also may have wanted to move speedily since not only have skeletons been tumbling out of the closet, but the further litigation against the orders have also showed, the existing framework was neither specific nor comprehensive. Also, abuse of price sensitive information as a concept has not changed, and continues to apply as much to mutual fund units. However, there are several reasons to argue that SEBI could have taken a wholly fresh look from the ground up. Mutual fund units have several fundamental differences. These units are held in investment vehicles, and not in businesses as generally known. The primary information of schemes such as NAVs, portfolios, etc. is already fairly transparent in view of existing requirements to share such information regularly. In comparison, traditional businesses that regularly generate material/price sensitive information, offer a different scope for abuse despite listed entities being bound to disclose several categories of material information promptly.

The existing insider trading regulations have been drafted and repeatedly amended on recommendations by Expert Committees. In comparison, the present draft regulations appear to have been prepared internally, thus missing out on the benefits of deliberations and close study carried out by an Expert Committee.

It is submitted that even otherwise, mutual fund units have a different structure and are subject to abuse in a different manner. As earlier SEBI circulars themselves state, investments that a fund makes for itself can be subject to abuse of at least two kinds. First includes, using such information for making one’s own investments. The second and far more serious is front running, which too has been repeatedly caught though a valid fear may be that it may be far more rampant than even the large number of cases caught. Sadly, the serious offence of front running is covered in a small sub-clause of a different regulation that aims to cover all forms of front running. Thus, a separate set of Regulations specifically for malpractices in mutual funds covering insider trading, front running, etc. could have been the better alternative.

One hopes then, that, while SEBI notifies, after taking due feedback, the amendments, it also sets up an Expert Committee to holistically look at this field and puts into place a comprehensive set of regulations separately for mutual funds which factor in the unique circumstances of this industry.

WHETHER INSIDER TRADING WOULD BE SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT PENALTY? – A MAJOR LACUNA?

This apparent lacuna deserves a separate part to highlight it in more detail. Presently, SEBI notifies Regulations (subject to, of course, review by Parliament), and hence can draft and cover the subject comprehensively as an expert and specialised body. However, a penalty is levied under the Act made by the Parliament. The SEBI Act was drafted 30 years back, albeit frequently amended. Notably, Section 15G which governs penalty for insider trading, has remained unchanged since its inception, as far as the present issue is concerned. It primarily governs insider trading only in “securities of body corporate listed on any stock exchange’’. This squarely excludes most, if not all, mutual fund units.

This special section levies a stiff penalty of a minimum of Rs. 10 lakhs and a maximum of Rs. 25 crores or three times the gains made, whichever is higher.

Prima facie, this section may not apply to unlisted mutual fund units. Would this mean that the penalty then would be leviable only under the residuary clause which is limited in nature?

Granted, it is the Parliament that has power to amend the Act. But without a parallel amendment, would the new regulations be largely toothless?

CONCLUSION

Better late than never and better something than nothing can be the two adages that one could apply to the proposed regulations. It is high time this mammoth industry is subjected to strict regulations. But at the same time, Mutual funds represent a different framework that deserve a tailor made approach. As readers know, they are used more by persons seeking relatively secure returns, and having a different frame of mind than investors in equity shares. Further, even the existing insider trading regulations have seen that adverse orders for violations have often been set aside in appeal. Hence, all the more, the regulations for mutual funds need to be framed with a fresh outlook and by an expert committee consisting of members knowing the industry well. One hopes, that these regulations will see this very soon. Nonetheless, it is good news that the evil of insider trading will soon be subject to regulation and punishment.

Gift of Foreign Securities

INTRODUCTION
Who does not like to get a gift? More so, when it  comes from abroad? However, there are a variety of laws that apply to a gift of foreign securities received by a resident from a non-resident or vice-versa. Let us consider some of the important provisions in this respect.

FEMA, 1999

The Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 and the recently enacted FEM (Overseas Investment) Rules, 2022 permit a person resident in India to receive a gift of foreign securities as follows:

(a)    Without any limit from a person resident in India by way of inheritance (i.e., by way of a Will or intestate succession on death) if the donor has been holding the foreign securities in accordance with the applicable FEMA provisions;

(b)    Without any limit from a person resident outside India by way of inheritance;

(c)    By way of a gift (different than a receipt under inheritance) from a person resident in India if the donor is a relative (as per the definition under the Companies Act, 2013) of the donee, and has been holding the foreign securities in accordance with the applicable FEMA provisions; and

(d)    By way of a gift from a person resident outside India on compliance with the applicable provisions of the Foreign Contribution (Regulation) Act, 2010.

An Indian resident is permitted to gift foreign securities to another Indian resident only if the donor is a relative of the donee. Relative for this purpose means the following:

• Members of a Hindu Undivided Family
• Spouse
• Father (including stepfather)
• Mother (including stepmother)
• Son (including stepson)
• Son’s wife
• Daughter (including stepdaughter)
• Daughter’s husband
• Brother (including stepbrother)
• Sister (including stepsister)

An overseas investment by way of receipt of gift, and inheritance is to be categorised as Overseas Direct Investment (ODI) or Overseas Portfolio Investment (OPI) based on the nature of the investment. ODI means investment through acquisition of unlisted equity capital of a foreign entity or investment in 10 per cent  or more of the paid-up equity capital of a listed foreign entity, or investment with control where investment is less than 10 per cent of the paid-up equity capital of a listed foreign entity. Anything which is not ODI is OPI. The donee needs to accordingly file Form FC in respect of the gift / inheritance constituting an ODI with the RBI through its Authorised Dealer. If the gift /inheritance constitutes OPI then a resident individual does not need to file Form OPI.

Acquisition of foreign securities by way of inheritance or gift is not to be reckoned towards the Liberalised Remittance Scheme limit of $250,000 and hence, need not be reported under the LRS.

It may be noted that a person resident in India cannot gift foreign securities to a person resident outside India.

FCRA, 2010

The FEM (Overseas Investment) Rules, 2022 permit a person resident in India to receive a gift of foreign securities from a person resident outside India only if the applicable provisions of the Foreign Contribution (Regulation) Act, 2010 have been complied with. Hence, it becomes important to understand the provisions of this Act also.

FOREIGN CONTRIBUTION

A person (individual / HUF/ company) resident in India who is a specified person u/s 3 of the FCRA cannot accept any foreign contribution, i.e., a gift from a foreign source of any security as defined under the Securities Contract Regulation Act, 1956 or the FEMA. These specified persons include: election candidates, judges, civil servants, politicians, journalists, etc.

FOREIGN SECURITIES

The type of securities covered under these two Acts include:

•  shares, scrips, stocks, bonds, debentures, debenture stock or other marketable securities of a company or other body corporate
•    derivatives
•    units or any other instrument issued by any collective investment scheme
•    security receipts
•    units under any mutual fund scheme
•    Government securities
•    rights or interest in securities
•    shares, stocks, bonds, debentures or any other instrument denominated or expressed in foreign currency
•    securities expressed in foreign currency, but where redemption or any form of return such as interest or dividends is payable in Indian currency

A gift, delivery or transfer of  foreign securities by a person receiving it from a foreign source, either directly or indirectly, is also deemed  as a foreign contribution.

FOREIGN SOURCE

The definition of foreign source includes a foreign citizen and an Indian company of which more than 50 per cent of the capital is held by a foreign Government/foreign citizens / foreign companies / foreign trusts, etc. Thus, a non-resident Indian (passport holder of India) residing abroad would not constitute a foreign source. However, a foreign citizen permanently resident in India would constitute a foreign source! This difference is very important and would determine whether or not the gift constitutes a foreign contribution.

The FAQs issued on the FCRA state that contributions made by a citizen of India living in another country (i.e., Non-Resident Indian), from his personal savings, through the normal banking channels, is not treated as foreign contribution. However, while accepting any donations from such NRI, it is advisable to obtain his passport details to ascertain that he/she is an Indian passport holder. Similarly, the FAQs state that a donation from an Indian who has acquired foreign citizenship is treated as foreign contribution.

An Overseas Citizen of India would also constitute a foreign source since an OCI cardholder is not an Indian citizen. An OCI card is granted by the Government of India to a person under the aegis of the Citizenship Act, 1955. Section7A of this Act provides for the registration of OCIs. An OCI cardholder is not a full-fledged India citizen under the Citizenship Act but he is only registered as an OCI.

Interestingly, under FEMA, citizenship has no relevance whereas under FCRA it is material. Hence, an NRI working abroad would be a person resident outside India under FEMA but he would not be a foreign source under FCRA. A gift of foreign securities from such a person would not trigger the FCRA since it would not constitute a foreign source.   

Exceptions: While specified person under Section 3 of the FCRA cannot accept any foreign contribution, Section 4 carves out an exception to this rule. Specified persons being an individual / HUF can accept a foreign contribution from his relative. Interestingly, the FCRA definition of the term relative refers to the extended list under the Companies Act 1956, and not the restrictive list under the Companies Act, 2013. Hence, a specified person can receive a gift of foreign securities from the following relatives who are foreign citizens:

• Members of a Hindu Undivided Family
• Spouse
• Father
• Mother (including stepmother)
• Son (including stepson)
• Son’s wife
• Daughter (including stepdaughter)
• Father’s father and mother
• Mother’s mother and father
• Son’s son
• Son’s son’s wife
• Son’s daughter
• Son’s or daughter’s husband
• Daughter’s husband
• Daughter’s son
• Daughter’s son’s wife
• Daughter’s daughter
• Daughter’s daughter’s husband
• Brother (including stepbrother)
• Brother’s wife
• Sister (including stepsister)
• Sister’s husband

It may be noted that the FEMA rules allow a gift of foreign securities from a person resident outside India provided the FCRA rules are complied with. Hence, as far as the FCRA is concerned, a person resident in India can receive a gift from a donor who is a relative under FCRA even if he is not a relative under FEMA.  

The FAQs have also clarified that individuals in general as well as those prescribed u/s 3 and an HUF are permitted to accept foreign contribution without permission from relatives.

Intimation: Any individual/HUF (whether or not covered u/s 3 of the FCRA), receiving foreign contribution in excess of R10 lakhs in a financial year from his relatives should inform the Central Government regarding the details of the foreign contribution received by him in Form FC-1 within 3 months from the date of gift. This provision applies to all persons and not just the persons specified u/s 3. This is an information provision and not a prohibitory section. The earlier threshold limit for intimation was Rs. 1 lakh but it has been enhanced to Rs. 10 lakhs from July 2022.  

INDIAN TAX TREATMENT

Section 56(2)(x) of the Income-tax Act taxes gifts received without / or for inadequate consideration. In such cases, the donee becomes liable to tax on the receipt of the gift. It also contains several exceptions under which this section does not apply. The relevant exceptions in this respect are:

• A gift from defined relatives
• A gift on the occasion of the marriage of the donee
• A gift under a Will / inheritance from any person (even a non-relative)
• Gifts made in contemplation of death of the donor

The tax position of the donee  needs to be examined keeping in mind the provisions of s.56(2)(x) and other provisions, such as, s.68 of the Income-tax Act.

Since the securities acquired would be foreign securities, necessary disclosures in Schedule FA of the Income-tax Return should be made. Failure to do so would entail a penalty under the Black Money Act, 2015.

FOREIGN TAX TREATMENT

In addition, if the country of the donor levies a gift tax then the same should be considered. For instance, the USA levies a gift tax on the donor on all gifts in excess of US$16,000 per donor per calendar year. Thus, a US couple can gift $32,000 per donor every year since US taxes a couples as one unit. Further, the donor can also utilise his lifetime estate duty-cum-gift tax credit to avoid paying the gift tax. Gifts in excess of $16,000 need to be reported by the donor in Form 709 in the USA. In the US, states are also empowered to levy a gift tax and hence, the same should also be examined. Connecticut is one such state which levies a state level gift tax.

The UK does not levy any gift tax but if the donor dies within 7 years of making the gift, then an inheritance tax on the gifts is  levied. However, certain gifts are exempt from this inheritance tax.

CONCLUSION

The law relating to gifts is myriad and one needs to consider various factors before contemplating a gift of foreign securities.

How an Apparent Relief Became a Burden for Government & Taxpayers?

INTRODUCTION
Goods & Service Tax in India is a destination-based consumption tax, i.e., the tax collected on a supply (taxing event) becomes revenue of the State in which the supply is consumed. This is evident on a reading of Article 269A(1) of the Constitution, which, while giving exclusive powers to the Parliament to levy and collect tax on inter-state supplies, also requires the apportionment of the said tax between the Union and the States.

Accordingly, Sections 10-13 of the IGST Act, 2017 lay down the rules for determining the place of supply, which in effect will aid in determining the State where the supply is being consumed.

Further, Section 17 lays down the manner of apportionment of tax and settlement of funds, being an integrated tax collected by the Parliament. Since GST works on the principle of value addition and availability of input tax credit for businesses, section 17 recognizes that for a B2B transaction, the tax collected does not accrue to any Government and accordingly provides for settlement of taxes only in cases of B2C transactions and B2B transactions where the corresponding credit is not available.

Section 17 of the IGST Act, 2017 accordingly deals with the following scenarios for the settlement of taxes between the Governments:

a)    In respect of supplies made to an unregistered person (B2C)/ composition dealers paying tax u/s 10.

b)    In respect of supplies made where the registered person is not entitled to claim the input tax credit.

c)    In respect of import of goods/ services by a registered person not entitled to claim the input tax credit.

d)    In respect of supplies made where the registered person does not claim input tax credit within the prescribed timelines.

e)    In respect of import of goods/ services by a registered person who does not avail the said credit within the prescribed timelines.

f)    In respect of import of goods/ services by an unregistered person or a registered person paying tax u/s 10 or a registered person not entitled to claim an input tax credit.

DATA POINTS FOR SETTLEMENT

Conceptually, the above settlement process, along with the provisions for inter-se settlement in case of cross utilization of credits, would seem adequate and logical. However, in a nation with millions of taxpayers and trillions (or even more) of transactions, compiling the relevant data could be a daunting exercise. This aspect was thought through at the time of the introduction of GST, and the detailed, elaborate transaction level uploading and two-way matching process was inter alia also designed to provide the said data points. As a quick recollection, an elaborate mechanism for filing returns was proposed involving the following steps:

•    GSTR 1:  wherein suppliers furnished details of outward supplies made by them to registered / unregistered persons. The details of supplies made to unregistered persons, though to be furnished at summary level, was to be provided supply-wise.

•    The supplies to registered taxable persons disclosed in GSTR-1 were intimated to the receiving taxable persons in GSTR-2A.

•    Based on the details intimated in GSTR-2A, the receiving taxable person was expected to carry out the matching exercise while furnishing GSTR-2, which is the details of inward supplies and marks each supply as either accepted (i.e., matched), rejected (i.e., incorrectly appearing or requiring amendment) or pending (appearing correctly but not credit eligible in terms of section 16 of the CGST Act, 2017). In addition, the receiving taxable person also had an option to add transactions, not disclosed by the supplier. The input tax credit on such transactions was provisionally subject to the supplier making the necessary rectifications.

•    The transactions marked as ‘rejected’ / ‘added’ were to be sent back to the supplier in GSTR-1A whereby they could take the corrective action for the mismatch to be rectified.

•    The information furnished in the GSTR-1 and GSTR-2 was to be auto-populated to the GSTR-3 wherein the taxable person was also required to report other adjustments, such as reversal on account of Rules 37, 38, 42, 43, etc., and details of blocked/ ineligible credits and discharge the tax liability by utilizing balances lying in electronic cash/credit ledgers.

The complex transaction-based return cycle was designed to ensure that the data could be collated for proper settlement of taxes among the States.

However, in August 2017, during the first return cycle under GST, the portal displayed unpreparedness to facilitate filing of the above returns. The delay in filing GSTR-3 meant a delay in collection of tax revenue. Therefore, as a makeshift arrangement, the above-detailed process was temporarily substituted by a disjoint process of filing GSTR–1 -> GSTR–3B. It was clarified in the press release that this was to be applicable only for two months where the tax would be payable based on a simple return containing a summary of inward and outward details. However, as time progressed and the portal failed to facilitate the filing of GSTR-2, which delayed the filing of GSTR-3, the proposed filing mechanism was scrapped, and the GSTR-3B replaced GSTR-3 instead of being a mere stop-gap arrangement.

This also meant that the matching process was never implemented on the portal though GSTR–2A was made available to taxpayers. In many cases, basis mismatch between credit claimed in GSTR–3B at a summary level and credit auto-populated in GSTR–2A, recovery notices were issued to the taxpayers alleging an excess claim of the input tax credit. In many cases, the taxpayers were forced to approach the High Court for relief against such exercises. But, ensuring compliance was perhaps just one of the challenges faced due to the makeshift arrangement. A lot has been talked about the same in various professional forums, and this column has also featured an article on the same. This article focuses on certain other challenges.

OTHER ISSUES EMANATING FROM THE MAKESHIFT ARRANGEMENT

Apart from the above, the failure to implement the proposed returns filing process meant that the information required to carry out the activity of apportionment and settlement of funds amongst the Union and the States was not readily available due to the following:

•    For supplies made to unregistered persons and composition dealers, if the supplier supplying goods or services to a dealer under composition scheme discloses the supply as B2B, based on the tagging of the recipient, the Government gets a report of supplies received by composition dealers where input tax credit is not available. Similarly, the information of supplies made to unregistered persons was supposed to flow from GSTR-1, which was expected to be the gross liability to be discharged by a taxpayer. However, the disjoint filing of GSTR-1-3B meant mismatches in the liability disclosed versus liability discharged. Therefore, GSTR-1 was no longer a reliable means for obtaining the said information. In fact, there were occasions where a taxpayer would file GSTR-1, i.e., disclose outward supply but not file GSTR-3B, resulting in a loss of revenue to the exchequer.

•    For data points listed at (b) to (e) earlier, the information was expected to flow from GSTR-2 and GSTR-3, which required furnishing of transaction level details for credit matched but not claimed as the same was ineligible, time-barred, etc. Non-operationalization of GSTR-2 and GSTR-3 meant that the accurate details required for apportionment/ settlement exercise were no longer available.

•    For (f) above, the source is the ICEGATE data. GSTIN must be mentioned in all import cases. Therefore, wherever importers are flagged as unregistered/ paying tax under composition scheme, details of ineligible credit can be obtained by the Government.

INPUT TAX CREDIT – WAY FORWARD

To rectify these shortcomings, vide Circular 170/02/2022-GST, the manner of disclosure of claim of the input tax credit is laid down. Let us understand what the changes are.

Under the format applicable till now, the figures appearing in the ‘taxpayers’ books of accounts were considered as the starting point, and basis of the matching (as required u/s 16(2) (aa)). He was required to disclose the credit. More importantly, there was no necessity to disclose the credit appearing in GSTR-2B but not accounted/ not appearing in books of accounts. This practice is now sought to be changed by making certain changes to the format of GSTR-3B. Let us first understand what the change is:

Old

New

4. Eligible ITC

4. Eligible ITC

Details

Details

(A) ITC
Available (Whether in full or part)

(A) ITC
Available (Whether in full or part)

 

(1)
Import of goods

 

(1)
Import of goods

 

(2)
Import of services

 

(2)
Import of services

 

(3)
Inward supplies liable to reverse change (other than 1 & 2 above)

 

(3)
Inward supplies liable to reverse change (other than 1 & 2 above)

 

(4)
Inward supplies from ISD

 

(4)
Inward supplies from ISD

 

(5) All
other ITC

 

(5) All
other ITC

(B)  ITC Reversed

(B)  ITC Reversed

 

(1) As
per rules 42 & 43 of CGST Rules

 

(1)  As per rules 38, 42
& 43 of CGST Rules and
sub-section (5) of section 17

 

2.
Others

 

2.
Others

 (C) 
Net ITC Available (A)-(B)

(C)  Net ITC Available (A)-(B)

(D)
Ineligible ITC

(D)
Other details

 

(1) As
per section  17(5)

 

(1) ITC
reclaimed which was reversed under Table 4(B(2) in earlier tax period

 

(2)
Others

 

(2)
Ineligible ITC under section 16(4) and ITC restricted due to PoS provisions

The changes can be primarily summarized as under:

a)    Disclosure of ITC covered u/s 17(5) shifted from 4D(1) to 4B(1).

b)    Complete change of information required to be disclosed at 4D.

On a first reading of the above, one may feel that it is a mere change in the details to be submitted. However, there is much more than what meets the eye. Under the new process, a taxpayer is expected to carry out the detailed matching process wherein the claim of the input tax credit is based on figures auto-populated in GSTR-2B. Indirectly, the taxpayer must mark each transaction either as accepted, pending, or rejected as initially envisaged at the time of introduction of GST, with the only variation being that the same is to be done manually. The reporting continues to be at a summary level, i.e., the Government still has no means to identify errant suppliers at an early stage.

More importantly, the amounts to be disclosed at 4B, which deal with other reversals, have now been classified as permanent and temporary reversals to be disclosed at (1) and (2), respectively. The permanent reversals are described as those that are absolute in nature and are not reclaimable, and refer to reversals required to be made under Rules 38, 42 and 43. While reference to Rule 38, an ad hoc reversal of input tax credit, by a bank or financial institution including NBFC is understandable, the same may not extend to Rule 42/43 since it contains a specific provision for reclamation in case of reversal of excess input tax credit. Therefore, to this extent, the circular seems to be ultra vires the Rules referred to, and taxpayers might still have an option to reclaim the excess credits reversed u/r 42/43.

This takes us to ‘temporary reversals’. Under the temporary reversal, what is required to be reported is the input tax credit appearing in GSTR-2B and auto-populated in GSTR-3B but not matching with the books of accounts and, therefore, liable to be reversed. The circular clarifies that this shall include, apart from credits reversible u/r 37, instances where restrictions under clauses (b) & (c) of Section 16(2) which restricts the claim of input tax credit in case the goods or services or both or the tax charged in respect of a supply has not been paid to the Government. More importantly, it refers to this as a reversal of input tax credit and proceeds to clarify that a taxable person shall be entitled to reclaim the credits so reversed on account of a mismatch as and when the same appears in GSTR-2B. This would mean that the credit disclosed at 4A.(5) as per GSTR-2B would mean availing of input tax credit at the first stage, which would be a contravention of conditions laid down in section 16. For instance, a supplier has issued an invoice to a taxable person and disclosed the same in his GSTR-1 of August, 2022. However, the taxable person has received the invoice and goods in the subsequent month, i.e., September 2022. Therefore, the question that remains is, can the recipient even disclose the credit to the extent of this transaction in 4A. (5), and then reclaim the same in September GSTR-3B? In that sense, it can be said that the Circular requires the taxable person to disclose availability of input tax credit which is contrary to the provisions of the Act.

There is one more issue in the above. The purpose of this exercise is to enforce proper reporting of ineligible credits/ blocked credits. However, many businesses have a practice whereby they do not recognize the tax separately in case of blocked credit and book the gross expenditure in the books of accounts. Therefore, the tax component of the blocked credits do not appear separately in their purchase register. As such, when matching between GSTR-2B and books is done monthly, such transactions always appear as unmatched transactions, and therefore, are reported as temporary reversals. Such transactions may never be reported as permanent reversal, and therefore, the details of such credit will be available to the Government only as time-barred credits.

One advantage of this clarification is that it can be used to bypass the provision of section 16(4). Let us take an example of an invoice appearing in GSTR-2B of September, 2022. For some reason, the invoice was never accounted by the taxable person (non-receipt of the invoice, dispute, etc.,) and therefore, while filing GSTR-3B of September, the credit was first shown at 4A.(5) and after that reversed at 4B.(2) as a temporary reversal. In December, 2023, the taxable person accounts for the invoice. The question is, can he claim this credit now as in terms of the above circular, the credit has already been availed & reversed, and now the same would amount to reclaim of the credit to which the provisions of section 16 (4) may not apply.

This takes us to the point 4D of the new format. At 4D.(1), the format expects a taxable person to disclose instances of reclaim of input tax credit which was reversed earlier in table 4B.(2). The intention behind this specific disclosure seems to be to track the difference in credits claimed in 4A.(5) of GSTR-3B and GSTR-2B on a month-on-month basis by probably using the following method:

Tax Period

ITC as per GSTR-2B

ITC as per 4A. (5)

ITC as per 4B. (2)

ITC as per 4D. (1)

2022-08

1,50,000

1,50,000

-75,000

2022-09

2,50,000

2,95,000

-1,00,000

45,000

2022-10

3,50,000

4,60,000

1,10,000

Total

7,50,000

9,05,000

-1,75,000

1,55,000

The above table demonstrates the need for separate disclosure of recredits at table 4D.(1). The various notices received to date based on GSTR-3B versus GSTR-2A/2B notices have focused on amounts disclosed in table 4A. (5). In view of the additional disclosure of input tax credit reclaimed at 4D.(1), it will be convenient for the taxable person to explain the difference to the tax authorities.

However, a question remains regarding the claim of credits appearing in GSTR-2B of July, 2022 and prior period and matched during August, 2022 and subsequent periods. This is because such credits were not disclosed as availment and subsequent reversals during the earlier GSTR-3B. Therefore, even if such credits are claimed on a matching basis, the same cannot be treated as reclaim of input tax credit, and therefore, reporting the same at 4D.(1) would appear to be grossly incorrect. Thus, the easy resolution of mismatch notices may not be on the horizon, at least till September, 2023 as credits for the period April, 2022 to July, 2022 can be claimed till the filing of GSTR-3B of September, 2023. Perhaps, either 4B.(1) should have been appropriately worded to cover this aspect, or a separate row for reporting such cases would have helped the taxpayers. To the least, had the new method been introduced in a new financial year, the mismatch could have been averted as a taxpayer is required to disclose the input tax credit of a particular F.Y. claimed in the next year at 8C and 12 and 13th GSTR-9 and 9C for each financial year.

PLACE OF SUPPLY: CAPTURING CUSTOMER DETAILS

Another issue faced by the Government was the perceived incorrect disclosure of the place of supply in GSTR-3B on which, the Board has clarified as under:

3.3. Accordingly, it is advised that the registered persons making inter-state supplies-

… …

(iii) shall update their customer database properly with correct State name and ensure that correct POS is declared in the tax invoice and in Table 3.2 of Form GSTR-3B while filing their return, so that tax reaches the Consumption State as per the principles of destination-based taxation system.

Let us try to understand the background of the above clarification with the help of an example. A telecom operator has roped in the services of a payment gateway. Under this arrangement, whenever a subscriber intends to renew his connection/ pay his bill, he will make the payment online through the payment gateway. For each transaction through the payment gateway, it charges a nominal fee plus applicable GST to the subscriber. While the telecom would have the subscriber’s details, termed as ‘address on record’ available with him, the payment gateway won’t. The issue that remains for the payment gateway is how to determine the place of supply and more importantly, pay the applicable tax. For instance, the payment gateway is registered in Maharashtra, while the person making the payment is in Gujarat. There can also be a scenario where the payment may be done for a connection obtained in an altogether different state.

In the above, the issue would originate regarding the determination of place of supply. This is because the services provided by the payment gateway are not covered under any of the exceptions provided u/s 12 of the IGST Act, 2017, and therefore, the place of supply will be determined under the general rule, which provides as:

(2)    The place of supply of services, except the services specified in sub-sections (3) to (14), –

(a)    made to a registered person shall be the location of such person;

(b)    made to any person other than a registered person shall be, –

(i)    the location of the recipient where the address on record exists; and

(ii)    the location of the supplier of services in other cases.

In most cases, it is likely that the payment gateways provide services to end consumers/ unregistered recipients; therefore, clause (b) above becomes applicable for determining the place of supply in case of charges recovered from them. The same provides that the recipient’s location shall be the place of supply when the ‘address on record’ exists. However, when no such address exists, it is the location of the supplier which becomes the place of supply. In such a scenario, it would therefore mean that the tax leviable on a supply being made to and consumed by a person in Gujarat shall be Maharashtra. Therefore, the tax authorities in Gujarat likely feel aggrieved that the tax revenue on a supply consumed in their state accrues to another state. The second option, i.e., to claim that no ‘address on record’ available is the appropriate solution with a supplier as it will help him reduce compliance on his hand. However, does a supplier have such an option or not is something which needs to be analyzed. It becomes important to understand what is meant by ‘address on record’.

The term ‘address on record’ is very loosely defined u/s 2 (3) of the CGST Act, 2017 to mean the address of the recipient as available in the records of the supplier. However, the definition does not define, either address or record. However, Chapter VIII of the CGST Act, 2017 deals with what Accounts and Records every registered taxable person must maintain under GST. Rule 56 (5) thereof requires every registered person to keep particulars of the following:

(a)    Name and complete addresses of suppliers from whom he has received the goods or services chargeable to tax under the Act.

(b)    Name and complete addresses of the persons to whom he has supplied goods or services where required under the provisions of this Chapter.

The above indicates that while it is mandatory to maintain the ‘complete address’ of all suppliers, the same does not apply when it comes to recipients. In the case of recipients, the requirement to maintain the name and complete address arises only when it is required under the provisions of this Chapter, i.e., Chapter VII of the CGST Rules, 2017. A detailed reading of this Chapter would indicate that there is no requirement for any taxable person to maintain the ‘name and complete address’ of the person to whom goods or services have been supplied. Therefore, a payment gateway is well within ‘its’ rights to claim that they do not have the ‘address on record’ of person using their services and therefore, they are right in treating their supplies as intra-state supply irrespective of the State where the recipient is located.

As pointed above, such a position in the law is certainly to be countered by the other states, who would feel aggrieved by the perception that they are losing out on the tax revenue. However, one may very well argue that the tax revenue never belonged to them as the consumption, by virtue of the exception provided u/s 12 (2), belonged to the originating State. However, many state tax authorities have already raised this issue during assessments/ proceedings on service providers.

The Circular goes on to presume that such suppliers are making an inter-state supply. However, when a taxable person claims that the supply made by him is an intra-state supply, the applicability of this circular/clarification/instruction on such taxable person can be questioned. Secondly, the Circular requires the service provider to update their database correctly with the correct State Name. For the same, the circular presumes the existence of a database. However, in the case discussed above, the supplier may not be maintaining a database in the first place, which would make the clarification not applicable.

The next question is whether the Board considers the name of the State as sufficient data for determining address on record, especially when the provision relating to ‘Accounts & Records’ refer to complete address. Even in common parlance, the address on record can be used for communication, i.e., sending notices, visited using such records, etc. More importantly, what would be the sanctity of the data captured by a service provider in his records when it only contains the name of State. A person can always make mistakes while entering the State data in the database.

Further, even if the suppliers start collecting the State details from their customers, their local tax authorities might question the non-availability of address on record and therefore allege that there is a wrong POS determined resulting in payment of wrong tax. This might trigger the initiation of recovery proceedings for applicable tax not paid, i.e., CGST/SGST. Already, the Hon’ble HC has held that internal adjustment of tax wrong paid would not be permissible, i.e., if a supply is classified as inter-state. and IGST is paid on the same, and subsequently, if it is determined that the supply was classifiable as intra-state supply, in such a case, recovery of CGST/SGST will be done separately. Tax wrongly paid under IGST will have to be claimed as a refund. The only saving grace in such a case would be that interest will not be leviable on the recovery. However, to what extent a refund can be claimed is also a subject matter of dispute, especially whether the time-barring provisions u/s 54 would apply to such refund claims or not? This is an important question as such instances of the wrong classification of the place of supply would arise only during audits, which take place much after the 2-year time limit prescribed u/s 54.

CONCLUSION

GSTR-3B was a temporary arrangement until the functionality to file GSTR-2 and 3 was enabled. However, the temporary arrangement soon became permanent, and a burden for both, the Government as well as taxpayers as is evident from the above. The further attempt to dictate the manner of disclosure of input tax credit/ place of supply in apparent disregard to the stated provisions means that the way ahead will be rocky. Perhaps, it is high time that the original process of filing GSTR-2 and 3 be reintroduced. This will ensure a proper trail for taxpayers and authorities and ensure smooth compliance and accurate filing.

Auditor’s Report and Related Disclosures in Financial Statements For a Non-Banking Financial Company under an Administrator

SREI INFRASTRUCTURE LTD.
(Y.E. 31st MARCH, 2022)

From Auditors’ Report on Standalone Financial Statements

Disclaimer of Opinion

We were engaged to audit the Standalone Financial Statements of Srei Infrastructure Finance Limited (SIFL or the Company), which comprise the Balance Sheet as at 31 March, 2022, the Statement of Profit and Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), the Statement of Changes in Equity, Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended and notes to the Standalone Financial Statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information (hereinafter referred to as the Standalone Financial Statements). We do not express an opinion on the accompanying Standalone Financial Statements of the Company. Because of the significance of the matters described in the Basis for Disclaimer of Opinion section of our report and the uncertainties involved, we have not been able to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to provide a basis for an audit opinion on these Standalone Financial Statements.

Basis for Disclaimer of Opinion

a)    We draw reference to Note No. 1.2, 1.3(i) and 59 to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains that the Administrator has initiated audits/reviews relating to the processes and compliances of the Company and has also appointed professionals for conducting transaction audit as per Section 43, 45, 50 and 66 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC), 2016 (the Code). Hence, the Standalone Financial Statements are subject to outcome of such audits/reviews. Pending the outcome of the Transaction Audit, we are unable to comment on the impact, if any of the same on the Standalone Financial Statements. Note No. 59 explains that latest valuations from independent valuers in respect of assets/collaterals held as securities is in progress. Hence, pending completion of the process, we are unable to comment on the impact, if any of the same on the Standalone Financial Statements. Further the Notes also explains that since the Administrator has taken charge of the affairs of the Company on 4 October, 2021, the Administrator is not liable or responsible for any actions and regarding the information pertaining to the period prior to 4 October, 2021 and has relied upon the explanations, clarifications, certifications, representations and statements made by the existing officials of the Company, who were also part of the Company prior to the appointment of the Administrator.

b)    We draw reference to Note No. 51 to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains that during the financial year 2019-20, the Company accounted for the slump exchange transaction and consequently recognized and derecognised the relevant assets and liabilities in its books of account, pursuant to the Business Transfer Agreement (BTA) with its subsidiary, Srei Equipment Finance Limited (SEFL), with effect from 1 October, 2019, subject to necessary approvals. The superseded Board of Directors and erstwhile management of the Company obtained expert legal and accounting opinions in relation to the accounting of BTA which confirmed that the accounting treatment so given is in accordance with the relevant Ind AS and the underlying guidance and framework. The Note further explains that during the financial year 2020-2021, SEFL had filed two separate applications under Section 230 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act), before the Hon’ble NCLT proposing Schemes of Arrangement (the Schemes) with all its secured and unsecured lenders. Since applications/appeals in connection with the Schemes were pending before NCLT/NCLAT, the superseded Board of Directors and erstwhile management had maintained status quo on the Schemes including accounting of BTA. Both the Schemes were rejected by majority of the creditors and an application of withdrawal was filed by the Administrator in this matter which has been allowed by the Tribunal vide order dated 11 February, 2022. As stated in the said note, the Administrator is in the process of filing consolidated resolution of SEFL and SIFL and hence no further action is being contemplated regarding establishing the validity of BTA or otherwise, consequent upon the withdrawal of Schemes. Accordingly, the status quo regarding BTA, as it existed on the date of commencement of Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (CIRP), has been maintained. In view of the uncertainties that exist in the matter of BTA, we are unable to comment on the accounting of BTA, as aforesaid, done by the Company and accordingly on the impact of the same, if any, on the Standalone Financial Statements.

c)    We draw reference to Note No. 53 to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains that the Administrator has invited the financial/ operational/other creditors to file their respective claims and that the admission of such claims is in process. Further, the note explains that the effect in respect of the claims, as on 8 October, 2021, admitted by the Administrator till 4 May, 2022 is in the process of being verified and updated from time to time as and when the claims are admitted and that the creditors can file their claims during CIRP. Accordingly, the figures of claims admitted and accounted in the books of account might undergo changes during CIRP. Hence, adjustments, if any, arising out of the claim verification and submission process, will be given effect in subsequent periods. We are unable to comment on the impact of the same, if any, on the Standalone Financial Statements.

d)    We draw reference to Note No. 54(b) to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains the reasons owing to which the Company was not able to comply with the requirements of Section 135 of the Act in relation to depositing unspent amount related to Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR). As stated in the said note, the Company has written to the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (the MCA) seeking exemption from the obligations of the Company under portions of Section 135(5) and Section 135(7) of the Act. We are unable to comment on the impact of the same or any other consequences arising out of such non-compliance, if any, on the Standalone Financial Statements.

e)    We draw reference to Note No. 56 to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains that the Company, as per the specific directions from Reserve Bank of India (RBI) in relation to certain borrowers referred to as ‘probable connected parties/related parties’, was advised to re-assess and re-evaluate the relationship with the said borrowers to assess whether they are related parties to the Company or to SEFL and also whether transaction with these connected parties were in line with arm’s length principles. However, the said process was not concluded and meanwhile the Company and SEFL have gone into CIRP. As stated in the said Note, the Administrator is not in a position to comment on the views adopted by the erstwhile management in relation to the RBI’s directions since these pertain to the period prior to the Administrator’s appointment. As stated in point (a) above, the Administrator has initiated a transaction audit/review relating to the process and compliance of the Company and has also appointed professionals for conducting transaction audit as per sections 43, 45, 50 and 66 of the Code, which is in process. We are unable to comment on the impact of the same, if any, on the Standalone Financial Statements.

f)    We have been informed that certain information including the minutes of meetings of the Committee of Creditors, Advisory Committee and Joint Lenders are confidential in nature and cannot be shared with anyone other than the Committee of Creditors and Hon’ble NCLT. Accordingly, we are unable to comment on the possible financial effects on the Standalone Financial Statements, including on presentation and disclosures, if any, that may have arisen if we had been provided access to that information.

g)    In view of the possible effects of the matters described in paragraph 5(a) to 5(f) above, we were unable to determine the consequential implications arising therefrom and whether any adjustments, restatement, disclosures or compliances are necessary in respect thereof in the Standalone Financial Statements of the Company.

Material Uncertainty Related to Going Concern

We draw attention to Note No. 55 to the Standalone Financial Statements which states that the Company has been admitted to CIRP and that the Company has reported operational loss during the year ended 31 March, 2022 and earlier years as well. As a result, the Company’s net worth has eroded and it has not been able to comply with various regulatory ratios/limits etc. All this have impacted the Company’s ability to continue its operations in normal course in future. These events or conditions, along with other matters as set forth in the aforesaid Note, indicate that there is a material uncertainty which casts significant doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a ‘Going Concern’ in foreseeable future. However, for the reasons stated in the said note, the Company has considered it appropriate to prepare the Standalone Financial Statements on a going concern basis.

Emphasis of Matters

We draw attention to the following matters in the notes to the Standalone Financial Statements:

a)    Note No. 50 to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains that considering the significant impact of COVID-19 on business activity, the Company had received consent for waiver of interest on Non-convertible Perpetual Bond from the Bond Holders. Accordingly, the Company has not accrued interest of Rs. 3,300 lacs for the year ended 31 March, 2022.

b)    Note No. 52 to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains that in view of the impracticability for preparing the resolution plan on individual basis in the case of the Company and SEFL, the Administrator, after adopting proper procedure, has filed applications before the Hon’ble NCLT, Kolkata Bench, seeking, amongst other things, consolidation of the corporate insolvency processes of the Company and SEFL. The application in the matter is admitted and the final order was received on 14 February, 2022 wherein the Hon’ble NCLT approved the consolidation of the corporate insolvency of SIFL and SEFL.

c)    Note No. 5(v) to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains that the Company is holding 18,80,333 units in Infra Construction Fund, managed by Trinity Alternative Investments Managers Limited (TAIML). TAIML is a 51% subsidiary of the Company. For the purpose of NAV of such units, TAIML, acting as fund manager has forwarded the valuation report as on 31 March, 2022 to the Company, valuing such units at Nil. As on 31 December, 2021, TAIML had reported value of these units as Rs. 53,065 lacs under the same circumstances which continue as on 31 March, 2022. The Company has not accepted the basis of such valuation and is currently enquiring the basis of the same. The Company, only for the purpose of compliance has given effect to the said valuation and such value of investment in Company’s books is subject to outcome of enquiry and explanations being sought from TAIML.

d)    Note No. 57 to the Standalone Financial Statements which explains that the Company during the quarter and year ended 31 March, 2022 on behalf of SEFL, had invoked 49% equity shares of Sanjvik Terminals Private Limited (STPL) which were pledged as security against the loan availed by one of the borrowers of SEFL. These shares appear in the Demat statement of the Company, whereas the borrower was transferred to SEFL pursuant to BTA. SEFL is in the process of getting these shares transferred in its name. Till such name transfer, the Company is holding these shares in trust for SEFL for disposal in due course. SEFL has no intention to exercise any control/significant influence over STPL in terms of Ind AS 110/lnd AS 28.

e)    Note No. 62 to the Standalone Financial Statements which states that the MCA vide its letter dated 27 September, 2021 has initiated investigation into the affairs of the Company under Section 206(5) of the Act and the same is in progress.

f)    Note No. 58 to the Standalone Financial Statements which states that based on the information available in the public domain, forensic audit was conducted on the Company and few lenders have declared the bank account of the Company as fraud. However, in case of some lenders, on the basis of petition filed by the promoters, Hon’ble High Court of Delhi has restrained the said lender from taking any further steps or action prejudicial to the petitioner on the basis of the order declaring the petitioner’s bank account as fraud. The next hearing in the matter has been listed on 23 August, 2022. Report of such forensic audit was not made available to us.

Our opinion is not modified in respect of the above matters.

From Notes to Financial Statements (Standalone)

Background and General Information

1.2. Supersession of Board of Directors and Implementation of Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) vide press release dated October 4, 2021 in exercise of the powers conferred under Section 45-IE (1) of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 (RBI Act) superseded the Board of Directors of the Company and appointed an Administrator under Section 45-IE (2) of the RBI Act. Further, RBI, in exercise of powers conferred under section 45-IE (5) (a) of the RBI Act 1934, constituted a three-member Advisory Committee to assist the Administrator in discharge of his duties. Thereafter RBI filed applications for initiation of Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (CIRP) against the Company under section 227 read with clause (zk) of sub-section (2) of Section 239 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC), 2016 (the Code) read with Rules 5 and 6 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy (Insolvency and Liquidation Proceedings of Financial Service Providers and Application to Adjudicating Authority) Rules, 2019 (FSP Insolvency Rules) before the Hon’ble National Company Law Tribunal, Kolkata Bench (Hon’ble NCLT). Hon’ble NCLT vide its order dated October 08, 2021 admitted the application made by RBI for initiation of CIRP against the Company. Further, Hon’ble NCLT gave orders for appointment of Mr. Rajneesh Sharma, as the Administrator to carry out the functions as per the Code and that the management of the Company shall vest in the Administrator. Further, NCLT also retained the three-member Advisory Committee, as aforesaid, for advising the Administrator in the operations of the Company during the CIRP.

1.3. Significant Accounting Policies

1.3(i) Basis of preparation and presentation

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) as notified under the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 as amended from time to time and notified under section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) along with other relevant provisions of the Act, the Master Direction Non-Banking Financial Company Systemically Important Non-Deposit taking Company and Deposit taking Company (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2016 (the NBFC Master Directions), as amended and notification for Implementation of Indian Accounting Standards vide circular RBI/2019-20/170 DOR (NBFC).CC.PD. No.109/22.10.106/ 2019-20 dated March 13, 2020 (RBI Notification for Implementation of Ind AS) issued by RBI. These financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for certain items which are measured at fair values at the end of each reporting period, as explained in the accounting policies below. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services. The preparation of these financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses and disclosed amount of contingent liabilities. Areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity or areas where assumptions are significant to the Company are discussed in Note No. 2.23 Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions. The management believes that the estimates used in the preparation of these financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ from those estimates and the differences between the actual results and the estimates would be recognised in the periods in which the results are known/ materialised. The financial statements are presented in Indian Rupees (INR) and all values are rounded off to the nearest Lacs, except otherwise indicated. Comparative information has been regrouped/rearranged to accord with changes in presentations made in the current period, except where otherwise stated. The financial statements of the Company are presented as per Schedule III (Division III) to the Act applicable to NBFCs, as notified by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA). These audited financial statements of the Company for the year ended March 31, 2022 have been taken on record by the Administrator on May 27, 2022 while discharging the powers of the Board of Directors of the Company which were conferred upon him by the RBI press release dated October 4, 2021 and subsequently, powers conferred upon him in accordance with Hon’ble NCLT order dated October 8, 2021. It is also incumbent upon the Resolution Professional, under Section 20 of the Code, to manage the operations of the Company as a going concern. As a part of the CIRP, the Administrator has initiated audits/reviews relating to the processes and compliances of the Company and has also appointed professionals for conducting transaction audit as per section 43, 45, 50 and 66 of the Code. As such, these financial results are subject to outcome of such audits/reviews. Since the Administrator has taken charge of the affairs of the Company on October 4, 2021, the Administrator is not liable or responsible for any actions and has no personal knowledge of any such actions of the Company prior to his appointment and has relied on the position of the financial statements of the Company as they existed on October 4, 2021. Regarding information pertaining to period prior to October 4, 2021 the Administrator has relied upon the explanations, clarifications, certifications, representations and statements made by the company management team (the existing officials of the Company), who were also part of the Company prior to the appointment of the Administrator. The accounting policies for some specific items of financial statements are disclosed in the respective notes to the financial statements. Other significant accounting policies and details of significant accounting assumptions and estimates are set out below in Note No. 1.3(i) to 1.22.

50. Waiver of Interest on Non-convertible Perpetual Bond due to Covid-19

Considering the significant impact of COVID-19 on business activity, the Company had received consent for waiver of interest on Non-convertible Perpetual Bond from the Bond Holders. Accordingly, the Company has not accrued interest of Rs.3300 lacs for the year ended March 31, 2022.

51. Business Transfer Agreement

During the year 2019-20, the Company and its Subsidiary Company, Srei Equipment Finance Limited (SEFL) entered into a Business Transfer Agreement (BTA) to transfer the Lending Business, Interest Earning Business and Lease Business of the Company together with associated employees, assets and liabilities (including liabilities towards issued and outstanding non – convertible debentures) (Transferred Undertaking), as a going concern by way of slump exchange to SEFL pursuant to the Business Transfer Agreement, subject to all necessary approvals. Accordingly, the Company and SEFL passed the relevant accounting entries in their respective books of account to reflect the slump exchange w.e.f. October 1, 2019 while allotment of shares by SEFL was made on December 31, 2019. The superseded board of directors and erstwhile management of the Company, as existed prior to the Appointment of the Administrator, had obtained external expert legal and accounting opinions in relation to the accounting of BTA which confirmed that the accounting treatment so given is in accordance with the relevant Ind AS and the underlying guidance and framework. During the year 2020-2021, the Company had filed two separate applications under Sec. 230 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) before the Hon’ble NCLT (CA 1106/KB/2020 and CA 1492/KB/2020 at the Hon’ble NCLT Kolkata) proposing Schemes of Arrangement (the Schemes) with all its secured and unsecured lenders (Creditors). Business Transfer Agreement, constituted an integral part of the Schemes. The first scheme (i.e. CA 1106/KB/2020) sought for amongst other things formal consent to be obtained from the required majority of the creditors of SEFL to the completed acquisition by way of slump exchange of the Transferred Undertaking from SIFL in terms of the BTA and consequential formal novation of the loans and securities already forming part of SEFL liabilities and outstanding to the creditor. (as set out in the Scheme filed CA 1106/KB/2020). The second scheme (i.e. CA 1492/KB/2020) sought for amongst other things restructuring of the debt due to certain creditors of the Company including secured debenture holders, unsecured debenture holders, perpetual debt instrument holders, secured ECB lenders and unsecured ECB lenders and individual debenture holders. Pursuant to the directions of Hon’ble NCLT vide order dated October 21, 2020, the superseded board of directors and erstwhile management had maintained status quo on the Scheme including accounting of BTA. The final order/s in connection with the Schemes was awaited from Hon’ble NCLT at that time. Both the schemes of arrangement were rejected by the majority of the creditors during the meetings held pursuant to the Hon’ble NCLT’s directions (dated 21/10/2020 and 30/12/2020 respectively). Further, certain appeals were filed by rating agencies in the matter relating to the second scheme of arrangement (i.e. CA 1492/KB/2020). An application of withdrawal was filed by the Administrator in this matter in NCLAT which has been allowed by NCLAT by an order dated February 11, 2022. As stated in Note-52 below, the Company is in the process of consolidated resolution of SEFL and SIFL and hence no further action is being contemplated regarding establishing the validity of BTA or otherwise, consequent upon the withdrawal of Schemes as stated above. Accordingly, the status quo regarding BTA, as it existed on the date of commencement of CIRP, has been maintained. In accordance with the obligations imposed on the Administrator under Section 18(f) of the Code, the Administrator has taken custody and control of the Company with the financial position as recorded in the balance sheet as on insolvency commencement date on an ‘as-is where-is’ basis. The accounts for the quarter and year ended March 31, 2022 have been taken on record by the Administrator in the manner and form in which it existed on the insolvency commencement date in view of the initiation of the CIRP and this fact has also been informed by the Administrator to the stakeholders. Further, in line with the provisions of Section 14 of the Code, the Company cannot alienate any of the assets appearing on the insolvency commencement date.

52. Consolidated Resolution under CIRP

In view of the impracticability for preparing the resolution plan on individual basis in the case of the Company and SEFL, the Administrator, after adopting proper procedure, has filed applications before the Hon’ble National Company Law Tribunal- Kolkata Bench (Hon’ble NCLT) in the insolvency resolution processed of SIFL and SEFL (IA No. 1099 of 2021 under CP.294/KB/2021 and IA No. 1100 of 2021 under CP.295/KB/2021) seeking the following prayers:

•    Directing the consolidation of the corporate insolvency resolution processes of SIFL and SEFL;

•    Directing formation of a consolidated committee of creditors for the consolidated corporate insolvency resolution processes of SIFL and SEFL;

•    Directing and permitting the conduct of the corporate insolvency resolution processes for SIFL and SEFL in terms of the provisions of the Code in a consolidated manner including audit of transactions in relation to Section 43, Section 45, Section 50 and Section 66 of the Code, issuance of single request for submission of resolution plans by the Administrator and the submission and consideration of single resolution plan, for the consolidated resolution of SEFL and SIFL in terms of the provisions of the Code; and

•    Directing and permitting the submission and approval of one consolidated resolution plan for the resolution of SEFL and SIFL in terms of the provisions of the Code.

The application in this matter was admitted and the final order received on February 14, 2022 wherein the Hon’ble NCLT approved the consolidation of the corporate insolvency of SIFL and SEFL. Further, the Company has received Expression of Interest from various prospective Resolution Applicants and the Company has finalized the list of the prospective Resolution Applicants who are in the process of submitting the resolution plan in terms of the Code.

53. Payment to lenders/others and claims under CIRP

CIRP has been initiated against the Company, as stated in Note No. 1.2 and accordingly, as per the Code, the Administrator has invited the financial/operational/other creditors to file their respective claims as on October 8, 2021 (i.e. date of commencement of CIRP). As per the Code, the Administrator has to receive, collate and verify all the claims submitted by the creditors of the Company. The claims as on October 8, 2021 so received by the Administrator till May 4, 2022 is in the process of being verified/updated from time to time and wherever, the claims are admitted, the effect of the same has been given in the books of accounts. In respect of claims of creditors, which are rejected or under verification, the effect of the same in the books of accounts will be taken once the verification of the same is completed and it is admitted. Further, as aforesaid, since the creditors can file their claims during the CIRP, the figures of claims admitted in the books of accounts might undergo changes during the CIRP. Adjustments, if any arising out of the claim verification and admission process will be given effect in subsequent periods.

54. Trust and Retention Account (TRA)

a)    The domestic lenders of the Company and SEFL stipulated Trust and Retention Account (TRA) mechanism w.e.f November 24, 2020, pursuant to which all the payments being made by the Company are being approved/released based on approval in the TRA mechanism. The Company has not accounted for interest of Rs. 2,686 Lacs for the year ended March 31, 2022 w.r.t. ICDs from SEFL nor accounted for rent of Rs. 703 Lacs from SEFL for the nine months ended December 31, 2021.The Audit Committee of SIFL and SEFL in their respective meetings dated August 14, 2021 and August 11, 2021 approved the waiver of aforesaid interest and rent between them.

b)    As at March 31, 2021 the Company was having funds amounting to Rs. 53 lacs in relation to the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) which were unspent. These unspent amounts as per the requirements of Section 135 of the Act were to be transferred to funds specified under Schedule VII to the Act within a period of 6 months. However, the domestic lenders of the Company had stipulated TRA mechanism effective November 24, 2020, pursuant to which all the payments being made by the Company were being approved/released based on the TRA mechanism. The Company was not able to transfer the aforesaid unspent CSR amount as per the requirements of Section 135 of the Act. The Company has written letter to the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) seeking exemptions from the obligations of the Company under portions of Section 135(5) and Section 135(7) of the Act. The reply from MCA in this regards is awaited.

55. Going Concern

The Company had reported operating losses during the year ended March 31, 2022 and earlier year/periods as well. Hence, the net worth of the Company has fully eroded. There is persistent severe strain on the working capital and operations of the Company and it is undergoing significant financial stress. As stated in Note No. 1.2, CIRP was initiated in respect of the Company w.e.f. October 8, 2021. The Company has assessed that the use of the going concern assumption is appropriate in the circumstances and hence, these financial results have been prepared on a going concern assumption basis as per below:

a)    The Code requires the Administrator to, among other things, run the Company as a going concern during CIRP.

b)    The Administrator, in consultation with the Committee of Creditors (CoC) of the Company, in accordance with the provisions of the IBC, is making all endeavors to run the Company as a going concern. CIRP has started and ultimately a resolution plan needs to be presented to and approved by the CoC and further approved by the Hon’ble NCLT and RBI approval. Pending the completion of the said process under CIRP, these financial results have been prepared on a going concern basis.

56. Probable Connected / Related Companies

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) in its inspection report and risk assessment report (the directions) for the year ended March 31, 2020 had identified certain borrowers as probable connected/ related companies. In view of the directions, the Company has been advised to reassess and re-evaluate the relationship with the said borrowers to assess whether they are related parties to the Company or to SEFL and also whether transactions with these connected parties are on arm’s length basis. The superseded Board and the earlier management had obtained legal and accounting views as per which these are not related party transactions. The Administrator is not in a position to comment on the views adopted by the erstwhile management of the Company in relation to the findings of RBI’s inspection report since these pertain to the period prior to the Administrator’s appointment. As a part of the CIRP, the Administrator has initiated a transaction audit/review relating to the process and compliances of the Company and has also appointed professionals for conducting transaction audit as per section 43, 45, 50 and 66 of the Code. Such audit/review is in progress; hence these financials results are subject to outcome of such audit/review.

57. During the year ended March 31st, 2022, SEFL has invoked 49% equity shares of Sanjvik Terminals Private Limited (STPL), which were pledged with SEFL as security against the loan availed by one of the borrowers of SEFL. As at March 31st, 2022, these shares appear in the demat statement of the Comapny, whereas the borrower was transferred to the Company pursuant to BTA, as stated in Note No. 51 above. The Company is in the process of getting these shares transferred in its name. Till such name transfer, The Company is holding these shares in trust for SEFL for disposal in due course. SEFL has no intention to exercise any control/significant influence over STPL in terms of Ind AS 110/Ind AS 28. SEFL has taken an expert opinion, which confirms that since it is not exercising any significant influence/control over STPL, hence, STPL is not a subsidiary/associate in terms of Ind AS 110/Ind AS 28 and accordingly is not required to prepare consolidated financial statements with respect to its holding of 49% of the equity shares of STPL.

58. Based on the information available in the public domain, few lenders have declared the bank account of the Company as fraud. However, in case of one of the lender, on the basis of petition filed by the ex-promoters, Hon’ble High Court of Delhi has restrained the said lender from taking any further steps or action prejudicial to the petitioner on the basis of the order declaring the petitioner’s bank account as fraud. The next hearing in the matter has been listed on August 23, 2022.

59. As a part of the ongoing CIRP process the Administrator has appointed two (2) independent valuers to conduct the valuation of the assets of the Company & SEFL and assets/collateral held as securities as required under the provisions of the Code. Accordingly, the financial results, disclosures, categorization and classification of assets are subject to the outcome of such valuation process.

62. The Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) vide its letter dated September 27, 2021 has initiated investigation into the affairs of SIFL and SEFL under Section 206(5) of the Act and it is under progress.

Section 148A – Reopening of assessment – Notice u/s 148A(b) – Firm Dissolved – duly intimated the department – Transaction duly recorded in proprietorship concern – Matter remanded for fresh consideration

Sanjay Gupta vs. Union Of India & Ors.
W.P.(C) 13712/2022
Date of order: 22nd September, 2022
Delhi High Court
A.Ys.: 2015-16, 2017-18 & 2018-19

Section 148A – Reopening of assessment – Notice u/s 148A(b) – Firm Dissolved – duly intimated the department – Transaction duly recorded in proprietorship concern – Matter  remanded for fresh consideration

The Present writ petition has been filed challenging the notice  issued u/s 148, 148A(b) and  orders passed u/s148A(d) of the Act.

The Petitioner stated that the impugned notices are without jurisdiction as the same have been issued in the name of a non-existent partnership firm – Railton Electronics. He states that the Petitioner, during the reassessment proceedings, duly informed the department vide replies dated 23rd March, 2022 and 19th January, 2022 that the partnership firm being M/s Railton Electronics having PAN Number AANFR1676E was dissolved as per the Deed of Dissolution dated 1st April, 2013 and thereafter, the firm was taken over by the Petitioner as a sole proprietor.

The Petitioner  stated that as per the letter obtained from the erstwhile partnership firm’s bank, the partnership firm’s bank account was closed on 19th July, 2013 itself. He contends that the Railton Electronics is now maintaining a proprietorship account opened on 25th July, 2013. In support of his contention, he relied upon the certificates issued by the Petitioner’s banker.

The Petitioner emphasises that the alleged transactions mentioned in the notices issued u/s 148A(b) of the Act are duly accounted for in the return of the sole proprietorship. He pointed out that there has been a scrutiny assessment in the account of the sole proprietorship firm in the name of the sole proprietor, Mr. Sanjay Gupta.

The Hon. Court, upon consideration of the above factual position, sets aside the orders dated 9th April, 2022 passed u/s 148A(d) of the Act for A.Ys. 2018-19 and 2015-16, the notices issued u/s 148 and directs the Petitioner to file supplementary replies before the Assessing Officer (AO) clearly stating that the transactions referred to in the notices issued  u/s 148A(b) of the Act have been duly accounted for in the account of the sole proprietorship firm, and have been offered to tax. Along with the replies, the Petitioner shall enclose all the relevant documents including certificates issued by Canara Bank, income tax returns, bank statements as well as the assessment orders passed in the name of a sole proprietorship for the said assessment years, within two weeks. The AO was directed to pass fresh orders u/s 148A(d) of the Act within a period of four weeks thereafter.

S. 260A – Additional grounds of appeal raised before High court – Revision order u/s 263 passed in case of dead person – Matter remanded

Bimal vs. Pala (Legal heir of Late Smt. Ranjana Pala) vs. ACIT – 26(2)
ITA No. 517 of 2018
Date of order: 16th September, 2022
Bombay High Court
[Arising from Mumbai ITAT order dated 17th March, 2017 – Bench “B” ITA No. 2735/Mum/2016 – A.Y.: 1996-97]

S. 260A – Additional grounds of appeal raised before High court – Revision order u/s  263 passed in case of dead person – Matter remanded

The appeal was filed u/s 260A of the Income Tax Act, 1961. The  Appellant stated that one of the grounds which ought to have been taken, but was not taken before the Tribunal, was regarding the death of Ms. Ranjana Pala, on 22nd January, 2016, which was material to the case inasmuch as the order dated 16th March, 2016, came to be passed by the Principal Commissioner of Income Tax, after the death of the said assessee. It was stated that even in the present memo of appeal, this question has not been raised and, therefore, learned Counsel for the Appellant has tendered a schedule of amendment seeking to incorporate, the following:

“28AA Whether the order dated 16-03-2016 passed by the Respondent No. 2 under Section 263 of the Act in the case of “Ms. Ranjana Pala” who had passed away on 22-01-2016 was against non-existent person and hence illegal and bad in law?”

The aforesaid prayer made by the learned Counsel for the Appellant was allowed by the court. The Hon. Court observed that the assessee, Ms. Ranjana Pala, had expired on 22nd January, 2016, at Singapore. A copy of the death certifcate issued by the authorities at Singapore which was on record, confirms this fact. According to the certificate, the deceased assessee passed away on 22nd January, 2016, in the Mount Alizabeth Hospital, Singapore. It is stated that the factum of the death of the deceased assessee was brought to the notice of the Principal Commissioner of Income Tax, vide communication dated 7th March, 2016, which was not only acknowledged by hand receipt but also got reflected in the order dated 16th March, 2016 passed u/s 263 of the Act by the Principal Commissioner of Income Tax. It is thus stated that having the full knowledge about the factum of the death of the deceased assessee, the authority had proceeded to pass an order against a dead person, which was thus a nullity in law.

The Hon. Court observed that since the issue which is now sought to be raised before this Court in the appeal, was not an issue which was raised or agitated before the Tribunal, but nevertheless has a direct bearing on the controversy, therefore the Hon. Court deemed it necessary to remand the matter to the Tribunal for a fresh consideration on the above limited issue, keeping all other issues, which have been raised in the present memo of appeal, open.

Accordingly the appeal was disposed.

S. 68 – Identity, creditworthiness and genuineness of the transactions of purchases – Concurrent finding of the fact recorded by both the authorities- sales and purchase transactions, transfer pricing report at arm’s length and book results declared accepted – No substantial question of law arises for consideration

Pr. Commissioner of Income Tax vs. M/s Attire Designers Pvt. Ltd.
ITA 344 of 2022  
Date of order: 20th September, 2022
A.Y.: 2014-15
Delhi High Court  
[Arising from Delhi ITAT order dated
29th November, 2021 in ITA 5224/Del./2017]

S. 68 – Identity, creditworthiness and genuineness of the transactions of purchases – Concurrent finding of the fact recorded by both the authorities- sales and purchase transactions, transfer pricing report at arm’s length and book results declared accepted – No substantial question of law arises for consideration

The Assessing Officer (AO) treated the credit balance of the associate parties relating to purchase made by the assessee as non-genuine.

Before the CIT(A) the assessee furnished the  details of the payments of outstanding balance as on 31st March, 2014 along with confirmation for fair and proper disposal of the appeal. The assessee submitted details of parties as well as details of the transaction made with said parties during the Financial Year under consideration mentioned in transfer pricing report in Form 3CEB as well as transfer pricing study, which was submitted by assessee before the AO.

The CIT(A) noted that the said transactions of purchases were at arm’s length price and no adverse finding was brought on record by the AO who never doubted the purchases made by the assessee during the year which includes purchases made from sundry creditors, sale made by assessee during year and the book result declared by the assessee for the financial year under consideration.

During the appellate proceedings, the CIT(A) also observed that the sundry creditors have purchased goods during the year under consideration from different parties, and out of the said purchases, they have sold goods to the assessee company and as per general business practice, goods were purchased on credit basis and therefore, the allegation of AO that the financial statement of the sundry creditors do not support their creditworthiness, is not based on proper appreciation of the facts. The CIT(A) also perused the details of sale, purchase, trade payables and trade receivables for the financial year under consideration of the said sundry creditors and came to the conclusion that there are corresponding purchases against sales declared by them for the financial year under consideration, and there are also trade payables outstanding as on 31st March, 2014, which shows that the said companies also have trade payable against purchases of goods, therefore, the allegation made by the AO that such companies do not have creditworthiness to enter into large scale transaction of sale and purchase is factually incorrect. The CIT(A) held that once the AO has accepted sales and purchase transactions, transfer pricing report at arm’s length and book results declared by the Appellant, he is not justified in treating the credit balance of associate parties relating to sales to the assessee as non-genuine without bringing any adverse material on record. The identity, creditworthiness and genuineness of the transactions of purchases made by the assessee from sundry creditors is proved .

The ITAT upheld the findings of the CIT(A) and dismissed the appeal of the Revenue relying  on the judgment of the Delhi High  Court in the case of Commissioner of Income Tax vs. Ritu Anurag Aggarwal [2010] 2 taxmann.com 134 (Delhi).

The Hon. High Court observed that both the Appellate Authorities below have recorded concurrent findings of the fact on the issues.

The Hon. High Court relied on the Supreme Court decisions in the case of Ram Kumar Aggarwal & Anr. vs. Thawar Das (through LRs), (1999) 7 SCC 303, which reiterated that u/s 100 of the Code of Civil Procedure, the jurisdiction of the High Court to interfere with the orders passed by the Courts below is confined to hearing on substantial question of law and interference with finding of the fact is not warranted if it involves re-appreciation of evidence. Further, the Supreme Court in State of Haryana & Ors. vs. Khalsa Motor Lid & Ors., (1990) 4 SCC 659 held that the High Court was not justified in law in reversing, in second appeal, the concurrent findings of the fact recorded by both the Courts below. The Supreme Court in Hero Vinoth (Minor) vs. Seshammal, (2006) 5 SCC 545 also held that “in a case where from a given set of circumstances two inferences of fact are possible, the one drawn by the lower appellate court will not be interfered by the High Court in second appeal. Adopting any other approach is not permissible.”

It has also held that there is a difference between a ‘question of law’ and a ‘substantial question of law’. Consequently, the Hon. Court held that no substantial question of law arises for consideration in the present appeal and accordingly the same was dismissed.

Reassessment — (A) Notice after four years — Condition precedent — Notice based on information during survey of third party that assessee beneficiary of contract with surveyed party — Reasons recorded for reopening assessment not mentioning information withheld by assessee or any new material found by assessing authority — Assessee disclosing all material facts fully and truly — Reasons cannot be improved upon or supplemented — Notice and order rejecting objections of assessee set aside

(B) Principles of natural justice — Failure to provide assessee copies of judgments relied upon by AO — Violation of principles of natural justice — Notice and order rejecting objections of assessee set aside

47 Patel Engineering Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT
[2022] 446 ITR 728 (Bom.)
A.Y.: 2012-13
Date of order: 25th January, 2022
Ss. 133A, 147 and 148 of ITA, 1961

Reassessment — (A) Notice after four years — Condition precedent — Notice based on information during survey of third party that assessee beneficiary of contract with surveyed party — Reasons recorded for reopening assessment not mentioning information withheld by assessee or any new material found by assessing authority — Assessee disclosing all material facts fully and truly — Reasons cannot be improved upon or supplemented — Notice and order rejecting objections of assessee set aside

(B) Principles of natural justice — Failure to provide assessee copies of judgments relied upon by AO — Violation of principles of natural justice — Notice and order rejecting objections of assessee set aside

For the A.Y. 2012-13, in response to the notice u/s 142(1) r.w.s. 129 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, the assessee furnished the details required by the Assessing Officer which included the receipt of Rs. 14,92,47,452 from SECPL and submitted that the amount was declared as income. Thereafter, the assessment order u/s 143(3) was passed. After four years the Assessing Officer issued a notice against the assessee u/s 148 to reopen the assessment u/s 147 on the ground that according to a survey conducted u/s 133A on SECPL, the assessee had received a contract for an amount of Rs. 24,22,57,252. The objections raised by the assessee were rejected.

The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i) The reopening of assessment having been proposed after expiry of four years from the relevant A.Y. 2012-13 and since the assessment was completed u/s. 143(3) the proviso to section 147 applied. The onus was on the Department to disclose what was the material fact that the assessee had failed to disclose truly and fully. The reasons recorded for reopening did not disclose anywhere that there was failure on the part of the assessee to disclose fully and truly all material facts. The Assessing Officer had not even stated whether the assessee had executed the contract and received any income.

ii) The survey on SECPL had been conducted before the assessment order was passed against the assessee for the A.Y. 2012-13. Therefore, the Assessing Officer should have been aware of any such information but still chose not to raise it during the assessment proceedings and had not verified the facts with the data available with him and simply on the basis of information received from the Deputy Director had issued the notice to the assessee. Therefore the condition precedent for reopening the assessment u/s. 147 that mandated that it was exclusively the satisfaction of the assessing authority based on some direct, correct and relevant material had not been satisfied. To the reasons recorded, the Department has not annexed the information received by them. To the extent of not furnishing to the assessee the information received from the Deputy Director with the reasons recorded the action of the Department was in breach of the orders of the court in Sabh Infrastructure Ltd. vs. Asst. CIT [2017] 398 ITR 198 (Delhi).

iii) The reasons recorded for reopening could not be improved upon or supplemented. In the order disposing of the assessee’s objections, the Assessing Officer had relied upon various judgments of which copies were not provided nor were they brought to the notice of the assessee before the order rejecting the objections was passed so that the assessee could have suitably dealt with those judgments or orders. Therefore, there was breach of principles of natural justice by the Assessing Officer, who as a quasi-judicial authority had an obligation to adhere strictly to the principles of natural justice. He had also gone beyond the reasons recorded for reopening inasmuch as according to him no bank statements or works contract receipts were required or submitted during the original assessment proceedings based on which the actual amount and the nature and genuineness of the work done by the assessee for SECPL could have been verified.

iv) In the circumstances, the petition is allowed in terms of prayer clause (a). (i.e., notice u/s. 148 and the order rejecting objections were quashed).”

Reassessment — Notice u/s 148 — Limitation — Law applicable — Effect of amendments with effect from 1st April, 2021 and CBDT Circular dated 11th May, 2022

46 Ajay Bhandari vs. UOI
[2022] 446 ITR 699 (All.)
A.Y.: 2014-15
Date of order: 17th May, 2022
Ss. 147 and 148 of ITA, 1961

Reassessment — Notice u/s 148 — Limitation — Law applicable — Effect of amendments with effect from 1st April, 2021 and CBDT Circular dated 11th May, 2022

For the A.Y. 2014-15 a notice u/s 148 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 was issued on 1st April, 2021. The recorded reasons read as under:

“I have reason to believe that an income to the tune of Rs. 2,63,324 has escaped assessment for the aforesaid year.”

The reassessment order dated 31st March, 2022 was passed u/s 147 r.w.s. 144B of the Act, 1961. The assessee filed writ petition and challenged the notice and the reassessment order.

The Allahabad High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i)    Section 147 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, as it existed till March 31, 2021, empowers the Assessing Officer to assess or reassess or recompute the loss or depreciation allowance or any other allowance, as the case may be, for the assessment year in the case of an assessee if he has reason to believe that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment, subject to the provisions of sections 148 to 153. A precondition to initiate proceedings under section 147 is the issuance of notice under section 148. Thus, notice under section 148 is jurisdictional notice. Section 149 provides the time limit for issuance of notice under section 148. The time limit is provided under the unamended provisions (as existing till March 31, 2021) and the amended provisions (effective from April 1, 2021) as amended by the Finance Act, 2021. According to clauses 6.2 and 7.1 of the Board’s Circular dated May 11, 2022 ([2022] 444 ITR (St.) 43), if a case does not fall under clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 149 of the Act for the assessment years 2013-14, 2014-15 and 2015-16 (where the income of an assessee escaping assessment to tax is less than Rs.50,00,000) and notice has not been issued within limitation under the unamended provisions of section 149, then proceedings under the amended provisions cannot be initiated.

ii)    The notice u/s 148 of the Act issued on April 1, 2021 for the A.Y. 2014-15 and the notice dated January 13, 2022 u/s. 144 of the Act and the reassessment order dated January 13, 2022 u/s. 147 read with section 144B of the Act for the A.Y. 2014-15 were liable to be quashed.”

Reassessment — Notice u/s 148 — Limitation — Doctrine of substantial compliance —Mere signing of notice is not sufficient — Date of issue would be date on which notice was served on assessee — Notice dated 31st March, 2018 served on assessee through e-mail on 18th April, 2018 for A.Y. 2011-12 — Notice barred by limitation — Order and notice set aside

45 Parveen Amin Bhathara vs. ITO
[2022] 446 ITR 201 (Mad.)
A.Y.: 2011-12
Date of order: 27th June, 2022
Ss. 147, 148 and 149 of ITA, 1961

Reassessment — Notice u/s 148 — Limitation — Doctrine of substantial compliance —Mere signing of notice is not sufficient — Date of issue would be date on which notice was served on assessee — Notice dated 31st March, 2018 served on assessee through e-mail on 18th April, 2018 for A.Y. 2011-12 — Notice barred by limitation — Order and notice set aside

On 18th April, 2018, the assessee writ petitioner received an e-mail from the Assessing Officer with a notice u/s 148 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 dated 31st March, 2018, proposing to reopen the assessment for the A.Y. 2011-12. The Assessee filed a writ petition and challenged the notice on the ground that the notice has been issued and served on 18th April, 2018, the date on which the limitation period of six years for reopening the assessment, came to an end.

The Single Judge Bench of the Madras High Court dismissed the writ petition by observing that it was sufficient if the notice u/s 148 of the Act had been signed and issued by the authority and that the delay in receiving the documents would not provide any ground for quashing the entire proceedings.

The Division Bench allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i)    U/s. 149 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 the issuance of notice u/s. 148 for reopening the assessment u/s. 147 is complete only when it is issued in the manner as prescribed u/s. 282 read with rule 127 of the Income-tax Rules, 1962 prescribing the mode of service of notice under the Act. The signing of notice would not amount to issuance of notice as contemplated u/s 149 of the Act. The requirement of issuance of notice u/s 149 is not mere signing of the notice u/s. 148, but it has to be sent to the proper person within the end of the relevant assessment year.

ii)    The notice u/s. 148 for reopening the assessment was not sent to the assessee within the time stipulated u/s 149 and hence, the reassessment proceedings initiated u/s 147 were vitiated. The notice dated 31/03/2018 issued by the Assessing Officer was served on the assessee through e-mail, only on 18/04/2018. Though the Department produced the relevant pages of the notice server book maintained by it to show that the notice dated 31/03/2018 was within the limitation period, it only disclosed that the notice dated March 31/03/2018 was returned on 06/04/2018. The order on the writ petition and the notice issued u/s. 148 were set aside.”

Offences and prosecution — Wilful attempt to evade tax — Application for compounding of offences — Limitation — Show-cause notice issued for rejection of compounding of offences on ground of bar of limitation relying on circular issued by CBDT — Circular cannot override statutory provision — Authority to consider assessee’s application

44 G. P. Engineering Works Kachhwa vs. UOI
[2022] 446 ITR 563 (All.)
A.Y.: 1990-91
Date of order: 8th February, 2022
Ss. 276C, 277, 278B and 279(2) of ITA, 1961

Offences and prosecution — Wilful attempt to evade tax — Application for compounding of offences — Limitation — Show-cause notice issued for rejection of compounding of offences on ground of bar of limitation relying on circular issued by CBDT — Circular cannot override statutory provision — Authority to consider assessee’s application

A criminal case was filed against the assessee u/s 276C(1) read with sections 277 and 278B of the Income-tax Act, 1961 on the ground of wilful attempt to evade tax relating to the A.Y. 1990-91. The assessee filed an application for compounding of the offences before the Chief Commissioner who issued a show-cause notice for rejecting the application relying upon the Board’s Circular F. No. 285/08/2014-IT (Inv.V)/147 dated 14th June, 2019.

The Allahabad High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i)    In terms of sub-section (2) of section 279 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 any offence under Chapter XXII of the Act may be compounded by the authorised officer either before or after the institution of the criminal proceedings. No limitation for submission or consideration of compounding application has been provided under sub-section (2) of section 279 of the Act. Therefore, the CBDT by a circular can neither provide limitation for the purposes of sub-section (2) nor restrict the operation of the sub-section in purported exercise of its power to issue circulars under the Explanation appended to section 279(2).

ii)    A circular is subordinate to the principal Act or Rules, and cannot override or restrict the application of specific provisions enacted by Legislature. It cannot travel beyond the scope of the powers conferred by the Act or the Rules. Circulars containing instructions or directions cannot curtail a statutory provision by prescribing a period of limitation where none has been provided by either the Act or the Rules. The authority to issue instructions or directions by the Board stems from the Explanation appended to section 279(2). The Explanation merely explains the main section and is not meant to carve out a particular exception to the contents of the main section. The object of an Explanation to a statutory provision has been elaborated by the Supreme Court.

iii)    A specific limitation has been provided by para 7(ii) of the compounding guidelines in the Board’s Circular F. No. 285/08/2014-IT (Inv.V)/147 dated June 14, 2019 in purported exercise of power under the Explanation to section 279(2). The Explanation merely enables the Board to issue instructions or directions to other Income-tax authorities for the proper composition of offences under that section. The instructions or directions may prescribe the methodology and manner of composition of offences to clarify any obscurity or vagueness in the main provisions to make it consistent with the dominant object of bringing closure to such cases which may be pending interminably in the court system. Such instructions or directions that are prescribed by the Explanation cannot take away a statutory right of an assessee or set at naught the working of the provision of compounding of offence.

iv)    On the facts and circumstances and the provisions of sub-section (2) of section 279 the compounding application of the assessee could not be rejected by the Income-tax authority concerned on the ground of delay in filing the application. It was not disputed by the respondents in the court or in the show-cause notice that the criminal case in question was still pending. The Income-tax authority was to consider the compounding application of the assessee in accordance with law.”

International transactions — Reference to TPO — (A) Limitation — Reference made to TPO beyond period of limitation — All further proceedings in furtherance of reference bad in law (B) Jurisdiction — Reference made to TPO beyond period of limitation — Participation of assessee in proceedings not a bar to challenging jurisdiction (C) Writ — Maintainability — Reference to TPO — Limitation — Question of limitation is legal plea and can be raised at any stage — Existence of alternate remedy not bar — Writ will issue

43 Virtusa Consulting Services Pvt. Ltd. vs. DRP
[2022] 446 ITR 454 (Mad.)
A.Y.: 2006-07
Date of order: 9th June, 2022
Ss. 92CA, 92CA(1) and 153(1) of ITA, 1961

International transactions — Reference to TPO — (A) Limitation — Reference made to TPO beyond period of limitation — All further proceedings in furtherance of reference bad in law (B) Jurisdiction — Reference made to TPO beyond period of limitation — Participation of assessee in proceedings not a bar to challenging jurisdiction (C) Writ — Maintainability — Reference to TPO — Limitation — Question of limitation is legal plea and can be raised at any stage — Existence of alternate remedy not bar — Writ will issue

The assessee was in the business of software development and rendered services to its wholly owned subsidiaries outside India and unrelated third party customers. For the A.Y. 2006-07, the Assessing Officer passed an assessment order dated 14th March, 2008 and refund was granted on 28th March, 2008. Subsequently, pursuant to proceedings of the Commissioner dated 25th August, 2008, the Additional Commissioner issued a notice dated 4th September, 2008 u/s 143(2) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 against the assessee. The assessee furnished its books of account, including forms 3CA and 3CD in terms of section 44AB. It was found that the assessee had entered into international transactions exceeding Rs. 15 crores with its sister concern and on approval dated 18th November, 2008 u/s 92CA of the Act, the Additional Commissioner made a reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer u/s 92CA(1). The Additional Commissioner sent a communication dated 27th February, 2009 informing the assessee about the reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer and requested it to furnish the annual reports for the previous three years and a copy of the computation of total income. The assessee sent a reply dated 12th May, 2009 with the documents sought for and after conducting enquiries, the Additional Commissioner passed a draft assessment order dated 31st December, 2009. Thereafter, the assessee filed its objections before the Dispute Resolution Panel and the Assessing Officer. Before the Dispute Resolution Panel, the assessee also raised an objection with regard to limitation. However, the Dispute Resolution Panel dismissed the objections by an order dated 24th September, 2010.

Challenging both the orders of the Additional Commissioner and the Dispute Resolution Panel, the assessee filed a writ petition. The writ petition was dismissed by the Single Judge Bench of the Madras High Court holding that the Dispute Resolution Panel had rightly overruled the objections raised for the first time by the assessee regarding the limitation to proceed with the assessment. Therefore, the assessee could not challenge the jurisdiction of the Additional Commissioner’s reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer after 31st December, 2008.

The Division Bench allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i)    Though the provision of section 92B of the Income-tax Act, 1961 does not state as to when a reference is to be made u/s 92CA(1) to the Transfer Pricing Officer after an international transaction is found, section 153 would make it explicit that the reference is to be made during the course of the assessment proceedings before the expiry of the period to pass an assessment order. Thereafter, the Transfer Pricing Officer after considering the documents submitted by the assessee is to pass an order u/s 92CA(3). Section 92CA(3A) stipulates that this order has to be passed before the expiry of 60 days prior to the date on which the period of limitation u/s. 153 expires. According to section 153 no order of assessment can be passed at any time after the expiry of 21 months. Section 92CA(4) stipulates that the Assessing Officer has to pass a draft assessment order in conformity with the order of the Transfer Pricing Officer and the assessee has an option either to file acceptance of the variation of the assessment or file objections to any such variation with the Dispute Resolution Panel and also the Assessing Officer u/s 144C(2). In terms of sub-section (12), the Dispute Resolution Panel has no authority to issue any directions under sub-section (5) from the end of the month in which the draft assessment order is passed and not from the date when the assessee submits the objections. Sub-section (13) of section 144C provides that upon receipt of directions issued under sub-section (5) the Assessing Officer shall in conformity with the directions complete the assessment proceedings within one month from the end of the month in which the directions are received. Under the proviso to section 92CA(3A) if the time limit for the Transfer Pricing Officer to pass an order is less than 60 days, the remaining period shall be extended to 60 days. This implies that not only is the time frame mandatory but also the Transfer Pricing Officer has to pass an order within 60 days. Further, the extension in the proviso also automatically extends the period of assessment to 60 days under the second proviso to section 153. But for the reference u/s 92CA(1) to the Transfer Pricing Officer, the time limit for completing the assessment would only be 21 months from the end of the assessment year. It is only if a reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer has been made during the course of assessment and is pending, that the Department gets another 12 months in terms of the second proviso to section 153(1) and u/s 153(4) after amendment. Therefore, section 153(1) and its first two provisos provide that no order of assessment can be passed after 21 months and the extended period of limitation to pass an assessment order within a further period of 12 months or in other words within 33 months from the end of assessment year, applies only when a reference u/s. 92CA(1) is made during the course of assessment proceedings. The different timelines to be adhered to by the Transfer Pricing Officer, by the Assessing Officer to pass a draft order, by the assessee to file their objections, by the Dispute Resolution Panel to issue directions and by the Assessing Officer to pass the final order, would commence only on a reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer and not otherwise. The period of 33 months is to pass the final order of assessment after the directions from the Dispute Resolution Panel.

ii)    The proviso to section 153(1) inserted by amendment in Finance Act, 2006 altering the original time limit from 24 months to 21 months with effect from June 1, 2006 and the second proviso inserted by the Finance Act, 2007, extending the time for completion of assessment, when a reference has been made to the Transfer Pricing Officer, during the course of assessment proceedings have to be read in tandem and together. Section 153 was repealed and substituted with effect from June 1, 2016, where, under section 153(1) it is clearly mentioned that the period of assessment is 21 months and u/s 153(4) that in case of reference u/s 92CA(1) during the course of assessment proceedings, the period of assessment would be extended by twelve months clarifying the mischief caused on account of the interpretation adopted by the officials.

iii)    The writ petitions were maintainable and alternative remedy would not operate as a bar. The question of limitation was a legal plea which went to the root of authority or jurisdiction. There was no dispute on the facts about the date on which the reference was made or when the order was passed. The interpretation of the provision to be adjudicated is a pure question of law.

iv)    The extension had to be made before the expiry of the time limit prescribed for original assessment was applicable because the second proviso uses the words “and during the course of the proceeding for assessment”. The first two provisos to section 153(1) lay down that the time limit to pass the original assessment order is 21 months and when a reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer is made during the course of such proceedings, the time limit would be 33 months and that if no reference is made within the period provided for assessment, no reference can be made subsequently since the Assessing Officer becomes functus officio. The words used in section 153 are very clear as they lay down that “no order of assessment shall be made”. The order in the writ petition was to be set aside.

v)    Concurrence was obtained from the Commissioner before December 31, 2008 would not be of any assistance to the Department as indisputably the reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer was made only on February 17, 2009. The proceedings would commence only when a reference is made to the Transfer Pricing Officer, which cannot be beyond the period provided u/s 153(1) and the first proviso thereunder. From the undisputed dates and events it was clear that not only was the reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer made after the period of expiry of the period of limitation to pass assessment orders, but also that the Assessing Officer had failed to pass final assessment orders in time. The limitation to pass the original assessment order ended on December 31, 2008 being 21 months from the end of the A.Y. 2006-07, i.e., March 31, 2007. Then the last date for the Assessing Officer to pass the final assessment order would end on December 31, 2009, even considering the extension by 12 months. The order of the Dispute Resolution Panel itself was passed only on September 24, 2010 much beyond the permissible period. The Department though on the one hand contended that the reference could be made within 24 months, on the other contended that the extended period would be 9 months. If such contention was accepted, it would mean that the overall time to pass the assessment order in a case of reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer, would be 36 months and not 33 months, which was not the intention of the Legislature. The amendments brought into the Act would then turn redundant.

vi)    According to the timeline, when the time given to the Dispute Resolution Panel itself was 9 months from the date of the draft assessment order to complete the assessment and then a further time of one month to the Assessing Officer to complete the assessment from the end of the month in which the direction was received, it could not be said that the total additional time was 9 months and the provisos to section 153(1) had no connection. If the time limits provided to the Transfer Pricing Officer to pass an order and for the assessee to submit its objections in terms of section 144C(2) were also considered with the time period for the Dispute Resolution Panel and the Assessing Officer, the extended period was 12 months and not 9 months. When one proviso provides a time limit and when another proviso extends such time under certain circumstances, it cannot be held that the provisos are independent. Therefore, when the extended time provided for the Department was 12 months it could not be contended that it was only 9 months since the reference was not made in time. Since the reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer had been made after the permissible period, the timeline had been missed by the Department at every stage. Therefore, as a sequitur, all further proceedings, in furtherance thereof were also bad.”

CBDT — Condonation of delay — Delay in filing application before Board — Circular dated 9th June, 2015 prescribing limitation period of six years — Cannot have retrospective effect on pending application filed prior to date of issue of circular — Order rejecting application on basis of circular set aside — Matter remanded to Board

42 R. Ramakrishnan vs. CBDT
[2022] 446 ITR 308 (Kar.)
A.Y.: 2003-04
Date of order: 7th April, 2022
S. 119(2)(b) of ITA, 1961

CBDT — Condonation of delay — Delay in filing application before Board — Circular dated 9th June, 2015 prescribing limitation period of six years — Cannot have retrospective effect on pending application filed prior to date of issue of circular — Order rejecting application on basis of circular set aside — Matter remanded to Board

The assessee filed a nil return for the A.Y. 2003-04 claiming exemption of capital gains u/s 54EC of the Income-tax Act, 1961 arising on sale of its property on 3rd August, 2002 having invested Rs. 25 lakhs in specific bonds on 5th February, 2003. The Assessing Officer was of the view that the investment should have been made on or before 3rd February, 2003 and denied the benefit of section 54EC. Thereafter, the assessee filed a revision petition u/s 264 before the Commissioner challenging the levy of tax on capital gains with a prayer to condone the delay of two days in investing Rs. 25 lakhs in bonds contending that he was in Australia at that time and accordingly, there was a short delay for advising the remittance towards the bond.

The Commissioner declined to condone the delay of two days in making the investment in specified bonds. The assessee filed an application on 24th May, 2011 before the CBDT to direct the Assessing Officer to consider the application u/s 154 and grant appropriate relief. The Board by an order dated 13th December, 2017 rejected the application. The writ petition challenging this order was dismissed by the Single Judge Bench of the Karnataka High Court mainly referring to clause 8 of the Board’s circular dated 9th June, 2015 which stated that the circular would cover all such applications and claims for condonation of delay u/s 119(2)(b) pending as on the date of issue of the circular.

The Division Bench of the Karnataka High Court allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i)    The CBDT considered the application filed by the assessee u/s. 119(2)(b) on May 24, 2011 before issuance of the circular dated June 9, 2015 it would not have been rejected on the ground of delay, i. e., beyond the period of six years as specified in the Circular. No provisions of the Act and Rules prescribe the period of limitation for filing the application u/s. 119(2)(b) and it was only by virtue of such circular that the period of limitation of six years had been prescribed for the first time. Though the validity of the circular was not challenged directly by the assessee, that applicability of the circular was the main issue before the court and if the matter was perceived from the angle of delay caused in adjudicating the application filed on May 24, 2011 before the Circular dated June 9, 2015 came into force, the resultant effect would be different.

ii)    The assessee should not suffer where no default was committed by him in submitting the application u/s. 119(2)(b) on May 24, 2011, i.e., when there was no period of limitation prescribed. No application could be denied on technical grounds. The application was not disposed of within a reasonable period. The order in the writ petition was set aside and the matter was remanded to the Board for reconsideration of the application and to take an appropriate decision on the merits in accordance with law.”

Article 12 of India-USA DTAA, India-Canada DTAA and India-Mexico DTAA

10 Cadila Healthcare Ltd. vs. DCIT (Intl.Taxn) & ACIT vs. Cadila Healthcare Ltd.
[ITA No: 711 & 1140/Ahd/2019]
A.Y.: 2013-14
Date of order: 9th September, 2022

Article 12 of India-USA DTAA, India-Canada DTAA and India-Mexico DTAA –

(i) On facts, American and Canadian tax resident entities did not satisfy “make available” condition; they did not develop and transfer technical plan/design; they did not transfer ‘industrial or commercial experience’ – hence, payments were not taxable as either FTS/FIS or as royalty.

(ii) Mexican tax resident entity had provided ‘technical services’ – since India-Mexico DTAA does not incorporate “make available” clause, payments were taxable.

FACTS

The assessee is a global pharmaceutical company based in India. During the assessment year, the assessee had made payments to certain non-resident entities, comprising four entities tax residents in the USA, one entity tax resident in Canada and one entity tax resident in Mexico. The payments were made in consideration for the clinical trial services and consultancy services provided by them. The assessee did not withhold tax from the said payments.

According to the AO, the assessee was required to withhold tax u/s 195 of the Act from payments made to non-resident entities. Further, in respect of the fee paid to one entity in consideration for consultancy services, such fee was in the nature of FTS. Therefore, the AO concluded that the assessee had defaulted in its obligation to withhold tax and raised demand for tax and interest.

In appeal, CIT(Appeals) allowed relief in respect of payments made for clinical trials to entities tax resident in the USA and Canada holding that the facts did not show any intention that the payments were to “make available” technology to the assessee, which enabled it to apply the technology on its own in future. Therefore, the services did not satisfy the “make available” test under India-USA and India-Canada DTAAs. CIT (Appeals) also noted that on this same issue, ITAT Ahmedabad had decided the issue in favour of the assessee in A.Y. 2010-11.

As regards the alternate contention of the AO that, payments made to entities tax resident in USA and Canada were in the nature of Royalty, CIT(Appeals) held that it was evident from the very nature of clinical trials and testing services that such services could only be classified as a “fee for technical services” and not as “Royalty”.

In respect of payments made for the clinical trial services to the entity tax resident in Mexico, the assessee claimed benefit of exception in section 9(1)(vii)(b) of the Act, read with Explanation 2, relying on decision in DIT vs. Lufthansa Cargo India 60 Taxman.com 187 (Delhi), the assessee contended that since the services were both rendered as well as utilised outside India, the same were not chargeable to tax in India, and consequently, there was no withhold tax obligation vis-à-vis these payments.

Relying on decision in CIT vs. Havells India Ltd 21 Taxman.com 476 (Delhi), CIT(Appeals) held there was a distinction between the source of income, and the source of receipt, and that to fall within the said exception in section 9(1)(vii)(b), the source of income should be situated outside India. However, as the export had taken place from India, the source of income was located in India. To fall within the exception in section 9(1)(vii)(b) of the Act, the assessee should have utilised the services in the business carried on outside India or for making or earning income from any source outside India. In this case, the assessee had undertaken all activities related to the business in India, and had exported from India. Source of “income” cannot be said to be outside India, merely because customer was situated outside India. Payment received outside India was only a source of receipt, and not source of income, outside India. Hence, the assessee did not qualify for benefit under exception in section 9(1)(vii)(b) of the Act.


HELD

(i) Whether payments in consideration for “make available”1?

The Tribunal considered decision of ITAT Ahmedabad in case of the Assessee for A.Y. 2010-11 and also considered decisions in ITO vs. Cadila Healthcare Ltd. [2017] 77 taxmann.com 309 (Ahmedabad – Trib.), ITO vs. B.A. Research India (P.) Ltd. [2016] 70 taxmann.com 325 (Ahmedabad – Trib.) and ITO vs. Veeda Clinical Research 144 ITD 297 (Ahmedabad Tribunal).

The Tribunal noted that on facts, and having regard to the said decisions, the condition of “make available” under India- USA DTAA and under India-Canada DTAA was not fulfilled. Therefore, the services were not in the nature of “fee for technical services” or “fee for included services”.

(ii) Whether payments were in consideration for technical plan/design2?

The Department alternately argued that the payment was for development and transfer of a technical plan or technical design mentioned in second portion of FTS Article.

However, this contention is without any basis since there was no agreement for development or transfer of a technical plan or design. Hence, on facts, there was no scope for invoking the said provision.

(iii) Whether payments were royalty?

The department has further argued that the services may qualify as “royalty”.

In Diamond Services International (P.) Ltd. vs. UOI [2008] 169 Taxman 201 (Bombay),
Bombay High Court held that ‘royalty’ under Article 12 envisages transfer of ‘industrial or commercial experience’ from assignor to assignee for a consideration.

Payments made to non-residents by the assessee for clinical trials services did not qualify as FTS/FIS. The services also did not transfer ‘industrial or commercial experience’ from Mexican entity to the assessee.

Since the payment could not be termed as falling under any of the specific clauses of royalty under India-USA DTAA or India-Canada DTAA, on facts, the alternative argument of the Department that the services may qualify as “royalty” was not maintainable.

(iv) Payments made to Mexican tax resident entity3

Payments made by the assessee to the Mexican tax resident entity were for services which were “technical services” in terms of India-Mexico DTAA, which does not incorporate “make available” clause.

Further, as held by CIT (Appeals) in his Order, the assessee did not qualify under exception provided in section 9(1)(vii)(b) of the Act.

Therefore, the assessee was required to withhold tax from payments in respect of these services.


1 Article 12(4) of India-USA DTAA and Article 12(4) of India-Canada DTAA, respectively define FIS. Definitions under both DTAAs are similar. First part of sub-clause (b) of Article 12(4) mentions: “make available technical knowledge, experience, skill, know-how, or processes or … …”


2 Canada DTAA mentions: “… … or consist of the development and transfer of a technical plan or technical design”.

3 Article 12(3)(b) of India-Mexico DTAA mentions: “The term “fees for technical services” as used in this Article means payments of any kind, other than those mentioned in Articles 14 and 15 of this Agreement as consideration for managerial or technical or consultancy services, including the provision of services of technical or other personnel.”. Article 12(2) allocates taxing rights upto 10% tax to the source State.